'?''^< Return to LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY WOODS HOLE, MASS. Loaned by American Museum of Natural History OF Sciences PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1894. COMIVIITTEE ON PUBLICATION. John H. Redfield, Edward J. Nolan, M.U., Thomas Meehan, Charles E. Smith, George H. Horn, M.D. Editor: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D. PHILADELPHIA : ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, LOGAN SQUARE. 1895. 34 yO Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, January 30, 1895. I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings of the Academy for 1894 have been presented at the meetings of the Academy as follows : — Pages 9 to 24 25 to 56 57 to 88 89 to 120 121 to 144 145 to 160 161 to 176 177 to 192 198 to 208 209 to 224 225 to 256 257 to 288 289 to 320 321 to 884 385 to 416 417 to 432 433 to 448 449 to 464 . April 24, 1894. . May 1, 1894. . May 29, 1894. . June 5, 1894. . June 12, 1894. . June 19, 1894. . July 10, 1894. • July 17, 1894. . August 21, 1894. . Heptembei 18, 1894. . September 25, 1894. . October 23, 1894. . November 20, 1894. . December 11, 1894. . January 8, 1895. . January 15, 1895. . January 22, 1895 . January 29, 1895. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Recording iSecretary. A i-f r LEVMYPE CO., PRINTERS AND ENGRAVERS, PHILA. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. JVitli 7-eference to the several articles contribtited by each. For Verbal (^oinmuuicatious see General Index. Baker, Frauk C. Further notes on the embryonic whorls of the Muricid* 223 Brown, Arthur Erwiu. On the true character and relationships of Ursus ciunamomeus Aud. and Bach 119 Chapman, Henry C, M.D. Homologies of the alisphenoid and petromastoid bones in vertebrates 32 Cockerill, T. D. A. A supplementary note to Mr. Johnson's List of Jamaican Diptera 419 Cope, Edw. D. Observations on the geology of adjacent parts of Oklahoma and northwest Texas 63 Third addition to a knowledge of the Batrachiaand Reptilia of Costa Rij:-a 194 On a collection of Batrachia and Reptilia from the Island of Hainan 423 The Batrachia and Reptilia of the Universitj' of Pennsyl- vania West Indian Expedition of 1890 and 1891 (Plates X, XI, XII) 429 Davis, G. C. Some notes from a study of the Provancher col- lection of Ichneumonidse 184 Eakins, Thomas. The differential action of certain muscles passing more than one joint 172 Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart. New species of Fungi from various localities 322 Fowke, Gerard and W. K. Moorehead. Recent mound explora- tions in Ohio 308 Fox, William J. A proposed classification of the Fossorial Hy- men optera of North America 292 Goldsmith, E. Volcanic products from the Hawaiian Islands (Plate VI) 105 Johnson, Charles W. List of the Diptera of Jamaica with de- scriptions of new species 271 Jordan, David Starr. Description of a new subspecies of trout from McCloud River, California . . . . • 60 Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the life histories of plants evs No. X: The origiu of coreless apples; The relations be- tween insects and the flowers of Impatiens fulva; Apetal- ism and seed propulsion in Lamium purpureum; Fruiting of Robinia hispida; The vitality of seeds; Apetalism in Sisymbrium Thaliana 53 Contributions to the life histories of plants, No. XI: On the morphology of bractless inflorescence ; On purple- leaved plants; On the origin of the apical cell; The fall of the leaf in the holly ; On bees and honeysuckles 162 Mercer, H. C. Re-exploration of Hartman's Cave, near Strouds- burg, Pennsylvania, in 1893 96 Merriam, Dr. C. Hart. A new subfamily of Murine Rodents— the Neotominje — with descriptions of a new genus and species, and a synopsis of the known forms (Plate IX) . . . 22§ DescriiDtious of eight new species of Pocket Mice (genus Perognathus) 262 Moore, H. F. Tanais robustus, a new species of Anisopoda (Plate V) 90 Moore, J. Percy. Pterodrilus, a remarkable Discodrilid (Plate XIII) 449 Ortmann, Dr. A. A new species of the Isopod-genus Bathyno- mus 191 A study of the systematic and geographical distribution of the Decapod family Atyidpe Kingsley 397 Pilsbry, H. A. Critical list of mollusks collected in the Potomac Valley (Plate I) 11 List of Port Jackson Chitons collected by Di^ J. C. Cox, with a revision of Australian Aeanthochitidte (Plates II, III, IV) 69 Patella Kermadecensis (Plates VII, VIII) 208 Rand, Theodore D. The Sadsbury Steatite 455 Rhoads, Samuel N. Description of a new Armadillo, with re- marks on the genus Muletia Gray Ill Contributions to the mammalogy of Florida 152 A contribution to the life history of the Allegheny Cave Rat, Neotoma magister Baird 213 Descriptions of four new species and two subspecies of White- footed Mice from the United States and British Columbia 253 Descriptions of a new subgenus and new species of Arvicoline Rodents from British Columbia and Washington 282 Notes on the Mammals of Monroe and Pike Counties, Penn- sylvania 387 A new Jumping Mouse from the Pacific Slope 421 Scott, W. B. A new Insectivore from the White River Beds . . 446 Stone, Witmer. A revision of the genus Anous 115 A review of the Old World Rallinae 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. •*4«U 1894. ^>^.-^ January 2. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, iu the chair. Forty persons present. The deaths of Richard R. Robb, September 12, 1893, and of Joseph D. Potts, December 8, 1893, members, were announced. A paper entitled ' ' Description of a new subspecies of trout from McCloud River, California," by David Starr Jordan, was presented for publication. The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year : — On Library. — W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D., Henry G. Chapman, M. D., Gavin W. Hart, Charles P. Perot and J. Bernard Brinton, M. D. On Publications.— John H. Redfield, Charles E. Smith, Thomas Meehan, George H. Horn, M. D. and Edward J. Nolan, M. D. On Instruction and Lectures. — (Uiarles Morris, Benjamin Sharp, M. D., Samuel G. Dixon, M. D., George A. Rex, M. D. and Uselma C. Smith. Standing Committee of Council on By-Laws. — W. S. W. 2 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Ruschenberger, M. D., Theodore D. Raad, Williain Sellers and Isaac J. Wistar. Jajstuary 9. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the cliair. Thirty- three persons present. The deaths of Henry Pratt McKean, a member, January 5, 1894, and of P. J. Van Beneden, a correspondent, January 8, 1894, were announced. A paper entitled " Contributions to the Life- Histories of Plants, No. X," by Thomas Meehan, was presented for publication. January 16. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Forty -four persons present. January 23. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Forty-one persons present. January 80. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty-five persons present. The death of Paul Fischer, a correspondent, November 29, 1893, was announced. The following were elected members : — J. Lewis Ci'ew, Milton J. Greenman, M. D., Frank J. Keely, Edward K. Tryon, Jr. and William S. Vaux, Jr. The following were ordered to be printed : — 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 CRITICAL LIST OF MOLLUSKS COLLECTED IN THE POTOMAC VALLEY. BY H. A. PILSBRY. The mollusks enumerated in this paper were collected by Mr. .1. E. Ives and the writer during the course of a pedestrian tour through parts of Pennsylvania, Maryland and West Virginia, in September, 1892. The route walked over was as follows: From Gettysburg, Pa., westward to the summit of South Mountain, thence southwest to Maryland, across the Cumberland Valley to Hagers- town, Md. From this point the Cumberland Pike (State road) was followed, with occasional slight deviations, westward to Cumberland, Md. .From Cumberland, Mr. Ives proceeded to Luray, Va., across the multitude ol ranges which traverse West Virginia. The writer returning to Philadelphia, stopping to collect at Cherry Run, on the Potomac River, in West Virginia. On such a trip one is constantly tempted to stop by the wayside to examine or collect ; and if he be possessed of that passion for collect- ing "specimens" which is the fatal birthi-ight of most naturalists, these interruptions of the journey are likely to be many and long. The eye soon learns to recognize good collecting-ground; and the mere consideration that supper and a resting-place are miles farther on, is lightly esteemed when the charms and hidden possibilities of a wooded ravine weight the balance. The number of localities repre- sented in this collection is therefore great, as would be expected from the above considerations. Probably almost all of the species of mol- lusks inhabiting Maryland, from the South Mountain to Cumberland, were found l)y us; and as the southern tier of counties in Pennsyl- vania is identical with ^laryland in geologic and topographic features, the list practically tells what that portion of Pennsylvania contains of land and fresh-water shells. The list of a collection made by Mr. Witmer Stone at York Furnace, York Co., Pa., has been kindly furnished by him, and the species occurring there are noted hez-ein. The general topography and geology of these portions of Pennsyl- vania and Maryland are well known. South Mountain, the Blue Ridge, Martin's Mountain, Sideling Mountain, Town Ridge, Wills Mountain, and numerous smaller intermediate ridges, cut this district into a series of wide and narrow valleys, trending N. E. by S. W.; 12 PROC'ERDINGS OK THK ACADEMY OF [1894. each valley supplying a creek tributary to the Potomac. The valleys are mostly eroded anticlines, so that a great variety of strata are ex- posed ; but sandy shales and shaly sandstones predominate. The Potomac crosses this series of parallel ridges nearly at a right angle. It is everywhere shallow and rapids are frequent. At Cum- berland it is dammed, and all the water which is not used by the city water-works feeds the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, which has its western terminus here. Above the backwater from this dam it is a shallow rapid stream from forty to sixty feet wide, with a rocky, or in places, gravelly bed ; and the low banks are fringed with graceful maple, willow and sycamore trees, often festooned with grape vines, and in places mingled with oak and locust. The water here is of a dark sepia tint, being stained by the spruce sawdust from saw-mills upon its upper course, and probably also by decaying laurel and bay leaves, for the region above is densely wooded. No mollusk life whatever could be found in this brown water, but minnows and tad- poles were seen. Below the dam at Cumberland the wide river-bed is dry, except for occasional pools, in which a few Planorbis blcarina- tus and Amnicola limosa live. Except in times of high water therefore, the lower course of the river is an entirely distinct stream from this upper reach. About ten miles below Cumberland the river has about the same volume as the stream above the influence of the Cumberland dam, and the water is clear. Wills Creek, which flows through the city of Cumlierland, is a swift stream with a rocky bed. The water is of crystal transparence, but no snails except Planorbis bicarinalHs were found in it. Evitt's Creek, which drains the valley next eastward, contains Ancidosa in abundance. Family SELENITID^. This family differs from Zonituhr \n having the teeth of the radula all "aculeate," and in lacking pedal grooves above the foot-edges. Genus SELENITES Fischer. Selenites concavus Say. Cumberland, Allegheny County, Md., 64,679. Morgan County, W. Va., opposite Hancock, 64,678. It has been taken by Mr. W. Stone at York Furnace, York County, Pa., and by Mr. C. W. 1894.] NATrKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 Johnson in Fulton County, Pa. It occurs over nearly the whole of eastern North America. Family ZONITIDJE. A complete rearrangement of the American genera of this family is necessary, and although a local fauual list may be considered hardly the place for radical changes in nomenclature, still it may be preferable to the perpetuation of an untenable system. The species which were formerly referred to the genus Zonites will now be dis- tributed into several genera, distinguished by important structural peculiarities. The genus Zonites of Montfort has no representative in America, being confined to the circum-Mediterranean and adjacent faunas. In this genus the shell is large, solid, opaque and discoidal, and is al- ways strongly carinated, at least when young. The jaw has a strong median projection; the genitalia lack all accessory organs, being of the haplogonous type. The synonymy of the genus is as follows: 1810. — Zonites Montfort, Conchyliologie Systematique, II, p. 282. Type jET. algini L. 1833. — ^Egopsis Fitzinger, Syst. Vers, p. 99. H. verticillus. 1837. — Tragomma Held., Isis, p. 916. H acies Partsh. 1847. — Helicodes Dumas, Comp. Rend., XXV, p. 113. H. algira. 1849. — Helicella, in ])art, of Ferussac, Prodrom. and of Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Merid., IV, p. 68 (1826), and of Beck, In- dex (1837). 1855.— Fer^t«7^»sMoq.-Tand. Hist. Nat. Moll. Fr., p. 91. Z. algirus. Not Zonites of American authors ! Genus OMPHALINA Rafinesque. Omphalina Raf., Enumeration and Account of some remarkable Natural Objects in the cabinet of Prof. Rafinesque, in Philadel- phia, p. 3. November, 1831. (Type 0. cuprea Raf.,^if. fuli- ginosa Griff. ). Binney ct Bland, Land and Fresh-water Shells of N. A., p. 283. 1869. Trvon, Amer. Journ. Conch., II, p. 247. 1866. V. Martens, Biol! Ceutr. Amer., Mollusca, p. 104. 1892. Mesomplux (in part). Beck, Index Moll. p. 7. 1838. Neozonitince Pffeffer, in Strebel's Beitr. Mex. Land u. Siiss-W. Couch., IV, p. 1. 1880. Edusa Alb., Die Heliceen (2), p. 72. 1860. (Tvpe H. zonites Pfr.). 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Morelet'm Gray, Pulm. Brit. Mus., p. 148. 1855. (Type H. eury- omphala Pfr. ). Zoiiynliiia INIarteus, Mai. Bl. , 1865, p. 16. (Type H. bilineata P'fr. ). Pafitlopsis Strebel & PfFeff'er, /. c. (Type P. carinatus Str.) ZoniteSi s. g. Mesomphix Biuney, Terr. Moll., V, p. 98. 1878. The generic characters of this group are as follows: Shell rather large and solid but thin, umbilicated, smooth below, lacking teeth or folds within; the lip simple and sharj). Foot double grooved above its margin, the grooves meeting above the tail in a mucus pore; sole tripartite; dorsal surface from head to mantle entirely lacking longitudinal grooves. Genital system lacking dart sac and (tther accessory glands. See under 0. faUghiom, below. This genus contains the large Zonitoids of North America. It has not been recognized as yet in Pakiearctic regions. 0. fuliginosa fhiti". PI. 1, fig. 5. York Furnace, York County, Pa., 63,857. Collected by Wit- mer Stone. No specimens were found by us in Maryland. The genital organs of this species and its allies seem to have been misinterpreted by writers on United States forms, who have mis- taken the swollen base of the vas deferens for the penis, and have considered the penis itself to be a dart sack or prostate gland of some sort. In 0. fuliginosa, the penis (P.), is a rather short stout sac, with the retractor muscle (/■. p.) insei'ted at its apex, and attached dis- tally to the floor of the lung. Internally the distal half of the cavity of the penis is densely, finely and rather sharply granulated; the opening of the vas deferens is near the apex of the cavity, and is not provided with a papilla. The lower portion of the vas deferens (v. d.) is enormously swollen; and for a short distance from its inser- tion it is firmly bound to the penis itself. The vagina (vag.) is curiously swollen near the base. Thesperma- theca (sp.) is large, subglobular, and together with its rather long duct, is bound firmly to the oviduct. The albumen gland ((/. gl.) is uncommonly large. The figure is drawn from a specimen collected by Mr. Witraer Stone at York Furnace, York County, Pa. (No. 63,857). Several 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 individuals from different localities were examined and found to agree in the characters described. Genus VITREA Fitzinger. (1817. — Not iZ7/«7ma Schumacher, Syst. Vers. Test., p. 234, belongs to Marginellldie). 1819. — S. g. Helicella, Les Aplostomes, ^^'^ Les Hyalines, Hyalime, Ferussac (includes the European translucent zonitoids and many exotic species of various genera). (1820. — Not Hyalina Studer, Syst. Verzeich. Schweiz Conch., p. 11, = Vitn'iia Drap. 1805). 18oo. — Fi^rea Fitzinger, Syst. Verzeich., p. 99. IS^S.— Oxi/chilas Fitz. , I.e., p. 100, in part, not O.vycheila Dejean, 1825. 1837. — HyaUnia Agassiz, in Charpentier, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Helv. , i., p. 13. 1837. — Pollta Held., Isis,p. 910 (proposed for ce^^ciHa Miill., glabra ^i\\([., ititensWxch.., mt'nhda Fir., lackla Dr., nitidosa Fer., dara Held., leidlralaris Held., crystaUina Mull., Jixjallna Fer., coidorta Held.,/((foa Miill. ). 1854. — Lucilla Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. , p. 177, type i?! cel- laria, ]Mull. 1854. — Crystidlus Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., p. 178, type H. crystaUina^ Miill. 1855. — ^;jW.o/;(aMoq.-Tand. Hist., Nat. Moll. France, IT, p. 72. (Includes nUidas, oliveforaiii, lucidus, cellariiix, g/aber, alii trills, nitidalKS, nitenx, driatalas, pur as, erystalliiias). 1857. — Euhyalina Albers, Malak. Blatter, IV, p. 91, type H. cel- lar ia. 1879. — Aegopina Kobelt, Icouogr. Eur. Landund Siisswasser Moll., VI, p. 15 ( proposed as a substitute for ilfe8o«i-/>M(-' of European authors, not of Rafinesque. Type H. (diretorum Gm. ). ISSd.—Diaphanella Clessin, Mai. Bl. (n. F.), II, p. 206, type H. diaphava Stud. 1880. — Mediterranea C\^sm\, I. c. type JZ. hydatiiia Kostim. 1886. — Hydatiiiu Westerlund, Fauna, etc. , p. 37, type H. hydaiiiia Rossm. 1886. — Aiiomphala West., /. c, p. 29, types parthenicn and diaphatia. 1891.— F/^rm Fitz., E. A. Smith, Journ. of Conch., VI, p. 337, 339. 18^)2.— GlyphyaUiiia Martens, Jiiol. Cent. Amer., Mollusca, p.ll7. (H. indeidata Say, etc.). Zonites of many authors, not of Montfort. This genus consists of small glassy zonitoid snails having no ac- 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. cessoiy organs developed upon the genital system, differing in this respect from the Zonitoldes section of G tstrodonta. The type of Vitrea is H. crydalllna Miiller of Europe. There are a great many generic synonyms, but part of the names quoted above are available for sectional divisions. The American species must all be examined to ascertain whether or not they possess a dart sac, as those having this structure must be removed to the genus Gastrodoiita. I have not had time to examine the soft parts of any of them. V. arborea Say. Monterey, Franklin Co., Pa., 64,696, S. E. cor. Franklin Co., Pa., near Maryland line, 64,693. Foothills of Martin's INIt., Md., 64,694. Morgan Co., W. Va., opposite Hancock, 64,695. Also collected at York Furnace, York Co., Pa., by Witmer Stone. V. electrina Old. Summit of North Mountain, west of Clear Spring, Washington Co., Md., 64,836. Monterey, Franklin Co., Pa., 64,839. V. (Glyphyalinia) indentata Say. Monterey, Franklin Co., Pa., 64,838. Summit of North Moun- tain, west of Clear Spring, Md., 64,837. Morgan Co., W. Va., op- posite Hancock, 64,692. Also York Furnace, York Co., Pa. (Stone). Genus GASTRODONTA Albers. 1S50.— Gastrodonta Alb., Die Heliceen, p. 88. 1857. — Gastrodonta Alb., Mai. Bl. IV, p. 91, type H. interna Say. 1862. — Zojijfotdes Lehraann, Mai. Bl. IX, p. Ill, type Z. nltidus Miill. 1864. — Pset(do]iiialina Morse, Terr. Pulm. Me., p. 15, (for H. exigiia, mlnnscala, limatnla, etc.). 1869. — Ventrideris Binney and Bland, Laud and Fresh- water Shells of N. A., I, p. 292 (proposed for H. (jularis and H. snppressa Say). The shell is provided with internal teeth or lamellae in the typical forms of this genus. In another group, consisting of G. ligera and its allies there are no teeth, but a strong white callus upon the floor of the last whorl. In the section Zonitoldes this callus is wanting, and the whorls are rounded below. The prominent feature of the genitalia is the presence of a dart sac containing a long curved calcareous dart, situated upon the va- 1894] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 gina; and this is the most important generic character. In PI. I, fig. 4, is shown the dart of G. llgem, magnified twelve diameters. There are strong reasons for believing that the presence of a dart, the coronal glands being correlated with it, is a very old character in Zoii!tid Eiitwickcluii^ der Sehildkrotcu. BrauiischweiK, 1S48, p. 52. '"Ou the Archetype aiul Uumologies of the Vertebnite Skeleton. London, 1848, p. 29. '• Eutvvickhuig.-igeschichte des Menschou imd der Hoheren Thiere. Leipzig, p. 32[». 1- London, 1864. ••^ Op. cit. p. 222. '^Op. cit. p. 222. '»Op. cit. p. 230. "'Op. cit. p. 155. 38 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. The view of the morphology and terminology of the periotic cap- sule and adjacent bones as sustained by Prof. Huxley and most other anatomists of the present day is based upon two assumptions : 1st. That the petro- mastoid portion ot the temporal bone in Man develops from three distinct centers of ossification named respectively prootic, opisthotic and epiotic and represented in the skull of the the lower vertebrata by three bones bearing respectively the same three names and more or less coalesced with each other or adjacent bones. 2d. That the bone lying in front of the exit of the inferior max- illiary division of the fifth nerve should be regarded in the lower vertebrata as the homologue of the great wing of the sphenoid in Man and named the alisi)henoid, and the bone lying behind such exit as homologous with the upper part of the pars petrosa of Man and named the prootic. The conclusion that follows if these two assumptions be admitted, will be that the alisphenoid or homologue of the great wing of the sphenoid is often but little developed or may be even absent in the skull of the lower vertebrata, its place being supplied by the prootic bone or the homologue of the upper part of the pars petrosa of man. Notwithstanding the high authority of Meckel, Kolliker, Huxley and others, among whom may be mentioned the late W. Kitchen Parker, universally conceded while living to be the highest auth()rity on all (luestions pertaining to the develoiMuent and morphology of the skull, the three-fold development of the petro-mastoid portion of the temporal bone has been denied by anatomists and notably by the late Dr. Joseph Leidy. '" The author having had occasion recently to study the development of the temporal bone in Man has satisfied himself, at least, that the mastoid portion of the petrosal is not developed from a special centre of ossification but from the petrosal and s(iuaiiiosal portions of the temporal as described by Leidy,'"* and that there is no homologue, therefore, in the skull of Man, of the bone described as the ef)iotic in that of the lower vertebrata. J'urther, while there is no doubt that the petrosal part of the temporal in INlan is developed, as we shall "Science, Vol. 1. No. 18. June 8, 1883, p. 507. 18 Op. cit. p. 507, Human Anatomy, 1889, p. 116. 1894.] NATUKAIi SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 see presently, from two distinct centres of ossification, these two centres, in the judgment of the author are not so exactly repre- sented in the skull of the lower vertebi-ata that the names pro- otic and opisthotic can be given them. At a period about the middle of the fifth mouth of intra- uterine life the temporal bone exhibits, according to the dissections of the author, three distinct ossifications : the squamosal, the tympanic and a ring surrouudiug the foramen rotundum ot the otherwise cartila- ginous labyrinth. A little later a second centre of ossification makes its appearance at the extreme end of the superior vertical canal. From these two centres of ossification, which Ave will name the upper and lower otic, as indicating their situation in Man, there arise, due to progressive ossification extending through the labyrinth, the pars petrosa and two- thirds of the pars mastoidea of the temporal, the remaining third of the latter being developed from the squamosal. From the lower otic ring-like ossific centre surrounding the foramen rotundum arise all that part of the pars petrosa seen beneath the cranium, viz.: the lower part of the cochlea, the promonotoiy, and lower part of the fenestra ovalis, the fenestra rotunda, the lower arm of the posterior semicircular canal, the lower part of the facial canal, jugular fossa, the carotid canal and the floor of the tyrapan- num. From the upper otic ossific centre, (that appearing on the superior vertical canal) arise all that part of the pars petrosa seen within the cranium except that entering into the formation of the jugular fossa, viz.: the upper part of the cochlea including the cupola and the base, the internal auditory meatus, the upper part of the fenestra ovalis, the ujjper arm of the posterior and the superior and vertical semicircular canals, the upper part of the facial canal, the tegmeii tympani. The various structures just described as respectively produced from the two ossific centres having coalesced about the eighth month"* or even earlier, to form the osseous labyrinth, there is developed as a continuous outgrowth of the latter the pyramidal and mastoid portions of the petrosal, the mastoid being formed more especially by outgrowths from the posterior and external semicircular canals. The outgrowth from the posterior semicircular canal appears as an "elliptical islet "^" '"It should be mentioned in this connection that it is often impossible to de- termine exactly the age of a foetus, since foetuses of the same age vary as re- gards length, weight and develoiinu'iit. -""Epiotic," Huxley, Op. cit. p. 155. 40 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. (Fi_ , , foetus. portion oi the petrosal. It the lat- ter be developed in the manner just described then the " pyrifor- ma " and "scutum ovale" of Kerckringius would be the parts described by Leidy as the "elliptical" and "quadrate" islets, since the former, like the latter, "coalescent in unum" but not to the prootic and opistho- tic centres, since the latter are de- veloped and coalesce before the islets even appear, and for the reason already given that it is the pyri- forma or prootic and the scutum ovale or epiotic that unite according to Kerckringius, not the prootic and opisthotic. The third ossicle of Kerckringius, however, the "vix aciculye niajoris caput adaequans" corresponds to that part of the lower otic or opisthotic that, growing outward and backward, makes its ap- /, I pearance at the edge of the tympanic ring at an '■ ^ early period of intra-uterine life and which soon combines, as we have seen, with the upper otic or prootic to form the pars petrosa, the latter subse- quently uniting with the squamosal to form the mastoid portion of the temporal. If, however, there is no distinct mastoideus or epiotic centre of ns.sification in the temporal bone of Fig. 5. Upper auter-jyj-j^j^ ^,^^^ interpretation is there to be offered as to lor jjortion oi .skull ' of cod-fisli. the homologies of the bones present in the fish and Fig. 4. Temporal bone of human foetus. 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 Fig. (j. Side vit'w of skull of cod-fish. turtle and described by Cuvier -' as mastoideus and occipital externe, bv Owen "' as mastoid and paroecipital, and by Huxley '''^ as squa- mosal and epiotic in tlie tisli and squamosal and opisthotic in the turtle? In reply to such query, in the judgment of the author the bone, No. 8, (Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8) described by Cuvier as mastoidien and bv Owen as mastoid in the skull of the lower vertebrates, should be regarded as it is by Huxley and most modern anatomists, as the homologue of the squamosal (Fig. 3, s) of the tenqjoral of iMau. The bone No. 4, (Figs. 5, 8, the occipital externe (perch) Cu- vier, the paroecipital of Owen, the epiotic of Huxley in fish, opisthotic in turtle, is not, however, represent- ed as a distinct bone in the skull of Man but as the "eminentia aspera"^* of the occipital bone or the "scabrous ridge extended from the middle of the C(jndyle towards the roots of the mastoid process." ^^ The name occipital externe, or its English equivalent external occipi- tal, may as well then be retained for the bone No. 4 as simply ex- pressing the fact that there exists in • Fig. 7. Skull of python. the skuU of the lower vertebrates a bone lying external to the supra and ex-occipital irrespective of any preconceived hypotheses. The names paroecipital and epiotic should be discarded, as the former implies that the bone No. 4 is the para- pophysis of the first cranial vertebra, the latter that it is the honnjlogue of the special centre of ossification of the mastoid in Man. It has been urged iu favor of the bone No. 4 being called the epi- otic in the fish that it eaters into the formation of the ear-chamber, its inner surface being excavated for the reception of part ot the posterior and external semicircular canal. Such argument, however, loses all force when it is remembered that the exoccipital is similarly ^^ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome 1, p. 236. 2^ Anatoniv of Vertebrates, Vol. 1, p. 97. 23 Op. cit. p. 174. ^^8. T. H. Soenimeriiis "De Corporis Himmui Fabrica," T. 1, 1704, p. 105. 25 Alexander Monro. "The Anatomy of the Humane Bones," Edinburgh, 1732, 110. 4 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. excavated, and that the latter bone, together with the alispheuoid (prootic) petrosal (opis- thotic) S(|uamosal and post- frontal bones enter into the formation of the otocrane. It should be mentioned in this connection that the external occipital bone, No. 4, (Figs. 5 and 8), though pi^esenting in the turtle the same characters and similar relations as in the fish, is usually described in that animal and in the alligator, etc., as the opisthotic bone, the epiotic being supposed then to be repre- sented by an independent centre of ossifica- tion which, while distinct at an early period of life, later coalesces with the supra-occipi- Fig. 8. Posterior view of tal, No. 3+ (Fig. 9). skull of turtle. Even if such be universally the case it would only prove that either the supra-occipital develops in reptilia from two centres in the embryo, or that there exists a bone (epiotic) in the skull of reptiles that has no homologue in that of fish or Man, not that the bone No. 4 is the opisthotic. Indeed, as we shall see presently, there is no reason to believe that an opisthotic bone that is the supposed homologue of the rocher or petrosal in the fish (cod) of the lower part of the pars petrosa of Man exists in the skull of the reptile (turtle) at all. Admitting that the petromastoid portion of the temporal bone in Man develops from two centres of ossification, it remains now to de- termine whether there exists in the skull of a cod-fish, snake, turtle or alligator the homologue of these two centres, two bones to which the names prootic and opisthotic can be appropriately given and which, taken together, represent therefore the pars . petrosa of the of the temporal bone in Man. In considering this question let us begin by first pointing out in what respect the bone No. 6, (Fig. 6) in the cod resembles and differs from the prootic or upper portion of the human pars petrosa, (Fig. 2, p). It resembles it in its inner concavity usually supporting the anterior part of the vestibule and the anterior vertical semicircular canal. It differs from it in not presenting a fenestra ovalis, a cochlear roof, osseous semicircular canals, internal auditory meatus or tegmen tympani, no such parts 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 being present in the cod, and in not transmitting the portio dura of the seventh nerve, the latter also not existing in the cod-fish. ^* If the bone No. 6 in the cod-fish be compared, however, with the great wing of the sphenoid in Man (Figs. 1, 2, a) it will be observed that it agrees with the latter (alisphenoid) in articulating vath. that part of the basi- cranial axis corresponding to the basi-sphenoid, and with the parietals in entering into the formation of the lateral wall of the cranium, supporting the mesencephalon, and in being notched anter- iorly (perforated iu the carp) for the transmission of the superior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve. The bone No. 6 in the cod differs from the alisphenoid in Man, as already mentioned, in supporting part ot the membranous labyrinth and in the notch trans- mitting the inferior maxillary branch of the fifth nerve being situated in the anterior part of the bone rather than in the posterior part as is the case in Man. In the consideration of the relative posterior of the notch v in the bone No. 6 in the fish and that of the foramen ovale in the alis- phenoid of Man, (Fig. 2, fo), the fact appears to have been entirely lost sight of that the notch or foramen in the fish corresponds to two distinct foramina in Man : the foramen rotundum, (Fig. 2, r) and the foramen ovale, (Fig. 2, fo) transmitting respectively the super- ior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve, and that the part of the notch in the fish, (Fig. 6, V) corresponding to the foramen rotundum in Man, is situated anteriorly just as is the case in Man. The situation of the exit of the superior maxillary nerve is therefore substantially the same in the bone No. 6 in the cod (and absolutely so in the carp) as in the alisphenoid of Man. The objection that might still be urged that that part of the notch corresponding to the foramen ovale is situated anteriorly in the fish but posteriorly in ^^ The author is familiar with the view entertained by some anatomists that hyomaiulibular branches of the fifth nerve represent in the fish the branches of the portio dura of the seventh nerve or facial in Man. Such an interpretation is, however, untenable, being based upon the assumption that the quadrate bone (jujral caisse hypotympanic) in the fish is thehomologue of the incus in Man, the articulare corresponding then to the malleus. As the quadrate and malleus are, however, developed as ossifications oi the proximal ends of Meckel's cartilage (mandibular arch) the quadrate must be the homologue of the malleus, not the incus, if it be homologous with either of the ear bones. The hyomandiliular bone (temporal mastoidien epitympanic) in the fish is homologous with the incus, these bones Ix'ing developed through the ossification of the proximal ends of the hyoid arch. It must be admitted, however, that this last view leaves still un- cxplaini'd why the articulare in the mandibular arch of the fish and the same bone together with the others entering into the formation of the lower jaw of the alligator are not represented in Man. 44 PKOOEBDINOS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Mail has no significance, since in Man and mamtnals generally there is always a small portion of the alisphenoid behind the foramen ovale, amounting, indeed, in the sheep to about one- half the bone. The statement often made that the bone lying behind the exit of the fifth nerve is the homologue of the upper part of the human pars petrosa is simply not correct so far as concerns Man and mammals. In view of the facts just mentioned some anatomists have con- sidered the bone No. 6 in the fish as the homologue of the alisphen- oid in Man and have so named it. Other anatomists, on the other hand, impressed with the fact that the bone su})ports a part of the membranous labyrinth, have regarded it as the homologue of the upper part of the human pars petrosa and called it accordingly pro- otic. In the judgment of the author an insuperable objection to accepting the latter view is that it involves the inevitable but absurd conclusion that its homologue, or the prootic portion of the pars petrosa, must transmit the superior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve. On the other hand, it might be urged that the bone No. 6 cau not be the homologue of the alisphenoid in Man since the latter never supports any part of the membranous labyrinth. In reply to the latter objection, though at the risk of committing a petitio priucipii, the author must say that it is just in this respect that the skull of the cod- fish differs from that of INIan : The bone No. 6, in the fish, the homo- logue of the alisphenoid in Man, protects the an- terior part of the laby- rinth as is done by the upper part of the human pars petrosa, the differ- ence being conditioned by the part of the mem- branous labyrinth being Fig. 9. Interior view of auditory region of alligator, relatively enormously developed in the fish, the osseous covering but little so, whereas in Man the labyrinth is but little developed while the pars petrosa is much so. If this view be correct then the bone No. 6 in the fish must be regarded as the hoinologiu! of the alisphenoid in Man 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 and the name given to it by Cuvier of grand aile or its English equiv- alent alisphenoid (Owen) retained." If the bone No. 6 in the skull of the python (Fig. 7), turtle (Fig. 10), alligator (Figs. 9, 11), be compared with that so numbered in the cod-fish (Fig. 6), it will be found that while it resembles the latter in articulating with the basisphenoid and parietal bones, entering into the formation of the lateral wall of the cranium, presenting a notch or foramen for the transmission of the superior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve and protecting the anterior part of the organ of hearing, it differs from it in transmitting the filaments of the portio dura and mollis of the seventh nerve and in forming the anterior half of the fenestra ovalis of the vestibule. In the latter respects, and in protecting the anterior part of the labyrinth, the bone No. 6 in the reptile certainly resembles Fig. 10. Interior view of auditory region of turtle. the upper or prootic part of the human pars petrosa and would be more appropriately named, therefore, the prootic than the bone No. 6 in the fish. The fact, however, of this bone in the reptile transmitting by notch or foramen'^^ the maxillary branches of the 2" It should be mentioned in this connection that there are present in the skulls of certain fishes (salmon and carp) three bones which have been regarded as the prootic, alisphenoid and orhito-splienoid. As the latter bone, the most anterior of the three, is, however, inconstant and as we regard it when present as an interorbital bone, not the orltito-splienoid, its presence or absence will not affect the argument as stated above, the so-called prootic in the carp, for ex- ample, being the alisphenoid, and the alisiihenoid being the orbito-sphenoid. 2« It will be observed in the case of the python (Fig. 7) that the two foramina in the bone No. 6 are as well marked as the foramen rotundum and foramen ovale are in the alisphenoid of Man. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. fifth uerve is irreconcilable, as in the case of the fish, with the idea that it is the homologue of the upper prootic portion of the human pars petrosa. On the other hand, if the bone No. 6 in the reptile be regarded as the homologue of the alisphenoid in Man the difiiculty presents itself that the former enters into the formation of the fenestra ovalis and transmits in the reptile the filaments of the facial and acoustic nerves, which the alisphenoid of INIan never does, the fenestra rotunda and the nerves being confined to the pars petrosa. With the view of reconciling these difiiculties the bone No. 6 in the reptile has been regarded by some anatomists as consisting really of two bones fused into one, the anterior and posterior parts being viewed respectively as alisphenoid and prootic bones. The study of the development of the reptilian skull offers some confirmation of this view, since as a matter of fact, according to Parker,"'' the bone No. 6 in the snake develops from two centres, the anterior of which is regarded as the alisphenoid, the posterior as the prootic. If the latter view be accepted the result of development in the skull of the suake is very different from that in Man, since the prootic ossification, instead of combining with the opisthotic to form the pars petrosa, unites with the alisphenoid to form one bone. Further, it does not follow because the bone No. 6 develops from two centers of ossification that it must necessarily be regarded as consist- ing of two distinct bones, any more than the basi sphenoid must be regarded as consisting of three bones because it develops from three centres.^" It seems to the author that the view most reconcilable with the facts of development as well as those relating to the adult condition of the skull is to regard the bone No. 6 in the reptile as the homologue of the bone so numbered in the fish and of the alisphenoid in Man. In the absence of a pars petrosa in the skull of the reptile and bird some other bone or bones must fulfil the functions of that bone in supporting and protecting the labyrinth and in transmitting the facial and acoustic nerves. These functions are filled in the reptile more or less by the bones Nos. 6, 4, 2, 3, which we regard as the alisphenoid, external occipital, ex-occipital and supra-occipital, or. 29 The Morphology of the Skull, London, 1877, p. 204. ^ One for the mediau basisphenoid, two for the symmetrical basitemporals, the homologiies of the liugulae sphenoidal es of Man. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 in regard to the latter more particularly, its inferior and internal part (epiotic)," No. 3 + (Fig-. 9). There remains now for consideration the question as to how much of the lower portion of the human pars petrosa is represented in the skull of the lower vertebrata. In other words, is there any distinct bone in the skull of the lower vertebrata to which the name opistho- tic can be appropriately given ? In the skull of the cod-fish, as in that of the Gadidae generally, there exists, though often but little developed or even absent in many fishes, a large and conspicuous bone, No. 16, (Fig. 6) which articulates with the basi- occipital, basi- sphenoid, ex-occipital, par-occipital, squamosal and alisphenoid bones and forms the posterior lateral wall of the cranium. This bone. No. 16, on account of supporting that part of the membranous labyx'inth containing the otolithes has been usually regarded by anatomists (Cuv- ier, Owen, Huxley) as corresponding to the whole of the human pars petrosa or at least to some part of it, and has been accordingly named rocher, petrosal, opisthotic, etc. In the fish the labyrinth, however, is not exclusively and entirely enclosed by a special osseous covering as in Man. The cavity enclosing the organ of hearing is formed not only by the bone No. 16, but by the alisphenoid, ex-occipital, par- occipital, squamosal and post- frontal bones as well. It opens widely into the cranial cavity. It presents nothing comparable to the fenestra ovalis and fenestra rotunda of the pars petrosa. Such being the case it is impossible to determine whether the bone No. 16 in the fish repre- sents the whole, or only a portion and more particularly the lower or opisthotic portion of the human pars petrosa. The author would therefore prefer to call the bone No. 16 in the fish simply the rocher or its equivalent, the petrosal, as indicating the probability of it cor- responding to some part of the human pars petrosa. The term opisthotic is objectionable as not only implying that the bone No. 16 in the fish corresponds to the lower or opisthotic part of the human pars petrosa, for which view there is no evidence, but further, for the reason already given that it is the bone No. 4 in the fish, not the bone No. 16, that is the homologue of the external occipital, the so-called opisthotic in the turtle. Indeed, the bone No. 16 of the fish does not appear to be represented as such either in ■^1 Even Parker admits that " in some fonus the periotic bones do not arise separately, but the supra-occipital and cx-occipitals extend into the epiotic and opisthotic regions respectively." 0\>. cit. p. 349. 48 PROCEEDIKUS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. the reptile or in the higher vertebrata. In some respects it is a peculiarly ichthyic bone though not invariably present even within the limits of the class, as already mentioned. The ear-chamber in reptiles is more or less closed, internally at least, in the adult condition by three bones separated by a Y-shaped suture distinctly visible in the longitudinally divided skull (Fig. 9). The two lower. No. 2, 6, (Fig. 9,) of the three bones are situated on either side of the vertical stem of the Y-shaped suture, the third remaining bone No. 3 within the diverging branches of the latter. Externally the osseous vestibule presents a fenestra rotunda fnr (Fig. 11), situated entirely within the bone No. 2 and a fenestra ovalis, fno, the posterior half of which is formed by the margin of the bone just mentioned, the anterior half by that of the bone No. 6. The mem- branous labyrinth consists of a vestibule, semicircular caual and, in the turtle and alligator, of a rudimentary cochlea. The fenestne are closed by membranes in the living animal and to that of the fenestra p ovalis is attached a col- /J umellar-like bone which, on account of being con- nected with the mem- brana tympani, is re- garded as the homologue of the stapes of the hu- man ear. The membra- na tympani is attach- ed in turn to bone No. 28, (Figs. 7, 10) usually called the quad- rate and regarded as representing either the tympanic bone or the malleus in Man.^'^ The tympanic membrane being so superficially situated, neither external auditory meatus nor external ear can be said to exist in reptiles. The nearest appi'oach to an external ear is seen in the ci'ocodilia which are provided with two cutaneous folds situated just 117" 2. Fig. 11. External view of auditory region of alligator. ■'■' Some of the reasons that may be regarded in favor of accepting the latter hypothesis as the correct one have already been stated. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 outside the membrana tynipaui which, when approximated, close the entrance thereto. In the cro- codilia each tympanum (Fig. 12, T) is not only provided with its own lateral Eustachian tube proper, LE, but the two tympana communicate directly with each other superiorly by means of a passage traversing the supra occipital bone, S, and inferiorly by anterior Fig. 12. Diagram of tympauic canals of lateral passages, C, descending alligator. from the floor of the tympanum into the anterior branch. A, of median Eustachian tube, ME, situated just behind the posterior nares and indirectly by posterior lateral pas- sages, B, given off on either side from the lateral Eustachian tubes proper, LE, and terminating in the posterior branch, P, of the median Eus- tachian tube, ME. Further passages extend from each tympanum, Q, through the quadrate, thence by a membranous tube into the articulare of the lower jaw.'*^ In the turtle the most posterior of the two lower bones entering into the formation of the ear-chamber is a distinct bone. No. 4, (Fig. 10), and, for reasons already given, is regarded by the author as homo- logous with the external occipital of the fish and is therefore similarly numbered and named. In the lizard, python and alligator the functions of the external occipital bone of the turtle, No. 4, (Fig. 10), are, however, filled by what appears, in the adult skull at least, to be a part of the ex-occipital bone, No. 2*, (Fig. 9). At an early period of development in the snake and possibly in all reptilia, this part of the ex-occipital exists as a distinct bone, notwithstanding that in later life it may have coalesced to such an extent with the ex-occii)ital that its original distinctness is entirely lost. If such be the case, which is not at all improbable, then that part of the ex-occipital in the alligator, No. 2*, (Fig. 9), entering into the formation of the in- ternal ear-chamber, should lie regarded as the homologue of the ex- ternal occipital No. 4, (Fig. 10), in the turtle. The only essential 33 Windischmann. De Penitiori auris in Ampliibiis structura, 1831. Owen, Phil. Trans., 1850. Stannius, Haudbuch der Zootomie, Zweite Aufl., Zweites Buch, 18.56, pp. 58, 164. 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. difference in the two would then be that in the alligator the external occipital coalesces with the ex-occipital, whereas in the turtle it re- mains a distinct bone throughout life. It will be observed, how- ever, whether the osseous part in question be regarded as an out- growth of the ex-occipital or as a distinct bone coalescing with the lat- ter, that in neither case would the name opisthotic be a^jpropriate, since this bone or part, being homologous with the external occipital, should be so named. It has already been mentioned that that part of the supra- occipital entering into the formation of the ear-chaiuber is said to be developed from a special centre of ossification. No. 8 + (Fig- 9), and in accordance with the idea of it being the homologue of the epiotic centre of the human mastoid, named the epiotic. As there is no reason, however, for supposing that such a third centre of ossification exists, even if the part in question be characteristic of reptiles, the name epiotic should be discarded l)ecauseitis misleading. Finally, as the author regards the bone No. 6, (Figs, ti, 7, 9, 10), not as the prootic but as the homo- logue of the alisphenoid in Man, (Figs. 1, 2, a), there is no reason for retaining the names prootic, opisthotic and epiotic.^* Indeed, the periotic bones, or bone so named, should not be regarded as constituting any part of the proper cranial wall ])ut as special ossifications of the ear-chamber depending upon the extent of the development of the organ of hearing. In a general way it may be said that the transitory conditions through which the human ear passes in the course of its develo])- ment are more or less permanently retained as such in the organ of hearing in the lower vertebrata. Such being the case we cannot expect to find the protective osseous covering of the ear in the higher vertebrata equally well developed in the lower ones. On the con- trary, in proportion as the ear is undeveloped, we may expect to find any of the adjacent bones forming the wall of the cranium pro- tecting and entering into the formation of the ear-chamber, just as the tymj)anum is formed in birds by the basisphenoid, squamosal and ex-occipital rather than by the pai"s petrosa as in Man. There is no more reason for supposing that there is an archetypal temporal bone, •'■'The author does not refer to the skulls of birds, siuce the latter heiug specialized reptiles the disposition of the parts in question, as might be expected, is essentially the same. It should be nienlioued, however, that the membrana tympani is not attach- ed in birds to the quadrate bone as in reptiles but to the outer margin of the tym- panum. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 the different parts of which must exist in all vertebrata, than for believing that there is an archetypal vertebra and that the skull must consist of several of the same, at least in a Goethe-Oken sense. It does not follow, however, because a difference of opinion may prevail among morphologists as to the special homologies of certain of the bones of the head that there sliould be any question as to the truth of the general doctrine of the unity of organization of the skull, so firmly established by Cuvier and others. On the supposition that the higher vertebrata have descended from the lower, it is to be expected that the general structure of the skull should be the same in both, the fundamental characters of the skull of the former having been acquired by inheritance from that of the latter. On the other hand, the skull should present greater or less modifications according to the special nature of the different vertebrata, such modifications being induced by the causes of varia- tion incidental to different kinds of life. The skull, like the organism in general, is not made according to a Platonic idea or pattern, but grows, its characters lieing acquired by inheritance as modified by variation. 52 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. g [Synonyms of Certain of the Bones of the Head According TO French, German and English Anatomists. CUVIER (1). Occipital lateral. Occipital superieiir( perch reptiles ami birds). Occipital externe (percli, reptiles), apophyse mas- toid (mammals). Grand aile (fishes, birds, mammals), roeher (rep- tiles). Mastoidien (fishes and reptiles), temporal (birds and monotremes). Aile orbitaire. Roeher (fishes, birds and mammals). Jugal. Temporal (lizards, croco dilesand mammals), Juga (birds, monotremes). Caisse (ophidia, croco- diles, mammals). Os tym- panique (lizards), ()s car- re (birds). Temporal (fislies), Tym- panique (batrachia). Symplectique (fishes). Tympanal (fishes). Jugal (fishes and ba- trachia). (1) Lecons d" Anatomic Com l)ar('e. R('gne Animal. Histoiie Natnrelle dt>s Pois.sons. Ossements Fos.siles. MECKEIj (2). Seitliehes unteres Hintcr- hauptbein. Hinterhauptschuppe. Seitliehes oberes, HInter hauptbein. Felsenbein (fishes and reptiles), Grosserkeil beinriiigel mammals). Zitzenbein. (birds and Grosserkeilbeinttiigel. Felsenbein (fishes). Jochbein. Schlafenbeinschuppe. Pauke. Oberesgelenkbein. Grittelformiges, Stiick des Schliifenbeins. Scheibenformiges Stiick des Schlafenbeins. Unteresgelenkbein. (2^ System der vergleichen den Anatoinie OWKN (3). Ex-occipital. Huxley (4). Ex-occipital. Superoccipital;Snpraoccipi- tal. Paroccipital. Alisphonoid. Mastoid. Orbitospen- oid. Petrosal. Malar. Squamosal. Tympanic. Epitympanic (fishes). Mesotympanic (fishes). Pretympanic (fifshes). Hypotympan- ic (fishes). (3) Archetype of Vertebrate Skeleton. Anatomy of Vertebrates. Epiotic in fish, Opisthotic in reptile. Piootic. Squamosal. Alisphenoid. Opisthotic. Jugal. Quadrato-ju- ■gal. Quadrate. Hyomandibu- lar (fishes). Symplectic (fishes). Metapterygoid (fishes). Quadrate (fishes). (4) Elements of Comparative Anatoniy Manual of the Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals. 10 16 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIL,ADEJLPHIA. 53 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF PLANTS, No. X. By THOMAS MEEHAN. THE Origin of Coreless Apples. There are apple trees whicli have occasionally apetalous flowers and bear fruit which is, as popularly stated, coreless. The pre- cise morphology of this condition has never been explained. Re- cently some specimens were presented to the Academy by Mr. Anchutz of Arch Street, Philadelphia, from a tree growing on the grounds of Captain F. J. Williams, in PleasantsCo., West Virginia. Though bearing fruit abundantly every year it never had lieen known to have a "blossom," that is to say, petals. The corrugated appearance of the apex of the apple suggested the course of growth which results in the "navel" varieties of orange, explained in Proceedings of the Academy, July 25, 189o, p. 292, and an examination showed that a similar explanation applies to the apple as well as the orange. The ordinary apple is simply an arrested branch in which the leaves, with the axis, have been transformed into the succulent or carpellary structures FiK. 1. Fig 2. which go to make up the fruit. But in these coreless apples, the growth- wave resulting in the production of fruit did not become so fully arrested, but made a renewed though weaker rhythm. This was sufficient to draw nutrition from the original fruiting wave, and perhaps interfere with its proper pollination, thus permitting the formation of an upper carpellary system, — weak, certainly, but sufficiently well situated to secure pollen and produce a few 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. very small seeds in the upper section. The illustrations explain the process l)y which this coreless condition is brought about. Fig. 1 gives an external view of the apex of the apple. In the ordinary apple we havs the dry remains of five small sepals; in this we have three series of five, alternating with each other in a perfectly normal manner. The interior series of five are quite fleshy and, as they are evidently the a[)ical portions of the five sectional protuberances in the apple, we may safely conclude that it is this series which has chiefly aided in the development of the fleshy portion of the fruit. It should have been the matrix of the petals in the normal apple, and we may infer that in this fruit, as we generally have it, with the calycine and petaliferous verticils combined, it is the inner or petal bearing series that gives the apple its chief succulency. In the nor- mal apple, the cari)ellary structure commences at a, Fig. 2, but in this case, by the imperfectly arrested growth of the axis, it has been carried up to b, — and even then not wholly brought to rest, as it has made another step, c resulting finally in a small system capable at least of seed-l)earing, though having lost most of its power to give succulence to its calycine series. We may say that a coreless apple is, morphologically speaking, but a restless attempt on the part of the tree, to develop several carpellary systems, instead of confining itself to the perfection of one, as in ordinary cases. This phenomen is not unusual in plants. The rose, a near rela- tive of the apple, is not infrequently seen with another small rose growing from its centre, the explanation being of the same charac- ter as here given for the apple. It may be tersely stated that navel oranges and coreless apples are feeble attempts at proliferation. The Relations Between Insects and the Flowers of ImPATIENS Ft'LVA. Along a small stream on my grounds, masses of Lnpatlens fit ha abound, growing in great luxuriance. The humming bird visits the flowers as freely as various insects. I frctjuently amuse myself by standing perfectly still in the midst of a )uass of flowers, and have these little creatures i*est on my shoulder or even on my hand when I kept it still above the flowers. While thus enjoying myself, I have been led to note many items of interest worth recording. Variations in species are often referred to the visits of insects. 1894.] NATURAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 They bring pollen from other Howers, and intermediate forms neces- sarily result. Quite early in the modern discussions of this subject' I showed that variation must first occur, and that the insect visitor was rather a conservative agent than a factor in variation, — bringing back towards the original that which had departed. I have published many papers showing that variation is at least as great in monotypic species as where there are numerous closely related species or varie- ties to cross with. Iwpatieiis fiilra is another illustration. It is not necessary to recount the character of the variations. One may fairly say that no one character can be named that does not show variation in some individuals. Even the glaucous leaves are some- times bright green, at others almost silvery. The flowers not only vary in color and markings, but the several parts of the flowers are changeable. The spur particularly is sometimes of remarkable lengtli, at others well warranting the remark of Dr. Gray "spur rarely wanting." Aside from the fact that there is no other species near to get any aid to variation in that way, many of the colonies on my grounds are from last years' seeds. The obser- vations on tliis plant confirm records I have made during the past quarter of a century that there is an innate power to vary co-existant with the species itself, independent of any conditions of environment. This may be granted without prejudice to the proposition tliat changes can and do occur at times by tiie influence of environment, for which there is abundant evidence. It seems proper to present the strong facts on the former side, because of the modern tendency to exalt the latter as the prime motor in evolution. The amount of nectar secreted at the base of the spur is consider- able. By cutting off the apex and stripping down the tube as in milking, a globule as large as a pin's head will form at the cut. A large proportion of flowers, especially in the latter part of the season, are cleistogeue. But even in these cleistogamous flowers spurs are formed. An interesting fact Avas that the nectar formed as freely in the spurs of the cleistogene flowers as in those which we should call normal and fully "adapted" to insect visitors! Is there any necessary relation between the nectariferous structures of flowers and the visits of insects? The cases in which the relationship appears close are numerous, but equally numerous ' On the Agency of Insects in Obstructing Evolution. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sciences. 1872, pp. 235-237. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. are tlie cases on tlie other side, aud this cleistogamoiis case is one. But ill the normal flowers only a few insects could work to advantage. The spur of the nectary is incurved, and only creatures with a long and flexible tongue could reach the sweet deposits stored, mostly, at the base of the tube. In my "Flowers aud Ferns of the United States" (Series II, p. 44, 1880) Prof. W. W. Bailey is quoted on the authority of a friend of his that "the sacs were all perforated by bumble bees." Numerous species have their sacs perforated in this way, and all have been charged, even by myself, to bumble bees. Dr. J. H. Schueck of Mount Carmel, Illinois, suggested to me that this is probably a mistake, and that species of Xylocopa (carpenter-bees) and not Bombiis, are responsible for this act. Watching these flowers I found the slits were made by a wasp, Vespa maculata, that some species of Xylocopa, and also the honey bee, took advantage of the work of the wasp; but the only species of l)umble bee I noticed W'orking on the flowers, Bombiis Pennsylvani- cns, entered the flower every time by the flower's mouth, and got the nectar from the curved spurs as best it could. Properly speak- ing, the openings made by the hornet are not slits, but rough openings, chewed out. The slits proper appeared to have been made by the small carpenter bees. It is evident that in view of the many insects these flowers support, no advantage is received by the flowers in return. The relation of Bomhus to fertilization was next examined. The longitudinal streak of white pollen on the back of the visiting- bee gave it a picturesque appearance. That he could carry pollen from one flower to the other was very apparent. It seems impossible for the visiting bee to reach the stigma, as these are protected by con- uivent scales under the anthers, which form a close cap covering the stigma. Usually the earlier petaliferous flowers are infertile. In these plants, early in August, numerous flowers had perfected fruit, though the great majority were infertile. In what manner did the bee or the humming bird aid in the pollination? Examining a num- ber of flowers after these creatures had retired I was satisfied that they did not aid in any way. I have had evidence in other cases that where sufficient moisture exists, pollen tubes can reach the stigma without actual contact witli it. There is abundant niois^ture around the stigma, and it is not improbable that the pollen tubes, by the aid of this moisture, pass over the membranous border, in 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 many cases, to reacli the stigma and effect fertilization. The positive fact gained by these observations is that neither humming birds nor bumble bees in any way aid in pollenizing the petal-bear- ing flowers. They are as absolutely self-fertile as the apetalous cleistogene ones. An especially interesting ol)servation was the existence of many plants bearing wholly cleistogene flowers among the normal petal- bearing ones. These plants wei'e not as tall or vigorous as the petal- bearers, and could be readily distinguished from a distance by a yellowish-green tint, indicative of imperfect nutrition. It had been before suggested to me by an incidental remark of Mr. Willis in the Proceedings of the Cambridge (England) Philosophical Society, that in some unexplained way there is a relation between imperfect nutri- tion and cleistogamy, — a point which this observation confirms. The sum of these observations is, that in Lnpat let} s fidvav arhxtion is innate and not dependent on environment; that bright color and sweet secretions have no relation to the visits of insects; that the petal-bearing flowers are self-fertile, and that cleistogamy is the result of impaired nutrition rather than of any mere labor-saving iuHueuce. Apetalism and seed Propulsion in Lamium purpureum. Lam ill 1)1 purpureinn, a well-known European species, is some- what common as a weed on my grounds at Germantown, near Philadelphia. It exists in two forms: one with small pale lilac flowers, the other with flowers more rosy and larger. While examining the flowers witii u lens to trace any difference that might exist, I was surprised to have my face peppered by the seeds which had been expelled from the calyx with consider- able force. Examining plants with an abundance of seed vessels, it was seen that most of the calices were empty though still compara- tively erect. The seeds, or properly nutlets, could not easily have fallen out, and doubtless propulsion is the usual method by which they are distributed. Examining plants in the early part of July I found large numbers of the upper flowers apetalous. The calyx was perfect, the stamens were of the usual length, and the anthers profusely laden with })ol- len ; the pistil seemed in every respect perfect, but not the slightest trace of corolla existed. The stamens, normally borne on the 5 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. corolla, were now wholly iudependeat of* each other, and hypogyn- ons. This is probably the first case of apetalisni recorded in Labiatie. Fruiting of Robinia hispida. In descriptions of Robinia hinplda, no reference is made to the legumes. In cultivation they are not known ever to be fox'med. The writer has searched for them in his botanical collect- ings in Tennessee without finding any, and it is a general belief that they are rarely produced when the plant is growing either in a wild or cultivated state. Mr. David F. Day of Buffalo, New York, notices^ that the anthers are destitute of i)ollen in the flowers he ex- amined from cultivated jilants in that region, a condition often found, in most plants of Lafhynis (jramllfioi-us and some other Leguminose plants. In an excursion around Linville, North Carolina, in July 1893, Mr. C. F. Saunders of Philadelphia found a number fruiting, some specimens of which have been deposited in the Herbarium of the Academy, and in the Royal Herbarium at Kew. The Vitality of Seeds. Antirrhinum glcuidalo-^inn. Exact facts in regard to the power of seeds short-lived under ordinaiy circumstances to retain vitality when deeply imbedded in the earth, or under some other specific ('i)nditions, are not numerous. Hence many controversies occur be- tween the " practical man " who A;«o»w they will live an indefinite time, and the man of " science," who as firmly believes they will not. The writer of this has frequently been among the doubting ones, simply because the facts adduced for long vital power, could bear other interpretations. Ten years ago his friend, the late Dr. C. C. Parry, gave him some California seeds. Antirrhinum glandalosum was raised from them. The following year the plot was required for buildings and covered with earth from the cellar several feet deep. No j)lant of it has, to a certainty, been there since until this season, when, the earth in one spot being turned up a few feet in depth, one plant came up and flowered. Dimorphic Flowers in Labiatte. Dracocephtdiim nidaiis. — I have shown in various papers that a tendency to dioecism is not uncommon in Ldhiattc. Another addition ^Meehan's Monthly, TIT, p. 118. 1894]. NATL'KAl. SCIKNCES OF PHIJ.ADEI.PHIA. 59 to the list is Dracocephalnm nutans, a European plant which has many individuals with all the anthers sterile. The plants which bear the highly polliniferous anthers are much larger and more showy that what may be called the female flowering plants, a fact I have noted in other dimorphic species. Some European works have noted a mixture of species, or marked varieties, of this plant in a wild state. The dimorphic character is the probable explanation. Apetalism in Sisymbrium Thaliana. Apetalism is not common in Crucifene. I have noted tendency in this direction in Cakile and in Raphanus. Early in the present sea- son 1893 the plant being a common weed in my garden, I found apetalous flowers very common. Numerous instances of flowers with only one, two or three petals, were also observed. Later in the season there was seldom found any variation from the normal condition. No difference in strength, position, or any other condition could be observed that would satisfactorilv account for the abortion. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES OF TROUT FROM McCLOUD RIVER, CALIFORNIA. BY DAVID STARR JORDAN. Salmo gairdneri stonei, siibsp. nov. Allied to the form called Shno irideiis, but distinguished by its small scales, the number of scales in a longitudinal series lieing about 155, 82 before dorsal, where they are small and imbedded, 25 above lateral line. Teeth fewer and smaller than in var. irideus, those on the vomer in a single zigzag series. Axillary scale of ven- tral small. Pectoral 1+ in head. Eye large, 4^ in head. Maxil- lary 2 1-10. Upper parts plain greenish. Spots small and sparse on dorsal, adipose fin and caudal; a few spots only on posterior part of the body. A faint red lateral band; cheeks and opercles with red; no red between branches of lower jaw. Depth 4 in length. Anal rays 11. Described from a specimen (No. 900 Mus. Stanford Univ.) 14 inches in lengtli collected by Livingston Stone in McC'loud River at Baird, California This form is well known to the Indians and to fishermen on the Upper Sacramento According to Mr. Stone the Indian fishermen say tliat it is abundant in the McCloud River about eight miles above Baird. They are larger in size than ordinary irideus, one having been taken weighing 12 pounds. It is known to the Indians as No-shee or Kissuee. The subspecies is named for Livingston Stone, Director of the 11. S. Fish Hatchery at Baird. 1894.] NATI Ix'AI, SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 February 6. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty-seven ]iersons pi-esent. A paper entitled " Ol^servatious ou the Geology of adjacent parts of Oklahoma and northwest Texas," by Edw. D. Cope, was pre- sented for publication. A Neu> Central American Papa. — Mr. H. A. Pilsbry exhibited specimens of a small land shell from Pol von, Nicaragua, and offered the following description : Pupa polvonensis n. sp. (PI. I, fig. 11). Shell cylindrical, somewhat tapering above, opaque gravish-white with obli(]ue brown streaks. Whorls oh, somewhat convex; aperture small, without intei-nal plica? or denticles; lip thin, simple, the columellar margin dilated, partly concealing the round and rather large umbilicus. Alt. 2, diam. 1-3 mm. This species resenddes I\ shnp/ex Gld. in the toothless aperture and thin lips, but differs in coloration, the larger umbilicus, etc. February 13. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty persons present. February 20. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty-nine persons present. The death of Edward 8. Whelen, a member, was announced. Papers under the folloAving titles were presented for publication : — " Tanais robustus, a new species of Auisopoda." By H. F. Moore. " List of Port Jackson Chitons collected by Dr. Cox, with a re- vision of Australian Acanthix-hitidse. " By Henrv A. Pilsbrv. February 27. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Thirty-nine persons present. 02 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. A paper entitled " Re-exploration of Hartman'sCave in 1898," by H. C. Mercer, was presented for pulilication. W. Graham Tyler and Ruth Clement, M. D., were elected mem- bers. The following were ordered to be pinnted : — 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 OBSERVATIONS ON THE GEOLOGY OF ADJACENT PARTS OF OKLA- HOMA AND NORTH WEST TEXAS. BY E. D. COPE. Through the cooperation of certain members of the Academy I was enal)led to make an expedition in the interest of vertebrate pale- ontology during the summer of 1893. The gentlemen who contribu- ted the means for this exploration were INIr. Charles Cramp, Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, Dr. Samuel Dixon, JNIr. Thos. H. Savery and Mr. William Sellers. I had the privilege of the society and assist- ance of Prof. Amos P. Brown, in charge of the Department of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Pennsylvania. Theexpedition left Bismark, Dakota, July 10th, and completed its labor at Galena in southwestern Missouri on September 4th. The month of July and thirteen days of August were occupied in explorations in the Standing Rock and Cheyenne River Sioux Re- servations in North and South Dakota. Near Fort Yates, N. D., we examined the hills which are directly to the north of the fort and extend northward. We obtained from them several fossils which indicate their marine origin, and that they belong to the Fox Hills epoch of Meek and Hayden. Tliese include sharks' teeth of the genera Galeocerdo and Otodiis, and a fragment of a probable Chimerid fish. The bluffs of the eastern escarpment of the Laramie formation ex- tend across the plain at a rlistnnce of twelve miles west of Fort Yates, and these were explored without result, except the discovery of a few fragments of Dinosaurian bones. We made an expedition to the Laramie liluffs which border Hump Creek in the northern part of South Dakota. This stream rises in North Dakota, and after a course of perhaps thirty miles it flows into the Ree (or Grand) River. Its valley is bounded by bail land bluffs, but in only one portion of these did we find vertebrate fossils. I owe my knowledge of this locality, as well as that which I had previously visited in 1S92, to Miss Mary Collins, who has spent much of her life as a missionary among the Sioux, and who has the confidence of these people in a marked degree. One of Miss Collins' assistants, a Sioux named Maza (Iron), had observed the fossils, and served as my guide during botii the expeditions which I 64 PROCEEDIKOS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. have made to obtain tliem. As a trustworthy, amiable, and help- ful man Maza proved himself to be an invaluable adjunct to the party. We returned from Hump Creek on August 2d, and on the way to the fort examined the escarpment of the Laramie at a point further south than previously, and had greater success in obtaining fossils. Altogether we obtained in the Laramie, bones of three species of fishes and twelve species of reptiles; but no mammals or birds rewarded our search. Our next points of investigation were the Upper Permian bad lands of the Cimarron in Oklahoma, and such other outcrops of the formation south of that river as should promise favorable results of exploration. On our way thither we found ourselves, on August 10th, at Sioux City, Iowa. Here we were courteously entertained by Mr. John H. Charles, President of the Missouri River Transportation Com- pany, He presented to the Academy portions of the vertebral eolumes of two species of Plesiosauridio, from the Pierre formation of the Upper Cretaceous, which were new to science, and which I have described in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society as Enibaphias eircnloxus and Elasmosauriis inlermedivs. On an excursion along the bluffs bounding the valley of the Sioux river we observed the eastern extension of the Niobrara Cretaceous lime- stone and chalk, and the superimposed loess. In the absence of a good point for fitting out an expedition for the explorations on the Cimarron River, we went to Fort Supply, a con- siderable distance to the southward of it. We were there entertained by the officers of the post, especially by Captain William Ahman and by Lieut. Fox. The officer in conmiand, Col. Daingerfield Parker, very kindly gave us the use of the post ambulance, and by this means we were enabled to make a pretty complete examination of the neighborhood during the days of our sojourn. Our first object was to examine the red bluffs of Permian or Trias, which bound the canyons N. and N. W. of the post, Avhich torm part of the drainage system of the Cimarron. These bluffs we examined at various points and for considerable distances, but without obtaining any traces of fossil remains, excepting some fragments of wood. We found that the formation which constitutes the higher levels at the heads of the canyons tributaiy to the Cimarron, is an impure friable calcareous limestone of evidently lower cretaceous age. We obtained from it Exoyrjra texana and Gryplwa pitcherii with other species, which have 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADEL,PHIA. 65 been determiued by Prof. Brown as follows: — 7:!^.rof///ra tcmna, Gnjphiea pitcherii, Ostrea siibovata, Ostrea fcrenidhnarf/o, Ostrea sp., Citculkca tenuinalis, Neithea occidentaUs, Plieatula incongrna, Trigonia sp., Trigonia emoryi, Turrifella mriathngranulata, Schhm- bdchla peruviana. We found also the following vertebrata: Lam)ia No. 1, Lamna No. 2, Lepidotid scale, Uranoplosiis ardatus, U. flectidetis, Coelo- dtis hrownii, Plesiosanrus vertebrae, crocodile fragments, and frag- ments of a tortoise. The three species of Pycnodont fishes were new to science, and they have a Lower Cretaceous facies. Plesiosaurvs is represented by dorsal vertebrae only, but these are not of the Upper Cretaceous type. I have never found Lepidotid fish remains in the Upper Cre- taceous of North America, while they are characteristically Lower Cretaceous and Jurassic in Europe. The only occurrence of Lepi- dotid fishes so far recognized in N. America, is based on some teeth sent by Mr. Charles H. Sternberg in the Dakota sandstone of Kan- sas, and on the new species, Macrepistius arenatus, from the Trinity bed of Texas discovered by Prof. R. T. Hill. (See Journal of the Academy Vol. IX, Part 4). The crocodilian remains are unde- terminable. Below this formation, which is of a strong yellow color and about twenty-four feet thick, is a stratum of marls, black above, whitish in the middle, and buff below, of about equal thickness with the lime- stone. The black color is due to carbon, which is some places forms thin lavers of impure coal. This formation contained no fossils by which its age could be determined, and thus stood in strong contrast with the cretaceous above it, and agreed with the red beds of the Permian below it. Between the black marl and the cretaceous there intervened at some points a shallow bed of sand, usually coarse, and reaching in places a thickness of six feet. Its color is yellow, varied with horizontal red streaks. The age of the marine Cretaceous beds corresponds, according to Prof Brown's determination, with the Comanche Peak terrane of the Texas geologists. The tract first ob- served lies about five miles northwest of Fort Supply, and is of limited extent, being cut off to the north by the drainage of the Cimarron River, and to the south by the drainage of the North Fork of the Canadian. Its horizontal extent cannot exceed fifty s([uare miles. We examined another and more limited area of the 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. same bed which contained the same invertebrate fossils, at a point about twelve miles south of the fort. The Permian red beds are traversed conformably by layers of gypsum at different horizons. The sand bed below the cretaceous limestone is sometimes consolidated into a sandstone, which forms a ledge near the summit of the bluffs. From fifty to seventy-five feet below this and in the red beds, is a bed of saccharoidal limestone. This limestone is luminous when struck or scratclied with a metallic object, like a similar limestcme which occurs in some of the silver mines in Utah in the Wasatch Mountains. At the locality already referred to, twelve miles south of Fort Supply on a low ridge of the Cretaceous terrane, we observed a white discolorati(jn, as though two or three cartloads of a chalky material had been deposited there. Prof. Brown was so fortunate as to find in it the fragments of a solitary superior molar tooth of Profo- hippus jierditiis, which determined the age of the material as the Loup Foi-k, or Uj^per Miocene. Careful search failed to reveal another fossil, and it is evident that we have here the last remnants of a formation which has been almost entirely removed by erosion. With the view of further determining the extent of the Comanche and Loup Fork formations, we left Fort Supply and went by rail to Miami, which is a village in Roberts County of the Panhandle of Texas, south of the Canadian river. For several miles before reach- ing Miami, the railroad runs between steep bluffs, which form, the southern border of the flood plains of the Canadian river, and are the escarpments of the outlying tracts and fingers of the Staked Plains. They are about two hundred feet in elevation, and include two hard strata, while the great mass is sandy clay, or sand in a few localities. One of the indurated beds is at the summit of the bluffs, forming the surface of the plain, and is about six feet in thickness. The softer argillaceous bed below it varies from fifteen to fifty feet, when the second impure sandstone is reached, which has a thickness of about eight feet. The one hundred and fifty feet below this is friable, so that the construction of the escarpment is such as to keep it more or less perpendicular. Tlie general appearance of the blufis is closely similar to that of the Blanco beds at the typical locality one hundred and fifty miles south, at the jxiint where the Brazos River issues from the Staked Plains in the Blanco Canyon. In order to ascertain whether this formation is the Blanco or the Loup Fork, 1894.] NATURAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADEI^PHIA. 67 whicli it resembles, we examined the bluffs for a day and a half for fossils. They are rare in that region, but I obtained on the sec- ond day, teeth of both series of a horse, Equus cwniiiiiisii Cope, which demonstrated at once that the age is the Blanco. Mr. Brown found camel bones which approach in dimensions those of the Blanco species, rather than those of the Loup Fork ; but the species could not be identified. On the succeeding day, we drove, thanks to Mr. R. T. Cole, ot Mobeetie, to the town of Mobcetie in Wheeler County, eighteen miles S. E. of Miami. The route takes the traveler across a part of the Staked Plains, and a considerable distance before Mobeetie is reached, ravines belonging to the drainage system of the tributaries of the Red River are passed. We examined a number of these for considerable distances without obtaining fossils. As we passed the deserted Fort Elliott, near to Mobeetie, I examined some sandy beds like those of the Upper Blanco beds, and obtained additional tooth fragments of Equus oummhml and a second species of Equus proba- bly E. eunjstylus, and fragments of teeth and other bones of unde- terminable camels. We thus determined the extension of the Blanco bed as far east as Mobeetie. The result of my observations on this, the northeastern border of the Staked Plains, is to the effect that this plateau to the north of the Red River like that part to the south of it, belongs to the Blanco de- posit, giving the latter a north and south extent of two hundred and fifty miles. It had been liitherto positively determined at the typical locality only, that distance south of Miami, on the upper waters of the Brazos. From this point to the Red River the formation appears to be continuous ; and the portion north of the Red River now described, not only has a close physical resemblance to the portion south of it, but contains as now appears, fossils of the same age. (See Report of the Geological Survey of Texas for 1892, lor reports by Cummins and Cope on the Blanco terraue). On our return from Texas, Ave stopped at Tucker, Oklahoma, near to the Cimarron River, and examined for a day the exposures and bad lands ot the Upper Permian of that region. Although the ex- posures are most favorable for the exhibition of any fossils whicli the strata may contain, nothing of oi'ganic origin was found. Crystallized gypsum is very abundant. On reaching Kansas on our return, we stopped at Wellington and 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. examined the Plistocene sands of that locality. At the west side of the town is an ahandoued sand qnarry, and on the east side is a simi- lar quarry, from which the town derives its supply of building sand. We obtained from a saloon a number of fossils which were said to have l)eeu found several years previously in the west-side quarry. These consist of an almost entire mandibular arch of an adult Ele- phas primigenius with both molars in place, with several bones of probably the same animal ; together with the muzzle and parts of both horns of a large bison, which differs considerably from B. Idtifrons, and to which I have given the name of Bos ermnpianus. It is figured and described in the Journal of the Academy, Vol. IX, Part 4. I also obtained from Mr. Wheeler, owner of the east-side quarry, an entire posterior molar of Elephas priniigeniiix of the coarse plated variety, which was taken from his pit. Hearing of remains of the Mammoth in possession of some one near to Hennessy in Central Oklahoma, we took rail for that i)lace. On arriving, we found that the fragments wei'e in possession of a rancher eight miles west of that town. We visited the ranch, and found that the fragments were much broken, and included the four molar teeth of an adult Elephas priviigenius of the coarse plated variety. The rancher, Mr. Painter, had in his possession a number of teeth and some bones of the limbs of a saber-tooth tiger, which he liad found with tliose of the mammoth. Both its bones and those of the mam- moth were stained red by the coloring iron of the Permian clay, and were covered by a thin layer of it. The animals had been in some way buried in this material during the Plistocene epoch. I have desci'ibed the cat under tlie name of Dlnobasth serns. in the Journal of the Academy, Vol. IX, Part 4, as it represented both a species and genus new to science. On our return northward we stopped a few days at Galena, Mis- souri, and visited the Marble cave eighteen miles east of that place, under the guidance of the proprieter, Mr. Truman Powell. I wish here to express the obligation under which Mr. Powell placed me through liis hospitality and general assistance. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 LIST OF PORT JACKSON CHITONS COLLECTED BY DR. J. C. COX, WITH A REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCHITID^. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The followiiig pages contain a part of the results of the study of a collection of the Chitons of Port Jackson, New South Wales, Australia, recently made by Dr. J. C. Cox, the well-known Australiau con- chologist. Dr. Cox, with great liberality, transmitted to the Academy a large number of specimens both dry and preserved in spirits, with the request that they be studied and reported on. I am therefore enabled to make a contribution toward an exact knowledge of the distribution of the Polyplacophora inhabiting the New South Wales coast, as well as to elucidate several important points relating to particular species and genera. With the exception of a few records by Mr. E. A. Smith, of Port Jackson species collected by Coppinger,^ and by Professor Haddou of those collected by the "Challenger,"'^ our knowledge of the Chi- ton fauna of the New South Wales coast is limited to the lists pub- lished by Mr. G. F. Angas^ many years ago. At that time, the morphology of Polyplacophora was very imperfectly understood ; and consequently these admirable lists, which have been so helpful to subsequent conchologists in dealing with most families of mollusks, are almost useless in the study of Chitons, so many errors do they contain. Angas, however, found some forms in Port Jackson which subse- quent observers have not yet found, and among them several, such as Microplax Grayi, of exceptional interest to the general student on account of their peculiar and ill-understood features. To direct the attention of local malacologists to these forms, if for no other reason, it is thought expedient to quote Angas' list of species, the modern equivalents of his names, so far as known to me, being given in another column. 'Zool.Coll. H. M. S. "Alert." •■^Challenger Reports, Vol. XVII. sproc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 221. and 1871, p. 97. 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Angas' Port Jackson List. Lophyrus australis coucentricus glaucus muricatus jugosus smaragdinus Lepidopleurus proteus ' ' longicymba " ustulatus ' ' aiitiquus Tonicia Carpeuteri Ang. Leptochiton versicolor Onithochiton Incei ' ' rugulosus Chiton piceus Chretopleura rugosa Lorica cimolia " Angasi Plaxiphora petholata Acanthochites costatus ' ' scutiger ' ' carinatus Microplax Grayi Cryptoplax striatiis Modern Equivalents. ^Ischnochiton australis Sowb. ^Chiton jugosus Glcl. ?=Isc'lmochiton lentiginosus Sowb. = Chiton muricatus A. Ad. = " Coxi Pils. = Ischnochiton smaragdinus Ang. I Ischuochiton divergens Reeve ( and fruticosus Gld. = Ischnochiton Haddoni Pils. ^Callistochiton autiquus Rve. ^Tonicia Carpenteri Ang. ^Callochiton platessa Gld. = Onithochiton = Liolophura Gaimardi Blv. = Lorica vol vox Rve. = Loricella Angasi H. Ad. ^Plaxiphora petholata Sowb. =A. (Loboplax) costatus H. Ad. and Ang. f,_ ( A. (Meturoplax) retrojectus ■ ( Pils. or A. trranostriatus Pils. ? = A. Coxi Pils.' = Choriplax Grayi H. Ad. & Ang. = Cryptoplax striatus Lara. Of the twenty- four species listed by Angas, I have not seen Lepi- dopleurus vstulatus,* Tonicia Carpenteri, Cluetopleurarugosa or Micro- plax Grayi. The type of T. Carpenteri was examined by Dr. Carpenter who considered it a good species. It probably belongs to the section Lucilina. Angas' Cluetopleura rugosa may possibly be a young Plaxiphora, but it is with hesitation I hazard any conjecture upon it. A note upon Microplax Grayi will be found in The Nauti- lus for April, 1894, p. 139. The other species of Angas' list I have identified with a consideralile degree of certainty, having numerous specimens of all of them before me, as well as some addi- tional forms lately discovered. The species collected by Dr. Cox are as follows : — * Ischnochiion Kshilatiis Eve. occurs abundantly in South Australia, but nothing I have seen from Port Jackson corresponds to this species. 1894.] NATURAIv SCIENCES OF PHII.ADEIjPHI A. 71 Family ISCHNOCHITONIDiE. Genus CALLOCHITON Gray. Callochiton platessa (ioiild. Port Jackson. This is the Leptorhiton versicolor Ad. , of Angas' list. It is a lovely shell of the most l)rilliaiit orange- red color. A larger, dark-brown species allied to this, occurs on the Tasmaniau coast, Callochiton ( Trachyradsia) iiwrnaf us Ten. -Woods. Genus ISCHNOCHITON Gray. The general arrangement of the species of this genus is fai- fioni satisfactorv. Former classifications have been founded too exclusively upon the girdle scales. The Australian species fall into five natural groups, or sections, which may l)e defined as follows: — 1. Iscluiovhlton s. str: type longlcymba Q. & G. Intermediate valves having 1-1 slits; lateral areas radially sculptured, central areas finely granulated in quiucunx, or longitudinally lirulate at the sides, with "V" sculpture along the ridge. Girdle scales subequal, striated. 2. ISteaoch'don : type jaloides A. & A. Animal much elongated: intermediate valves having several slits on each side. 3. Heterozoiia: type cariosa Cpr. Like IscJmochlton (sensu stricto), but girdle scales minute and large, intermingled. 4. Huplojilax now.: type smaragd in ks Aug. Intermediate valves having 1-1 slits; entire surface smooth except for minute granulation; girdle scales convex, smooth. 5. hvhiioradskc type aiidralis Sowb. Shell not unusually elongated; intermediate valves with several side-slits, sculpture coarse; girdle scales very convex, not striated. Ischnochitou Haddoni I'ilshry. Very abundant at Port Jackson and Port Hacking. This shouhl be com|)areil with the type of Chiton crispus Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. 19, fig. 120, a species I have not seen. Also with C. pallidns Reeve, I. c. pi. IH, fig. 92. It is certain that this is not Chiton longicymba Blainville, 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. nor is the New Zealand species described by Quoy ct Gaimard the same as that of de Bkiinville. Ischnochiton fruticosus Gld. Abundant at Port Jackson, with the next species. This form is distinguished from /. diveniena by its very much smaller girdle scales. In fruticmm^ the individual scales measure in width -25 mm., or four to a millimeter. lu divergois they measure '40, or otily two and a half to the millimeter. The difference is perfectly ol)vious to the naked eye. This species and the ne.xt seem to have been included by Angas under the name Lepldopleurus proteus. I believe CalUdovliiton Copplngeri Smith to be the young of this species. Ischnochiton divergens Keeve. Port Jackson and Port Hacking (Cox). Reeve's Cli. proteus, described from Newcastle, is a synonym. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) australis Sowb. Port Jackson (Cox). Ischnochiton (Haploplax) smaragdinus Angas. Port Jackson (Cox). This species varies wonderfully in colora- tion. The following patterns being repi-esented in the lot before me: (r/) white or pale olive, the front and hind valves black; sometimes the fourth, fifth and seventh valves marked boldly with black. (6) Pale olive, flecked closely with olive, head and tail valves black. (c) Sky-blue, closely reticulated with olive, and in places marked with white, {d) Rich brown, speckled with olivaceous, and marked with white on valves i, iv, viii. The details are thus endlessly varied. Mr. E. A. Smith has kindly verified my determination by a comparison with Angas type of smaragdiniis. I. smaragdinus picturatus var. iiov. Color-scheme consisting of a ivlde dui-aul dripe of lilac, dark blue, ochre or some combination of these or other hues; tlie stripe bordered with brownish, this border spreading forw.ird on value i, and spread- ing over most of valves ii and vi. Remainder of the side- slopes light and variegated. Girdle irregularly tessellated. This seems so well defined a pattern of coloring that I venture to give it a name. Many Sjjecimeus are before me from Port Jackson. 1894.] NATT'KAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 73 Isohnochiton (Haploplax) lentiginosus Sowb. Shell rather thin, oval, moderately elevated, carinated, the side- slopes straight. Surface smooth except for slight radial riblets ou the lateral areas. Ground-color orange, orange-broivn, or even Avith an olive suffusion, coarsely spotted throughout xoith bright blue; the girdle olive-green, iinicolored or with dusky bars. The intermediate valves are slightly concave behind, the beaks slightly projecting and interrupting the curve. Lateral areas slightly raised, marked by 4 to 6 weak, low radial riblets, obsolete in some specimens. Central areas having slight growth lines, but otherwise unsculptured except for the usual microscopic granulation of the whole surface. End valves showing traces of radial riblets toward the periphery. Posterior valve having the rather blunt mucro at the summit of the straight posterior slope, and in front of the middle. Interior roseate in the cavity, olivaceous liehind the valve-callus, the sutural and insertion- plates blue-white. Sutural-lamime short, projecting less than half the length of a valve, separated by a rather narrow, hardly squared, sinus. Anterior valve having 11, inter- mediate valves 1-1, posterior 13 slits; teeth sharp, normal. Girdle clothed with densely imbricating convex, polished scales, which generally show a very minute striation under the compound microscope. The scales measure: width -28, alt. about -22 mm. ; the width of a scale is therefore contained about 3 2 times in a milli- meter. Length 19, breadth 10 mm.; divergence about 115°. This species was described from Newcastle, N. S. Wales. It has since been confused with /. cyaneopunctatus Krauss, a very similar species from the Cape; and its Australian habitat has been doubted. The rediscovery of the species in Australia (Port Hacking, N. S. Wales) by Dr. Cox is therefore of unusual interest. In some specimens there is a narrow whitish stripe on the ridge of valves iii, iv, v, vii and viii; and in some the blue spots become en- larged and diluted on valve iv, forming a pale blue or whitish varie- gation. This cannot be Chiton clypeus Blainv. (Diet. Sci. Nat., xxxvi, p. 540), which is also described as blue-spotted. Genus CALLISTOCHITON Cpr. Callistochiton antiquus Eeeve. Port Jackson (Cox). Readily recognized by the very strong 6 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. sculpture of tlie valves, which is not paralleled by any other small Chitou of Australian waters. Another species referred to this genus, Call ido chit on Coppijigeri'E. A. Sniitli, lias been described from Port Jackson. I have not seen the type, liut I believe it to be a young, roughly sculptured Isch- nochlton fndicosus Gld. Family MOPALIID^. Genus PLAXIPHOEA Gray. Plaxiphora petliolata Sowb. Abundant and typical at Port Jackson and Port Hacking. At the latter locality some specimens occurred having the exterior coloi'ed like P. glaiiut Quoy (Man. Conch., XIV, pi. 68, fig. 72j, and the inside pink and white, slightly clouded with blue. I have not seen specimens of the true P. (jlatica, which is described as smooth outside. The valves of P. petholata are always finely corrugated. Family ACANTHOCHITID^. But one genus of this family, A Pilsbry. PI. Ill, figs. 21, 22, 23, 24, 2.5,20; PI. IV, fig. 34. Nautilus VII, p. 119, Frb. 1S94 ( prelimiuiiry (lescripti(iu). Shell elongated, the visible portion of the valves occupying less than one-third of the entire breadth of the animal (when preserved in alcohol). Valves grayish, somewhat mottled with olive and fleshy, the dorsal areas dark red or marked with oli- vaceous. Girdle olivaceous. Exposed portions of the intermediate valves subtriaugular, slightly elevated, hardly carinated, nearly separated at the sutures by spicu. lose bridges of the girdle. Dorsal areas wedge-shaped, convex, dis- tinctly differentiated from the pleura but not elevated at the sides, sculptured with fine longitudinal stri;ie. Latero-pleural areas having the diagonal rib indicated by a low rounded convexity, and sculptured throughout with convex pustules elongated in a radial direction (fig. 21). Anterior valve having five low I'iblets indicated, each produced at the lower edge in a slight lobe. Posterior valve (PI. Ill, figs. 22-25) having the tegmentum subcircular, a trifle wider than long, the mucro rather elevated and acute, behind the middle. Interior rose colored. Anterior valve with the insertion-plate more than half as long as the front slope of tegmentum, pink, with five deep slits; intermediate valves having 1-1 slits, and a ridge running upward from the slits, as though the anterior edge of the posterior tooth projected over the posterior edge of the anterior tooth. Posterior valve having the insertion-plate subvertical behind, and slightly waved up between the two slits; its posterior contour convex. Sutural laminae large, rounded; sinus angular. Girdle fleshy, densely clothed with short hyaline spinelets, the tufts being represented by inconspicuous clumps of somewhat longer spines. Gills three- fourths the length of the foot. Length 23, breadth 13 mm. (alcoholic specimen). "Named in honor of Dr. J. C. Cox, of Sydney, N. S. W. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 81 Port HackiuLi-, N. S. Wales (Dr. J. C. Cox). This species differs from A. f/ntnostrlatiis ia the iucouspiciious tufts, obvious though low diagonal ribs, convex pustules, rounded contour of the insertion- pi ate of the tail valve, etc. Acanthochites granostriatus rilslny. Tl. II. tigs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0: PI. IV, tin-. 37. Nautilus VII. p. 119. Fol). 1894. Shell rather elongated. Exposed portion of valves occupying about one-third to one-half the total width (in dried specimens). \'alves moderately elevated and obtusely keeled, the ridge indis- tinctly clouded with whitish, orange and blackish; sides mottled in indistinct and varying pattern with olive and white. Girdle oliva- ceons, tufts silvery stained with blue or dirty olive. Intermediate valves having the exposed portions broadly wedge- shaped, truncated in front, decidedly imbricating. Dorsal area of each valve wedge-shaped, rather wide, convex, distinctly differentiated from the pleural areas, but not raised at the sides, sculptured with numerous rather weak longitudinal striai and crossed by slight growth- lines. Latere- pleural areas having no trace of a diagonal rib, sculptured with elongated, concave or fiat pustules, arranged radially, and connected by opaque lines giving the appearance of radial stride. Anterior valve with very slight indications of three or five low rounded radial ribs. Posterior valve having the tegmen- tum subcircular, the niucro rather acute and elevated, situated at the posterior third (PI. II, figs. 2-5). Interior of valves pink, becoming salmon colored posteriorly, stained with dark in the middle of the cavity, where there is a dis- tinctly porous longitudinal band. Sinus moderately deep, squared and minutely crenulated. Posterior valve triangular, having an up- ward wave in the straight posterior margin, the postero-lateral mar- gins concave. Girdle clothed with short, greenish spicules and having eighteen conspicuous bluish or silvery tufts. Length 9, breadth oi mm. (dried specimen). Length 10, l)readth 7 mm. (alcoholic specimen). Port Jackson and Port Hacking, N. S. Wales (Dr. J. C. Cox !). Acanthochites Bednalli Pilsbiy. PL II, figs. 7.8, 9, 10, 11. Shell oblong, moderately elevated, carinated, the .side-slopes 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. straight. Color of valves light creamy-gray, sparsely maculated with dingy browu and white, usually sliowing some indistinct olive stains on some valves. Girdle gray, witli conspicuous silky, silvery tufts. The posterior (sutural ) margins of the valves are nearly straight, the small beaks slightly projecting along the middle line. The teg- mentum of each intermediate valve is divided into a distinct but not sharply defined triangular dorsal area, which is longitudinally marked by ir)-20 (heply cut > riblets toward the outer edges of the pleura. Probably intergrades with the preceding. Explanation of Plates. Plate U. Figs. 1 to 6. AcanlhdcJtUc^ yraiiodriatitc Pilsbry. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of valve vii. Fig, 2. Dorsal view of valve viii, sutural lamina' broken. Fig. 3. Ventral view of valve viii, sutural lamina) broken. Fig. 4. Posterior view of valve viii. Fig. 5. Lateral view (profile) of valve viii. Fig. H. Sculpture of tlie middle of side area of an intermediate valve, X 22. Figs. 7 to 11. Acanthochites Bednalll Pilsbry. Fk;. 7. Dorsal view of valve vii. Fig. 8. Dorsal view of valve viii. Fig. 9. Posterior view of valve viii. Fig. 10. Lateral view of valve viii. Fig. 11. Sculpture of side area, x 22. Figs. 12 to 15. Acanthorhlten retrojactHx Pilsbry. Fig. 12. Dorsal view of an intermediate valve. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 Fig. 13. Dorsal view of valve viii. ' Fig. 14. Lateral view of valve viii. Fig. 15, Ventral view of valve viii. Plate III. Figs. 10 to 20. Acanthochites asbestoidcs Carpenter. Fig. 16. Veutral view of valve vi. Fig. 1 7. Dorsal view (outline) of valve vi. Fig, 18. Lateral view of valve viii. Fig. 19. Ventral view of valve viii. Fig. 20. Dorsal view of valve viii. Figs. 21 to 26. Acanthochites Coxi Pilsbry. Fig. 21. Sculpture from middle of a side- area, x 22. Fig. 22. Posterior view of valve viii. Fig. 23. Lateral view of valve viii. Fig. 24. Dorsal view of valve viii. Fig. 25. Veutral view of valve viii. Fig. 26. Dorsal view of valve vii. Plate IV, Figs. 27 to 30. Acanthochites Mattheicsi Bednall and Pilsbry. Fig. 27. Dorsal view of valve vii. Fig. 28. Dorsal view of valve viii. Fig. 29. Lateral view of valve viii. Fig. 30. Dorsal view of entire animal, natural size. Figs. 31 to 33. Acanthochites speciosas H. Adams. Fig, 31, Dorsal view of valve viii. Fig, 32, Lateral view of valve viii. Fig. 33. Posterior view of valve viii. Fig. 34, Acanthochites Coxi Pilsbry : dorsal view of an alcoholic specimen, natural size. Fig, 36, Acanthochites retrojectus Pilsbry: dorsal view of an alcoholic specimen, natural size. Fig. 37. Acanthochites granostriatus Pilsbry: dorsal view of an alcoholic specimen, natural size. 90 PKOCEEDINOS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. TANAIS ROBUSTUS, A NEW SPECIES OF ANISOPODA. BY H. F. MOORE. In August, 1892, the collectors of the Marine Biological Labora- tory of the University of Pennsylvania, at Sea Isle City, N. J., brouglit in a large logger-head turtle, ThalassocJielys caretta. Examination showed its carapace to be burdened with a miscel- laneous collection of invertebrata, including Polyzoa, Anellida, Cir- ripedea, Pycuogouidia, Caprellidae and a single species of Anisopoda. The latter, which has apparently heretofore escaped notice, was found in numbers inhabitincj minute tubes in the crevices between the scales of the turtle's carapace. When unmolested, these little crustaceans could be seen crawling carefully about among their fel- low voyagers or lying at the mouths of their domiciles with only the head and chelae projecting ; when disturbed they promptly retreated out of sight. I am unaware of any other species of the family Tanaidaj occupying a similar position. Though differing in some slight particulars from the genus Taiiais as re-constituted by Sars, the sum of its characters evidently places it in that genus and I propose for it the name Tanais robmtus. It is quite robust for the family, being less than 3^ times as long as broad. The carapace, which is the broadest portion of the body, is terminated anteriorly by a minute rostrum, whilst its posterior border is somewhat concave in the middle line. In front of the origin of the great gnathopods the lateral outline is strongly concave, but op- posite the bases of these limbs it becomes swollen. When viewed dorsal ly, the carapace appears, in general figure, top-shaped. Two grooves, one on each side, indicate upon the dorsal surface the inner boundary of the branchial chamber. Behind the carapace the breadth of the body becomes gradually less with each successive seg- ment. The fourth free segment of the perieon is the longest, slightly exceeding the third, which is in turn longer than the fifth. The pleon is composed of six distinct segments, of which the fourth and fifth are much shorter than the others and the sixth is terminated, posteriorly, by a blunt median projection. The body is constricted at the joints and the segmentation is distinctly marked. The dorsal surface is furnished, laterally, with a few setie, which on the first and 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 second segments of the pleon form a short row on each side, but never form a transverse band crossing the segment. The eyes and eye- lobes are large, the latter being let into deep re- cesses in the anterior lateral portion of the carapace. The antennulte consist of three joints, of which the basal one is somewhat longer than the other twocoml)ined. A small knob (rudi- mentary flagellum) terminates each. In the male the antennula? usually about equal in length the carapace with the first free segment, but are sometimes considerably longer. In the female they are about equal to the carapace alone. The antennse lie close beneath the antennulse, by which they are slightly exceeded in length in both male and female. They are five- jointed, the fourth joint being the longest, slightly exceeding the sec- ond; the fifth, third and first following in the order named, the last mentioned being very short. Each antenna is terminated by a densely setiferous rudimentary flagellum considerably longer than that of the antennules and sometimes imperfectly articulated, The mandibles are of the usual form, curved inwards at the tip where each bears a pair of horny teeth, shaped like the limbs of the letter U. Proximad of the middle, a stout trausverse column passes mediad bearing at its end an oval molar plate traversed by a series of parallel ridges with deep grooves between. Under a high power each ridge appears to be broken up by shallow indentations into a series of rounded teeth. The first maxillae consist of a stout forwardly directed column and a posteriorly directed palpus, bearing at its end a brush of seven or eight long sette. The anterior ramus is stout and curved towards the median line, bearing at its tip a group of about eight stout, curved spines, each with two series of fine, apically directed, denticuli. A brush of stifi" setse lies near the base, and laterad of, the spines. A smaller group of spines lie on one face near the tip; these are not denticulate and lack the brown color of those in the apical group. The maxillipeds are adherent basally by means of short, stout hooks. The basal joints are prolonged on their anterior or oral aspects into plate-like processes, which are coupled together in the median line. Each basal joint bears a flattened palpus, consisting of four joints, the terminal three being furnished with long setaj. The distal joint is strongly flexed on the penultimate. A somcAvhat falciform 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. branchial epipod is attached to the niaxilliped at its base, by means of a slender stalk. The first guathopods are strongly chelate in both sexes, but especially so in the males. The "thumb" of tlie propodite is ter- minated by a horny tooth and external to and just within this is a sharp-edged tubercle; the tooth of the dactylopodite bites between these two. Figs. 6 and 6a, Plate V, show the guathopods of male and female side by side and give a better idea of their appearance than can be gained from a description . The limbs of the first free segment of the perseon are long and slender, their terminal claws being but slightly curved. The two succeeding paii's are stouter, with the dactylopodite and claw shorter than iu the first pair. The last three pairs are still stouter, the dactylopodite bears a strongly hooked claw with a comb- like series of minute curved teeth on each side and the distal end of the projjodite bears a row of stout setaj. All the limbs except those of the first free segment have the distal end of the carpopodite crowned with a few stout spines, some bifid, others serrulate. Only the anterior three segments of the pleou bear limbs (pleo- pods). Each of these consists of a flat basal piece (protopodite) to which are attached two one-jointed blades furnished, on their outer edges, with long pinnate seta?, the exopodite bearing about 35, the endopodite about 15. Both protopodite and endopodite bear a single stout seta on their inner edge. The last segment bears a pair of four-jointed setose limbs (uro- pods), the segments of which are cylindrical and increase in length from l)ase to tip. The marsupia of the female are thin walled pouches attached to the ventral wall of the sixth thoracic segment (fourth free seg- ment). They increi\se in size with the development of the eggs and in some specimens extend over segments five and seven, to which, however, they are not attached. The largest specimens collected measure from rostrum to tip of pleon 4-7 mm. and in width 1*4 mm. The ground color in alcoholic specimens is pale yellow. Upon the carapace this is heavily mottled with brownish pigment, excepting over about thirty elliptical and sub-elliptical areoltc symmetrically arranged towards the middle line. The dorsal surfaces of the chelie are similarly marked. The portion of 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 the body and the limbs behind the carapace are much paler, being usually concealed in the tubular dwelling. Nine species of Tauaidoe have been previously recorded from the western shores of the North Atlantic, namely : Tanais vittatus Rathke. T. hirsKtiis Beddard. Leptochelia Snvignyl Kroyer=(L. ah/icohi Harger 9 ). L. dt(bia = (L. ahjicola Harger $). L. rapax Harger. L. (/) filum (Stimpson) Harger. Heterotanais limicola (Harger) Sars. Leptognathia coeca (Harger) Sars. Neotanais americana Beddai'd. Tanais vittatus, L. Savignyi {f) and L. (Juhia (J) have been taken at Great Egg Harbor Bay, New Jersey. T. /aVs(/^;/s was dredged by the "Challenger" in 50 to 150 fathoms off Prince Edward Island. Neotanais americana was dredged by the "Challenger" in 1,250 fathoms about 200 miles southeast of New York, H. limicola, L. coeca and all the species of Leptochelia enumerated have been taken on the New England coast. The genus Tanais may be distinguished from all others by the pos- session of one- branched uropods, pleopods on the first three segments only of the pleon and incubatory sacs at bases of the fifth pair of limbs. Sars in his re- definition of the genus says, "uropoda l)revia, simphcia, ramosingulo bi-vel tri-articulato." His figure of T. cavolinii possesses four joints, though Milne Edward's figure has but three. Tanais (Zeuxo) Westtvoodiana has six joints, T. hirsidus has twelve and T. novce zealandae has five, one moi'e than the species just descrilied. T. robustus differs from T. vittatus, the only other New Jersey member of the genus, by its greater robustness and tapering body, by the possession of one more joint in the pleon and in the absence of setiferous bands crossing the first two segments of the pleon. In the foregoing reference is made to the following papers : Beddard, F. E. "Challenger" Reports. Isoj^oda— 1886. Harger, O. Report on the ^Marine Isopoda of New England and Adjacent Waters. Report of U. S. Fish Commission, 1878. Norman, A. M. and Stebbing, T. R, R. On the Crustacea Iso- poda of the " Lightning," "Porcupine" and "Valorous" Expe- ditions. Transactions Zoological Society of London, 1886. 94 PROECEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Sars, G. O. Revision dcr Gruppeu ; Isopoda Chelifera. Arch. f. Mathematik, Vol. VII. Stebbinu:, T. R. R. A History of Crustacea. New York, 1893. Description of Plate V. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of male. Fig. 2. Antenna of male. Fig. 3. Mandible. 3a a portion of molar surface in section. Fig. 4. First maxilla with its backwardly directed palp ter- minated by long settc. 4a, apical portion of maxilla, showing the apical and sub- apical groups of spines and the auxiliary brush of stiff bristles. Fig. 5. Maxilliped. Fig. 6. First gnathopod of male ; 6a of female. The basal joint is not shown. Fig. 7. Limb of first free thoracic segment. Fig. 8. Last thoracic limb. Fig. 9. Pleopod. Fig. 10. Uropod. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHII^ADELPHIA. 95 March 6. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty-four persons present. A paper entitled " Some volcanic products from the Hawaiian Is- lands," by E. Goldsmith, was presented for publication. March 13. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. March 20. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Forty- three persons present. March 27. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty-three persons present. A paper entitled " Description of a new Armadillo with remarks on the Genus Muletia," by Samuel N. Rhoads, was presented for publication. Theodore N. Ely and Dr. Gustavo Niederlein were elected mem- bers. The following were ordered to be printed : — 96 PROCEEniNGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. RE-EXPLORATION OF HARTMAN'S CAVE, NEAR STROUDSBURG, PENN- SYLVANIA, IN 1893. BY H. C. MERCER. Rumor had reported the existence of a cave in Monroe County, Pennsylvania, which Mr. T. Dunkin Paret after some searching discovered in 1880 on the top of a hill overhanging Cherry Creek, J^iG. 1. Entrance to Hartman's Cave. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 about four miles from Stroudsburg. Eight hundred feet above and five miles west of the Delaware River, with its nearest drinking water, the creek, one-fourth of a mile down the steep, and eight or nine miles north of the glacial moraine, the damp, chilly hole seemed hardly a good lair for beasts, much less a shelter for men. Original discoveries of Air. Paret. — When Mr. Paret had removed the debris which choked its broad arch. Fig. 1, so that a man could scarcely wriggle like a snake 150 feet in, he encountered traces of men and animals in a top layer of limestone roof-splinters and down-slidden outer talus thinning inward into less stony cave earth. All this relic- bearing material lay upon a bed of clay of unprobed depth which appeared to over- spread the whole cave bottom, and it was always above this clay and never in it, that Mr. Paret's workmen found (often in his absence, for business prevented his continued supervision) the speci- mens collected : the thin chipped blade of argillite (fifty feet in to the extreme right; depth not stated, the four bone awls; the pots- herd, (outside the entrance on a ledge) ; the bone fish-hook, needle and harpoon;^ along with remains of the lynx, gray fox, wolf, skunk, ' I have just recieved the following interesting letter from Mr. Paret : Stroudsburg, Pa., March 25, 1894. Deae Sir : Yours of 10th at hand and I am obliged for your letter and for your slip as to the cave discussion at the Academy of Nat. Sciences. Have you had the clay examined microscopically ? If not, it might be advisable. Something might be learned as to its origin. The potsherd was not dug out. It Avas not found by my men, but a visitor who picked it upy>'cw/ f/ie surface, from that shelf of rock, away up on the right, (as you face the cave ) where I and a man worked a little while you were there. It was on f side of the cave entirely, on a rock shelf, at foot of clifl'. away above the cave level. The shell has a curious history : One of my men brought it to me His two boys got into a quarrel at home, he interfered and found they were disputing for the shell. He asked where it came from and they said, from the cave; so he took it away from them. He told me it was full of clay and that he washed it out. He is a man in whom I have implicit trust. The argillite l)ladc and peccaiy jaws were found about same time and place — about 50 feet inside of cave, on extreme right. The fish-hook was found on same side, but not so far in. I do not think there is anything to prove how old the horse tooth is. The one striking fact to me is that no stone tool has been found at any depth or dug out. The potsherd was on bare rock. The arrowhead I found was in earth on a flat rock — only a few inches covered and a few inches of earth below. But the bone tools were all dug from below the surface. Boys talk is that many stone tools used to be picked up on the rock shelves inside of the cave. Why were none found in the soil as those of bone were ? I feel sure that if stone was in free use when the bone was, some would have been found with the bone. ... I am firm in my belief that your trench is of small value till a >/nu/i longer one is extended at right angles outwards. I also believe that if all the debris in front Of cave was removed much more might be found. Your trench simply proved that no human or animal remains were contained in a cross cut of that length and narrow width. There is room outside it for many hearths at various levels. . . . Youi-s truly, T. DuNKiN Paket. 98 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1894. weasel, raccoon, mole, dusky rat, little brown bat, woodchuck, por- cupine, beaver, muskrat, gray squirrel, ground squirrel, meadow mouse, white field mouse, wood rat, gray rabbit, deer, elk, wild turkey, turtle, box turtle, snapper, snake, three species of Helix, a Unio and a I^Iargaratina, besides (to make the discovery par- ticularly noteworthy) the following remarkable objects: (1) A perforated marine shelP bead made from the Gomistornahis, alleged by a farmer to have been brought from the cave trench by his lit- tle sons, which, on the authority of Mr. Geo. W. Tryon in 1880, and Mr. Pilsbry in 1894, belongs to the Pacific Coast mollusca of Central America and which therefore suggests the whole question of aborigi- nal trade and the query whether the cave occupants had really ob- tained a shell from somewhere nearly two thousand miles away, (2) Several teeth of the reindeer (Rangifer caribou) which seem to infer a colder climate. (3) A tooth of Bison amerieanus asks us to account for the presence of this browsing animal of the Mississippi Plains in the easternmost mountain steeps of the great forest. (4) The jaws and teeth of the extinct peccary, Dycotijles Pennsyl- vanicits, which with (5) the teeth of the extinct giant chinchilla, Cas- toroides ohioensis, suggest antiquity, though we cannot yet prove that these animals became extinct in Pennsylvania more than 300 years ago. (6) Two teeth of a horse, discovered at a point and depth not noted, which Dr. Leidy (who visited the cave in 1880 and identified all the bones then found by Mr. Paret, see Ann. Report of Geolog. Surv. of Pennsylvania, 1887, p. 1-20) says belong to an indigenous species. If this be so it may well set us to wondering what aborigines on the hilly upper Delaware were doing with horses before the time of Co- lumbus. ' Mr. Paret has not understood that my cross trench in the outer talus (see Fifj. 2) contained both human and animal remains, in fact revealed a layer of Indian occupancy, 1 foot thick and 1 1-2 to 2 feet below the surface. This layer must once have continued into the cave and tlie only question is was it the only layer in the cave or were there other layers under it which I did not find outside? Why, asks Mr. Paret, were no stone tools found underground (if the knife is an exception) by Mr. Paret's men ? There is nothing un-Indian about the bone tools found. I should answer : because the men had missed seeing the few small, dull look- ing objects that would have told the tale. The single barbed bone arrow or spear is common to Eskimo and Indian, and there is, I believe, nothing un-Indian about any of the bone tools discovered. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 Neither Dr. Leidy nor INIr. Paret has asserted that the human remains of this second known cave of importance in the Delaware Valley were those of Indians or any other people definitely named, or that the bones, often rodent- gnawed, and the scanty human refuse belong to one and the same period of occupancy, so it seemed worth while tor the sake of the buried human story of the Delaware Valley to go back to the cave in October 1893, and study what might be left of the original layei'S to determine if possible : (a) Whether the animal and human remains were contemporane- ous. (b) Whether the human remains were Indian remains. (c) Whether the human remains were of geologically ancient or modern date. Present Condition of the Cave. — INIr. Paret showed me the cave on the hill top October 17, 1893. Nearly all the upper stratification had been shovelled out until one could walk in under the broad, chilly arch for 117 feet, 6 inches. But as the unfathomed clay remained underfoot from end to end and fringes of the original debris lay along the right and left walls just inside the entrance, and as the talus heap outside had only been trenched through the middle to clear an ingress and so showed Fig. 2. its original stratification when its edges were pared down (Fig. 2, c. a. e.), there seemed some chance of recovering the lost threads of the story. The Contemporaneity of Human and Animal Remains. — Two men shovelling five days in the inner clay and slicing the 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. outer talus, our exaraiuation of the remaining small fringes of debris brought us to the first question : Were the animal and human remains contemporaneous? If they were not, no matter what the bison, horse, chinchilla and reindeer meant in the cave, their bones told us little of the date of Man's visit, and their discovery formed no interesting link between archaeology and paleontology. Our trench 40 feet in from the en- trance, 3 leet, 8 inches wide, and 22 feet, 3 inches long, dug for possible hidden layers and bottom, at right angles across the cave floor showed a continuous homogeneous bed of exquisitely fine clay, deposited in thin laminjc rarely sprinkled with sand pockets and underlaid with a film of sand resting on an uneven limestone floor at 5 feet, 11 inches; 10 feet, 7 inches; 11 feet, 6 inches and 14 feet, 1 inch. As no sign of life, no interrupting layer from top to bottom wasapparent, it seemed that it could be relieved of all connection with Mr. Paret's discoveries. The animal remains and human refuse must have all belonged to the debris and cave earth above it, and it only remained to be asked before we were done with this all import- ant test of stratification whether Mr. Paret's relic- bearing upper de- posit of roof slivers, rotten leaves, human relics, bones, charcoal and ashes, gathered dust and inroUed talus consisted of one layer homo- geneous throughout, telling of one uninterrupted time of occupation, or of several layers diff'ering in character, separated by interplaced bands proving time intervals between the visits of Man and beast. The trouble was that nearly all this cave floor material had been dug away and all we had to guide us was what was left of it, its outer end so to speak, in the talus. But when we cut into this talus just out- side the entrance we did what we would have done had we explored the cave at the start, and when we found a thin layer of human occu- pancy in it 1 foot thick and 1 2 to 2 feet below its surface we inferred that this human layer was but a continuation of the lost human layer inside the cave. Yet as the conditions for soil formation outside probably differed from those inside the cave, and as we only penetra- ted 10 to 12 feet into the outer talus without reaching the clay or its efpiivalent that should have been below it, there was a chance that our talus wtis not a fair end slice of the cave, and that there might have been several human layers inside against the single one in the talus outside. Too much critical ground had been lost and we had to be satisfied 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 with the rediscovery of one human layer at least, which we had a right to call either the single layer or the uppermost of a series of layers originally found in the cave. To its date or to a later time evidently belonged the bones which Professor Cope, who has assisted me in this work, has kindly identified of the turkey, chipmunk, cat squirrel, marmot, smaller vole, larger vole, short tailed shrew, raccoon, skunk, gathered by Mr. Paret and myself in the aforesaid side fringes of debris just inside the entrance. But as to the original bones found in 1880, careful side cutting into the cave floor in the first place might have shown which of the dis- covered fragments were i-eally part of the cave feast too well bedded between the fire sites to have been scratched out of older under layers and into newer and later layers and which were not, but these clues have been lost. In some caves every bone found has seemed fairly and clearly part of the INIidden heap. But it was against all the evidence pro- duced at Hartman's that the place had been a lurking hole for small animals. Some had come into the crevices to die, leaving their skulls. Others, whose bones rodents had gnawed, had been brought in by carnivora in the first place or carried by pilfering ro- dents from the human feast. There is, therefore, only a probability that ]\Ian killed and ate the bison, castoroides and peccary in Hartman's Cave, since, minus the lost layers, we may say that there is no proof that these animals did not come there to die, or that they were not carried in whole or piecemeal by large carnivora when their bones, though lying on the cave floor long before Man's advent, would have come in close contact with his subsequently built hearths. The jiature of the human remains. No proof that they ivere not of Indian make. — As to the second question : Were the remains Indian remains ? The Trenton gravel Man if we grant his existence must be ruled out of Hartman's Cave, for there was not one of his described rude, leaf-shaped, turtle backs found among the chipped blades and arrowheads that in themselves denied his existence there. Whether the human remains found by Mr. Paret came from the same layer in which I found mine or from other layers now untraceable, there is no need of searching for a new and as yet uudescribed cave occupant to account for the bone awls common at the Trenton Delaware Valley site found by me in the Indian layers at the Forge Cave in 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Virginia, at the Iluninielstowu Cave in Dauphin County, Pennsyl- vania and at the Nickajack and Lookout Caves in Tennessee. The hamnierstone, aruillite cache blade, pottery and chert arrowheads are duplicated at the Lenape villages at Point Pleasant, Ridges Island and Gallows Run on the Delaware River, while the single liarbed bone spear from a shell heap explored by me in September 1891 on York River, Maine, can he again referred to the Red Man. We may safely say that the notion of a precedent people vanished at Hartman's Cave, and that the only Man that I found there or that I have reason to suppose that Mr. Paret found there as the possible contemporary of the reindeer, and bison, extinct peccary and giant chinchilla was the chert- using, pottery-making Indian of the Delaware Valley, already the possessor of the bow and arrow and the quarry denoting cache blade. Antiquit]] of the human remains. — When we ask the third ques- tion : Were the human remains of geological antiquity or of modern date and, granting the association ot the extinct mammal bones, use their presence to prove great age. We must remember that the ab- sence of historical mention which largely gives the word "extinct" its meaning, and which in Europe reaches back 2000 years at once, has here as yet but a proved retrospect of hardly more than three centuries. The fact that John Smith or the Jesuits did not ob- serve the peccary in the northern United States does not disprove its scanty or straggling existence in their time, and we cannot be cer- tain that, as Jefferson supposed, a few superannuated mammoths were not hiding in forest corners as late as the 18th century. Only the correlation of the fauna of many more caves with human remains can give us a just notion of the time-span of many of these animals and make definite the still vague border line between archaeology and paleontology. The problem of the clay. — It is for geology to explain the ex- quisitely fine laminated clay containing no sign of life that so deeply covers this cave floor. It must have been quiet water holding mud in solution that laid it there, film upon film, nor could tlie process have been arrested by dry intervals or the visits of men and beasts, since no dissimilar, dry laid or life betokening stratum interrupts it. How this beautiful clay, widely unlike the coarse, red deposits in the Lookout and Nickajack Caves in Tennessee or the Durham Cave, 10 miles below Eastou on 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 the Delaware, got into its place with nowhere save the gritty hill crest just above to come from, is the question. Could it have been the residuum of the rock decomposition which originally formed the cave cavity or in other words the rubbish of cave ero- sion choking up three- fourths of the eroded hole?^ We would know how and why successive pools of yellow mud-bearing water could cover the floor once upon a time and not now, where the water came from, since any down running rivulet would have rolled in the hillside grit with it, and why the flooding pro- cess was not interrupted by intervals, when animals came in and de- bris was formed ? A possible answer to these questions seems to be suggested in the important and interesting fact that Hartman's Cave lies eight miles north of the glacial moraine, diflering therein by position from all other caves in the United States lying to the southward of the now well-known silhouette of pebbles that profiles the southern limit of ice advance. It is therefore one of those glaciated caves distinct and individual by position, full, perhaps, of new secrets for us, which, it the glacial theory be true, must have been sealed up with superin- cumbent ice like a tightly corked bottle throughout most of the frozen period. If this clay is due to the banking up of ice and the draining of muddy glacial waters into the caves' mouth then we can account for it, but if ice damming and ice water had nothing to do with it, and on the other hand it is due to a subsequent submergence of the hill top below water level in the Champlain period, then similar clay beds ought to be found in caves, like Durham, south of the moraine and their absence remains to be accounted for. Moreover if this clay is glacial then other caves north of the moraine should show the same ice-sealed barrier, beyond which no preserved relic of post glacial age penetrates. The Indian and his relics, the fossil castoroides and peccary, were left behind as we got down into the clay with nothing before us it seemed but the beginning of the cavern itself. Was the cave then no older than the melting ice ? If so, why and how had the 3 If this were the case the composition of the clay should, I am told, show its limestone parentage. But no carbonates have been found in it to suggest that it was a near relative of limestone, while on tlie other hand it showed the same reactions as clay dredged up from the bottom of the Delaware Eiver, near Chester. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. disintegrating streamlets which made it at the same time nearly filled it with the residuum of their own erosion ? If it was older than the ice sheet, why w^ere no tertiary fossils associated with the quater- nary ? None of the bones that protrude from the bleak gorges in the bad lauds of Texas to frighten Indians have ever been found in subterranean rock hollows. We found none of these in or below this clay in Hartman's Cave. Had they never lain there, or, coming in like their quaternary succesi^ors, had they been washed out, or, us Prof. Cope suggests, had the whole tertiary fossil- bearing end of the cave been eroded away iu the lapse of time ? How- ever this may be, if we are right, the clay in Hartman's Cave marks with the precision of a pointing clock hand, the hour of the glacier in the world's history. What is under the clay comes before what is over it, after the ice. If the ice made the clay we must go back, not to any event since the clay (post glacial) or any event during the clay-making (glacial) but to some event before ( preglacial ) to find a force, whether of cave washing or cave erosion, that could have swept this cave clean of the fossil remains of creatures that lived before the quaternary. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 VOLCANIC PEODUCTS FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. BY E. GOLDSMITH. Kauaiite. — As the Hawaiian Islands are known to be of volcanic origin, the appearance in a crater of a substance resembling chalk may occasion surprise. Professors Benj. Sharp and W. Libbey, Jr. who visited a number of the Pacific Islands during the past year, secured, on the Island of Kauai, a specimen which, in external appearance, very much re- sembles chalk. Although definite infi)rmation as to its relation to adjacent solfataras and cracks is desirable it has not been obtained, nor is it known whether the material is rare or abundant. The specimen weighed but a few ounces. To the eye it appears to be amorphous and made up of an extremely fine powder which soils the fingers when touched. Despite its softness the particles ad- here firmly, its hardness being about 0.5. It can be easily cut with a knife into any shape, precisely like chalk. It is perfectly dull to the reflected ray of light ; the color is nearly white or, to be exact, of a faint cream tint. One side of the specimen is covered with a thin coating of brown oxide of iron. The streak is white and its lines on a black-board cannot be distinguished from lines made with white chalk. Only formless granules are revealed under the microscope and, strange to say, increasing power serves but to show more of the granules in the field without any increase in size. In all of the granules the diameters seem to be about the same. If the material be iml^edded in balsam and interposed between the crossed Nicol prisms, light is transmitted. The ray of light trans- mitted under these conditions is pale blue and no other color of polarization is produced. By this means the particles can be ob- served to the best advantage, as, when projected on a dark back- ground, singly and in groups, the contrast favors observation. In the manner that the modern chemist describes the molecule do these fine particles fi)rm groups and the picture presented in the field of view so strikingly resembles the molecular conception of the present day as to almost tempt one to believe that the atom had at last become visible, provided we assumed that the fine particles 8 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. of the material, as revealed under the microscope, are atoms. It possesses no dichroism. Specific gravity 2.566. When heated in a Buusen flame it slightly decrepitates and emits the yellow light due to sodium. When heated in a test tube it gradually becomes dark gray, indicating some carbonaceous matter and, when heated strongly, an oily matter and water having an acid reaction are emitted. Heated with the blowpipe on charcoal with carbonate of soda it effervesces and finally produces a white enamel. Heated by itself, on the charcoal, it produces an intense white incan- descence and, reheated with cobalt solution, a fine blue is obtained. It is not soluble in Avater, sulphuric, hydrochloric or nitric acids, but if boiled with a caustic alkali it dissolves. If, however, the substance is brought to a red heat and there maintained for some time, it is then dissolved by any of the above named acids. The chemical analysis, made in duplicate, resulted as follows: Alumina (AL.Oa) 33.40 per cent. Sulphate alumina (AL^O^SO;;) 7.18 " Sulphate potassium (K2 SO4 ) 17.00 " Sulphate sodium (NA., SO, ) 4.91 " Water (H, 6) 31.57 " Carbonaceous matter, difference 5. 94. The carbonaceous matter was not especially determined in the be- lief that in all probability it is an accidental admixture foreign to the composition of the original substance. From the analysis above given it is evident that the compound is a highly basic sulphate, and, eliminating the percentage of carbona- ceous matter and finding the oxygen ratios between the sulphur triox- ide, the alumina and all the monoxides, the composition determined is as follows: Alumina (AL. O;; ) 39.79 per cent. 18.68 per cent. Oxygen. Potassium oxide (Ko O) 7.37 " " 1.25 " " Sodium oxide (NA.. O) 1.72 " " 0.44 " " Water (H, 6) 33.56 " " 29.82 " " Sulphur trioxide (SO.) 17.55 " " 10.52 " " The ratios of the SO3 , ALo O3 , R^ 0 are nearly as : 1, 2,' 8 which may be represented by the formula: (ALo O, ) ., - SO, - (Ro 0)3 . Here R2 represents Ko , NA2 , H^ . There are a number of basic sulphates recorded, all of which seem 1894. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 to be soluble iu acids, although the one under discussion is not. I would, therefore, propose Kauaiite as a name for the new variety. The extremely fine division and the approach to crystallization with- out forming true geometrical solids may suggest the mode of its for- mation. It may, with the exception of the carbonaceous matter, be ejected as volcanic. An objection might be based on the large percentage of water, but we must remember that in some volcanoes water is an almost constant ingredient of their ejectments, and we may, therefore expect to occasionally meet with so-called hydrous com- pounds in the material thrown out. The aluminium may have been distilled by the intense volcanic heat together with the other elemen- tary metals and metalloid sulphur. Coming in contact with the atmosphere, the material was oxydized and quickly precipitated on the cooler surface of the earth, giving no time for the formation of crystals. If corundum is reduced and volatilized by the heat pro- duced in the electrical furnace, we may expect similar results from the enormous heat energy of a volcano. Volcanic Stalactites. — That the highly heated and very fluid lava in the crater of Kilauii, as well as in other craters, is occasionally shot up into the air some thirty feet or more, has been reported at various times and has also been observed by the gentlemen before referred to. Such lava iu its descent through the air becomes very porous. If such a highly porous rock have a space underneath, a fresh deposit of liquid lava will trickle through the porous cooled lava, forming as it solidifies the pendent stalactites shown iu Plate VI. These stalactites are about one-fourth of an inch thick and about eight inches long. They show no disposition to form cones like those usually seen in limestone caves. These slender, gnarled, rod-shaped formations are mostly hollow and porous and so brittle that it is diffi- cult to prepare a thin section for microscopical study. The color is usually a deep black, sometimes a part is of a brownish tint, due, probably, to a higher oxidation of the magnetite present. Occasion- ally a gray color is noticed but this is caused by the incrustation of some other substance. To ascertain its probable mineralogical com- position, it was necessary to use the fine powder, imbedding it as usual in balsam. The fragments examined beneath the microscope indicate a glassy feldspar having apparently the characteristic of sanidiue. They contain magnetite in great profusion and also gases, probably air. A dichroic mineral is also recognizable in the mixture, 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. but whether it is augite or not is at present uncertain. A fragment weighing 2.459 grams in air, and 1.297 grams in distilled water had a specific gravity of 2.11, evidently far too low for lava as generally known, undoubtedly due to the extremely porous nature of the ma- terial. By producing a coarse powder and taking the specific gravity in a picnometer, the result is 2. 85. Considered from a chemical standpoint, this lava is decidedly basic, as the quantity of silica determined analytically was 48.55 per cent. The specific character of this rock, now shown in the form of stalac- tites is that of the so-called vesicular basalt. On some of these volcanic stalactites, there had formed a thin layer of colorless crystals so small that their form could be recog- nized only under power. These thin prismatic crystals are attach- ed to one end and terminated by short pyramids; on certain faces they are longitudmally striated. In the groups are frequently seen twin crystals whose dual faces are mostly the longer axis. Fig- ure 1, magnified about 4 diame- ters, shows how the crystals are attached to the volcanic stalac- tites. A slide, prepared and ob- served under a power of about 45 diameters shows the twin- formations of the crystals. Fig. 2. That these crystals belong to the monoclinic system is evident from the fact of their inclined ex- tinction which, upon measure- ment, was found to be 37°, the longer axis of the crystals being zero to extinction over the pyra- mid. The colors of polarization were brilliant. Dichroism was Fig. 1. Volcanic stalactite covered , . i • . i , n „„ with sclenite, x 4. unnoticed ni these forms. With the aid of Toulet solution the specific gravity of the material 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 at my command (about 8 milligrams) was found to be 2.285. It is soluble in water and gives the reactions indicating sulphur trioxide and calcium oxide. The incrusting small crystals are, therefore, selenite. Fig. 2. Crystal and twin forms of selenite, x 45. I am indebted to Professors Sharp and Libbey for the material studied and also for the photographs of the volcanic cave. Plate VI shows the entrance to the cave with its overhang- ing roof of porous basalt from which are suspended the irregularly gnarled rods of volcanic stalactite; on the floor are scattered fantastic-shaped volcanic stalagmites which seem to be much thicker than the pendant rods above. 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. April 3. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty-eight persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publica- tion : — "A Revision of the Genus Anous." By Witmer Stone. "On the true character and relationship of Ursus cinnamomeus Aud. and Bach." By Arthur Erwin Brown. Dr. C. Newlin Peirce was elected a member of the Council to serve for the unexpired term of Mr. Gavin W. Hart, resigned. April 10. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Eighteen persons present. April 17. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty persons present. April 24. The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Twenty-seven persons pi*esent. A paper entitled "A Review of the Old World Rallinae" by Witmer Stone, was presented for publication. The deaths of Wm. V. Keating, M. D. and J. Howard Gibson, members, were announced. The following were elected members: — A. B. van der Wielen, Rev. Leander Trowbridge Chamberlain, D. D., Charles G. Macey and J. W. Parker. The following papers were ordered to be printed: — 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill DESCRIPTION OF A NEW ARMADILLO, WITH REMARKS ON THE GENUS MULETIA GRAY. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. Tatusia (Muletia) propalatum Rhoads, sp. nov. , Type No. 334fl, Col. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., juv. ad. 9. ''Baliia, Brazil, E. D. Cope." Size smaller than T. hyhrida Desm., with relatively longer and more slender tail, equalling length of body. Free rings of tail, ex- cluding basal superior half-ring and subterminal attached ring, 10. The last, with remaining distal portion of tail, measuring one- third total length of tail. Posterior edges of caudal rings flaring, giving the tail a roughly serrate outline. Distal end ot tail very slender, pointed, the tesserae diamond shaped. Basal tail rings with double row of tesserie, the basal row becoming relatively shorter nearest body while on the last (distal) rings the tesserse of both rows are of equal length in each ring. Rows of tesserae on pelvic shield, counted near border and including the wide anterior semi-free ring, 22. Free dorsal rings, 7, preceded anteriorly by wide posterior ring of shoulder- shield of tesserae similar in formation to dorsal rings. Larger tes- seme of free dorsal rings slender, wedge shaped, their posterior cor- ners scarcely divided by the points of slender awl-shaped intervening tesseraj, the bases of latter, half the width of ends of former. Rows of tessene on shoulder-shield counted near border, 17, similar in arrangement of tesser?e to those of pelvic shield. Ears five-eighths length of head, finely scaled and set close together at base. Crescentine coronal shield separated by a freely moving nexus of skin from frontal cephalic shield. Three distinct rows of tesserte before and beneath the eye. Frontal tessene relatively smaller than in other species of Tdtuskke. Manus 4-toed, pes 5-toed. From each papilla of protected lower parts springs a short, slender bristling hair of same color as skin, averaging one- fourth inch in length. Skin yellowish white. Upper parts and tail amber yellowish, nose and ears near tips brownish, the toes of same color. Skull slenderly and regularly pyriform. Zygomatic width not exceeding the mastoid, tapering regularly to the rostrum. Greatest depth of cranium over two-thirds its greatest width. Interorbital width over two-thirds zygomatic width, the frontals nearly obscuring 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. the orbital fossa as viewed from above. Lachrymals triangular, lateral, not visible from above, their anterior apices overlying second posterior upper grinder. Roof of mouth deeply grooved. Palatal bones slightly hollowed centrally but without posterior raised edges. Pterygoids rounded, divided by a slit 1 mm. wide their entire length, reaching a slight postpalatal notch. Palatal bones anteriorly reaching be- yond anterior base of last upper molar. Upper molar series H on a side : no indication of a seventh, on dissection. Lower molar series 8 on a side, including a minute thread-like anterior premolar, evidently deciduous and widely separated from the next. Coronoid process of mandible long and very slender. Measurements. — Body, along back, from fore end of shoulder shield to I'oot of tail, 115-'^; head and neck, from tip of nose to shoulder shield (above) 58; hind foot, 40; ear, from crown 29, its greatest width (flattened) 19. Skull; occipito-nasal length, 48; zygomatic breadth, 21; interorbital constriction, 15; length of nasals, 15; basal length of upper molar series, 11; length of man- dible, 34. The type specimen is about two-thirds of the maximum development, judging by a series of skins and skulls of T. novemcincta. Tatusia {Muletia) hybrida is the only described species with which it must be compared. From hybrida in the Academy's collection it is distinguished by: 1 seven free dorsal bands; 2 longer slender- pointed tail; 3 comparative number of shoulder and pelvic girdle rows ; 4 absolute number of free caudal rings; 5 greater relative length of ears; 6 much gi'eater relative depth to width of cranium; 7 much greater relative interorbital width; 8 separation (lateral) of the pterygoids; 9 palatine bones reaching beyond anterior base of last upper molar (in hybrida they fall short of the molar series 1 mm.) ; 10 coronoid process slender from base to tip, (not triangular). Dr. J. E. Gray in the Proceedings of the Loudon Zoological Society, 1874, page 244, redescribes the Short-tailed Armadillo, Tatusia hybrida (Desm.), and places it in a new genus, which he calls Muletia, separating it trom Tatusia in the following diagnosis : "1 Tatusia. Tail cylindrical, elongate, as long or longer than * Millimeters. 1894.] NATITRAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 the body, of many rings and numerous caudal vertebrae. Ears large. Dorsal disk with 9-7 free bands. Tatusia peba &c." "2. Maletia. — Tail short, depressed at base, not so long as the body, with thirteen rings and thirteen caudal vertebrae. Ears small, dorsal disk with six free bands. Muletia septemcinda &c." As above characterized, Dr. Gray's new genus is a fair sample of more than half the new genera proposed by him! No very careful examination will show that the two species which he makes typical of these genera share equally some of the characters assigned as dis- tinctive, while those given which are distinct are of doubtful generic or subgeneric value. The number of free dorsal bands above is doubtfully of more than specific value between the numbers 10 and 6. Tatusia novemcincta has from 8 to 10. Desmarest says that ^^ Dasyjnis hjbridus" has "six ou sept bandes mobiles a la cuirasse." However, in makiug an examination of the specimen above de- scribed as new, I was struck to find in it not only a superficial re- semblance to T. hyhrida as compared with T. peba, but that it agreed with Dr. Gray's figure of hyhrida (1. c. PI. XLI) in having only twelve upper teeth as against the fourteen or sixteen always present in T. novemcinda. To convince myself of the constancy of this character I have examined several skulls of both species and found no exception. In all the other plates of the various newly described Tatusiiue I have seen, in no case are they represented with less than fourteen upper teeth. Should a more exhaustive examination show no exceptions, it would be proper to at least accord subgeneric rank to iLTw/eim, with the following diagnosis : Genus TATUSIA. Tail longer than body, its first basal ring complete, the distal two- thirds with a well-defined inferior median canal, increasing in depth with age, and in number to three and five near the extremity. Caudal rings convex, each closely compressed posteriorly upon the next. Dorsal disk with eight to ten free bands; upper molars, four- teen to sixteen; lower molars, ditto. Type Tatusia novemcinda (Linn.) Cuv. Subgenus MULETIA. Tail not exceeding length of body, not channeled distally. Cau- dal rings with free, elevated posterior margins, the first basal seg. 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. ment a crescentine half-riug, clasping tlie superior anterior portion of second ring, the latter being produced forward beneath it. Dorsal disk with six to seven free bands; upper molars, twelve; lower molars, fourteen to sixteen. Type Tatiisia {Iluletia) hybrida (Desm.) Gray. The nine-banded Armadillo, Dasypus novemcinctus Linnjieus, Syst. Nat., 1758, 51, has quite generally gone under the specific name peba of Desmarest, (Mamm. 1820, 368), who puts the f< presents an upper hinder molar perhaps straighter on the outer line and wider at its hinder extremity than is usual in most of horribilis, but the, variations are great in both. Two adult skulls of horrihilk, collected by me in Colorado, within fifty miles of each other, exhibit almost the extreme of each form. The fourth upper premolar is apt to be longer in arctos and in horribiUs there is more of a shelf- like projection of the cingulum at its front inner corner, but hardly any two are alike and in each, ex- * Estimated ^ Young. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. amples are to be found approximating to the narrow front usual in americanus. In arctos and horribilis the fourth lower premolar has but one cusp, on the posterior, inner base of which a small projec- tion or accessory cusp is usually found in the latter, with two longi- tudinal ridges running back to end of the tooth. According to Busk" the tubercle and its ridge are commonly wanting in arctos and when present are very small. In two specimens in the British Museum, both tubercle and ridge are absent, in all the others it is present, though variable and small — but in one specimen of Ursus arctos isahellhius from Cashmir, it is quite as well developed as in ordinary cases of horribilis. Dr. C. Hart Merriam '' appears to have found this tubercle in two skulls of americanus from Prairie Mer Rouge, Louisiana, in the National Museum. In the skull of cinna,- momeus (3,308) the ridge is unquestionably present and in all prob- ability the tubercle as well. A tricuspid crown on this tooth appears to be diagnostic of ameri- canus when it is present, but a large majority of this species examin- ed by me, show but one cusp. A critical survey of the whole field of cranial and dental charac- ters among the species here treated, reveals little that is constant but variation, and absolutely forces the conviction that among them there is not one, sufficiently stable and uniform to be of specific value. The European bear and the American grizzly run into each other so regularly that except in extreme cases there is little possibility of distinguishing them certainly, or in many cases doubt- fully, apart from geographical considerations, and this even is not a safe guide, one skull in the British Museum, marked "Barren Ground Bear," 321 mm. in extreme length, 229 zygomatic breadth and 32 length of molar, being in all respects an ordinary skull of arctos, which might just as well have been collected in Scandinavia or Kamtchatka. Mr. J. A. Allen* does, in fact, regard this bear as indistinguishable from arctos^. There is less difficulty in separat- ing americanus from arctos, but even here it has been shown how much their proportions overlap and one specimen from Transylvania, GTrans. Zool. Society of Loiidou, Vol. X, pp. 60-69. Troc. Biol. Soc. of Washington. Vol. VIII, p. 150. 8 Bull. U. S. Geo. & Geo. Survey, Vol. II, p. 336. ^ Since tlie above was written Dr. Merriam has kindly shown me several skulls from the barren grounds which have distinct characters of their own. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 in the British Museum, 295 mm. long, presents the flat frontal outline and the relative width of the American black species, coupled ^vith the extreme dentition of ardos. Skulls of americanus reach nowhere the extreme proportions of citnmmomeus, nor in ordinary specimens is there much suggestion of its outlines. Two remarkable skulls, however, in the collection of the Academy (Nos. 2,756 and 2,757) from Sonoma Co., California, marked "brown bear" reach an extreme of breadth and length of tooth, in this species, with a frontal depression almost equal to that of cinnamomeus, although in the Sonoma specimens the plane of the forehead is con- tinuous nearly to the end of the nasals and is but slightly concave. These two skulls are the most extreme of americanus which I have ever seen, but while I would have been glad to examine more speci- mens of these brown bears than have been within reach, I am yet prepared to hazard the belief that fully matured specimens will show, as compared with black ones, a sometimes slight but fairly con- stant excess both in breadth and size of molar. There can be here no question of specific difference, both colors being found in the same litter of cubs and the fact can be explained only by regarding it as an evidence of reversionary tendency to a brown- colored, large-toothed ancestor, — such as ardos ; the physio- logical correlation between hair and teeth being well known. If, as I believe, the foregoing suggestion should be found to hold good in a large series, there is certainly a tendency in brown specimens of americanus toward the characteristics of cinnamomeus, and here also, perhaps, room may be found for the special features of the Louisiana skulls in the National Museum which Dr. Merriam^" recently ascribed to Ursus luteolus Griffith. From these observations the conclusion is drawn that if horribills and americanus are to stand as good species, as distinct from ardos as they undoubtedly are from each other, cinnamomeus must be con- sidered as even a Ijetter one. But whatever the differences may be among the American forms, taken by themselves, a comparison with a large series of ardos, brings to light such a degree of instability and intergradation, that the only philosophical vie^Y which can be taken of their relationship is that expressed some years ago by Mr. J. A. Allen" but subsequently abandoned by him,^- at least so far as 101. c. pp. 147-152. " Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., II, pp. 334-342. '2 Bull. U. S. G. & v;/s and the G'yjmiorTf.r group to the Woodhens {Ofijdromus) unA again through DryoUmnas, Rougetius and Euryzona towards the Crakes. In any case the genera Ocydro- mus and Himantornis are extreme forms and had better stand separately at the end of the series than be interpolated in the middle. Cabalus is evidently allied to Hypotuenidia and Canimllus to Euryzona though they are both aberrant forms. With these ideas in mind I have begun my list with the genera most nearly approaching the Woodhens and followed with the true Rails passing from them to the Crakes. As Dr. Sharpe says the Crakes merge on the one hand into the Rails and on the other into the Gallinules, Amaurornis being the connecting link with the latter. Of the Crakes I have recognized eight genera as follows : Crex, Porzana, Lhnnohaenua, Limnocorax, Sarothrura, RalUcnla, Porz- anula and Pennula. The Gallinules and Coots have not been included as I have limited my paper to what are generally known as the Rallince though it is an exceedingly difficult matter to draw a sharp line between the several so-called subfamilies of the RalUdce. The genera Amauror- 7iis and Oenolhnnas^ have also been omitted as they seem to belong with the Gallinules, and also the genera Ocydromiis " and Himantor- ^Dr. Sliarpe arranges this genus (type J?a/lt7ta isabellina Schl.) with the Crakes but it seems to me closely allied to Amaurornis. 2 Monographed in BuUer's Birds of N. Zealand. See also Ibis, 1893, p. 261. 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. nis which are, as has already been stated, hardly to be included with the Rdllhicc^ Besides the Rallbue in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, I had the opportunity of studying the series of Old World Rails in the collection of the U. S. National Museum which were kindly loaned to me by Mr. Robert Ridgway, Curator of the Department of Birds. The generic names which have been proposed for the O^d World Rails with the type species of each are as follows : 1758. — Rallus Linn., S. N. ed. 10, J, p. 153. R. aquaticus Linn. 1802. — Orex Bechst., Orn. Taschb. Deutschl.,p. 336. R. crex Linn. lS16. — Orfi/gometra Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34. R. crex Linn. 1816. — Forzmia YieiW., Analyse, p. 61. R. porzana Ijinn. 1816. — Zivpornia Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34. Z. mimita Leach. 1829. — Phalaridion Kauii.,'Entvf. Eur. Thierw., p. 173. Gallinula pusilla & pygmaea, 1837. — Aledhelia Swains., (nee Less., 1826). IMA.—Eulabeornis Gould, P. Z. S., 1844, p. 56. E. castaneo- ventris Gould. 1845.—RamfesFuch., Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 277. R. pvslllus. 1845.— Bioms Puch., Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 278, B. typus Fuch. 1846. — Coref/imra Gray, Gen. Bds., Vol. Ill (nee Hope 1844). 1848. — Rallina Reich., Syn. Av., Vol. Ill, Rasores. R. maximns Vieill. 1852. — Hypotaenidia 'Reich., Syst. Av., p. xxiii. R. pectoralisCuv. 1854. — Limnocoixix Peters, Monatsber. K. P. Ak. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 134. L. capeiisis Peters. 1856 — Lewinia Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599. R. brachi- pus Sw. 1856. — Rougetius Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599. R. abys- sinicus RujDp. 1856. — Euryzona Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599. R. fasciata RafH. 1856. — Cotur I deops Bonap. , Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599. Falica noveboracens'is Gra. 1856. — Ccmira^/tts Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 600. Core- thrara griseofrons Gray. * Of the following genera (most of whicli contain but a single species) I have no specimens for examination and have followed the statements of other authors as to their attinities: A)amidopsis, Habroplila, Megacrex, GyvDiocrex, Tricholivinas, Cabahis, Caslaiiolininas, Penmda, Porzanula, Hallicula and Aphanolii)i)ias. 1894.] natukaij sciences ob' phujadeiiPhia. 133 ISm. —Habroptila Gray, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 365. H. ivdladi Gray. 1871.— Rallicula Schl.", Ned. Tijclsch. Dierkunde, IV, p. 55. R. mhra Schl. 1872. — Limnobaenus Suiid., Meth. Nat. Av., p. 130. Gallliiida nibigiiwsa Temm. 1874. — Cahalus Huttou, Trans. N. Z. Inst., VI, p. 108. K mo- destus Hutton. 1875. — Gymnocrex Salvad., Ann. Mus. Genov., VII, p. 678. Eal- lina rosenbergii Schl. 1875. — Corethrurops!s Salvad., Ann. Mas. Genov., VII, p. 975. C. leucospda Salvad. 1876. — Sehizoptda Briiggm., Ahhl. Nat. Ver. Bremen, 5 Bd. p. 94, RalUna rosenbergii Schl. 1879.— il/e(/acre.r D' Alb. & Salvad., Ann. Mus. Genov., XIV, p. 130. M. inepia D'Alb. & Salvad. 1879. — Pennula Dole, Haw. Annual, 1879, p. 54. P. mdlei Dole. 1884. — Psammocrex Oustalet, La Nature, 1884, p. 508. P. petiti, Oustalet. 1890. — Sarothr lira Heine, Nomeucl. Mus. Heine, p. 319. 1892.— KitfUzia Hartl., (uec Hartertl891) Abhl. Nat. Ver. Bremen, XII, heft 3, p. 391. E. monasaKittl 1892.— Aphfowlimu'is Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C, No. 4, p. xx. R. monasa Kittl. 1892.— Porzanula Frohawk, Ann. N. H., 6 (ix), p. 247. P. pal- meri Froh. 1893. — Aramidopsis Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 568. R. plateni Blasius. 1893. — TrichoUmnm Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. Gallirallus lajres- nai/anus Verr. 1893. — Dnjolimnas Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. R. euvieri Pucher. 1893. — Cakinwlimwis Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. R. canningi Blyth. 189?>.—Crecopsis Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. P. egregia Peters. ' The relegation of some of these names which have been in more or less common use, to synonymy requires some little explanation. Ortygometra Leach, is simply a synonym of Crex though it has been used wrongly for species belonging elsewhere. Zapornia, Cotnrnicops, Phalaridion and Rcdlites, are all synonyms of Porzann, the first two being well marked sub-genera. * The above list does not include a number of generic names proposed by Heine in 1893 (Noraend. Mus. Hein.) for well known genera of Bonaparte and other authors which had been in use for many years. These names would, of course, only find a place in the synonomy and it seems scarcely worth while to take any notice of them, such a Wholesale introduction of new names being a most un- warrantable proceeding. One of Heine's names, however, Sarothrura.^ will have to stand as the name Corelhruva, for which it was proposed as a substitute, is preoccupied. 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Alecthelia and Corethncra were both proposed for the small Rails here called Sarofhrura, but both names were already in use in other connections. JBiensis and Lewinia are synonyms of Rallus. Rallina has been employed by various authors for a variety of species. Reichenbach first proposed the name in his Synopsis Avium, Vol. Ill, Rasores, Fam. Rallintie, including under it a large number of species, and it has been generally used since for the Rails allied to It. enryzona. It seems, however, that no type was cited for the genus until the appearance of Reichenbach's Systema in which he restricts the name to the South American species allied to R. maxivms, this species being the type. Unfortunately this species had already been made the type of the genus Aramides, so that Ral- Ihia becomes a synonym of this latter genus and we must adopt the name Euryzona Bonap. for the Rails allied to R. euryzona as already proposed by Dr. Stejneger (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. , 1887, p. 396). Schizoptila is a pure synonym of Gymnoerex while Kittlizia is pre- occupied and the name Aphanolimnas was proposed in its stead by Dr. Sharpe. AEAMIDOPSIS Sharpe. l9,%^.—ATamldopsu Sharpe, Ibis. p. 568 (Bull. B. O. C). Aramidopsis plateni (Blasuis). Rallus 2>h I tem^Xdcsin^, Braunschw'eigischer Anzeiger, Mar. 3, 1886. Hab. Celebes. HABROPTILA Gray. ISeO.—Habropfila Gray, R Z. S., p. 365. Habroptila wallacii Gray. H. , Syst. Uebers. , 1845, No. 478, 1 46. Hab. Abyssinia. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. DRYOLIMNAS Sharpe. 1893. — DryoUmnas Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260 (type R. cuvieri Puch.). Dryolimnas bernieri (Boiiap). Rougetius bernieri Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, 1856, p. 599 (iiomen nudum). ''Rougetius beruieri Bonap.," Hartl., J. f. 0., 1860, p. 171. Hab. Madagascar. Dryolimnas cuvieri (Pucheran). Rail as gularis CuY.," Less. Tr. Ornith., p. 536 (nee Cuv.). Rallus cuvieriVuch. , Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 279. Hab. Mauritius. Dryolimnas aldebranus (Clunther). Rallus gularis var aldebrana Gunther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. , ser. 5, Vol. Ill, 1879, p. 164. Rougetius aldebranus Ridgvv., Proc, U. S. N. M., Vol. XVI, p. 598, 1893. Hab. Aldebra. Dryolimnas abbotti (Eidgw.)- Rougetius abbotti Ridgw., Auk, 1894, p. 74. Hab. Assumption Island. CANIRALLUS Bonap. 1856. — Ca)i/ra^^(/s "Hartl.," Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 600 (type GalUtiula kilioides Puch.). To this genus have been referred two species which are certainly not congeneric, i. e., G. hilioides Puch., and C. oculeus Temm. Bonaparte gives them both in his list (Compt. Rend., 1856, p. 600) and places octt^e us Temm. first; from the fact, however, tliat he placed the genus in GalUnulinae I think he must have had the former species in view, as its bill is strikingly like that of a Gallinule. I therefore, would select Idlioides Puch. as the type. Although the shape of the bill of this bird recalls the Gallinules (especially Amanropfera) it has no trace of a frontal shield, and the toes are very short, as in Euryzona, so that I think its place is with the Rallince, though certainly an aberrant form. Canirallus kilioides (Puch. ). Gallinula kilioides Vuch. , Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 279. Corethrura griseofroiis Gray, Gen. Bds., Ill, 1846, p. 595. Hab. Madagascar. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 EURYZONA Bonap. 1846. — RalUua Gray, Geu. Birds, III, p. 595 (type R. zey- laiilcus Gm. (uec Rallina Reich.). 1856. — Euryzona Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599 (type R. fasciata Raffl.) The question of the proper name for this genus has already been thoroughly discussed. Besides the typical species allied to E. fasciata, there is another which seems more nearly allied to this genus than any other. This is the Canirallas ocideus of Temminck, which is certainly not congeneric with CaniraUus kilioides (type of genus). This species has the short toes of Euryzona, but has the bill some- what longer and higher at the base. The coloration is almost exactly the same style as that of a typical Euryzona. Although it may be necessary to propose a new genus for this species, I would prefer for the present to place it here. Euryzona fasciata (Eaffl.). Rallina fasciata Raffl., Trans. Linn. Soc, (1822) XIII, p. 328, (Sumatra). Gallinula euryzona Temm. , PL Col. 417, 1838 (Java). Hab. India. Euryzona euryzonoides (Lafr.). Gallinula euryzo)ioides Ija,£r., Rev. Zool. , 1845, p. 368. Rallus zeylanicus " Gm." Auct. , nee Gmelin (see Tweedale P. Z. S. 1877, p. 767). Hab. Ceylon, Burmah, etc. Euryzona amauroptera (Blyth). Rallus captnsis Gm., S. N., (1788) I, p. 716, pt. (nee Linn.) Porzana ceylonicus 'Blyih (1849), Cat. Bds. Mus. Asiat. Soc, p. 285 (nee R. zeylanica Gen.) Porzana amauroptera Blyth, fide Jerdon, Bds. India, III, p. 725 (1864). Hab. Northern India. The date and place of Blyth's description I am unable to find ; probably it was merely a manuscript name that Jerdon quotes. Euryzona sepiaria Stejn. Euryzona sepiaria Ste]n., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 395, Hab. Liu Kin Islands. Euryzona tricolor (Gray). Rallus tricolor Gray, P. Z. S., 1858, p. 188. Hab. New Guinea. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Euryzona minahasa (Wall.). Rallina minahasa Wall., P. Z. S., 18G2, p. 846. Hab. Sula and N. Celebes. Euryzona rufigenis (Wall.). Porza7ia rufigenls Wall, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 480. Hab. Borneo. Euryzona zonaventris Cab.- Rallina {E.) zonaventris Cab., J. f. O., 1881, p. 425. Hab. Malacca. Euryzona oculea (Temm. ). GalUnula oculea Temm. Canirallus oculeus Bonnp., Compt. Rend., XLHI, p. 599. Rallina oculea Schleg. , Mus. Pays Bas, V, p. 20. Hab. W. Africa, (Liberia, &c. ). CASTANOLIMNAS Sharpe. 1893. — Castanolimnas Sharps, Ibis, 1893, p. 260 (type Rallina can- ningi Tytler). As I have never seen the species upon which this genus is founded I follow Dr. Sharpe in recognizing it as distinct from Euryzona. Castanolimnas canning! (Tytler). Rallina cannituji Tytler, Ibis., 1863, p. 119. Hab. Andaman Isl. CREX Bechst. 1802.— Crerc Bechst., Oru. Taschb. DeutschL, p. 336 (type R. crex L.). ISIQ. — Ortygometra Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34 (type R. crex L. ). Crex crex (Linn. ). Rallus c/'e:cLinn., S. N. ed. 12, I (1758), p. 153. Crex prateu sis Bechst., Ornithol. Taschenb. , II, p. 337 (1803). Fulica naeviaGm., S. N. I (1788), p. 709. Hab. Europe and Northern Asia. PORZANA Vieill. 1816. — Porzana Vieill., Analyse, p. 61 (type R. porzana Liun.). lS16.—Zai)ornia Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34 (type Z. ini)iuta Leach). 1829. — Phalaridion Kaup, Entw. Eur. Thierw, p. 173 (type (rw^- linula j:)usilhi and pyginnea.). IMb.—Rallites Puch. Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 277 (type R. pusillus). 1856. — Coturnicops Bonap. Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599 (type Fulica noveboracensis Gm.). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 In this genus I have placed the majority of the smaller Rails, which may be arranged in several subgenera: (1) Ponana with one species (P. porzana). (2) Zapornia with five distinct species (P. novce-hollandi(£, quadristrigata, tabuensis, pusilla and palustris^ and several others which are perhaps only to be regarded as subspecies. Additional species or subspecies may have to be recognized in this group when a large amount of material is examined, but in that case some of the names here included in the synonymy ^nll have to be revived. (3) Creeopsis, a group of African species, including P. marginalis Peters and some allied forms. (4) Cotuniicops, includ- ing two species P. exquisita and P. ayresi. The type of this subgenus is P. novehoracensis Gm. , an American species. The other species of Porzana I have not been able to examine and am uncertain as to their arrangement. P. akool, modesfa and bicolor seem from the descriptions to be very different birds from the other Porzanae and may have to be placed in a distinct genus. P. moluc- cana of Wallace may not be a Porzana at all, as the description is too meagre to show what its relationship really is. P. rufigenis des- cribed at the same time seems to be a Euryzona. a. PORZANA. Porzana porzana (Linn.). Pallus jiorzana Linn., S. N. ed 12, I, p. 262 ; 1766. Orfygometra maruetta Leach, Gould, Bds. of Europe. Hab. Europe. Porzana novae-hollandiae Cuv. Porzana novce-hollandice Cuv. Porzana fluminea Gould, P. Z. S., 1842, p. 139. Hab. Australia and Tasmania. b. ZAPORNIA. Porzana quadristrigata (Horsf. ) Rallus quadristrigata Horsf, Linn. Trans., XIII, p. 196 (Java), Ball us tanensis Forat. Descr. Anim., 1844, p. 275 (Tanna). Pall us leucophi-ys Gou\d, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 33 (Australia). GaUinida leucosoma Sw., Anim. in Menag., p. 348 (India). Zaporinasandwichensis^eich., Icon. Col., t. 204, f. 1184-85 (nee Rallus sandwichensis Gm. ). " Gallimda mystacina Mus. Paris," Inedit. fide Schlegel. " Gallinula supercUiosa Temm.," Inedit. fide Schlegel. Hab. Java to Australia, etc, Rallus cinereus Vieill. which is often quoted for this bird, applies to a South American species. 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Porzana tabuensis Gm. RaUHsfabaemis Gm., S. N. 1(1788), p. 717, (Toago Taboo, Otaheite). Zaporina vmbrina Cass., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., VIII, p. 254 (Fiji). ^^ Zaporina mnbrata" Hartl., Wiegm. Arch, fiir Naturg., 1858, II, p. 29=misprint of Cassin's name. Crex plumbea Gray , Griff. Anim. King, III, p. 410, (1829) (no habitat). Porzana tahitiensis ((tui.) BaUustahitiensls Gm., S. N., I (1788), p. 717. GaUimila immaculata Sw. , Anim. in Menag., 1838, p. 337 (Tas- mania). Hab. Australia and Polynesia. Whether there is more than one species of these little uuicolored Rails of the South Pacific I am unable to say ; whether the name tabuensis of Gmelin will stand is also doubtful. If the two prove synonymous, tabuensis has priority. Porzana spilonota (Gould). Zaporina spilonota Gould, Voy. Beagle, pt. Ill, pt. 132. Hab. Galapagos. Porzana vitiensis Haiti. Porzaiia vitien.^is Uavtl , J. f 0. (1854), p. 169. Hab. Fiji Isls. A name based upon Peale's brief description of a Fiji Rail which he identifies as " P. spilonota Gould" (U. S. Expl. Exped. , Wilkes, p. 224). Porzana pusillus (Pallas). Iiall US pu!< ill US Puilas, Reise. Russ. Reise. (1776), III, app. p. 700. Eallus pusillus Gm., I, p. 719 (1788). Hab. India, China and Japan. Porzana intermedia (Hermann). Iiallus intermedius Hermann, Observ. on Zool., I, p. 198 (1804). Crexpygmaea Naum., Voy., t. 239 (18 — ). Ball us baiUoni VieilL, Nov. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 548 (1819). Gallinula stellaris Temm. , Man. d'Orn. , 2 ed. , II, p. 693 (1820). Hab. Europe and Africa. As to the separation of this species from the preceding, see Ogilvie Grant, Ann. &Mag. N. H., 1890, Vol. V, p. 80. Dr. Stejueger pro- 1894.] NATUKAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 poses the adoptiou of the name m^en/tedi'a for this bird (Proc. U. S. N. M., 1886, p. 397) as the status of Crex pygmaea seems somewhat doubtful, aud this name antedates B. ballloni Vieill. by fifteen years. Porzana parva (Scop.). Kallas parvit.-i Scop., Ann. Hist. Nat., p. 108 (1769). Eallus mlnata Pall., Zoogr. Ross. Asiat. , II, p. 155, 1826 (nee R. inhmta Gmelin 1788, which is a South American species). Rallus Foljabamei Mont. Rallus Feyrousil Vieill. Hab. Europe and Western Asia. Porzana palustris Gould. Forzana 2ialadrls GonM, P. Z. S. , 1842, p. 189. Hab. Tasmania. Porzana affinis Gray. Oiiygometm affini'i Gnxy, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. , p. 14(1844). Railus pundatas Ellm., Zool.*, 1861, p. 7470. Hab. New Zealand. c. CRECOPSIS Sharpe. Porzana egregia Peters. OyfiiqoinetraegregiaFeters, Monaisher. K. P. Ak. Wisseusch. Ber- lin, 1854, p. 134. Hab. Tette. Porzana angolensis Hartl. Ortijgometra angoleadii Hartl., Ibis, 1862, p. 340 (Angola). Ortygometra fasciata Hough, J. f O., 1863, p. 27 (White Nile)." This species is said to be identical with the preceding by Heuglin, Ornith. N. Afr. II, p. 1240. Porzana marginalis Hartl. Forzana marginalis Hartl., Syst. Oru. West Afr., p. 241. Hab. Gaboon. Porzana waters! Bartl. r Si Zaporinaimterd'QixriX., P. Z. S. , 1879, p. 772, pi. LXI. ^*< with that ot the premolar ; in the other species the first and second molar diameters are generally in the same line, never departing from it more than 15° and this diameter of the pre- molar is never deflected from that of first molar more than 20° in frenatns and erminea, nor more than 45° in xanthogenys. While the skull of penin.ndce is one-third smaller than that of fre- natus of same age, the upper first and second molars are as large as those of largest frenatus and absolutely stouter. Upper and lower canines short and stout, the lower so massive basally as to crowd the incisors into a double row, the second incisor of each mandible being forced back of the other four, which form a solid anterior row unbroken by the usual crowding forward of the second incisor be- 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. tween the first and third, seen in all other species of the Muselklcz. There is no symphysis between lower canines and first premolars, the latter over-lying the former mpoilnxnke and the second lower molar is relatively as large as in the upper series. Viewed laterally, the mandibles of peninsvlce describe a nearly perfect half ring due to the great outer convexity of the ramus, its rounded, compressed angle and abrupt upward anterior curve. The ramus is also very thick (laterally) for its width (perpendicularly), the former dimension at the base of second molar is greater than that of largest /re»«i(/-s while the latter dimension is one-third less. In pe)i!nsul(e the width (hori- zontal) of the articular process of mandible is relatively much less than we find it in Jrenatm and xanihogenyx, in this approaching er- minea, but it is, as in other parts, relatively stouter than in any of them. Measurements^ (from stuffed skin) :— Total length, 375 ; tail verte- brae (vertebrte remaining in skin), 100; hind foot, 40; pencil, 16. Skull — Posterior base of incisors to post-palatal notch, 18.7; length of nasals, 9; interorbital constriction, 10.7; articular process of man- dible to anterior base of incisor, 26 ; height of coronoid process from angle, 12. My examination of the skulls of the above mentioned species makes it apparent, not only that the Florida animal is distinct from its allies in the United States, but that xanthogenys should be classed as a good species, separable from frenatus not only in external but in cranial characters. The relationships between frenatus and bra- siliensi>;, of which some authors make it a sub-species, I am unable to discuss, from lack of material. Xanthogevys, in addition to its constant and well known color differences, may be cranially separated i'rom frenatus of same age by the decidedly and constantly smaller size, the relative shallowness and flatness, the greater relative width to length and the sudden constriction of the skull behind the supra- orbital processes. The pterygoid fossa is also relatively shorter and both absolutely and relatively wider than in frenatus. The length of largest freiiatus skulls is 54, while that of the largest xanthogenys is 46. A stufl^ed specimen of this new weasel was sent by JNIr. Dickinson in February, 1894. So far as can be determined, this is the first instance 1 All measurements iu millimeters. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155 on record of such an animal from Florida. Fortunately, the anterior half of the i^kull, including the perfect jaws, were within and at- tached to the skin. These were extracted and confirmed my suspic- ions, excited by the peculiar external characters, that the animal was a nondescript. As will be seen in the diagnosis, it combines the characteristic color- pattern of the P. brasiliensis group with the colors and relative measurements of the erminea group. This weasel was captured in the woods by a cat, in Pasco County, Florida, at " Hudson's," 14 miles north of Tarpon Springs. 2. Lutra hudsonica (Lacepede). American Otter. The otter is abundant. Quite a number of their skins and furs have been sent. The latter, large and prime, bring little over five dollars in the Philadelphia market, owing to the scant pelage. The average color is even darker and more glossy than in the highly prized pelts from the northwestern States. 3. Procyou lotor (Linn.). Raccoon. A large series of furs, skins and skulls of this abundant animal have passed, through my hands. They show the Florida coon to be when young, almost exactly the same color as average adults from the Middle States. As they increase in age a strong suffusion of orange brown becomes pronounced on the back, rump and tail. In Dr. Allen's paper {sup. cit, p. 170) P. hernandezii is made a synonym of lotor. An exceptionally large series of skulls from Florida, the JVIiddle States and the Northwest shows the followng specific differences, based on six typical adult specimens of each series. P. lotor. P. hernandezii. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Zygomatic width, Basilar length, Inter-orbital constriction, Ratio of first meas. to second, Ratio of third meas. to second. 63 to 72 98 " 104 26 " 30 68 22 74 to 79 96 " 104 20 " 24 77-4 28 In hernandezii there is no ridged occipital crest, generally present in older examples of lotor ; the mandibles are heavier and stouter, more widely separated to accommodate the great width of brain case, and broader between the canines; in length they are the same as in lotor. The angle is more produced, narrow and angular in hernandezii, the upper molar series very wide for their length and decidedly 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. triangular, in lotor the molars are quite symmetrically rounded. The premolars in the former are large, strongly rooted and always present, in Joior they are relatively smaller and the first premolar often crowded out. Auditory meatus of hernandezii produced like the neck of a flask, making transverse diameter of bullte much greater than the longitudinal, in lotor these diameters are equal. In lotor the median attenuation of the zygomatic arch is decided, narrow and semi- cylindrical ; in hernandezii it is slight, the malar being broad and strap- like. A strong and constant difference between Pacific and At- lantic Coast specimens is the much greater relative size of the brain and bi'ain-case in the former, especially in the anterior breadth and greater depth. This feature causes a specific difference in the upper cranial profile; in hernandezii there is a gentle continuous rise from nasals to the fronto- parietal suture or even farther back, in lotor this ascent is more abrupt to the interorbital region, which is tumid, fol lowed by a depression and rising again, giving the skull an undulat- ing profile. The characters given by Prof Cope (Amer. Nat., Feb., 1889, pp. 141-142), as distinguishing lotor from hernandezii I do not find of as constant value as those above given, except those relating to the latter species near the bottom of page 142, notably the greater prominence of the post-orbital processes of the malar and frontal bones. 4. ? Atalapha borealis - pfeifFeri (Gundlach). Florida Red Bat. All the specimens of this bat sent from Tarpon Springs, as well as those whif'h I have examined from other parts of the State, are uni- formly of the " deep chei'ry red" spoken of by Dr. J. A. Allen (ji'up. eit, p. 173). Dr. Harrison Allen (Mon. Bats. N. Amer., 1893, p. 146) notices the same peculiarity and refers them question- ably to A. pfeifferi Gundlach, (Monatsb. K. B. Akad., Berlin., 1861, p. 152). ' Dr. Guudlach's description, which is full, seems to answer for this form very well, except that he states the roots of the hairs are gray, whereas in Florida specimens the roots are black. The color of pfeifferi is said to be cinnamon red in the male and cinnamon brown in the female. I have been unable to secure specimens of the Cuban form for comparison, so refer the Floridian variety to it for the pres- 2 Vespertilio borealis Miiller, Natursyst., Snppl., 1776, p. 20, antedates V. nove- boraceiisis Erxl., Syst. Reg. Anim., 1777, p. l.'j.'j. 1894.] NATUBAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 eut. The rauge of color variability of the Red Bat of the Carolin- ian fauua never approaclies the character of that seen in all my speci- mens from Tarpon Springs. They fully deserve sub-specilic recog- nition, not only on account ot their decided differences, but because of their constancy. 5. Adelonycteris fuscus* (Beauv.) H. Alien. Hruwu Bat. Numerous specimens received. 6. Vesperugo carolinensis* (Geoff.). Georgia (Carolina) Bat. Two specimens. 7. Nycticejus humeralis® Eaf. Rafinesque's Bat. Three (?) specimens. 8. Vespertilio gryphus" F. Cuv. Little Brown Bat. Several specimens. 9. Nyctinomus brasiliensis Is. Geoff. Brazilian Bat. Very abundant. 10. Scalops parvus Ehoads, sp. nov. Type No. 1468, ad. 9 ; col. S. N. Rhoads, Tarpon Springs, Fla., Dec. 24, 1893, col. 1)y W. S. Dickinson. Description. — Size two- thirds that of Scalops aquaticus ; pelage much coarser, having the appearance of spun glass ; the terminal fourth of hairs silvery brown, basal three- fourths plumbeous; chest, wrists, muzzle and upper head orange brown, darkening posteriorly, golden anteriorly. Feet and tail coarsely haired, not downy as in aquaticus. Palms wider than long, the contour of nails evenly rounded both individually and collectively, not triangular as in aqua- ticns. Naked snout unusually long and slender, not divided at its inferior base by the " hare-lip " incision seen in aquaticus. Skull. — On superficial examination, similar to aquaticus. Relative depth greater. Orbits relatively larger. Foramen magnum, viewed posteriorly, ovate, regular, lacking tricrenate anterior outline always present in adult aquaticus. In parvus there is a post-palatal spur not present in any specimens of aquaticus I have seen. The cranium viewed laterally shows an evenly ascending and more highly arched profile descending behind much more abruptly than in aquaticus, in *For synonymy of these bats, sec Dr. H. Allen's Bats N. Amer., 1893. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. which the profile is interrupted by iuterorbital and parietal swellings. In aquaticiis the last three molars average as wide as long, in parvuti much wider than long, owing to the greater relative intrusion of their inner anterior cusps. In aquatic as the first premolar, owing to sudden constriction of the rostrum at that point, is thrown within the line con- necting the canine and second premolar; in irarvifs these three teeth are in regular file. Mandibular dentition in parvus relatively wider for length throughout, and the outline of teeth more angular than in uqaa- ticus; the hinder section of last molar in parvus is less than half the width of anterior section; in aqaaticm the sections of this tooth are of equal width and its greatest length exceeds considerably its greatest width, while in parvus the transverse diameter equals the longitudinal. In the latter the mandibular ramus, as in the case of Patorius penin- sulct, while much shorter, is absolutely heavier and wider. There is a strong projecting shoulder at the anterior base of coronoid process in parvus not seen in aquaticus, and the accessory posterior spur just below tip of coronoid process in the latter is not present in the former. The measurements are as follows : — Body. Total Hind Snout (tip to length. Tail. foot. angle of lip). Scalops ctquaticus, 155 24 20 7-5 i ( ' ' australis, "142 21-5 16-5 " ? <( parvus, 117 151 6-5 7-5 Skull. Total Basil Mast. Int. Mand. length. length. l)rea(lth. con. length. Scalops aquaticus, 84-5 27-1 18 8 22 e ( " australis, ? "28-5 15-7 7" ? < ( parvus, 29.5 "23-4 15" 6-3 19 One specimen of this genus has been received from Mr. Dickinson. It is an adult, with teeth well worn, showing well marked specific characters to distinguish it from *S'. aquaticus and its closely allied forms, argentatus and australis.^ 11. Sciurus niger Linn. Soutlicrn Fox Squirrel. All of the thirteen specimens received are remarkably uniform in color for so variable a species, being of the light gray type, with black crown, white ears and nose patch and tawny underparts. One short tailed specimen is blacker on feet and legs, the belly rusty. ^Scalops aquaticus auslralis Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H., 1893 Art. XXI. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIL,ADEL,PHIA. 159 12. Sciurus carolinensis Ginel. Gray Siiuiircl. Abundant and presenting but slight variability. No niclanistic examples reported. 13. Sciuropterus volucella (Pallas). Flying Squirrel. Five specimens of this species are of special interest as they ap- pear to be the tirst to go on record from Florida. They present no characters in either old or young which are not nearly duplicated by specimens from the Middle States. 14. Geomys tuza Ord. Florida Gopher. Thirty specimens of all ages do not present the plumbeous color variations so strongly marked in G. bursarius (Shaw). They are not as variable as a like series of Sltomy.'i americaniis, such differences as appear being due to ordinary results of age and season. One very large, old male is uniform bright rusty above and hoary fulvous be- neath. The rest are darker, the rusty mainly confined to sides, with a duskier dorsal stripe and hoary plumbeous belly. The naked yel- lowish tail invariably has a mahogany- colored tip and averages half the length of head and body. Some females, apparently only half grown, were nursing young. 15. Mus decumanus Pallas. Norway Eat. 16. Mus alexandrinus Geoft". Eoof Eat. 17. Mus musculus Linn. House Mouse. With exception of the Norway Rat these old-world species are very abundant. 18. Sitomys americanus gossypinus (Le Conte). Pine-woods Deer Mouse. A series of thirty Tarpon Springs specimens show no mentionable differences from those of northern Florida. Two skins have a pre- vailing dark sooty suffusion of the under parts which at first sight would indicate a specific difference, but it is probably due to their residence in a recently burnt clearing. In young specimens the gray is more hoary above than in typical americanus and the underparts are more plumbeous, lacking almost entirely the pure white of lower head and neck seen in young americanus. 19. Sitomys niveiventris subgriseus (?) Chapman. Pigmy Deer ]\[ouse. *Bull. Am. Mus. N. Hist., II, 1889, 117 ; ibid, 1893, Art. XX 160 PKOOEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Specimens of a small white-footed mouse, which are at present re- ferred provisionally to this race, were received from Tarpon Springs a few days before the issue of Mr. Chapman's paper on subgrisens. These were sent to Mr. Chapman for comparison and he pronounced them intermediate between niveiventris and subgriseus. Additional specimens, making in all seventeen, have since been received. A comparison of these with Mr. Chapman'srather brief diagnosis shows them to differ from niveiventris in their smaller size ; from .•subgriseus in the uniform whiteness of the belly hairs to their roots, and from both forms in their uni-colored and nearly naked tails, which strik- ingly resemble those of Geoniys tuza. Owing to my inability to secure a loan of the type series in the possession of the American Museum, a critical comparison of these differences cannot now be made. They appear, however, to represent at least a sub- specific variation, and a study of the cranial measurements strongly supports this view. Mr. Dickinson writes me that these mice "were taken in a culti- vated field near the head of Anclote River, in Pasco County. They make a burrow from two to three feet long and ten to eighteen inches deep, at the bottom of which is found the nest. They also have a second passage through which to escape from their enemies in case of pursuit; the outlet of this is hidden, apparently lacking three-quar- ters of an inch of penetrating the surface of the ground. When a switch is inserted they push through this secret outlet and often escape. In captivity they are cannibals." 20. Oryzomys palustris natator Chapman. Florida Rice-field Mouse. One specimen sent. A series of this form from the Gulf Coast would be of interest to compare with those of northern Florida and Texas, but I have been unable to secure them. 21. Sigmodon hispidus littoralis^ (?) Chapman. Florida Cotton Rat. Of the five specimens of Cotton Rat (three adults, two young) sent from Tarpon Springs, two very old individuals are strikingly different from typical hispidus and are evidently similar to the ' ' No. 1,460" from Pine Island, mentioned by Mr. Chapman in his description of littoralis as being much grayer than the Gainesville SBull. Amer. Mus. N. Hist., II, June, 1889, ^Art X. Ib94. ] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 specimens. Tliey are also grayer than specimens from Indian River loaned me by Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr. They are likewise much larger, as the following table of measurements will show : Body. Total len^ ;th. Tail. Hind foot. SIgmodoii hispldux, 262 100 30 llttoralis, 275 104 31 subspf 288 111 31 Skull J*^*^' Zyg. Int. Length ^ "^ • length. width. conat. nasal. tSigmodoii hispidus, 35 "9 20-3 5-3 14-3 " littoraUs, 35-5 20-3 5-4 13-2 " subspf 38-5 20-8 5-2 15 In hispidus the ratio of total length to zygomatic width is 56-5 in littoraUs 57*2, in the Tarpon Springs specimens 51 •4. A later specimen from Mr. Dickinson is very similar in every fea- ture to typical hispidus from North Carolina, being browner than typical littoraUs and quite as small, though nearly adult. The receipt of this specimen has induced me to defer separating the southwestern form until a large series is at my disposal from this region. These two gray Cotton Rats from Tarpon Springs are either abnormally large and the small one abnormally brown, or else there are two species, the smaller, true hispidus, the larger, unnamed. Such a con- dition of affairs is not impossible, the former being an inhabitant of the inland fresh watei- marshes, the latter frequenting the maritime shores. 22. Eeithrodontomys humilis (subsp?) And. i^c Bach. Harvest Mouse. One si)ecimen received. I do not find any record of this mouse from Florida. The specimen, if characteristic of the form inhabiting southern Florida, represents a race as different from the northern type as other of the Florida Muridte. The specimen, while apparently full grown, is not fully adult and, in the hope of securing more specimens, further description is now deferred. 12 162 pkooeedinus of the academy of [1894. contributions to life histories of plants, no xi. by thomas meehan. On the Morphology of Bractless Inflorescence. In various papers I have given illustrations to demonstrate that the variety of inflorescence known as extra-axillary results from the sudden arrestatiou of a growing shoot, and the immediate growth of the axillary bud, which pushes aside to a lateral position the former leader and effectually takes its place, only to be itself pushed aside by another developing axillary bud, when the proper time for that development has arrived. Although this explanation is fully satisfactory so far as bracteated , inflorescence is concerned, it does not explain the morphology of the naked flowered class, the exact nature of which has never been de- termined, and which, hitherto, I have never been able to understand. One has only to read the chapter on "Inflorescence " in "Sach's Text Book " (English edition, p. 519 and following) to learn how con- fused and uuphilosophical are prevailing notions concerning the na- ture of the various forms of inflorescence. That ' ' Boraginacese and Solanacere" present an inflorescence determined by " the re- peated dichotomy of an axillary bud," is better expressed by my proposition that it is determined by " the assumption of leadership by the axillary growth ;" but though it is clear to Sachs that "the ultimate floral axes or pedicels of the flowers " are " not axillary in Aroidete, Crucifene, &c.," he still insists "that every inflor- escence originates from the normal terminal branching of a growing axis." " If bracts are conspicuously developed, the lateral axes arise in their axils ; if they are inconspicuous or abortive, the lateral axes of the inflorescence are not axillary, but their mode of branch- ing and growth remain the same as if the bracts were present." Though long satisfied that this diagnosis of naked inflorescence was wrong, and that there never had been theoretical bracts to abort, I have not, until now, been able to perceive that inflorescence is not all constructed on one plan ; and that naked inflorescence, in particular, does not need the theoretical conception of bracts and axillary buds to account for its character. 1894.] NATUKAI^ SCIENCES OF PHIJLADELPHIA. 163 In Saxifragacea^ most species are characterized by liracteated iu- dorescence, l)ut there is a small section, of which Saxifmria cmssifalia is the type, which has naked cymes. With one species of this sec- tion before me, S. cordata, it was evident that so wide a departure from the rest of its family could not be explained by any conception of axillary branching, such as a bracteated character involves. Abortion of the bracts could not by any possibility, have occurred. Neither could my own proposition of the pushing aside of a terminal axis by the growth of an axillary bud have any place in this arrangement. After many days of observation, thought, and com- parison, the manner in which the inflorescence was formed became so clear, that the only surprise was that it had taken so many years to discover it. The inflorescence of these Saxifrages is formed simply by the elongation of the petioles and coalition of the stipules; the branchlets and the flowers, with their pedicels, are modifications of the leaj- blade; the veins forming the pedicels, and the flowers proceeding from buds formed at the apex of these veins. It is not necessary to go into close details, as the suggestion once given, any one with one or several plants before him can see that this is the fact. The bud scale, enclosing the embryonic flower scape is the enlarged and dilated base of a leaf, which, at the end of the past growing season, developed so far only as to form this scale. When the growing season arrives, this scale is rejuvenated, and increases a little in size, but the next one to elongate is perhaps double the length, with no increase in width. The next is still longer and narrower, with an imperfect leaf blade just beneath the apex. The perfect leaf blade at length ensues, with a still greater elongation of the dilated base, which we might now almost call the stipular portion. The next following has an inch, or sometimes more, of a petiole between the apex of this stipular jjortion and the leaf blade, still, however, with the apex of what would have been a bud- scale, apparent. It is important to note this projection as furnishing the key to what fol- lows. The flower stem now pushes up, wholly leafless, but as the lower branchlet of the cymose inflorescence develops, we see the apex before noted in the axis, and by further observation may traCe on one side of the main stalk, a ridge evidently fornjed by the over- lapping outer edge of the coiled stipule. Succeeding branchlets 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. show, but in a les;s degree, the same arraugenieut. The nuraerical order of the secondary branchlets of the inflorescence, and their general divergence and arrangement, correspond well with the main branchlets of the veins in the leaves, leaving no doubt in the mind of the thoughtful observer of their morphological identity. Taking a glance at what occurs in other plants there is analogy for the view here taken. Some Begonias form leaf-buds at the end of their leading veinlets, as do many ferns; and a well known plant in cultivation, Bryophylhoa cahjcinum, is increased mainly by such buds. Morphologically there is no difl'erence between a leat- bud and a flower- bud, so that we may reasonably expect flowers to appear where leaf-buds may exist. And in other respects Bryo- phylluin fortifies the position assumed for the Saxifrage. The leaves appearing at an early stage of growth are entire, and formed much as we find them in Saxij'raga cordata but as the flowering stem pro- gresses towards the flowering stage, the newer leaves become divided, and trifoliate — that is to say, the veins are comparatively destitute of their normal cellular covering, and are on their way to become the pedicels we find in the inflorescence of the Saxifrage. I may conclude by reaffirming the proposition already presented, that nature does not depend on one melhod only as a plan for the formation of inflorescence ; that in Saxifruga cordata, and probably in bractless inflorescence generally, the elongation and coiling of stipules or the dilated bases of leaf- stalks form the main axis or stem ; and the leaf- blade the branches, branchlets and flowers. On Purple-Leaved Plants. A large number of plants occasionally produce individuals with reddish or purple leaves. These are propagated by nurserymen, and are known in gardens as " blood- leaved " trees and shrubs. Thus we have blood-leaved oak, sycamore, beech, barberry and many others. Perpetuated by grafting, these retain the blood- leaved character through life, no variation from this characteristic having been placed on record. No attempt to explain this eccentricity seems to have been made. It is well to place together facts that may ultimately lead to an ex- planation. In flower paintings the leaves and vegetative parts of plants are 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 usually represented of a uniform tint of green, but the real artist will tell us that there is seldom lacking a shade of brown or purple in some portions of leaves and branches that are in the highest con- ditions of vigor. The stronger growing shoots of the well-known Pyrns japonica are always of a bright rosy brown, only in those shoots growing in the interior of the plant, in partial shade, is the brown tint wanting. lu the blood-leaved beech, the interior half- starved leaves have little of the brown, and the more vigorous the exposed branches are, the deeper is the shade. Blood- leaved trees themselves are, on the whole, more vigorous than the normal green- leaved forms frona which, in the language of the nurseryman, they originally "sported." There is little doubt that in some unknown way, a vigorous vital power is accountable for the blood-leaved char- acter in these cases. A remarkable variation in the blood-leaved form of the common white birch has recently occurred. Some twelve years ago, a small plant was received from France. Some half a dozen were raised from it by grafting on a closely allied species, Betula jjopulifolla. From the ends of some of the lowermost branches in two of these trees branchlets with the ordinary foliage of Betula alba have ap- peared. The dark "red" or purplish brown color of the leaves pervades the l)ark as well. In the reversion instanced not only the leaves but the branches have assumed the normal green. It is interesting to note that the reversion is not completed at once. The dark color first seems wanting in limited por- tions of the bark as the growth proceeds. At times the green part widens, then again lessens in length and width. In one case the dark portion extends as a hair line for four inches upwardly before it finally dis- appears. In one case half the leaf is purple, the other half green. There is no gradual shading oif of the green and the l)rown. 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. but the lines are distinctly drawn where one tint ends and the other begins. When these plants were grafted originally, one of the grafts one year old was broken completely off. The stock pushed out a branch of the blood- leaved form at a considerable distance down from the poin<^ at which the graft had been inserted, a note of which was made at the time in the " Botanical Gazette." This branch was of the same species as the parent, Betula alha, and not Betula populifoUa, the stock. We may conclude from these observations, that whatever the law may be which induces this change of color from the normal green to the blood- leaved condition, the change is effected in an original single cell or nucleus of the seed, and that the subsequent cells carry along the peculiarity of the mother cell through the whole life of the tree. It is further evident that it is an additional character, and not a change, as when the cell parts with it, as in the case of the birch cited, growth goes on just as before. In the case of the branch coming out below the point of union with the stock, we learn that the reproduction of daughter cells from a mother cell can take place downwardly as well as in other directions, and that buds and branches can be produced from an origlval cell. There is no distinction in nature between an axis and a leaf. They can both originate when the conditions favor, from a single cell, in any part of the plant. On THE Origin of the Apical Cell. When treating of plant-tissues much has been said of the punctmn regetatiopis, and the necessity of a pre-existing apical cell before a liranch can be formed. It does not seem to be conceded that any cell may, in an early stage of existence, produce a separate apical cell, capable of becoming the parent of a liranch, whenever the exigencies of the plant i-equire it. But I have had abundant evidence that the primary meristem or cambium tissue can, in emergencies, easily produce apical cells from which buds and branches can proceed. I have seen numerous cases of horse chestnuts, jEscidua Hippocas- taniim, Osage orange, Madura anrantiaca, and Cottonwood, Popidus nionilifera,, cut down in the winter time, that made buds and branches from the cambium tissue formed the preceding year, along the whole circumference of the tree stump. Hundreds of cells from 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 this tissue would attempt to form shoots, many naturally being crowded out, but enough finally making a growth to present a minia- ture forest. The most remarka})le case of this nature came under ray observation in 1893, and relates to two large Carolina Cotton- woods, Populiis moniUfera, standing on the sidewalk at the corner of Greene and Harvey Streets, German town. About the time of the unfolding of the leaf, a hoi'se had gnawed away the bark, exposing the wood for a space of nearly a foot in diameter. About midsum- mer, when the new cambium layer Avas l)eing formed,' hundreds of buds developing to leaves and branches, appeared from the edge of the whole exposed surface of the new layer. It was a remarkable sight that a layer of tissue, usually content to cover a wound with new wood, should at the same time seem to be covered with scores of what one would call seedling trees if they had been at the surface of the earth. It must be well known to obsei'vers of trees which have had large branches sawn off, that numerous buds producing branches will push through the bark of the stump near where the upper portion was cut away, proceeding, of course, from the primary raeristera tissue which must have had the power to produce the necessary apical cells for this bud formation. But it is not often that the same power can be evidenced by similar growths from the exposed portions of wounds, as the observations here recorded afford. The Fall of the Leaf in the Holly. Near Philadelphia the spring growth of the American Holly, Ilex opaca, occurs in May. Simultaneously with the appearance of the new growth the ground is strewed with fallen leaves. I have thought, in common with most, if not all observers, that the swelling of the new growth dislodged the old leaves, just as it seems to do in the case of oak or beech leaves, where leaves that happen to remain dry on the branches all winter, drop w^hen the new growth occurs in spring. To my surprise I find that this is not the case in the holly. After the copious fall already referred to, it is found that most of the fallen leaves were those of last year. Two-year-old leaves on ^I have shown in the Proceedings of the Academy, 1866, pp. 292-293, that it is only aliout that time, in this tree, the tissue known as the cambium layer is formed. 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. the tree are abundant. Some of these are among the fallen ones, but few, apparently, in proportion to those from among the last season's growth. There is no fixed order in the dropping of the leaves. On a branch with say ten last year's leaves, it may be the first, fourth or fifth in the order of growth, or it may be a few of the later ones. In some cases all of the last year's growth will fall from the branch, leaving a few healthy leaves below of the year previous to the last. These will probably fall in a natural manner later in the season. Just here arises the question: What is the "natural manner" of the fall of the leaf? If a branch of any tree be broken off before maturity, the leaves dry, but remain attached to the parent branch. There is no "fall of the leaf" in this case. On the same branch, if it had been left on the parent stem, the leaf would have formed cork cells at the junction of petiole and stem, and have fallen by mere disarticulation at that point, in due season. Histology has taught us that cork cells are differentiated from other tissue, but the man- ner in which this has been brought about has not been demonstrated so far as the writer is aware. It has been thought that the following observations in connection with this subject may at least direct thought, if they throw little direct light on the subject. On the leaves of the holly which are to fall, one or more small, black blotches underneath the epiderm appear here and there, being apparent both on the upper and under surface of these leaves. At this season the parenchyma takes on a yellow cast, the black blotches, however, retaining their character. Disarticulation then follows. The leaves which are perfectly green, and with no dark blotches on them, continue on the stem. The connection between these blotches and the fall of the leaf is undoubted, and we may almost as logically say they are connected with the formation of the cork cells which act directly in disarticulation. Those of us who have had a wide experience with living vegetation have no difficulty in surmising that these dark blotches are of a fungous character. My good friend, the eminent mycologist, Mr. J. B. Ellis, of Newfield, New Jersey, after a microscopic examination of these fallen leaves, finds evidence that the marks are caused by a minute fungus, though in this and similar instances he has never been able to get nearer the fact than that they are manifestations of 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 some zymotic organism that permeates the whole structure of the iudividual during its progressive growth. I have, in other papers, shown that the l)ark of trees is not decorticated in any mechanical way, but by the growth of cork cells, each species having its own time and manner of development. In some trees these cells become active on bark but one or two years old, while in the chestnut, Castanea, and some others it may be twenty or more years before any sign of a "rough" bark appears, through the quiescence of the cork cells. No one, as I have already hinted, seems to have been able to demonstrate the causes whicli lead to these varying and remarkable results. In the case of these holly leaves it is evident that they do not fall in response to the requirements of any definite period of maturity, but that the cork cells which provide for disarticulation are simul- taneous witli the destruction of the parenchyma. This is apparently the work of an adventitious agency, not essential to, but in some way co-ordinate with the regular economy of the plant. On Bees and Honey-suckles. I was interested to-day, June 18th, in noting that while a few honey bees persistently collected nectar from the mouths of honey- suckles, by far the larger number collected from the fallen flowers only. The plant was Lonicera japovica, in the two forms known in gardens as L. brachypoda, and L. fiexuosa, both intertwining and flowering together. I have, in the past, satisfied myself that a bee which starts from the hive for pollen pays no attention to gathering nectar, while the one looking for nectar collects that only. Whether this is the course of labor for that trip from the hive only,or whether these particular tasks occupy the whole day or more, may be an in- teresting question. I had never noted bees collecting nectar from fallen flowers ; indeed had not noted that fallen flowers had nectar, so that the attention of the bees to them gave the subject a double interest. The flowers are white when freshly opened, the next day yellowish, the following they wither slightly and fall. Large numbers are col- lected by the leaves on which they mostly lie till they turn brown and shrivel completely. Those which were badly shrivelled seemed preferable to the bees. 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. On cutting across the tube of a white corolla near the base, and then gently stripping the flower downwardly a large globule of nec- tar protrudes. The same process executed on the older or yellow flower, gives about the same quantity as also does the faded flower of the third day. In the dried flower, taken before much shrivelling had occurred, nearly as much nectar was found. The completely shrivelled and twisted flower could not be "stripped" of its secre- tion in this way, but it was certainly present and as abundant. The bees carefully sought what would have been the mouth of the corolla, and then extracted the sweets from that point. It soon became evi- dent that the shrivelling and contracting of the tube of the corolla acted in the same manner as the thumb-nail and finger in "stripping," lessening the diameter of the tube, and forcing the nectar towards the mouth, and within the reach of the visiting insect. As noted, the bees collecting nectar from these dead flowers, never visited the fresh opening ones; while the few visiting the fresh Howers never visited the dead or dying ones ; a very careful watch of half an hour satisfied me on this point. It was noted that the latter took considerable time and much labored effort with each flower. There was an average of fifteen seconds to each flower, a very long time for the average honey-making bee. Those working on the dry- ing flowers made no more than the ordinary effort of bees with fresh flowers. It was difficult to understand why in the same variety of insect should each have its own line of procedure. If it should be suggested that bees could profit by experience, and that those which confined themselves to the freshly opened flowers were young bees that had yet much to learn, there still remains the fact that they did not profit by the experience of the older bees. Sometimes almost side by side, it might be supposed that any creature that coujd jjrofit by experience, would want to know what the one picking at a dried flower had found. The relation between insects and flowers obtrudes itself here. Many plants, as I have placed on record, shed their pollen and cover the stigma before the opening of the corolla. Whether the stigma is in receptive condition or not, the pollen remains there till it is, and we may regard all such as "arranged for self-fertilization," if, indeed, there is any such special arrangement in the vegetable world wholly with this view, or with the special view of cross-fertilization. But in this honey -suckle the anther sacs burst immediately on expansion and 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 the anthers are iii such close position to the stigma that it can scarcely do aught but receive its own-pollen. All the flowei-s examined seemed to have the stigmas completely covered with pollen, and I feel pretty sure, with own-pollen. My plants are, however, infertile, rarely a few berries mature. I should refer this to propagation from an infertile plant, as we frequently find to occur in all classes of lig- neous plants, which truit neither with own-pollen nor foreign pollen, rather than to any want of ability in own-pollen to produce fertili- zation as an abstract principle, as would be assumed by some. There still remains to be discussed why all this large amount of nectar should be secreted by the flower with no apparent benefit to itself in any conceivable way. But it is not safe to say, that, because we can not see that any benefit results in relation to the visits of insects, it is of no value in some, as yet, undiscovered operation in the economy of nature. For aught we know it may be an excretion rather than a secretion, which it may be as much an advantage to get rid of when of no further use to the plant, as it is an advantage to get rid of the corolla itself. A very curious circumstance in connection with these observations was the discovery that each of these two forms of the Lonicera japonica, have different times of the day for the opening of its blos- soms. The expansion, as in so many points of growth, is rhythmic and not a continuous effort. In the form known as Lonicera fiexuosa, the lobes of the corolla parted so as to admit of the protrusion of the stamens at 2 P. M. Further efforts at expansion rested till 4 P. M., when the act was resumed and completed. L. brachypoda com- menced opening at 5 P. M., and completed the opening by 7 P. M. There is no reason why variation may not occur in the behaviour of plants as well as in the parts of their structure, but it is difficult to conceive of any physiological value in these variations from any point of view in the economy of plant life. 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. THE DIFFERENTIAL ACTION OF CERTAIN MUSCLES PASSING MORE THAN ONE JOINT. BY THOMAS EAKINS. It is not without diffidence, that I, a painter, venture to communi- cate with a scientific l)ody upon a scientific subject ; yet I am en- couraged by thinking that Nature is so nmny sided that the humblest observer may, from his point of view, offer suggestions worthy of attention. I am greatly indebted to Dr. Harrison Allen, who has kindly added some explanatory notes. I have long been dissatisfied with the account in standard works of the muscular action in animal locomotion. The muscles are clas- sified principally as flexors and extensors, working and resting alternately. Wishing to apply this system during my early dissec- tions to the leg of the living horse, I was surprised to observe in the strain of starting a horse car, that the so-called flexors and extensors were in strong action at the same time. The classification was still farther from satisfactory when applied to muscles passing over two or more joints, flexing perhaps one joint, while extending another. In trying to understand the significance of these last named muscles, I came to believe it to be very important to discover if the one joint was extended more rapidly than the other was flexed. This investigation demanded a consideration of the amount and kind of leverage, and was extended from the muscles to tendons ' which pass over the two or more joints. I next constructed a model of the entire limb with flat pieces of half-inch pine board, cut to the outline of the bones, the pieces pivoted together, having catgut for tendons and ligaments, and rubber bands for muscles, all attached to their places and proi>erly restrained. I had then the satisfaction of seeing this mechanism imitate in many ways the action of the real leg, and was enabled to establish two important principles, thus : First, the hoof-pieces properly set upon the ground, the leg stood firm, all tendency to collapse being prevented by the leverage of tendons passing joints. Secondly, the 1 The use of the word " tendons " in the sense hero oniployed, does not refer to the tendons in eonncction with muscular bellies, but to ligament- like structures which ar(^ homologous with tlie muscles as these bodies are uniformly assigned by authors to the musculature oftln^ limits. H. Allen. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OK I'HILiADELPHIA. 173 tiii'liteuing of the rubber biuids representing all the principal muscles, both the so-called tlexors and the so-called extensors, «Y tlw suinetline, caused the upper part of the limb to spring forward when released, and proved to me that I was not mistaken in my observation on the living horse. Returning to the dead horse, I denuded both a front and back leg of every shred of muscular fibre, yet they sustained weight. There was no tendency to collapse, and an increase in the weight only njeasured an increase of resistance. " (If one wishes to rejjeat my experiment with the dead horse and should choose the front leg, he must respect the large tendon concealed in the biceps brachialis which might escape a careless dissection, especially by one accustomed rather to dissections of the human body. ) Observation of the living horse will teach us, that, if he wishes to lie down, he must first flex the pasteiui, and the stumbling horse must strike the hoof with force enough to flex the phalanges before he can go down. To illustrate in the simplest way the scheme of the muscles and tendons passing more than one joint I pivoted one little flat stick upon two others (fig. 1), and on the horizontal sticks I drove in four pins leaving the heads pro- ject slightly, the pin a close to the upper joint, the pin b farther from it ; the pin d close to the lower joint, the pin c farther. If two in- extensible strings be looped, one from a to c, the other from b to (/, the upper horizontal piece is held up and will sustain weight. The Fig. 1. ■'' Mr. Eakiiis exhibited to the members of the Academy photographs made by him at tlic University of Penusylvauia in 1SS3, showing the front and l)ack leg of a dissected horse, all the muscles having been removed. Nevertheless the limbs sustained M'eight. H. Allen. 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. a end cannot go down on account of the string h d and the b end can- not go down for the string a c. If rubber bands be stretched on the same pins, then the upper horizontal piece will, if released, spring forward very far and very fast compared with the actual shortening ot the rubbers (fig. 2). Fig. 2. The model of the entire limb had all the merit of a first approxi- mation. It imitated pretty closely the movement of the leg itself. A second and closer approximation can now be had by considering in terms of my first elements, the variations from Nature made in them to gain simplicity of construction. In the first place, articular surfaces are not circular, so that a pivot does not accurately represent their motion. Neither do bones moving in constraint, one against the other, keep in the same plane, but their axes describe w^arped surfaces from the helical character of the articulations. There is a constant change in the relative rates of motion of the joints, involving likewise a constant change in the relative leverage. The problem becomes instantly one of extreme difficulty, yet a fair appreciation may be obtained. The leg should be studied in several positions not consecutive, but so far apart as to cause decided changes in the relative rates of the ditterent levers, and so small a part of the path or trajectory should be considered, that a simple curve or straight line may, without error, be substituted as in the manner of studying evolutes. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIIvADELPHIA. 175 I now draw the boues of the front leg of the horse (fig. 3), and of the hind leg (fig. 4), and with heavy black lines represent those Fig. 3. Fig. 4. tendon:^ which suffice to hohl up the entire weight of the horse, and which, bv their leverage in conjunction with the shapes of the articular surfaces of the joints, determine the trajectory of the horse's movement. (It seems likely that in the long run it was the trajectory which determined the length and position of the tendons and the shapes of the surfaces. ) In the diagram of the front leg I would like to call attention to the humerus having its upper joint, the one with the scapula, well back; while its lower joint, with the radius, lies well forward. The 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. great tendon running through the front part of the biceps brachialis has a very short leverage below and a long one above.^ In the hind leg you will notice that the feraora-tihial joint is well back, while the astragalo- tibial joint is well forward, and the tendon in front of the tibia takes a longer leverage above than below, with this condition reversed in the two tendons behind the tibia. When a horse stands in his usual position, the tendons which I have drawn sustain his weight in stable equilibrium, because his cen- tre of gravity is at the lowest point of its trajectory. The upper end of the dissected leg w^eighted heavily and moved backward and forward in the vicinity of the standing position, will there describe as a trajectory a flattish curve with its concavity up- wards. At the lowest point of this concavity the leg settles when the horse ceases his muscular effort and simply stands. Any mus- cular effort that the horse may make from the standing position be- gins by raising himself (A horse may, and often does, especially in haunching himself, maintain his weight at a still higher point be- hind by raising himself and slipping his patella over the inner troch- lear surface of the femur, where it locks itself, and the weight of the trunk is again sustained without muscular effort. To unlock the pa- tella traction is made by the tensor vaginre femoris). To investigate the action of a muscle I believe it necessary to consider it, not only with reference to the levers to which it is at- tached, but with relation to the whole movement of the animal. Then it will be seen that many muscles rated in the books as antago- nistic, are no more so than are two parts of the same muscle. As an exam])le, let us take the gastrocnemius. It is a short muscle, and takes its origin above the knee, and is inserted by means of a long- tendon (the tendo Achillis) into the calcaneum. It is said in standard anatomies of the horse to be a flexor of the knee joint, of the leg on the thigh, and also to bean extensor of the ankle joint. As a flexor of the knee joint the muscle would be antagonistic to the great triceps ^ The anatomist would express these facts as follows : The distal end of the scapnla and the proximal end of the humerus are not all engaged in the formation of the shoulder-joint. The joint, indeed, lies well back and constitutes less than one-third of the relatively enormous area. I wish particularly to have noted, that the contact lietvveen the surfaces in the joint takes place as shown iu figure 3, near the re-entering posteriorly placed angle, which is formed between the scapula and the huiuerus, while, as opposed to this, tlie contact at the elbow joint lietween the distal end of the Inimerus and the in-oximal end of tlie radius takes place well forward, so as to be near the re-enter- ing anteriorly i)laced angle between these two hones. H. Allen. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 extensor of the thigh. The great extensor cruris, however, pulling on the kuee-cap and straightening the knee joint, continually moves forward the origin of the gastrocnemius muscle, and the latter pulling on the calcaneum and contracting itself at the same time, draws for- ward the calcaneum faster than the origin moves forward and acts during the whole step. The muscular fibres of the gastrocnemius are so short in the horse, that if the origin were not moved forward, this muscle would reach its limit of contraction long before the end of the step. Thus then, the gastrocnemius is auxiliary to the triceps, not antagonistic. To prove this completely, let us cut away in the dissected horse the triceps and every other muscle except the gastrocnemius, which we will contract. Its action is precisely as before. It draws forward the calcaneum, but it extends, not fiexes the knee. The paradox disappears when we study a tendon running up the other side of the tibia, the tendinous portion of the flexor metatarsi. This tendon takes a greater leverage (fig. 5) on the upper or knee joint that it passes, than on the lower or ankle joint, that it also passes; but the muscle has the reverse leverage. It takes a shorter leverage at the knee than at the ankle. In contracting, therefore, it raises the calcaneum, drawing down the flexor me- tatarsi tendon as shown by the direction of the arrow in the drawing, and the flexor metatarsi extends the knee-joint. Under- standing then the differential action of the gastrocnemius muscle, we might look upon the triceps as the auxiliary of the gastrocnemius in extending the knee-joint. The great muscles of the posterior aspect of the thigh, the long vast of the veterinarians (part of glut, max.), the biceps, the semi-tendinosus, the semi-mem- branosus, the gracilis, are inserted not above the knee but below it; not to flex the knee in progression, but to draw on an insertion that in a ditferential manner is moving away from the origin of the mus- cles, in order that the whole of the contractions may be utilized in the whole stride. In progression, then, the croup muscles are auxili- FiG. 5. 13 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. aries to the great triceps on the other side of the femur aud to the gastrocnemius. The arrangement and action of the thigh muscles are imitated by the rubber bands of the small model (fig. 1). The up and down stick represents the femur, the upper horizontal stick the pelvis, the lower stick the upper end of the tibia. The rubber band from a to c is the rectus femoris muscle, with a short leverage above and a long one below. The rubber band from b to d is one of the croup muscles Avith a greater leverage above than below. The simultaneous short- ening of the muscles on botli sides of the femur throws, then, the pelvis forward far and fast compared with the actual contraction in the lines of the muscles themselves. To show how little this differential co-ordinate action of the muscles and tendons has been understood, I shall quote a passage from Chauveau.* Speaking of the tendinous portion of the flexor metatarsi he says : "Some have attributed to it still another use, that of passively opposing itself to the flexion of the femur on the leg while standing, and serving thus as an auxiliary to the muscular forces which hold in equilibrium the weight of the body. This is wrong according to us. For it to fulfil this function, the foot would have to be held in a fixed situation by the contraction of its extensor muscles. Now these muscles are indeed the gastrocnemii of the leg, which take their origin behind the femur, aud which tend to flex this bone on the tibia, that is to say, to cause the movement which they are sup- posed to be charged to hinder. ' ' " Besides, experiment shows pretty well that we are right ; the cut- ting of this tendinous cord, practised on the living animal, does not change its appearance while resting on one or both hind legs." * " Ce tendon jouit de la curieuse propriete de plier le jarret par une action toute mecanique, lors de la flexion des rayons superieurs du niembre. On lui a encore attribue iin autre usage, celui de s' opposer passiveiuent ;\ la flexion du femur sur la jamlie pendant la station et de servir ainsi d' adjuvant aux forces musculaires qui font equilibre au poids du corps. C'est a tort, suivant nous. Pour qu' elle (corde conductrice) piit remplir ce role, il faudrait que le pied fut main- tenu en situation fixe par la coutractiou de ses muscles extenseurs. Or, ces muscles sontjustement lesjumeaux de la jambe, qui preuuent leur origine en arriere du femur et qui tendeut a op;' rer la flexion de cet os sur le tibia, c'est-a-dire a determiner le mouvement qu' on les suppose charges d' empecher. L' experi- mentation, du reste, montre assez que nous somraes dans le vrai: la section de cette corde tendineuse, pratiquee sur 1' animal vivant, ne trouble nullement I'habitude exterieure de celui-ci, ni pendaut la station libre. ni pendant la station forcee." Chauveau. Traite d' Anatomic Comparee des Animaux domestiques. Page 357. 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 Now these people are right in attributing to the flexor metatarsi tendon the function of opposing itself to the flexion of the femur, and wrong only in making this function auxiliary to muscular forces, which are not called upon to sustain weight, and which if called upon in the usual way would start progression. "To fulfil the function of sustentation," says Chauveau, "the foot would have to be held by the gastrocnemii muscles w^hich," he says, "tend to flex the femur on the tibia." My experiment with the dead horse, the muscular fibres having been cut away, shows that the perforatus and perforans tendons maintain the foot, without the assistance of the gastrocnemius muscle, which does not flex the former upon the tibia, but extends it, as I have shown before. I mistrust entirely the accuracy of Chauveau's observation as to the effect of cutting the tendon in the living horse. The severance of this mighty cord in the dead horse causes instant collapse. I suspeect that in Chauveau's experiment the cord was but imperfectly cut ; or, it may be, that by an extraordinary co-ordination of muscular effort the poor beast still stood for a short time previ- ous to its final destruction, but it is inconceiv- able to me that a trained and unprejudiced ob- server should detect no change in the appear- ance of the animal upon the destruction of such a great part of the mechanism. I shall close this communication with another beautiful example of muscular differential ac- tion. In the arm of the horse (fig. 6) we have two principal muscles, the biceps in front of the bone and the triceps behind. The biceps flexor radialis surrounds the tendon which I have drawn in heavy black line, and takes a long leverage above, at the shoulder joint, and a very short one below, on the radius. The long head of the triceps arises from the axillary border of the scapula, and is inserted into the olecranon. The olecranon is set far back and above the elbow joint, to afford to the triceps a greater leverage below than above, reversing the condition of the biceps. These two muscles, during the act of progression, form a complete circuit of strain. The action of the Fig. 6. 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. biceps is to extend the scapula on the humerus. This extension of the scapula pulls through the triceps on the olecranon, and thus gives the biceps a longer leverage on the radius than its own tendon gives it in front of the elbow joint. Consequently the biceps extending the scapula also extends, not flexes, the radius. The long head of the triceps, with its long leverage on the olecra- non, extends the forearm, but in so doing it pulls on the tendon of the biceps which, with its short leverage below and long leverage above, extends the shoulder joint, notwithstanding the direct insertion of the triceps into the scapula. The simultaneous contraction of the two muscles will raise the shoulder-blade above the tendinous trajectory, in replacing the tendons and aponeuroses by shorter lines. This causes, especially towards the end of the stride, the great diff^erence between the trajectories oi the dead and the living horse. Other circuits of strains connect this part of the limb with the lower part and others with the trunk, so that the least action anywhere is carried through the whole animal. The differential action of the muscles secures to the scapula from which the horse's body hangs, a much longer and swifter throw, a concurrent and auxiliary movement of great mus- cles, generally supposed to be antagonistic, a grace and harmony that any less perfect system of co-ordination would surely miss. This differential scheme is, perhaps, more apparent in the limbs of the horse than anywhere else, but it extends to other parts of its muscular system and to that of other animals including man. I think these differential muscles have been a great obstacle to study. One is never sure that he understands the least movement of an animal, unless he can connect it with the whole muscular system, making, in fact, a complete circuit of all the strains. The differential muscles once understood, it is less difficult to connect nearly all the other great muscles with the principal movement of the animal, that of progression in the horse; and to understand, roughly, the com- binations necessary for other movements. On the lines of the mighty and simple strains dominating the move- ment, and felt intuitively and studied out by him, the master artist groups, with full intention, his muscular forms. No detail contra- dicts. His men and animals live. Such is the work of three or four modern artists. Such was the work of many an old Greek sculptor. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 June 5. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Twenty-three persons present. June 12. Rev. Henry C. McCook, D. D., Vice-President, in the chair. Thirty-one persons present. Tlie following were presented for publication : — Certain Sand Mounds of the St. Johns River, Florida. Part II. By Clarence B. Moore. Crania from the Mounds of the St. Johns River, Florida. By Harrison Allen, M. D. On a New Species of the Isopod Genus Bathynomua. By Dr. A. Ortmann. The Changes which Take Place in the Skull, Coincident with Short- ening of the Face-Axis. — Dr. Harrison Allen remarked that the anatomist, while interested in establishing co-ordinates, is well aware of the difficulties which are continually encountered. Still it must be acknowledged that co-ordinations exist between the component parts of every organism and as knowledge extends they will be gradually formulated. The ensuing observations may be of value in denoting the kinds of changes which take place in the skull upon the shortening of the face- axis. It has been assumed by authors that the shapes and positions of the teeth are the chief agents in modifying the shape and the size of the region of the face. In Chiroptera this is not the case. In comparing the cranium of the long-faced Choeronycteris and the short-faced Ametrida, it is remarked that not only are the face- proportions contrasted, but those of the zygomatic arches are changed (namely, in being slender or absent in the one and high in the other), while the face is broad at its base and the mesopterygoid fossa widened. The greyhound and the English pug-dog exhibit similar contrasts. In these varieties, in addition, the tympanic bulla is relatively larger in the pug-dog than in the greyhound. In Pro- boscidea the contrast between the length of the face-axis in Mastodon and Elephas can be expressed in the development of the pneumatic spaces in the skull ; not, indeed, l)y the inflation of the tympanic 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. bullte, or other parts of the base of the skull, but by the inflation of the diploic structure of the frontal and parietal bones. In Edentata the difference between the long- faced Tattisia, Myr- mecopliaga and the short-faced Megatherium, Bmdypus and Cholopus, is about what has been already noted in the foregoing examples. The zygomatic arch in the group last named, although incomplete, is high. The tympanic bulla, it is true, is inconstantly inflated, but that of the sinus in the frontal bone, compared with what is noted in the long- faced types, is like that which is seen in Elephas as com- pared with Mastodon. Similar points can be established in the Quadrumana. Macacxis can be separated from Cynopithecus, not only by the length of the face, but by Macacns having a more inflated tympanic bone. The same remark is true of Propithecus and Nyctlcehus as compared with Lemur. The genera of Carnivora, as illustrated in Melursus and Helarc- tos, are in evidence of the same. Even in birds, as was suggested by Mr. Fred. Lucas to Dr. Allen, the difference between the owl and the pelican and stork can be de- noted by the amount of diploic structure in the head, as well as by the length of the face. In Artiodactyla the evidence is obscure. In the remarkable fossil genus Cyclojyidius, described by Prof. Cope, all the co-ordinates ap- pear to be well established, namely, an extreme short face-axis is accompanied with great increase of width of the zygomatic arches and large tympanic bones. But these bones are generally large in the long-faced artiodactyles. The influence of many factors of neces- sity must be borne in mind before all the terms of the equation can be determined. Care must be taken not to confound an isolated inflation of the tympanic bulla with the probable co-ordination above named. In (Jorynorliinus, Euderma and Dipus, as in some species of Vulpes, the inflation is correlative with the size of the auricle, at least is independent of the problem of face-shortening. Many suggestive features present themselves in the skull of man. The inflations here, while basic, are not seen in the tympanic bones, but in the tissue at the median aspect of the petrosal bones, and at the sides of the exoccipitals. Prognathic and orthognatic forms can be distinguished, as a rule, readily by these parts of the base of the skull ; but, as in all things pertaining to the study of the human skull co-ordinations are exceptionally difficult to establish. We are here dealing not with characterizations of a generic kind, but with those which are mutatory in tribal or racial groups of sub-species, and it is not reasonable to look for features so sharply defined as are those of genera of quadrupeds. Hyperostosis on the Inner Side of the Human Lower Jaw. Dr. 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 Harrison Allen also stated that in 1889 (Toner Lecture, Smithsonian Institution) he announced the presence of a nodular hyperostosis on the inner side of the horizontal ramus of the lower jaw of the Esqui- maux. Virchow, 1890 (Zeitsch. fiir Anthropologic), briefly refers to a sclerosed alveolar nodule in both the upper and lower jaw of a Santa Barbara Indian. Dr. Allen thought it probable that Vir- chow's claim (Crania Ethnica Americana, 1893) that his mass and the one in the Esquimaux lower jaw were the same would not be sus- tained. Virchow states that the Santa Barbara Indian exhibited the nodules best developed in the upper jaw, which gave his observation a distinct significance. Dr. Allen had lately noted the peculiarity, previously observed by him in the Esquimaux, well-developed in the lower jaw of the so-called Mound Builders. No claim is made that the hyperostosis is of ethnic significance, though the presence of a sclerosed hyperostosed surface constantly present in the Esquimaux and occasionally present in the people of the Mounds, while it has never been noted in the lower jaw of any other tribes, is an interest- ing fact. June 19. Rev. Henry C. McCook, D, D,, Vice-President, in the chair. Twenty- two persons present. A paper entitled ' ' Some Notes from a Study of the Provancher Collection of Ichneumonidae," by G. C. Davis, was presented for publication. June 26. Rev. Henry C. McCook, D. D., Vice-President, in the chair. Sixteen persons present. The following were elected members : — Elisha C. Hussey, Thomas S. Parvin and Dr. Harris A. Slocum. Mr. Anstruther Davidson, of San Francisco, was elected a corres- pondent. The following were ordered to be printed : — 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. SOME NOTES FROM A STUDY OF THE PROVANCHER COLLECTION OF ICHNEUMONIDJE. BY G. C. DAVIS, It was with much satisfaction and high anticipations that I at last found myself on the train, en route to Quebec, Canada, for the purpose of studying the types of Ichneumonid^e in the Provancher collection. Ever since a short while after the death of the Abbe, I had been trying to ascertain what had become of the collection and its condition, but my efforts proved futile until recently, through the kindness of the Rev. Thos. W. Fyles, I learned of its location and the means of access to it. I found the collection, as a whole, in three rooms of the Parliament Building at Quebec. It was recently purchased by the province and is a nucleus for a museum. The Abbe's collection consisted largely of insects and shells, and the whole is now under the charge of Mr. Saint Cyr, to whom great credit is due for the present good condition of the collection. As curator he devotes his whole time to the museum work, and throughout my stay very kindly assisted me in every way possible. The relatives of the Abbe did not realize the value of the collection of insects accumulated by him, and it was only by the earnest effort of Mr. Saint Cyr, who was a co-worker with the Abbe, that the collection was saved from entire destruction. Although the collection had been in their charge but a short time the Lepidoptera were largely spoiled and many injured, and the other orders suffered considerably. As the collection now stands, it is neatly labeled and in fairly good cabinets. My time with the collec- tion was quite limited, and farther than this I can only speak for the Ichneumonidse. In that family I found quite a number of types missing and some broken with only a part remaining. Another feature, somewhat unsatisfactory, is, that, the collection is composed primarily of two individual collections, which still remain separate, and frequently specimens, labelled the same, were found to belong to different genera and often to different subfamilies. This at once showed a very superficial knowledge of the classification, and had I not soon obtained the cue to it and had access to the Abbe's 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 descriptions, which are fairly accurate as far as they go, the arrange- meut would have been still more annoying. It had been my fear for some time that probably there were a number of errors in the Abbe's classification of species which he described as new. The synonyms which Mr. Cresson found in making his check list, the reports of other careful workers who had seen some of the Abbe's work, and some examples of his determina- tions sent me for verification, all went to prove this suspicion was not without foundation. Feeling that good scientific work could not be continued on the IchneumouidiTe as long as many uncertain species were of doubtful classification, it seemed wisest to rectify these errors before any further descriptive work was done in the family. This and a chance to study the types was the object of my visit. To say that I found errors is needless, as the list following this inti'oduction Avill speak for itself. This list of corrections which I shall give is complete only in one respect, viz. : classification of species in the right genus. There are certainly many synonyms yet to be worked out, but it will take more time to determine these, and the few given herein are what I incidentally happened to recognize at a glance. Quite a number of corrections and additions to the descriptions will also be needed to make them clear and replete, but I shall not at this time even touch upon this matter. The list is from notes taken at the time the specimens were examined. The species not mentioned are correct as to classification. Ichneumon adjunctus is the 9 oi Ichn. similaris. They are both identical in sculpture, form, and color markings, except face and posterior tibioe and tarsi, which differ slightly in shade. They belong to the genus Amblyteles. Ichneumon aterrimus. Type not seen. " citrinus. Type not seen. " paradoxus. Type not seen. " quadrijywtctatus. Type not seen. " vaneouverends. Type not seen. " saguenayensis. Type not seen. HopUsmenus impar is a Cryptus, with the ovipositor broken oflT. " sfygicus. Type not seen. Amblyteles superbus. Type not seen. Plafylabiis mitralis is a Phygadeuo)i. 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Platylabus crassicornis. A Pliygadeuon and very close to viitralis. ' ' cincticornis = Cryptus. " acicidafus. Appears to be a $ Pliygadeuon, though it comes very close to Cryptus in several features. Phceogenes annulatijyes. Type not seen, " aterrimvs = Pliygadeuon. " erassitelus = Heviiteles. " huarti. Type not seen. " indistindus = Cryptus. The description of the type is faulty. Phceogenes nigricornis is either a Cryptus or Pliygadeuon. " orhus = Herpestovuis. " pinguis. Type not seen. " reetlcornis = Cryptus. " tuberculifer = Pliygadexion. Exolytus politus. Type not seen. Stilpmis appendieulaius. Type not seen. " canadensis has the abdomen missing. ' ' Icevis has the abdomen and hind legs missing. These both belong to Cryptinse. Stilpnus dejiciens belongs to Tliersilochus. Pliygadeuon acaudus = Diccelotus. " alternans = Ichneumon. " attenuatus = Herjpestomus ? ' ' hrevicaudus = Ichneumon. " capitalis. Type not seen. " constrictus. Type has lost the hind legs and abdomen, but from the oblique petiolated arcolet and the general appear- ance of what remains, the type evidently belongs to a genus in Tryphoninre. Pliygadeuon cornutus = Hemiteles. '* curticrus = Amhlyteles. " excavatus. Type not seen. " fraterculus. Type not seen. *' fusiformis. Type not seen. ' ' fasciatus = Colpognathus f " geddessii. Type not seen. * ' gracillcornis. Type not seen. ' ' guignardi = Ichneumon. 1894,] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 Phygadeiton jocosus = Ichneumon. " lavoiei = Cnjptus. ** longicornis. Type not seen. •* marginatus. Type not seen. " niger. Type not seen. " palUcoxus. Type nearly destroyed, but seems to be a good species. Phygadeimi rectus. Antennre wanting, but apparently a $ Oryptus. " rubricns = Ichneumon. " similaris. Type not seen. " terminatus = Ichneumon. " 3-annulatus. Abdomen gone; antenna indicate a Cryptus. Phygadeuon truncatus. Type not seen. A specimen labelled Phij- gadeuon poteus is an Ichneumon. I know of no description of this species. Cryptus albonotatus. Type not seen. " dubius. Type not seen. " erythropygus. Type not seen. " flavipectus = Ichneumon scitulus (Prov. ). Type not seen. " gracilis. Type not seen. " ignotus. Type not seen. " longicaudus. Type not seen. " melUpes. Type not seen. " ornatus. Type not seen. " perditus. Type not seen. " pubescens. Type not seen. " ruficornis = Phygadeuo)i nitidulus (Prov.). Type not seen. ' ' segregatus. Type not seen. " sordidus. Type not seen. " spissicornis = Phygadeuon. " 3-annulatus. Type not seen. Mesostenus albicoxus. Type not seen. " albifades = Mesoleptus. ' * armatus. Type not seen. " collinns = Cryptus ebimieifrons (Prox.). Type not seen. '• fiavijjes ^ Phygadeuon. " latigaster. Type not seen. " nobilis = Phytodietua. 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Mesodemis pluricmctus. Type not seen. * ' ruficoxus. Type not seen. " rufotindus. Type not seen. " sericeus. Type not seen. Hemiteles debiUs. Type not seen. * ' gigas. Type not seen. " orbicularis = Stilpnus americanvs (Prov.). Type not seen. " ovalis = Orthopelma ovalis. " semirufus = Ischnocerus. Heteropelma longij)es is apparently an Anomahn, though not typical. Campoplex n tger = Uxetastes f Limneria compacta. Type not seen. " crassicornis = Campojjlex. " radiolata certainly belongs to some other genus than Limneria. It has many characteristics of Pimplinse as well as of the Ophionince. Limneria rufipes. Type not seen. " sericea. Type not seen. ' ' sessilis f " sulcatus = Anomalon. Pyrachmon annulatum is evidently a species of the Tryphoninie, and from appearance of venation and areoleted thorax belongs to Tryphon. Abdomen and most of legs gone. Pyrachmon incompJetum is in most respects a typical Atractodes. " rufum = Mesoleius. Cremastus longicaudus = Atractodes f ' ' mellipes = Limneria. '' rectm. Abdomen gone, but apparently well marked. " royl = Atractodes or new genus. Mesoehorus humeralis = Atractodes ? " pleuralis seems to be a Plectiscus as Provancher had it at first. Mesoehorus truncatus = Mesoleius. Cyrtoceutrus quebecensis to all appearance belongs to the genus Tryphon. In Porizon the species angularis, borealis, elongatus, albipes, and californicus are referred doubtfully to the genus. Thersiloclms errabundas = Porizon borealis. " micans is probably a Porizon. 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OK PHILADELPHIA. 189 Exetastes brevipennis =^ Mesotenus prompt us (Prov. ). ' ' clavatus. Type not seen. Banchus caudatus = Exetades. 3fesoleptus albopleumVis will probably prove to be a $ Atractodes from the venation and other characters. Mesoleptus angustus. Type not seen. " annulatipes. Type not seen. " barbatus = Limneria. " fasciatus. Type not seen. " fiUformls = Crypt us $ . " fiavicornis to all appearance belongs to Ophionintie. The abdomen is compressed at the tip, and the petiole is long, straight, and slender. Mesoleptus largus = Tryphon. " nigricornis = Ctenopelma (Prov. ) Type not seen. " rhopalocerus = Tryphon. " rufipes = Echthrus pediculatus. " rufidus = Phygadeuou. " sericeus = Cryptus ? " uniformis. Type not seen. " variabilis = muUebris (Prov.). Eclyfus robustus. This certainly is not Eclytus. The abdomen is wanting, but the head and thorax, with wings, indicate Mesoleius or Mesoleptus. The areolet is petiolate and somewhat obscure, but present. Mesoleius annulatus = Phytodictus vulgaris Or. ' ' chicoutimiensis = Tryphon. ' ' fissus = Lampronota ? " iiiflatifrons = Exochus semiriifus Cr. " junctus = Bassus frontalis Cr. ' ' telarius = Phytodietus zonatus. Tryphon dufresnei $ is a large species of Mesoleius; the small $ belongs to the genus Tryphon. *' excavatus = 9 Mesoleius. " fraetus = La)n])ronota. " fumipennis. Type not seen. '' gaspesianus = Polyblastus (Prov.). Polyblastus annulicornis = $ Tryphon. ' ' decoratm = Lampronota f Areolet wanting. 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Polyhlastus inornatus = Lampronota. ' ' ga)les one of the large species of Leptodadylus, but it is a true Hylodine, with T-shaped terminal phalanges. It has some resemblance to L. mela- nostictus, but that species has much longer hind limbs, larger pallets, an oval tongue, etc. A single specimen of the L. euryglosHus is in the collection, which was taken at San Jose, by Sen. P. Biolley (No. 448). Levirana vibicaria gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. — Identical with Ramda, but ^^^thout vomerine teeth. Char, specif. — Form robust, muzzle short, wide ; hind limbs rather short, the heel reaching to the front of the eye. Canthus rostralis strongly marked, angulated at the nostril, anterior to which it is de- flected to the apex, which does not project beyond the lip- border. Loral region slightly concave; nostril nearly on canthus, -6 the length of the muzzle anterior to the orbit. Tympanic drum sub- round, about u the diameter of the eye-slit. Choana) rather small, about equal to ostia phai-yngea. Tongue large obovate, deeply emarginate posteriorly. Digits with slight terminal enlargements; those of the fingers scarcely distinct, those of the toes supported by elongate T-shaped phalanges. Second (first) finger a little shorter 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. than third (second); inferior tubercles inconspicuous. Toes half- webbed, fourth digit with three, the others with two free phalanges. Sole with one tubercle, the flat oval pr;ehallux. Integument smooth everywhere. A wide glandular body connecting rictus oris and humerus ; a glandular thickening extending from orbit to end of urostyle, which is unusually wide between the orbit and the sacrum. No dermal folds. Color above a dark olivaceous gray; side of head and a stripe from orbit to urostyle, black. Two rows of small black spots on each side of the vertebral column. Superior side of limbs colored like the back. Inferior surfaces of the body yellowish, more dis- tinctly yellow on inferior surfaces of hind limbs. Concealed surface of femur with a reddish tinge, unspotted. Superior face of femur with a black stripe on the distal half. Lips unspotted, with a dark shaded border. Length of head and body 65 mm.; do. of head to rictus oris 21 mm. ; width of head at rictus oris, 25 mm. ; length of fore limb, 40 mm.; of hand, 15 mm.; length of hind limb, 101 mm.; of hind foot, 49 mm.; of astragalo-calcaneum, 10 ram. No. 3912, Rancho Redondo on the divide of the Irazu Range; 3915-6, Isla Nueva near the head of the RioSucio, on the Atlantic side ; all taken by G, K. (^herrie. This distinct species is probably an inhalntant of the elevated mountain region, and it has so far escaped the observation of collec- tors, who have mostly ex})lored lower elevations. It is not nearly related to any species hitherto known. REPTILIA. LACERTILIA. Cnemidopliorus amivoides sp. nov. Eight abdominal rows of subequal plates; a row of plates at the gular fold, which, with a few granules form its border. A group of about 18 enlarged posterior gular scales, which does not have a transverse posterior liorder separating it from smaller scales. Nos- trils in nasal suture. Three supraoi-bitals, a small plate occupying an angular space between the second and third, at the external edge on both sides. Two interparietals and one parietal, followed by three rows of smaller plates. Five infralabials in the second (large) row. Sixteen femoral pores. Four preanal plates larger than those sur- 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1^9 roundinii' them, two of them transverse and posterior, and two longi- tudinal and anterior. Tliree rows of brachial plates, the anterior continuous with the posterior of two rows of antebrachials. No postantebrachials. Four rows of plates on inferior side of femur at middle, and two rows on inferior side of tibia. Color above dark brown, with three narrow yellowish stripes on each side, which proceed respectively from the temple, and from the superior and inferior borders of the tympanum. The inferior stripe is more or less broken into elongate spots. The space between the superior and median stripes is marked by black cross-bars, and a row of black spots extends along the inner side of each of the supe- rior stripes. A light stripe on the posterior face of the femur, which is continued on the tail. Below this stripe on the femur, another less perfect stripe, and above it a longitudinal row of spots. Tibia with small light spots. Upper surface of femur and tibia brown, blackish varied. Inferior surfaces pale greenish- blue; top of head light lirown. Length of head and body, 64 mm. ; length to edge of gular fold, 21 mm.; do. to auricular meatus, 15 mm.; width of head at rictus oris, 11 mm. Length of fore limb from axilla, 21 mm.; length of fore foot, 10 mm. ; length of hind leg from canthus ani, 45 mm.; do. of hind foot, 24 mm. This species resembles very much the younger specimens of the Amiva iindujata, but is a true Cnemidophorus with sagittiform tongue. It differs in specific characters from both that species and the A. quadrillneaia, in the possession of three rows of brachial scuta, instead of one. In coloration it differs from the young striped stages of those species in having three light stripes on each side instead of two. The longitudinal division of the interparietal plate is a marked peculiarity, but may be abnormal. The two plates together, how- ever, are larger in dimensions than a single interpainetal. Among C'nemidophori it is nearest to the C. lemniscatus in appearance, but it differs in almost all points of squamation of the head and throat. No. 286, La Carpiutera ; A. Alfaro. Ciiemidopliorus alfaronis sji. nov. Allied to C. deppei. Nostril entirely in nasal plate ; first loreal bordering first three labials; second loreal higher than long. Supra- orbital plates four on one side, and five on the other, the first quite 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. small, the third and fourth broader than long. Interparietals and the single parietals, longer than the frontoparietals. Infralabials eight; median gulars enlarged all the way across, graded; scales of mesoptychium large, in two or three rows, no granules on the border. Abdominal plates in eight rows ; large brachials in six rows, continu- ous with brachials ; no postantebrachials. Six rows of femorals at middle. Femoral pores nineteen. Preanal plates about a dozen in a triangular patch continuous with the ventrals. Extended hind foot reaches to orbit. Four white lines on each side, and a vertebral line. Spaces be- tween first and second, and dorsally between fourths of opposite side, greenish-gray; space between second and fourth, black. Head paler; below greenish-white. Posterior limbs with four irregular longitudinal lines; one anterior, two superior, and one posterior. Total length, 170 mm.; length to vent, 55 mm.; do. to collar, 19 mm.; length of fore liml), 20 mm.; do. of hind limb, 41 mm.; do. of hind foot, 23 ram. This species resembles in general appearance the C deppci deppei,^ but the scutellation is materially different. An important character is the presence of four supraorbital plates, from the last of which a fifth may be cut off. The parietals and interparietals are also rela- tively longer than in that species. No. 216, San Mateo; found by Sen. Anastasio Alfaro, Director of the Museo Nacional, to whom the species is dedicated. Celestus cyanochloris sp. nov. Scales in thirty- three longitudinal series all with about a dozen longitudinal keels, and no prominent median keel, except on the tail, beyond the base. The scales of the tail are roof-shaped, so that the lateral edges run in open furrows, while the middle line is promi- nent. The striations extend not only to the head, but the parietal and interparietal plates are grooved and i-idged. The rostral and symphyseal plates are of equal width. Two postnasals, two i)re- loreals and two postloreals, one above the other in each pair. A large preocular; two suboculars, the posterior elongate, and four postoculars. Four external, and four internal supraorbitals. Parie- tals wider than the triangular interparietal, each three times as large 1 For definition of the subspecies of C. deppei, see Transiic. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1892, p. 30. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 as the well- separated frontoparietals, and bounded by five scales between the frontoparietal and the single transverse postparietal. Frontal twice as Avide as long. Eight superior labials to end of long subocular, the second reaching to the middle of the postnasal only. Auricular meatus horizontal, shorter than eye fissure. Extended limbs separated by the length of the anterior foot only. Color above light golden-green, with several indistinct longitudinal rows of paler spots as large as a scale, mingled with as many brown spots as large as a scale. Sides paler than back. Lower surfaces blue, paler on chin and tail. Total length (end of tail lost), 151mm.; do. to vent, 70 mm.; do. to line of axilla, 16 mm. ; do. of fore limb, 16.5 ram.; do. of hind limb, 22 mm.; of hind foot, 11 mm. This species is allied to the C. steindachnerii Cope. The latter has seven superior labials instead of eight, of which the second reaches the loreal, as it does not in C. eijatioclilons; the postnasals are much shorter. The scales of the anterior regions and parietal plates, are smooth, and the color is totally different. The limbs are shorter. This handsome species, whose coloration is unique m the genus, was found by Sen. Juan Cooper, on the volcano of Irazu, No. 217. OPHIDIA. ASINEA. Trimetopon pliolepis sp. uov. In the genus Trimetopon Cope, I find that the hemipenis has a simple sulcus spermaticus, and that the apex for a space on each side of the sulcus is feebly calyculate. The rest of the surface is occupied by spines which are in longitudinal series, and are largest opposite the sulcus at the lower part of the hemipenis. The genus is then to be regarded as one of the Colubrina^ allied to Contia. A single species, the T. gracile Gthr., has been described hitherto, which is also from Costa Rica. I only know it from the description and figures of Giinther in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1872, p. 16. Char, specif. — Scales in seventeen rows, like the plates of the head with iridescent refulgence and without fossse. Rostral plate not visible from above ; internasals much wider than long; anterior bor- der of frontal slightly convex forwards. Lateral border of frontal 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. shorter tlian the parietal border, which forms less than a rio;ht ano'le with that of the opposite side. Loreal longer than high; oculars 1-1, the anterior well separated from frontal by superciliary. Tem- porals 1-1; superior labials eight, fourth and fifth entering orbit, all longer than high except the eighth. Inferior labials eight, fifth largest, and in contact with postgenial. Postgenials half as long as pregenials. Total length, 287 mm.; of tail, 76 mm. Gastrosteges, 154; anal 1-1; urosteges 69. Dark brown above, the scales with a paler, minutely speckled center, except those of the third row. This, together with the more restricted pale centers of the scales of the first and second rows, gives the appearance of a dark lateral band, which tips the gastrosteges. Below uniform yellow. A narrow yellow collar borders, and does not cross the extremities of the parietal plates. Each upper labial with a large yellow spot next the border; that at the top of the sixth and front of the seventh has the effect of a postocular band. This species differs from the type in the scale formula. In the T. gracile, the scales are in fifteen rows; the oculars are 1-2, and there are but seven superior labials. The coloration is more ob- scure. No. 451, San Jose, P. Biolley. Drymobius paucicarinatus sp. nov. Scales in seventeen rows, the five median only keeled, and that faintly. Oculars 1-2 ; preocular not reaching frontal ; loreal sub- quadrate, longer than high. Temporals 1-2; four and a half scales bordering each parietal. Superior labials nine, fourth, fifth, and sixth in orbit ; eighth and ninth longer than high. Eye large, its diameter equaling length of muzzle from its border to the nostril, and equaling a little over half of the iuterocular width ; equal also length from rostral to frontal plate; equal length of frontal plate, and exceeding a little the length of the common parietal suture. Frontal plate wide in front, contracting rapidly posteriorly, lateral borders very little concave. Ten inferior labials. Postgenials longer than pregenials. The scales are not much narrowed, and those of the sides are rather wide. Total length, 1,230 ram.; tail, 415 mm.; length to canthus oris (axial) 26"5 mm. Gastrosteges 183; anal 1-1; urosteges, 127. Color above brown, without markings; below yellow; ends and a 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 narrow transverse line near base of gastrosteges, lead colored. Upper lip, except upper parts of Nos. 2-3-4, 8 and 9, yellow. No. 116; La Candelaria, Bruno Carranza. This species is allied to tlie D. percarinatus Cope (Proceeds. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1894, p. 344), but differs in the much smaller number of more feebly keeled scales; in the shorter and wider head, and in the coloration. Dr. Giinther has united under the head of the Dendrophidlinn deudrophis (Dnjmobi)is dendropltis Schl., Fauna Centrali- Ameri- cana, 1894), the species Driimobins cldoroficus and Crossa)dhera melaiwtropis Cope. Bocourt has pointed out that the genus Dendro- phidium differs from Drymohius in the entire anal plate and I have not ft)und any variability in this respect in the specimens at my dis- posal. In the D. dendroplds the eye is larger, its long diameter exceeding the width of the superciliary and frontal plates together; while in the species mentioned above, and the D. percarinatus and D. rhombifer Pet., the diameter of the eye either equals the width of those plates, or, more fi'equently is considerably less. The Crosmn- thera mdanotropis further differs in the short occipital plates, whose middle suture is considerably less than the diameter of the orbit, while it is the same in the D. deiidropJm. Leptophis ultramarinus sp. uov. The relation of this species to those already known may be shown in the following table. I mention here that a study of the species shows that it is impossible to keep apart as a separate genus (P/ti7o- thamnus) the species with smooth scales. I. Scales all smooth. Nine superior labials. Scales above blue tipped with golden ; scuta and two inferior rows of scales golden with green bases ; no stripes, L. ortonii Cope. II. Three median rows smooth, two or three on each side keeled. Eight supralabials ; green, with black median lines on two or three dorsal rows of scales; pale oblique cross- lines on the anterior half of the body, L. sargii Fisch. III. Five median dorsal rows keeled. Eight supralabials; above uniform ultramarine blue ; below and one and a half rows of scales, with upper lip, silvery, L. ultramarinus Cope. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. IV. Eleven to thirteen rows of scales keeled. Supralabials eight or nine; silvery with a wide blue dorsal band; sometimes obscure in alcohol; smaller, L. alaetulla L. Supralabials nine ; robust ; uniform green ; smaller, L. occidentalis Gthr. Supralabials nine ; green, head plates and scales all black bordered, L. marginatum Cope. Rupralabials nine; uniform green, the keels of the scales, except those of the median row, l)lack; size large, L. prcestans Cope. The L. ultramarinns is further characterized by the large size of its eye, whose diameter equals the length of the muzzle to the rostral plate, exclusive. The preocular reaches the frontal. Temporals 1-2, the anterior in contact with the inferior postocular only. Each parietal is bounded by only three plates, with half of a median plate. Seventh and eighth superior labials longer than deep. Nine infe- rior labials, in contact with the genials up to the seventh. Post- genials a little longer than pregenials. General form slender, tail long, about one- third the total length, gastrosteges feebly angulated, 168; anal, 1-1; urosteges, 176. Total length, 1050 mm.; tail, 425 mm. Besides the colors above described there may be added, that the preorbital labials are bordered with blue above, and the last two labials are entirely blue. There are no stripes or lines of any kind. No. 108, PazoAzul; J. C. Zeledon. Pogonaspis ruficeps gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. — Posterior maxillary tooth elongate, grooved; other teeth numerous, small, present on the usual bones of the mouth. Pupil round. Cephalic plates normal; two nasals, no loreal. One pair of genials; anal plate and urosteges double. Scales smooth, without apical fossa, extensively imbricate. In the hemipenis the sulcus spermaticus is single, and the apex is calyculate. On the side opposite the sulcus is a wide welt which is bordered by spines, whose bases are connected by transverse flounces. Surface on each side of welt coarsely spinous. This genus is probably more nearly allied to Tantilla than to any other. The head of the only known species is rather more distinct than is usual in that genus. The tail is probably elongate. It diflers from TaidiUa in the large single genial plate. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 Char, specif. — Rostral plate rounded obtuse, visible from above; internasals small; prefrontals large, descending laterally and touching second superior labial. Frontal elongate, slightly angulate in front, acute posteriorly; parietals elongate. Nostril in posterior part of prenasal ; postnasal elongate, separated from preocular by suture between prefrontal and second labial. Oculars 1-2, preocular well removed from frontal ; temporals 1-1, superior labials seven ; the first bounds the postnasal below; the second the prefrontal and the preocular; third and fourth enter orbit; fifth and sixth lower than the large seventh. Inferior labials only six ; those of the first pair in contact behind the symphyseal ; the fourth elongate, terminating opposite the end of the long genial. Gastrosteges, 146; anal, 1-1; urosteges, 20 + (a considerable part of the tail lost). Length to vent, 223 mm. ; do. to rictus oris, 9 mm. Color in alcohol, above light brown, below yellow. INIedian dor- sal row of scales deep brown; a narrow yellow line on the adjacent borders of the third and fourth rows of scales which is bounded above by a single dark brown row, and below by several rows with dark brown centers, growing paler towards the gastrosteges. All the colors are less conspicuous posteriorly. Upper surface of head light reddish- brown, with a pale spot at the extremity of each parietal plate. Upper lip yellow, with a black spot below eye ; lower labial plates with brown borders; gular region unspotted. No. 141, Jimenez ; A. Alfaro. Enulius torquatus Giintlier. Leplocalamns loi-qiiatus Giinther. Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872, p. 16. This specimen gives me the 0])portunity of examining the hemi- ])enis of this genus. I find that it is undivided, but that the sulcus is bifurcate near the extremity. The surface of the organ is marked with longitudinal laminre only, and these are set with numerous small spines to the apex. The larainre are separated by deep grooves. As already described by me, there are very few teeth in the mouth. These consist of a few small ones at the posterior part of the maxil- lary bone, with one or two near the junction of the palatine and pterygoid, and a few on the anterior half of the dentary. The large posterior tooth is incurved and flattened, and has a thin blade with a cutting edge posteriorly. The groove is fine if present. This arrange- ment reminds of the characters of the genus Elaehistodoir Reinhdt., of ■^ Americau Naturalist, 1893. p. 477. 206 PROCEKDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. which the sole species is found in the Paleotropical Realm. The few teeth of Eniilius are, however, hetter developed than in Elnrhido- don, whose real affinities are as yet uncertain. Ennlius is probably allied to Scytale, since it not only enters the Scytalinic, as defined in my paper on the characters of the hemipenis, but in the prominent rostral plate it resembles the S. neovidii D. & B. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIIiADELPHIA 207 July 8. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Twelve persons present. July 10. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. EiEfhteen persons present. A paper entitled "Third Addition to a Knowledge of the Batra- chia and Reptilia of Costa Rica," by E. D. Cope, was presented for publication. July 17. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Ten persons present. July 24. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Sixteen persons present. The death of Samuel L. Smedley, July 21, 1894, was announced. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : — "Patella Kermadecensis," by H. A. Pilsbry. "A Contribution to the Life History of the Allegheny Cave Rat, Neotoma niagister Baird," by Samuel N. Rhoads. July 31. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Eleven persons present. The following were ordered to be printed : — 20'S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. PATELLA KERMADECENSIS. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. In October, 1893, the writer received from E. W. Roper, Esq., of Revere, Mass., two specimens of a very large and ponderous species of Patella, which Mr. Roper had obtained from a New Zealand col- lector, to whom they had been brought from the Kerraadec Islands. Upon corapai'iug these shells with the collection of Patellidte in the Museum of the Academy, and with the recent monograph of the group in the Manual of Conchology, it became evident that they represented an undescribed species. At Mr. Roper's request, a brief description was prepared for publication, which some months later appeared in the "Nautilus," under the name Patella kennadecensis. After this description was printed, but before the number containing it was generally distributed, the writer (in his capacity as Editor of the "Nautilus"), received a description of the same species, under the same name, from Dr. Wm. H. Dall, the distinguished malacolo- gist of the National Museum. As Ball's specimens are more de- pressed than those described by myself, and his series includes young shells preserving the sculpture, I have therefore, quoted his descrip- tion in full below, and have reproduced drawings of his type, kindly supplied by him, on plate VII. Some time previous to the publication of the original description, Mr. Geo. W. Taylor of Victoria, B. C, a gentleman who has de- voted special attention to the Patellidtu, received specimens of the same species, apparently from the same original source. He prepared a description of them, but not being thoroughly satisfied of the novelty of the form, delayed publication.' The species has also been noticed by Mr. John Brazier, well-known for his life-long labors on the Australian mollusca. Mr. Brazier formed a theory that these limpets were not from the Kerraadec Is- lands, but from South Africa ; and as the specific name kermadecen- ' Mr. Taylor submitted one of his young shells of this species to the junior editor of the "Nautilus," who showed it to me. I did not recognize in it the /'. kermadeccnsis, so ditlerent are the young from the ponderous, corroded adult shells which alone I had seen. 1894.] NATUllAf. SCIENCKS OF PHILADEIjPHIA. 209 si.< would in that case be a misnomer, he proposed to re-narae the form Patella Pihhryi Brazier.' Since Mr. Brazier has given no proof whatever in support of his hypothesis, and as we have every reason to believe it without foundation in fact, the necessity for this proposed change of name is not apparent. In support of the original statement that P. kermadecensis inhabits the Kermadec Islands, I am now tible to quote the following passages from a letter' received from my friend Charles Hedley, of the Aus- tralian Museum: — "There can be no doubt that it [P. kermadecensis'] really inhabits the Kermadecs. " Mr. Charles Spencer, of Auckland, a leading New Zealand collector, has just given me a most circumstantial account of it. He says a great number were collected at the orders and by the crew of Capt. Fairchild, of the government steamer " Hinemoa," while on an official visit to Raoul, or Sunday Island, the principal island of the group. Most of these passed into the hands of Mr. Eric Craig, a natural history dealer of Auckland, who distributed them to various correspondents throughout the world." The literarv history of this species is thus seen to have been much more extensively exploited than its natural history. The references to the books are as follows: — Patella (Sctdellastra) kermadecensis Pilsbrv, The Nautilus, vii, p. 106 (Feb. 1894). Patella kermadecensis Taylor, tout, cit., p. 142. Patella kermaderensix Dall, MS., Jan. 1894. Patella pilsbryi Brazier, Abstract of Proc. Linn. Soc. , N. S. Wales, meeting of April 25, 1894, p. iii. P. kermadecensis may be compared with two previously described species, P. yigantea Lesson, and P. pica Reeve. The former is, I do not doubt, quite distinct. The original description, by which alone it is known, is as follows : — ''Patelle Gigantesque. Patella gigantea Less.— Cette coquille tres-fruste en dessus n'avait pas moins de 7 pouces de longueur sur 5 de largeur. Sa forme est massive, tres-epaisse, oval aire, convexe, a sommet submedian, a limbe ovale allonge, plus dilate en arriere. L' animal doit etre enorme', car il laisse a la voiite de la face interne - Abstract of Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. WalcH, April 25, 1894, p. iii. ■' Written under date of June IS, 1894. 15 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. une impression tres marquee, que borde une profoude depression en fer u cheval. Le limbe est simple, epais. L'interieur est lisse, blancbatre, avec le fond rougeatre. Sa i'nce superieure etait rougee et couverte de tubes de serpules. " Nous ti'ouvames cette graude coquille jetee sur les rochers de corail de I'ile de Borabora, dans I'arcbipel de la Societe. "* The dimensions given by Lesson, 5x7 inches, indicate a much more oblong shell than any known specimens of kermadecensis, and the coloring of the interior differs also. The difference in outline may be most readily appreciated by plotting an ovate contour with the axes 5x7 inches, and comparing with a contour of kennadecends. P. pica Reeve, if it is the same as P. kennadecensis, is a very young specimen. The description and illustrations may be found in Reeve's Conchologia Iconica, vol. viii, pi. xix, figs. 45 a-c. The type, if still preserved, is in the British Museum, and should be compared with young specimens of kermadecensis of the same size. The types of P. kermadecensis may be described as follows : — Shell large, thick and heavy ; round-ovate, slightly narrowed in front, broadly rounded behind, conical, the apex central. Altitude of cone nearly equal to half the breadth of the base, but decidedly less than half the length; slopes straight. Surface dull and much corroded by various parasitic growths, calcareous alga3, and young Patellas, apparently of the same species, leaving but little of the original sculpture, which seems to have consisted of numerous rather low, radiating ribs, the interspaces and ribs covered with a secondary sculpture of radial riblets. Interior whitish, more or less tinted with gray or dull reddish; the muscle impression and the edge of the shell either white or deep salmon colored. Border of shell slightly crenulated by tlie external sculpture. Muscle-impression strongly marked, roughened, and either impressed, or thickened and like a shelf or terrace. Dimensions of tAVO specimens: — Length 186, breadth 116, altitude 55 ram. 119.5, " 104, " 50 " These siiells are decidedly more elevated than the examples in the collection of Mr. Taylor, who writes as follows : — " My suite of kermadecensis consists of two full-grown shells and a ' Voy. de lii Coquille, Zool., II, p. 423, 1830. Sec, also, /'. crassa Lesson, ibid., p. 413, .said to be from New .South Wales. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211 "series of twelve others rauging from 75 mm. dowu to 6 mm. in leiigtli. The large ones are respectively 180 x 109 x 41 mm. and 130 x 109 x 84 mm., being both considerably flatter than the specimens described by Mr. Pilsbry. ' 'All my specimens are distinctly narrowed in front, and in this particular the species differs essentially from P. patriarcha, which is veiy round in outline. I have a specimen of patriarcha exactly the same width as the two shells above mentioned, namely, 109 mm., but its length is only 119 mm. Our species is further distinguished by its sculpture from hoth pat r id re ha and mexicana — the ribs being narrower and much more numerous than in patriarcha and decidedly heavier than in mexicana. Every 5th or 6th rib in the adult shell seems to be more prominent. ' ' ^ Dr. Wm. H. Dall's description of younger and less eroded exam- ples than the types, here follows : — "Patella {Helcioniscus ?) kermadecensis. Soft parts unknown, but the aspect of the shell is that of a Heldoniscus." "Shell large, depressed or only moderately elevated, porcellanous, radiately sculptured, with the apex of the shell slightly anterior to the center, erect, blunt (or eroded); color outside orange-yellow, sometimes more or less scorched with purplish- black, obscurely con- centric or radiating in its disposition, frequently asymmetrical ; in- side polished opaque-white, cream color, or even orange color, with a very narrow colored margin of orange, white, or black, following the tint of the exterior ; the muscular impressions not polished, sometimes darker orange than the rest, the enclosed area usually much the same color as that outside the scars, but sometimes lighter or with faint brown or flesh colored stains irregularly distributed ; muscular scars catenate, not symmetrical, with about seven segments on each side ; an obscure line, probably indicating the scope of the mantle is visi- ble within the colored margin and this is emphasized to the left of nnd in front of the head, where a strongly marked sinus extends to- ward the apex close to and in front of the left arm of the pedal scar and ceasing at the junction of the latter with the scar of the mantle over the head ; this is distinctly indicated in all the specimens but is less prominent in the younger specimens, and recalls the sinus of Gadiniii though on a much larger scale; the margin of the shell is rendered slightly irregular by the sculpture, and is, as usual, some- 5 Nautilus, April, 1894, p. 142. 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. what more so in the young than in the adult; external sculpture of small, somewhat irregular rounded riblets, with equal or wider inter- spaces, each third (fourth, fifth or sixth) riblet being somewhat larger and more elevated than the others and often duplex; of these larger ribs there are twenty or less on each side; all the ribs are normally rounded, and except where obviously broken by accidents due to exigencies of growth, do not appear scaly or nodulous, though some- times more or less keeled ; basal outline, apart from sculptural crenu- lations, approximately oval, the anterior always narrower than the posterior end. Lon. of shell 135; Lat. 112; Alt. 33 mm. The distance from the apex to the anterior margin, horizontally, 63 mm. "Some specimens are over six inches in length and proportionately solid. The species seems to be one of the largest limpets known. Although the nearest land is New Zealand, the shell has none of the aspect so characteristic of the limpets of that region, but recalls rather those of East Africa and the China seas. Patella patriarcha Pilsbry, has much the same general aspect, though the sculp- ture is wholly different. Putelln harbara L. has the discrepancy between the primary and secondary radii much greater, and the margin consequently stellate. The sinus near the anterior left hand margin is not confined to this species but may be found in many Patellidie; still, few species have it so strongly emphasized as in P. kermadecensis. Its origin is doubtful, and can be cleared up best by a study of the living animal. The larger specimens are usually badly eroded, only the younger ones show the surface well, and the islands (we understand from Mr. Fulton, from whom the specimens were received) are visited but once a year. These circumstances may account for the overlooking of so large a shell by untrained collectors." Explanation of Plates. Plate VII. (Illustrating Dr. W. H. Dall's description of examples in National Museum Collection). Fig. 1. P. kentiadeceiisis, dorsal aspect. Fig. 2. P. kermadece)ims, ventral aspect. Plate VIII. Dorsal and lateral views of type specimen of /*. kmiKidecemis, nearlv natural size. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 218 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE HISTORY OF THE ALLEGHENY CAVE RAT, NEOTOMA MAGISTER Baird. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. In 1857, Prof. S. F. Baird described a fossil Neotoma from the bone caves of Pennsylvania in a final paragraph under caption of Neotoma occidentalis, on page 498 of his work on the Mammals of North America. It reads : "The bone caves of Pennsylvania have furnished me with several lower jaws of a fossil Neotoma considerably larger than the largest specimen even of any recent species which I have seen. The body could not have been less than twelve inches in length ; it differs from the others in the wider and more massive molars, the lobes of which are all more nearly equal than in the rest, and all rounded, not angular. The inner and outer sides of the molars are very nearly symmetrical, and the indentations or folds of nearly equal depth. The axis of the condyloid process is quite ob- lique, and the condyle below the level of the coronoid. The species may be called N magister." In 1893 Mr. Witmer Stone received two specimens of a cave rat in the flesh from South Mountain, Cumberland County, Pennsylva- nia, taken at an elevation of 2,000 feet, at a point known as Lewis's Rocks, about six miles from the village of Pine Grove in the same county. These he described' under the name Neotoma pennsylvaniea, making no comparisons in the description lietween his new species and N. magister, the type specimens of which came from a valley cave about 20 miles distant from Lewis's Cave. Since then a large series of "fossil" specimens of N. magister, included among the complete collections from Hartman's and Durham Caves, and on which Prof. Joseph Leidy based his paper on "Fossils in Caves and Crevices of the Limestone Rocks of Pennsylvania," - have been found stowed away in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Among them is a mandible of N. magister, labeled from " Harrisburg Cave," pre- sented by the Smithsonian Institution, and no doubt from the type lot on which Baird based his original notice of magister. Besides ' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Pliila., 189:5. \>. Hi. 2 Eep. Penna. Geoi. Surv., 1887, pp. 1-20. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. these the Academy possesses another collection from Hartman's Cave, made last year by Mr. H. C. Mercer during his i-e-exploratiou of that cave,^ and containing among others the only extant cranium of magistey in which the nasal bones are intact. There are also two alcoholic specimens of a cave rat from Wythe Co., Virginia, col- lected in 1868 by Prof. E. D. Cope. These, together with Mr. Stone's types of N. pennsylvanica, two stuffed skins of the same from the Pennsylvania Alleghenies, and an alcoholic specimen shown me from Mammoth Cave, Kentucky, by Mr. G. S. Miller, form the basis of my examinations respecting the relationships, distribution, and probal)le identity of magister and pennsylvanica. Prof Leidy has enumerated the entire collections from these caves, among which he records " 92 mandibular rami, 13 pairs of upper maxilhe, numer- ous limb-bones," etc., of " Neotoma fioridana,'^ which, he states, appear to accord with similar remains referred by Prof. Baird to a supposed extinct* species with the name of Neotoma magister." Most of these still exist in the Academy. The Durham Cave material is more scanty, but includes a more complete cranium (No. 8,542) than any from the Stroudsburg Cave. This cranium lacks nasals, ptery- goids, right squamosal, malar, and occipital bones, and is from a rat hardly one year old. The subjoined table of measurements, in millimeters, of the best of this material, together with those of N. fioridana, kindly furnished me by Messrs, H. H. & C. S. Brimley, may be considered ample enough for a critical comparison between the forms in question: — 3 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1894, p. f)6. * Italics mine. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 •(s.iniom .lo.woi) ilUMw ((KtutJH ^ s Si ^ •to o ■♦o o 02 H D CO -< P o o -J! O O OS lO 'O CO ::< to CO CO «D ■-fi CO cr ^CA CO CO lO 125 U5 iC o CO CO §5 S5 Il.JSUOQ ■([.to.iajui •IIJ3U3I 1BS13>I li;si3u-ojio 00 CO OJ 05 CO O 00 U3 go' 05 oo' ^H ^H ^H C^ m •o O) : 3"? Ojt? O"? k, k, ^^ "< fl -■ o cs So "^ a) .XI oS -= i'C S'^ >■ = 5 3 5 'Sib'd > 'C ^ a cs I C^^ ^' as M -Oh ^ a a o ^ ^ 2 ■:2 -g 3 ^ r^ '^■ rs C r*! © .;i .3] .;; CC tr. u -^ ^^ ^ a> 3) (» 0) S S S !^ £ ;^ ;xi lz| S § =S5: : 3J--S to IC >0 >0 »0 »0 lO O ^^ ^H i^ r-i — t COCOCOCOCOCOCO— < Ol^— < t^ o eq ex a minute, blunt point, directed posteriorly ; in fioridana the post-palatal margin is broadly and evenly rounded or nearly square cut between the opposing last molars, the pterygoids being more divergent and i-elatively shorter. 2. In magider the slits separating the palatal from the sphenoid bones are often nearly anchylosed ; in fioridana they are more widely sepa- rated. 3. The interorbital depression and supraorbital ridges of the frontals in younger specimens oi' magider are very decided ; in fioi'i- daiia nearly obsolete. 4. As above stated, the greater relative breadth of incisors, maxillaries, and njisals in magister. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 Externally, maglster is most conspicuously known from floridana by its densely hairy and sharply bicolored tail. This member is relatively shorter than in Jioridana, and the lateral divergence of tlie longer hairs gives it a depressed appearance, which is almost exactly repi-oduced in half-grown examples of the bushy tailed ash- colored rat of the northern Rocky Mountains. The correlation of development in this character and in the shorter ears, between ani- mals of such widely separated but similar environments, both of which trace their ancestry to progenitors inhabiting a serai- tropical climate, is a significant fact. In body colors, magister is readily dis- tinguished from florldana by its plumbeous grayness and lack of brown above, by the fulvous areas of opposing sides of lower hind neck reaching nearly across the throat, and by the blackish areas around the eyes and at base of whiskers. It therefore appears that we have in N. magider a large cave rat, quite distinct from the wood rat of the Gulf States, and which, so far as existing remains are known to us at this date, is the same ani- mal as N. pennsylvamca Stone. As it now stands, however, the case is a peculiar one. The evi- dence in favor of making peiinsylvanica a synonym is conclusive so far as it is based on known facts, but the impossibility of ascertaining the perishable external characters of those individuals whose fossil- ized remains formed the types of Prof, liaird's description, estab- lishes a possibility that they represent an animal we would now consider separable from the living form. Were the specific pecu- liarities of the different members of the genus Neotoma based on cranial characters of constant value, the identity of magister and pennsylvaniea would be clearly estalilished l)y my examinations, but as yet they have not been so distinguished by anatomists. That it is probable good cranial characters can be formulated for the species of this genus deserving recognition, I feel confident. On this basis, as recently applied by Dr. Merriam,^ it is apparent to me that ■pennsylvaniea will not stand as a specific name, nor can it, from the very nature of the case, be a candidate for sub-specific honors. The points confirmatory of the identity of fossilized and living specimens of iV. magister, already demonstrated by cranial charac- ters, may be stated: — ■' Proc Biol. Sot-.. Wiisli., 1S94. i)]). 117-128. 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. 1. Recent date of fossil remains taken 1)1 contact or direct associa- tion ivith Neotoma magister in. Pennsylvania, caves. — While no data have been preserved as to the relative position in Hartman's Cave of the extinct Dlcotyles pennsylvanicns and CaMoroidex ohioensis witli respect to more recent remains, it is interesting to note that the following mammals, yet existing in America, were found in associa- tion and in precisely the same stages of recent or ancient preservation in the shallow upper layer of the cave floor: — Lynx canadensis. Arviaolapinetorum. Lynx rufus. Sltomys aniericanus. Urocyon cinereo-argeuteus. Neotoma magister. Vtdpes pennsylvanicus. Arctomys monax. Canis luptis nnbilus. Sciurus niger cinereus. Mephitis mephitica. Sciurus carolinensis jyennsylvan icas Patorius erminens. Sciurus Imdsoniciis. Procyon lotor. Tamias striatus. Ursus amevicanus. Lepus sylvaticus. Scalops aquaticus. Lepus americaiius. Blarina talpoides. Biso^i bison. Adelonycteris fuscus. Alces americanus. Vespertilio gryphus. Kangifer caribou.. Castor fiber canadensis. Cariacus virginianus. Fiber zibethicus. Cervus canadensis. Erethizon dorsatus. Equus caballus. Mus decumanus. Homo sapiens. Arvicola pennsylvanica. 2. The Sonoran derivation of the Genus Neotoma indicates its com- paratively recent post-glacial advent into North Temperate latitudes. — Dr. Coues has attempted to trace, by the scant evidence then known to him, the probable derivation from magister of the four existing species of Neotoma recognized in the jNIonograph of North American Rodentia.'^ The evidence now had, exactly reverses his hypothesis. 3. The presence of living N magister in the caves where fossilized remains of same occur in various stages of preservation and antiquity. — Magister does not now exist in the Carlisle valley cave. It may have existed there in the early colonial days of Pennsylvania, or its life there may date back to a time when the crests of South Mountain, « Mou. N. AmiT. Jiod., 1S77, 29, 30. 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 now infested by it, were yet in the loosening grip of the ice age. Mr. Paret writes me that he has no knowledge of the recent existence of a cave rat in Hartman's Cave. I have been told that such an animal is found among the cliiis and rocky crests of the Kittatinny range, on the opposite side of the Delaware River, in AVarren Co. , New Jersey. 4. The lack of any trace of guaiviiir/ apoit the bones of mammals, from Hartman\^ Cave, not now existing in America, as contrasted with the uniformly rat-eaten condition of the bones of those knoivn to have inhabited Pennsylvania in (he history of man. — The specimens of Dicotyles pennsylvaniciis and Castoroides ohioensis from Hartman's Cave are ungnawed, as is likewise the ramus of caribou there taken, while those of the beaver, elk, and bison, animals recently extermi- nated in Pennsylvania, show the unmistakable marks of a rat's teeth. It, therefore, appears that the evidence, so far as we know it, tends only to establish the identity of the fossil Neotoma of Baird with the species now living in the same localities. On the other side the argument is purely presumptive, and if we admit a distinction (no differences being proven) between magister and pennsylvanica, the fos- silized remains of foxes, wolves, beavers and other animals found in association with the rat bones in the Carlisle and Stroudsburg caves are as fully entitled to specific separation from their living Penn- sylvania representatives as are the rats. No one, who would be un- willing to thus follow such a precedent to its logical conclusion, can consistently endorse the precedent. Had Prof Baird been aware of the facts as we now know them, the question would never have arisen, or if it had, would have been decided in the case of the rat as it was decided in that of the fox and wolf and beaver. Habits and distribution of Neotoma magister. — I paid a visit to Lewis's Rocks, the type locality of Mr. Stone's specimens of j)enn- sylvanica, in the spring of 1893, for the purpose of obtaining some knowledge of the animal's habits. The rocks lie at the top of the mountain and form the culminating point of a rocky outcrop, topping the ridge for a mile or more in this locality, and which at intervals assumes a very rugged and castellated outline. The cave rats live in the more inaccessible fissures and clefts of these rocks, selecting for their dormitories those which are most secure from the approach or entrance of the predaceous animals which abound in such situa- 220 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1894. tions. The entrances and passageways to these abodes are loosely barricaded with sticks, stones, leaves, feathers, bones, horse and cow dropjjings, buttons, glass, tin, egg-shells, cai'tridge-cases, and other cast- away evidences of the sojourn of men and animals in this spot. Many of the sticks are three to four feet long and an inch in diam- eter, and must have required the concerted strength of several rats to move, and not a little ingenuity to convey up and over the precipitous clefts to their resting-place. The bones were those of deer, smaller carnivora, birds, and other animals brought thither by man and beast, or which had sought refuge among the clefts to die. I was unable, from the nature of their fastnesses, and lack of time and proper im- plements, to penetrate their dormitories, and owing to tlie pilfering foxes, lost the only specimens that got into my traps. One half- grown rat was seen running among the rocks. It was lighter gray than adult specimens. (Quantities of gnawed acorn hulls strewed their hiding places, and were the chief evidences of the diet of this species. These acorns grow abundantly on the scrub oaks, Qnercvs banisteri, characteristic of these mountain tops. While its main food supply is vegetable, no doubt these rats are omnivorous, and take every opportunity to satisfy their carnivorous appetite. The gnawed condition of the bones of recent mammalia found in Penn- sylvania cave deposits, is, to my mind, almost solely due to the work of this quadruped, a critical examination of these marks showing not only their rodent origin, but that their size and character tit no tooth so well as that of maglster. I am informed by Mr. H. C. Mercer (whose recent explorations of Virginia caves has been ably outlined in a Bulletin of the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania, dated July 4, 1894) that the Virginia cave rats build a sub-globular nest of grass, etc., on the cave floor, and that these are so well made internally as to resist considerable kick- ing about. Prof. E. D. Cope, who secured the two specimens of iii((.(/i.4er tabulated above, fi'om a cave in Wythe Co., Virginia, tells me that these nests are placed at or near the sides of the cave, and are often large enough to fill a bushel basket. The habitat of living Neoioma maglster cannot be verified by a representative series of specimens from connected localities, but from those now in possession, and the testimony of several of my corre- spondents in Pennsylvania niid New Jersey, it is co-ordinate with the 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADEL,PHIA. 221 Alleuiieiiiau Fauna, as restricted by Dr. J. A. Allen,' and extends northward toward the Canadian Fauna as far as Potter County, Pennsylvania, in the west, and probably along the Blue Ridge to the Delaware River. It is possible that it may be found in northern New Jersey. The specimens of Neotoma taken on the Hudson River, by Jolm G. Bell, and mentioned by Baird in his work on mammals, are, ap- parently, from the table of measurements, large N. jioridana. It is doubtful if X macjider ever inhabited the State of New York, and the specimens taken by Mr. Bell were probably imported in a cargo of southern lumber. Probably the earliest reference to the Allegheny cave rat in literature is made by the Swedish naturalist, Peter Kalm, in 1759, in his book of Travels, where he quotes John Bartram, of Philadel- phia, as authority for the existence of such an animal in the " Blue Mountains." This reference is quoted by Pennant in his History of Quadrupeds, page 441, under caption of "American Rat," as fol- lows : " Mr. Bartram (in Kalm's Trav., ii, 48) mentions the rat, but does not determine the species, which lives among the stones and caverns in the Blue Mountains, far from mankind: comes out at night, and makes a terrible noise, but in very severe weather keeps silent within its holes." William Turton in his Systema Naturte (1802, p. 80) enumerates an American rat to which he gives the name Miu amerieanus. His description is mainly a quotation of Pennant's account, above cited, of the same animal. Were not Turton's binomial antedated by the Mm agrarius var. amerkanas of Kerr (Syst. Nat., 1792, 231), now accepted as the first tenable name for the eastejrn white- footed mouse, Sitomys amevicanwi. (Kerr), it would have a strong claim, in the light of our present knowledge, to precedence over Baird's specific name, magister. ' Bull. Amcr. Mus. N. Hist.. 1892, pi. viii. ^22 proceedings of the academy of [1894. August 7. Mr. John G. Rothermel iu the chair. Eleven persons present. A paper entitled "Further Notes on the Embryonic Whorls of the Muricidiv.'," by Frank ('. Baker, was presented for pul)lication. August 14. Mr. Charues Morris in the chair. Thirteen persons present. The death of George A. Binder, August 13, 1894, was announced. Au(iusT 21. Mr. Louis Woolman in the chair. Fourteen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publica- tion : — "A New Su])family of Murine Rodents — the Neotomin?e — with description of a New Genus and Species, and a Synopsis of the Known Forms" by C Hart Merriam. "Descriptions of Four New Species and Two Subspecies of White- Footed Mice from the United States and British Golumbia, " by Samuel N. Rhoads. AuciUST 28. Dr. C. Newlin Peirce in the chair. Seventeen persons present. A paper entitled "Descriptions of Eight New Species of Pocket Mice (Genus Perognathus)," by C. Hart Merriam, was presented for publication. The following were ordered lo be printed: — 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 FURTHER NOTES ON THE EMBRYONIC WHORLS OF THE MURICIDiE. BY FRANK C. BAKER. In 1890 I described iu these Proceedings (pp. 66-72) the em- bryonic whorls of a number of species of this most interesting family; and in the Proceedings of the Rochester Academy of Science (Vol. 1, 1891, pp. 129-133) I added several species to those already described. From that time until a few months ago, I was unable to find perfect material in any collection under my charge. Some mouths since, however, I discovered perfect specimens of Murex troscheli and Euplenra caudata, with the nuclei intact. Descriptions of these are given below: — Murex troscheli, List-like. (Fig. 1.) The nucleus consists of two and a half smooth, glossy, hyaline whorls, gradually increasing in size; a carina begins at the apex and encircles the base of the whorls near the suture below; it terminates in the fourth spiral line of the after growth. There is a considerable varix at the junction of the nucleus with the after growth. The whorls succeeding the nucleus are crossed by four spiral, beaded lines; spinose varices be- gin on the fourth whorl. The only species whose nucleus approaches that of the present species is Murex pliciferus (Sowb. ), but that is higher in proportion to its width and somewhat ditterently sha[)ed. The number of whorls are the same iu both species. It may not be out of place to indicate here the species of which the nuclei have been described and figured. Descriptions of these may be found in the Proceedings spoken of above. The species described are as follows : — Fig. 1. Murex acolopax, Dillw. " occa, Sowb. " frihulus, Linn. " rertirostrls, Sowb. Murex recurvirostris, Sowb. " .iimilis, Sowb. " frijonl, Hidalgo. (■ailleti, Petit. 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Murex brevispina, Lam. Mnrcx (tdimcoxjylnosns. Beck. " nigrhpinosHS, Reeve. " brandaris, Linii. " ternispina, Lam. " rufns, Lam. " tenuispina, Lam. " pllclferas, Howl). " tribulus, Linn. " hfevlfro)i.^, Lam. Eupleura caudata, Say. (Fis. 2.) The nucleus of this species consists of one and a half semitrans- parent, glossy whorls; there is no indication of a carina upon them; the tip of the first whorl is immersed in the succeeding whorl and is l)ent down to one side; the first half of the whorl, looking at the lateral outline, is about half the size of the portion succeeding it; the whorls are well-rounded and full; the sculpture, consisting of spiral and longitudinal lines, begins very faintly on the latter part of the second whorl and gradually ^' "' grows stronger as the shell increases in size; there are about fourteen longitudinal lines to each whorl, after leaving the nucleus, which are crossed by two heavy spiral lines. I have seen foui- specimens of this species, and the characters ex- pressed above appear to be tolerably constant. The present species is the only one of this genus, which I have been able to examine. It will be interesting to know just how variable or constant the nuclei are in the different species. This is a field which needs a great amount of original investigation. 1894. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 A NEW SUBFAMILY OF MURINE RODENTS— THE NEOTOMINiE— WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES AND A SYNOPSIS OF THE KNOWN FORMS. BY DR. C. HART MERRIAM. A study of the rich collections of American Murine Rodents brought together by the V. S. De])artment of Agriculture, shows that the genus NeoUxma is one of a group of closely allied forms which differ so radically from the tuberculate crowned Murines, with which they have been commonly associated, that the propriety of separating them as an independent subfamily seems evident. The unparalleled series of Mexican Rodents collected by Mr. E. W. Nelson in connection with his work for the Division of Ornith- ology and ^lammalogy of the U. 8. Department of Agriculture, contains a large number of wood rats, several of which are not properly referable to the genus Neotoma. Two of these were de- scribed by me sometime ago, under the names Xenomys nelson i and Neotoma alleni,^ the former being made the type of a new genus. In the original account of Neotoma alleni attention was called to the circumstance that the crown of the last lower molar is shaped like the letter »S, instead of exhibiting two transverse loojis as usual in the genus Neotoma, and it was remarked that this peculiarity might prove worthy of subgeneric recognition (p. 1G7). In the course of a subsequent study of the American wood rats, it was discovered that the character in question, which is one of great value, is correlated with a number of important cranial characters, making it obviously undesirable to retain the animal longer in the genus Neotoma. Anieghino has described and figured two related rodents from the I'ampean Pliocene deposits near Villa de Lujan, in the province of Buenos Ayres, which he has named Ptyssoplwnis elegana' and Tretomyii atavn>i.^ His description of the former is based on the broken ramus of the mandible of an apparently immatui-e indi- ' Proc. Biological Soc. of Wasliiiigtou, VII, Sept. 1892, 150-lf)3 : lOT-KW. ■^ ManiniifVros Fosiles do la licpiihlica Argeiitiua, por Floivntino Amcghino iSHi), 111, 112, and pi. iv, figs. 1, 1^-. ' llii.l.. Hit, 120, and pi. iv, fig. 16. IG 226 PliOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. vidual; that of the latter is based oii a fragment of the niaxillarv containing the upper molar series. At first, I was inclined to regard Ameghino's specimens of Ptxjssophorns (fig. le) and Tretomys (fig. 2) as the lower and upper jaws of the same animal, and to look upon my ' Neotoma' alleiii (fig. le) as congeneric therewith.^ But sub- sequent study has convinced me that FfysiiophorKS and Tretomy)< are probably distinct, though closely related genera, and that the living species formerly described as N. alleni, together with the new siiecies here named vetulm, represent a third genus of the same group. For this genus I propose the name Hodomys. Hodomys is a more recent type than Plyssophorus, less specialized than Xenomys, and more ancient than Neotoma. So far as dental characters go, the group of genera under con- sideration (Ptyssophorus, Tretomys, Hodomys, Xenomy.% and Neotoma) presents nearly every important step in the evolution of the modern genus Neotoma from the Cricetine series. Sigmodoii seems to be the connecting link that bridges the gap between the tuberculate toothed Murine subfamily Cricetinse and the flat topped prismatic crowned Neotominie, by which name it seems proper to designate the new subfamily, comprising the 5 genera above enumerated.' Sigmodon should be looked upon as an ancestral rather than a contemporary type. It is almost on the dividing line between the tuberculate and flat crowned groups, and is probably on or near the trunk line along which the Neotomime branched off from the tuberculate series. It is evidently an ancient type, dating back to the Pliocene at least,'' since which period it has not undergone very marked changes. In early life Sigmodon has the outer ends of the loops elevated, forming half tuberculate grinders, much as in the American Cricetines, but the projecting loops are soon worn down, leaving flat grinding sur- faces (fig. !(/). The loops, however, remain closely appressed or even soldered together, never standing out freely as in Neotoma and Arvieola. * While of this mind I fstated, in u rccont paper on the geiuis ^Veo/oii/a. that the species of Wddd Kats havinit? the ciown of tlic last lower molar shaped like the letter S. were transferred to the iicnna J'/ ]'sso/>/ior/is of Ameiihino ( I'roe. Biol. Sou. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 117. ■' It is i)r()hal)le that several other animals deserihed by Ameghino belong to the Neolo»iincc — such as Boilirioniys and some of the species rel'erred to the genera Oxymiclerus, Holochilus^'AnA ' Habhrotrix'' {=^Abrolhrix). ^ Ameghino has figured an nndoul)ted Sigmodon from the Pam])ean Pliocene (Mamif. Fos. .\rgeiitinos, pi. 4, fig. lit?), and has referred the same to Holnchilus ~i'u/piiins iJclif. 1894.] NATURAIj sciences of PiriLADEI^PHIA. 227 Whatever the fiitui'e may show the exact genetic interrelations of these animals to be, it is evident that Ptyssophorus is the more primi- tive type; Tretomijs and Hod()mij>< seem to represent more advanced stages in the evolution of the group, while Xenomys and Neotoma are more specialized. Xeno)nys retains more primitive characters than Neotoma, and consequently must be looked upon as nearer Tretomys, with which it agrees closely in dental characters; on the other hand, it is a far more specialized type than Neotoma and can in noAvise be regarded as holding a place in the direct line of descent between Ptyssophoms and Neotoma. The discovery of complete skulls of PtyssopJwri(s and Tretomys may show that the line of generic separation should be drawn between Pfys.- (normally) with three salient and two re-entrant angles on each side {^Ptyssophorus resembles Sir/modoii in having the antero-external re-entrant angle small] ; m y variable, but normally with two salient and one re-entrant angles on each side. The subfamily Neotominfe comprises the genera Neotonia, Xenoniys, Hodoviys, TreUunys, and Ptyssophorm (and probably one or two others). The Neotomina' may be distinguished from the Sigmodont ('rice- tines by the following characters: — Molar crowns prismatic ; loops distant ; enamel folds of equal thickness; crowns flat; antorbital vacuities without spine; palate excavated between posterior molars Subfamily Neotominse. ' In Neotonia desertonini and arizonce the antero-intenuil lodp is short and shallow and becomes obsolete with wear (fig. 5a). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 Molar crowns not pri.sniatit' ; loops closely appressed ; enamel folds of unequal thickness, and rising at the free ends to form half tubercles; antorbital vacuities with a blunt spine projecting forward from top of outer side ; palate not excavated between posterior molars Sic/inodnn (fig. Id), Scapteromys, Holochilus(?), and other genera. In order to render the present account of these highl}^ interesting rodents as complete and useful as possible, the genera Pty.' simple, reaching completely across the tooth from side to side as in m .{ ; each re-entrant angle corresponding to a salient loop on opposite side; investing enamel walls parallel, the included dentine forming a continuous narrow band of equal breadth through- out. Ptyssophoriis and Hodomys agree in the following characters : — Crown of m ,{ shaped like the letter S placed lengthwise of jaw; projecting part of lower incisor nearly straight, slender, and forming with its fellow a single sharp almost spear-shaped point for piercing; symphysis of mandible long, straight or nearly straight, and usually bent up at sharp angle with ramus. Ptyssophoriis and Ilodomi/s differ in the following characters: — Genus PTYSSOPHORUS Ameghino. (Fig. Ic.) The two posterior enamel folds of m 1 and m ^ simple, reach- ing com})letely across the tooth from side to side as in m :; ; each Genus HODOMYS nob. (Fig. ]c.) All enamel folds of m i and m 2 reaching only about half- way across tooth ; each re-entrant angle corresi)onding (at least in re-entrant angle corresponding to j young) to re-entrant angle of a salient loop on opposite side ; opposite side ; investing enamel investing enamel walls parallel, j walls alternately divaricating and the included dentine forming a continuous narrow band of equal breadth throughout. approximating, the included den- tine broken into disconnected parts. The principal differences between the lower molars of PtyssopJwriis and those of Hodomys are, that in Ptyssophoriis most of the enamel folds reach all the way across the tooth ; the enclosed dentine is of nearly equal width throughout ; the anterior loop of the first molar has an additional lobe, and the first and second external loops of the middle molar are more crowded and less distinctly separated (much as in Sifpnodon^). The only one of these differences of more than "^ The (Miaiiiol iwttcrii of tlic crowns of in -j and :! ol' /'/vss(>/>/ii>rt/s /■/f<^>{i)ts (fig. Ir) is almost identical willi that of yoiuifj siiccinicns of sonic liviiis species of Sifftuodnii (fifT. 1"'). l>nt the cliaracter oi' the teeth isdiflereiit : In S/o/i/odo/i the crowns have liardly left the lulierciilate condition ; tlu' enamel is of uiie(|ual thickness, tlie Ioojjs are closely aijpresscd, and the re-entrant anjjlcs are of super- ficial depth vertically ; in J'/yssoplKiriis the crowns are truly prismatic, perfectly flat on top, the loops widl spaced, and the re-entrant angles reach from crown to alveolus. 1894.] NATI'RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 specific weight is the length of the enamel folds, a character appa- rently due to anticiuity, representing an earlier and more primitive stage in the evolution of the enamel pattern. In Ameghino's single specimen the re-entrant angles or grooves between the folds extend vertically from crown to alveolus, as in the young of Neotoma and allied types. Whether they continue below the alveolus to the very root of the tooth as in the Arvicolines, we are not informed; but the characters of the jaw and molar crowns indicate that they do not. The specimen is apparently immature and the teeth are probably rooted or semi-rooted. Ptyssophorus elegans Aiiu'fihiiio. (Fig. 1, a, h, and c.) Ptvssophorus damans Anieghino, Mamiferos Fosiles Repub. Argentina, 1889, 111, 112. and pi. 4, tigs. 1, \c. Based on a fossil ramus of the mandible (right side) from the Pampean Pliocene deposits near Villa de Lujan, Province of Buenos Ay res. Specific characters. — Most of the characters have been given above in the generic diagnosis and need not be repeated. The anterior loop of m I has a lobe directed forward (see fig. 1c). Ameghino states that the alveolar border is higher on the outer than inner side of the jaw, and that m i is nearly as large as m _> and 3 together. He gives the following measurements: length of molar series on crowns, 5 mm.; on alveolus, (> ; distance from incisor to m 1, 5; height of ramus at m ■{, 5; distance from front of incisor to back of last molar, 12. The incisor is shoi't, but this may be an indi- vidual peculiarity. The hinder part of the mandible is broken off, so that the form of the angle and condylar ramus can only be in- ferred from allied forms. Ameghino's figures are here reproduced (fig. 1, a, b, and e). Genus TRETOMYS Ameghino [Fossil]. (Fig. 2.) Tietoniys Anicgliinci, Main. Fos. Rcpiil). Argent.. 18.S9, 110. pi. 4. figs. 1(5 and 16(7. Type Trrloiiiys ala7'ii.< Ameghino. IVoni Pampean I'lioi-ene, Argentine Repul)lic. Generic characters (based on Ameghino's figures and description of part of maxillary bone including upper molar series, maxillary root of zygoma, and upper incisor). — Number of enamel folds as 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. in other members of the subfamily (m ' with three salient and two re-entrant loops on each side ; ni ^ and -^ each with three salient and two re-entrant loops on outer side and two ,,. , salient and one re-entrant loop on inner side); liiiio). Left upper the re-entrant enamel folds from both sides "|"l:»i'^- stopping on or very near median line of teeth, and directed jnward at nearly right angles to long axis of teeth, instead of obliquely backward as in the other genera ; m - and '^ subequal in size ; m ' slightly larger ; anterior loop of m ' pro- jecting on inner side as far as middle and posterior loops, and falling short of plane of other two on outer side (reversing the usual con- dition); zygomatic root of maxillary reaching back to posterior part of m ^ (anterior part in other genera). Tretomys atavus Aiiiesliiuo. (Fig. 2.) Trctonivs atiwiis Anie.uhiiio, ^Mnniilei-ds Fosiles Repiib. Argentina, ISSit, Hi), 120, pi. 4,'tigs. 10 unci U\a. Based on fossil fragment of maxillary bone containing molar series, and upi)er incisor, from near city of ( -ordoba, Argentine Republic. Specific characters. — Most of the characters have been given above, in the generic diagnosis. The molars are implanted squarely one in front of the other, the longitudinal axis of each tooth being the same as that of the series collectively. In the other genera the ui)per molars are implanted obliquely, the axis of m ^ and •> sloping outward as well as backward from the axis of the series as a whole. In Tretomys the posterior loop on the inner side and the anterior loop on the outer side of ra ^ and •' are more largely developed than in the other genera, the result being that on each side all of the salient loops of the series end nearly on the same plane. Ameghino's measurements of the molar series are: Series, 5 mm.; m ', 2 mm.; m '^,1.6 mm.; m ■^ 1.4 mm. The upper incisor is 1 mm. broad and its face is very convex. Genus HODOMYS' nob. (PI. IX, Figs. 1-4, 7, S, and Fig. H, a, />, e, (I, in text.) Type Ncolo))ia allcni Merriam, Troc. Biol. Soc. Wasli., VII. .Sept. 189;2, Il)7-l(i(» (Type from Manzauillo, Mexico). 9 Hodomys, from orfof road, and fivg mouse, in allusion to the road-making liahit of both species. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 Generic characters. — Upper molars much as in xVeotomo, '" hut crowns of m ^ ami - with middle transverse loop divided hy deepening of enamel fold on inner side; m ' and - with four roots each ; m '^ with three roots ; lower molars with enamel folds reaching about half- way across tooth ; m ^ shaped like letter S, Fig. 3. (x.5. ) a anil />. Hodnniys alloii. c and d. H. vctulux. Xriioviys nclsoui. a. c. r. Crowns of upper molars, b. d, f. Crowns of lower molars. and _/. with two salient and one re-entrant angle on each side, with a ten- dency toward the subdivision of the antero- external loop by the development of a notch (or vertical sulcus) on its convexity ; upper incisors peculiarly excavated, apparently by the sharp point of the lower ones, leaving a deep cavity behind the enamel face, which is bordered laterally by the outer sides of the teeth. Cranium long and narrow, much as in Neotoma pennsylvanica, only narrower ; audital bullae small, abruptly narrowed anteriorly, the narrow part produced obliquely inward, much as in Nectomys; inner side con- spicuously excavated by the carotid canal and foramen, which is considerably anterior to middle of bulla ; brain case narrow and long; spheno- palatine vacuities closed; mandible with coronoid notch more nearly vertical than horizontal ; condylar ramus high, '" Most of tlae accompanyins dcscri))! ion is drawn with reference to antithesis with A'roloiiia. Prolmbly many of the characters a])ply to Pfyssoplioi-ux also, of which animal, unfortunately, the craniinn and posterior part of the mandible are unknown. 234 PROCEEDINGS OF TTTR ACADEMY OF [1894. curved strongly upward and inward; angle produced backward liehind plane of condyle, and strongly inflected ; ramus of mandible thickened opposite molar teeth and abruptly narrowed and beveled to incisors. The principal characters that separate Hodomys from Xenomys are arranged antithetically in the following table: — XENOMYS. Posterior part of mandible only moderately expanded, short and cut away by deepening of coronoid and infracondylar notches (particularly the latter). Angular process decidedly an- terior to plane of condyle. Condyle overtopping coronoid. Anterior root of coronoid cut- ting plane of posterior loop of m 2 ■ Horizontal ramus nearly straight below molar series. Cranium short. Squamosal not reaching supra- occipital. Audital bulht' enormously in- flated, wheel- shaped, parallel, broadest anteriorly. Audital bullie much longer than molar series and covering more than two-thirds distance from foramen magnum to post- palatal notch. Carotid canal inconspicuous, far behind middle of bulla. Orbital borders of frontals produced laterally, forming a shelf- like bead over orbits. HODOMYS. Posterior part of long. mandible large, and broadly ex- panded posteriorly; coronoid and infracondylar notches relatively shallow^ Angular process produced backward behind plane of con- dyle. Coronoid overtopping condyle. Anterior root of coronoid cut- ting plane of anterior loop of m 3- Horizontal ramus decidedly convex downward below molar series. Cranium long and narrow. Squamosal articulating unth supraoccipital. Audital bullae very small, subfusiform, abruptly narrowed anteriorly and produced ob- liquely forward toward median line. Audital bullic much shorter than molar series and covering only about one-third distance from foramen magnum to post- palatal notch. Carotid canal conspicuous, anterior to middle of bulla. Orbital borders of frontals upturned, not projecting over orbits. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 XENOMYS {Cont.). HODOMYS (Coiil.). Preniaxilla' produced ante- Premaxilhe without wiug-like riorly in wing-like exten.^ions extensions, reaching beyond nasals. Pterygoid fossa? short- — as Pterygoid fossa^ long — twice broad as long. as long as broad. Postpalatal notch shorter than Postpalatal notch longer than basisphenoid. basisphenoid. Basioccipital very narrow. Basioccipital broad. Lower molar series curved Lower molar series straight or strongly outward anteriorly. nearly straight. Only two species of Hodomys are known. Both make extensive inosculating runways among the Agaves and other plants on the brushy side hills where they live. This habit is unknown in the allied genera Xeotoma and Xenomys. Neotoma builds houses or amasses large piles of sticks, cactus spines, or other rubbish ; Xenomys lives in hollow trees ; Hodomys is not known to do either. Hodomys alleni (Meiriam). (PI. IX, figs. 1-4; and text fig. 3, a ami d.) Xfotonia alleni Merriain, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington. VII, Sept. 1892, 167-lti9- (Typi- from Manzanillo, Mexico.) General characters. — Size large (larger than any known species of Xrotoma) \ ears rather large; tail shorter than head and body, blackish, sparsely haired, the anuulations and scales distinctly visible on both sides. Color. — Upper parts from forehead to base of tail deep fulvous or tawny-ferruginous ; nose and sides of face mouse- gray, tinged with bluish in some specimens; under surface whitish, the tips of the hair only being white, the plumbeous basal part showing through ; up- per surfaces of feet whitish, more or less clouded with dusky ; tail blackish all round. Cranial characters. — Skull very long and narrow ; angular ; orbital margins of frontals nearly parallel and strongly upturned, with tendency to develop an upturned point opposite middle of orbital fossa; interparietal shield quadrate; nasals produced and pointed anteriorly, truncate or emarginate posteriorly. (Principal characters given under generic diagnosis and not repeated here. ) Measurementx of type (taken in flesh). — Total length, 472 mm; tail vertebnt, 225; hind foot, 4(5; ear, 29 (in dry skin). 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Crania] measarementx of tijpe. — Total length, 54 ram ; basal length, 4().5; basilar length of Hensel, 44; zygomatic breadth, 27; upper molar series on crowns, 10. Hodomys vetulus sp. nov. (Text fig. 3, c and d.) Type from Tehuacan, Puebla, Mexico. No. 53,f)56 $ ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected May 8, 1893, by E. W. Nelson. (Original number 4,784.) General cliaracter><. — This animal bears no close resemblance to any known species except Hodomys alleni from Mazanillo (on the op- posite side of Mexico), with which it shares the remarkable S-shaped last lower molar, peculiar audital bulla;, closed sphenopalatine vacui- ties, and many other characters. It is much smaller than alleni, has a bicolor instead of concolor tail, white instead of dusky hind feet, and diifers also in cranial characters. Color. — Upper parts dull fulvous from point between eyes to rump, plentifully mixed with black hairs; face gray; fore and hind i'eet white ; tail bicolor, blackish above, soiled white beneath ; under parts whitish, clouded from plumbeous under fur and washed with dull fulvous on sides of belly (and in one specimen on breast also). Cranial characters. — Skull similar to that of Hodomys (dleni, but smaller, shorter, less angular, and differing further in the following characters: rostrum and nasals shorter ; nasals narrower posteriorly; interparietal shield lass quadrate and more elongated transversely ; incisive foramina shorter (falling considerably short of plane of m ' ) ; palate proportionally longer ; audital bulhe smaller; frontals broader posteriorly and less upturned along orbital margins ; mandible less expanded posterioidy. Dental characters. — Similar to H. alleni, but m i broader and shorter; the antero- external loop larger; postero- internal loop less completely divided ; m -j broader and shorter ; more perfectly S-shaped, and without trace of antero-external sulcus. il/m.syn-ewuwys (taken in flesh). — Type: Total length, 3-^0 mm ; tail vertebra}, 106; hind foot, 38. Ear from anterior base, 29 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 4 specimens from type locality : Total length, 365; tail vertebne, 163; hind foot, 38. Cranial measurements of type. — Total length, 47; basal length, 41; basilar length of Hensel, 39; zygomatic breadth, 25 ; upper molar series on crowns, 9. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 Mr. Nelson states that this species is rather common about the foot of the low cliHs and rocky ledges on the hillsides east of Te- huacau, and that it lives in dense patches of Agave. He says : "It has the habit of making roads about its haunts, very much after the nuuiner of X. alleni. Well-defined trails were found leading along the hillside from rock to rock or to the cover of Agave patches, and betAveen neighboring groups of these plants. Under the shelter of a maguey patch a network of trails could be frequently found by forcing ones way among the spiny leaves. Like A", alleni, these animals did not take grain bait, and were caught by placing traps in their trails. No signs of the nest building habit, so common in the genus Xeotoma, were observed." Genus XENOMYS Merriam. (PI. IX, figs. lO-lo; and text lig. 8, e and/, and fig. 4.) A't'/iomrs Merriam, Pmc. Biol Soc. Washiugtou, VII, Sept. l.S<)2, 150-103 (Type fr(ini HaeieuiUi Magdaleua, Coliina, ^Mexico). Generic characters. — Skull murine; short; audital bulla; greatly enlarged and inflated, broader anteriorly than posteriorly, wheel- shaped, parallel, carotid foramen posterior to middle of bulla and inconspicuous ; squamosal not reaching supraoccipital but ending anterior to plane of auditory meatus, except the slender posterior spicule which reaches over meatus to mastoid ; orbital margins of frontals produced laterally forming projecting supraorbital beads ; lachrymals large ; interparietal large and transversely elongated ; premaxilloe produced anteriorly forming a wing-like extension on each side of anterior nares; angle of mandible short, moderately expanded vertically, inflected; condylar ramus long and high, over- topping coronoid process ; molars large and heavy ; tiaily rooted (upper with three roots each; lower with two roots each); crowns prismatic, made up of broadly rounded alternating salient loops and open re-entrant angles or interspaces; crown of m ;^, shaped in general like letter S but somewhat angular (fig. 4j. Externally, Xenomys resembles a sitiall, highly colored wood rat, with rather soft pelage and a large whitish spot over each eye. The tail is nearly as long as the head and body. Nothing is known of the habits of these animals, except that they are nocturual and live in hollow trees. Xenomij.i agrees with Hodomys in haviug the mandibular symphysis rather long, straight and u[)turned ; the condylar ramus very long, ^38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. and curving strongly upward and inward; the coronoid notch nearly vertical; the angle inflected (but not produced backward so far as in Hodomi/s) ; the incisors slender, meeting in a single sharp point; the molars very large; and m ;^, shaped like the letter S. Xoionuis differs from Hodomij.-^ in having the mandil)le greatly reduced poste- riorly; the condylar ramus longer and more slender, overt()p[)ing the coronoid, and both coronoid and infracondylar notches larger at the expense of the posterior part of the ramus, which is greatly reduced thereby. In Xenomya the anterior base of the coronoid process arises more anteriorly from the horizontal ramus, hiding the whole of the last molar and posterior loop of the middle molar, while in Hodoinys it arises further back, exposing the anterior loop of the last molar. (In Ncotoma the line commonly falls between m 2 and ;{ ; in Pti/ssophorus, according to Ameghino's figure, it apparently is further back, exposing most of m 3.) Xenomys nelsoni Mcrriaiii. (PL IX, ligs. 10-13 ; and text tij;s. 3. f and /", and fiS-4.) Xenomys /ic/so/ii Mfrriani, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, VII, Sept. 1803, 161- 163. Typf from Hacienda Magdalena, Colinia, Mexieo. General chayacters. — Size about that of a half or two-thirds grown rat, or nearly equaling Neotoma mexicana; tail a little shorter than head and body, well haired, particularly above; face ornamented by a distinct whitish spot over each eye and a less distinct one under each ear; color of upper parts rich fulvous; under parts white; ears about half as long as the head and nearly naked (sparsely clothed with fine, inconspicuous hairs); whiskers reaching back to shoulders; fur soft. Color. — Upper parts fulvous or tawny-rufous, palest on the head and brightest over the rump, flanks, and hips; back sparsely mixed with black-tipped hairs; an ill-defined dusky ring around each eye, above which is a whitish spot about as large as the eye itself; a less distinct whitish spot just below the inferior root of the ear; upper lips white, the white color extending up on the cheeks more than half-way to the eyes; sides of face below eyes and ears washed with fulvous; whiskers blackish; tail concolor, dark undier-brown all round ; up}jer surfaces of feet whitish , more or less clouded with dusky (varying considerably in the three specimens); under parts creamy white to the very roots of the hairs except along the sides of the belly, where the basal part of the fur is plumbeous ; line of 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 fleinarkation between colors of upper and lower parts everywhere sharp and distinct. Cranial and dental characters. — Most of the cranial and dental characters have been already given under the head of the genus and need not l)e here repeated. The rostrum is short and the ascend- ing branches of the premaxilhe hardly reach as far back as the nasals. Molars large and broad ; m ^ more than half as broad as long and Fig. 4. A'eiw/iij's nelsoni Type. Upper and lower molar crowns, (x 7.) curving outward anteriorly ; m j with anterior half bent strongly outward, the anterior loop looking outward instead of forward; m y, S-shaped, with a small and nearly closed triangle on outer side of convexity, thus having an anterior loop projecting inward, a poste- rior loop projecting outward, and a re-entrant angle or loop on each side, the outer of which is the shallower and more posterior in posi- tion ; both of the re-entrant angles are directed obliquely forward as well as toward the opposite side of the tooth (for further details see fig. 4). Measurement.-^ of type (taken in flesh). — Total length, 300 mm; tail vertebrte, 143; hind foot, 30; ear 22 (in dry skin). Cranial measurements of type. — Total length, 40.5; basal length, 35; basilar length of Hensel, 33; zygomatic breadth, 21; upper molar series on crowns, 8. Genus NEOTOMA Say and Ord. Neotoma Say and Ord, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IV, pt. 2, 1825. 345, 346, pl.s. XXI and XXII Type Mns ftoridana Ord, from eastern Florida. Generic characters.^^ — Crown of in 3 composed of two transverse " Tile character.s here given are selected with reference to antithesis with P/]'ssop/ioriis, Hodoniys, and Xenoniys. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. loops (with the addition in rare cases of a narrow antero-external h)op), never S-shaped (fig. 5); m ' and - witli middle loop un- divided (reaching completely across tooth); molar series relatively short ; condylar ramus low and directed obliquely backward ; coro- noid notch horizontal or nearly so [nearly vertical in Xcnomys and Hodo))iijs] ; angle of mandible only moderately inflected ; sym])hysis relatively short and sloping strongly forward. The accompanying illustration (fig. 5) shows the two extremes in pattern of m ' , and differences in the crowns of the other molars also. The dominant type of m ' throughout the genus is similar to that of N. tenuicauda (fig. 5, c), a member of the mexicana series. Fig. 5. a and r. Upper molar rrowiis. A and d. Lower molar crowns. a. h. NeoLoma deserloruni Merriani. Death Valley, t'alif., No. 34138. c?. (xf). ) c. d. Neoloma tenuicauda Merriam. Sierra Nevada, Jalisco, Mexico. 45629 ?. Type, {x 5). Neotoma is not in any sense a highly specialized type, but it is a very compact genus, its most divergent branches hardly meriting subgeneric recognition. Some of its members point strongly toward derivation from Hi)d(>iaij><, as may be seen in the iVecfo;/(//.s-like au- dital bulhe and other cranial characters of Neoioma pennt^ylvanlca, and in the high, upturned condyle of the ?uex-icau« group, but the inmiediate antecedent forms leading up to Neotoma from lL)doniij.'<, or some similar type, are not known. The oldest forms of which we have any knowledge, those from the cave deposits of Missouri, Ken- tucky, Virginia, and Pennsylvania, are fully modernized species of NeofoiiKi ])roj)er. Of the living species, N. pennaylvanica may be regarded as the most primitive, since it po.ssesses several characters, not shared by the others, that jioint back to Hodoru.i/s. Moreover, poDisylviinlca is more nearly intermediate between the two subgenera — Neotoma proper and Teoiioma — than any other known species, indicating that 1894.] NATITHAL SCIENCES OF PHIJ.ADELPHIA. 241 the differentiation of the trunk line into these two groups proceeded from a form at least very shuWar to pen Hsylvanica. X. penii.iijlvanica resembles I{od(»ii>/s in the peculiar shape of the audital bulhc (which are abruptly narrowed anteriorly), in the nearly closed spheno- pala- tine vacuities, in the posterior production of the angle of the madible, and in the strong inward and upward curvature of the condylar ramus. It resembles Teonoma in the form of the sagittal area, which is kite-shaped, narrow, sharply angular, broadest far back (on or near plane of interparietal), whence its sides curve abruptly inward and backward to the sides of the interparietal shield. It resembles Teonoma further in the tendency to closure of the spheno-palatine vacuities,^'-' the great length of the rostrum, and the presence of a long trough-like depression which occupies the entire length of the frontal and hinder part of the nasals. That the absence of the spheno-palatine vacuity is a primitive character— or perhaps it would be better to say, that the presence of a vacuity is a modern character — is indicated by the following facts: (1 ) The ancestral genus Hodomijs has no vacuity ; (2) Xenomyx, an early offshoot from the primitive Xeotomine stem, has very small vacuities ; (3) Teonoma, an older type than Xeotoma proper, has the vacuities closed or partly open ; (4) Xeotoma j)ennii,st Spef. ^lainin. IJritisli .Mu.scum, 1843, 117. Type. Xcotoma cincrca druinmoiidi (Richardson), from the Rocky Mts. in lat. 57°X. Tail very large, bushy, and somewhat distichous, like a squirrel's; hind feet very large. Rostrum much elongated, measuring more than one-third the total length of cranium; posterior roots of zygomata widely s[)reading; sagittal area long, narrow, and sharply angular, its broadest part far back, ou or nearly on plane of anterior border of interparietal, whence the sides bend abruptly back to interparietal shield; spheno- palatine vacuities closed or open. In the same communication I proposed, for conveuieuce in arrang- ing the species, to subdivide Neotoina [)roper into four minor groups, "none of which is worthy of the distinction of subgeneric rank. These groups may be desigiuited, from a typical species in each, as follows: (lithe leucodon group; (2) the me.r/V'fn/f/ group ; (o)the deaerfonuii group, and (4) the (irizoita group." In a recent paper on Cranial Varlatioiiii in ycotuina niicropas,^' Dr. J. A. Allen criticises my use of the color of the teeth as a sub- ordinate character, and goes on to state that the range of individual variation in color in his series of X. niirropiis "covers the whole range of variation for the genus." His subsequent remarks show 15 Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y., VI, Aug. 3, 1S!»4. 213. 244. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 a total mi.'^apprehension of my meaning, for instead of speaking of the color of the teeth themselves he refers to the dirty coating on the outside of the teeth. He says: "The black coloring consists to a large extent of a superticial incrustation which tends to scale off in flakes in the prepared skull, and its absence apparently may be due sometimes to removal in the process of cleaning the skull for the caliinet. In other words, the blackness is to some extent an acci- dental or pathological condition, due probably more or less to the particular character of the food or to the health of the animal." But for this perverse interpretation of my very plain statement it would not be necessary to explain that when I said "color of teeth white or nearly white" I meant the teeth — the osteodentine and en- amel— not the dirty deposit that sometimes collects on the outside of the teeth. But after all, the peculiarity is one of little consequence and was only mentioned by me after enumerating the characters by which members of the leacodon'"^ group may be distinguished from others. The following list of the 22 species and 10 subspecies recognized by me contains under each name: (1) reference to the original de- scription; (2) the principal synonymy; (.■>) the type locality; (4) the known geographic distribution. Descripti(jns of the species are not added because they are included in a more formal and fully illustrated revision of the genus which will he published later. Neotoma leucodon .Mcriiam. ycoloiiia h'ltcndon Morriaiu, Proc Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, .Tuly :.', lsi)4, 120. 121. Type loculitij : San Luis Poto.si, Mexico. Geoijraphir distribution. — Upper part of Lower Sonoran Zone in Central ^Mexico, from Berriozabal, Zacatecas, easterly to southern San Luis Potosi, and tlience southeast to Perote, Vera Cruz. Neotoma latifrons ^Mciriam. .Wotuiiia la/ifroiis .Mcrriaiii. Proc. P>iol. Soc. Wasli., IX, .July 2, l,S!t4. 121. Type bmditij : Querendaro, ^lichoacan, Mexico. Getx/raphic distrihidion. — Valley of Querendaro, south side of Lake Cuitzeo, Michoacau, Mexico (range unknown.) "^ Named, as stated, after -^'. lcucudo)i, a central member of the group, not because all the species have white teeth. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Neotoma micropus Baiid. Xeoldiiia nii( ropits Baird, Prou. Acad. Nat. Sci. I'hila., April, 1855. 333 (from Charco E.scoudido, Taiiiaulipas.'" ) Mammals of N. Am., 1857, 492-495. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y., Ill, No. 2, June, 1891, 282-285. JVeotoina micropus caiiescens Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 111. No. 2, June, 1891, 28.5-287 (from N. Beaver Creek, Pan Handle of Oklahoma). Type locality : Charco Escoudido,'' Tamaulipas, Mexico (100 kilo- meters or H2 miles west of Matamoras, and 44 kilometers or 27 miles south of Keyiiosa. ) Geographic distribution.— Eiiistern subdivision of Lower Sonoran Zone from San Fernando, Tamaulipas, northward to the Pan Han- dle of Oklahoma, and westward to the Staked Plains ; in the Rio Grande Valley west to El Paso; and in the Pecos Valley to Eddy, New Mexico. Neotoma baileyi Merriani. Neotoma haileyi Merriani, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, .Inly 2, 1804, 123. Type locality : Valentine, Nebraska. Geographic distribntion. — Probably Great Plains subdivision of Upper Sonoran Zone in southern South Dakota, Nebraska, and Kansas. Neotoma floridana (Ord). Mas flondana (Jrd, Bull. Soe. Philomath, Dee. 1818, 181-182 Type locality : Florida. Geographic distribution. — Austroriparian Fauna of South Atlan- tic and Gulf Coasts and lower Mississippi Valley. Neotoma pennsylvanica Stone. Neoliiiiia pc-iiiisr/vanica Stone, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., Fel). 1.S93, Ki-lS. Type locality : South ^[ountain, Cumberland Co. , Pennsylvania. Geographic distribution. — Allegheny Mountain region of Pennsyl- vania, and probably the whole of the southern Allegheuies; north to southern New York. Neotoma magister Baird. Xcntiiina iiuiifislcr Baird. Mam. X. Am.. 1857, 498. Type locality: Bone Caves near Carlisle (between North and South Mountains), Pennsylvania. '" Two specimens were mentioneil in the original description, an adult male from Charco Escondido, and a veryyoun^i sjtecimen in jxior condition from Santa Rosalia. Chihuahua. The ori^rinal desci-iption is hased wholly on the Charco Hscondi)}ia J'li.uipes (Cooper MS. ) Baird, Mam. N. Am. , 1857, 495, 490 ( from Peta- 1 lima, Calif. ). Neoto)iia jnojiocliroura Rhoads, Am. Naturalist, XXN'lll, .Tan. 1894, 67, ti8 (from Grants Pass, Josephine Co., ()regon). Neotoma spleudens True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum. XVIJ, No. 1006. 1, 2 [Author's separates issued June 27, 1894], (from Marin ('o., Calif. ). Ttjpe locality: Petaluma, Sonoma Co., California. Geographic distribution. — Coast region of (California and Oregon, from a little south of ISIonterey Bay northward to the Columbia River (Transition Zone). Neotoma fuscipes macrotis (Thomas). Neotoma macrotis Tluimas, Ann. and ^Fag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XII. Sept. 1S93, 234,235 (from Han Diego, California). Neotoma viacrulis simplex True, Proc. U. S. Nat. ^Museum, XVII, No. 1006, 2 [Author's separates issued June 27, 1894], (from Old Ft. Tejou, California). Type locality : San Diego, California. 1894.] NATFKAI. SCTENC'ES OF IMI ir^ADELPHIA. 247 Geoyrapliir disfrlbutioii. — C'oast region (includiug coast raugesj of California, south of Monterey Bay (in u])per Sonoran and Transi- tion Zones). Neotoma fuscipes streatori Mcrriaiu. \t,'s s/rfaliiri Mcrriaiii, Proc.Hiol. Soc. Wash.. IX. .Iiilv ;!. ls;(4 124. Type loealii tj : ("arbondale, Amador Co., California. GeograpJiic disfrllndloii. — West slope of Sierra Nevada in Cali- fornia (including mountain region generally of northeast (California except higher elevations.) Upper Sonoran and Tran.^ition Zones. Neotoma fuscipes dispar Mcn-iaiii. Xcofoiiia fi/S( ifyrs dispar AriM-riam. I^i'oc. Biol. Sue. Wash., IX, .Inly '.i, 1SH4 124. 12.'). Tijpe lomUtij : Lone Pine, Owens Valley, California. Geo(/rapltic didrlbiitiov. — East base of Sierra Nevada in Owens Valley, California (and probably along western edge of Mohave Desert also). Upper Sonoran Zone. Neotoma desertorum Mtrriain. \t(i/oijia di-s< ildiiini Merriain. rroc. Hiol. Sue. Wasli., IX, .Inly 2, ls94, 12."i, 12(i. Type locality. Furnace Creek, Death Valley, California. Geographic 8. T\\pe Jocalittj : Shoalwater Bay, Washington. Geof/rap]iic disti'ibutlon. — Pacific coast region of Oregon and Washington and thence easterly over the lava beds to the Snake Plains of east-central Idaho ( Transition and Upper Sonoran Zones). Neotoma cinerea drummondi (Richardson). Jfyo.iHS drmnniondii Rii-liardson, Zool. .lourii., Ill, 1828, 517, 518. Neotoma dritniniondii Riehaidson, Fauna Bori>ali-Ani., 1829, 137-140. Type locality: Rocky Mts., British Columbia (lat. 57°). Geographic distribution. — Eastern British Columbia and adjacent parts of western Canada north of the range of cinerea. Exact dis- tribution unknown. Boreal (probably Hudsonian). Neotoma orolestes .Merriam. Xeotonia Ofolesles .Merriam, Prof. Riol. Soc. Wash., IX. July 2, 1894, 128. Tiipe loealiti/ : Saguache Valley (20 miles west of Saguache, Colo- rado). Geographic distribution. — Rocky Mts. of Colorado and New Mexico (southeast of range of X cinerea). Boreal. 250 HKOCKROINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1.S94. Species and Subspecies of Neotoma. leucodon latifrons niicropus leucodou group -| haileyi floridana ])enusylvanica ^ niagister mexicana hullata pinetonini tenuicauda orizabai fiilvi venter fallax fuscipes " ruacrotis " streatori ' ' dispar bryauti ? ferrugiuea^* ^ ? torquata^'* Subgenus NEOTOINIA ^ mexicana group ( desertorum desertorum group -^ intermedia sola nielanura albigula angusticeps arizonie group < arizonie .. 1 rnT-./^xT/^nT . cinerea group Suberenus TEONOINIA <^ & p cinerea " occidentalis " drumniondi orolestes '" A', torqiiata a.\n\/cr?iti;iiifit I have not sceu, hence their rehitions may licit be as here iudieated. 1894.] XATURAI. SCIENCES OF PHILAPET.PHIA. '251 ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE IX. (Figures natural size. ) Figs. 1-4, 7, 8. Hodomys alleni, 9) 44,631, jNIanzanillo, Mexico. 1, skull from above; 2, same from left side; 3, same from below ; 4, mandible from left side ; 7, same from below ; 8, same from above. Figs. 5, (5, 9. Xeotoma. 5, mandible from left side ; (5, same from below ; 9, same from above. Figs. 10-13. Xenomy.< iieJi^oiii, $, 45,287, Hacienda INIagdaleua, Colima, ^Mexico. 10, skull from above; 11, same from left side; 12, same from below ; 13, mandible from left side. TEXT FIOURI-:S. Fig. 1, (/, b, ('. Pfy-' inacrorJiuiHS and tS'tfoim/s krenii were severally taken on the mainland coast and outlying islands of northern British Columbia, by the Rev. Mr. Keen, a missionary stationed on Graham Island of the Queen Charlotte Group. Their separation from each other, and from northwestern forms previously known, is based on an examina- tion of more than one hundred skins and crania of Sitomijs taken by me in 1(S!)2 at numerous localities in British Columbia and Washington, including a large series from Puget Sound at the type locality of S. a. ansterus; also from Vancouver Island, Lulu Island, and the Cascade Mountains of Washington and British Columbia. Sitoiinis ainerlcanns artcmisUe is founded on a series similarly taken by the writer in the arid region east of the C'ascade Mountains in southern British Cohnnbia, comparisons being further made with series of *SVto»(//,s from Lac La Hache in the boreal realms, 100 miles farther north, and with those captured in the Selkirk and Rocky Mountain Ranges, eastwajd. Aiicmwn: is to the northern Great Basin fauna what S. a. )H'l)nisri'iisls is to that of the northwestern Great Plains. The color characters given for these northwestern species are of greater diagnostic value, because nearly all the specimens were taken in May, June, and July, a period when seasonal changes of pelage are less pronounced than in a later or earlier period of the same duration. Incidental to these studies, it is of interest to note the occur- rence of a form, apparently inseparable from the Hudson Bay type of Sitomi/s aiiieric(uni.-< ardlcKs, upon the higher mountain ranges of southern British Columbia, thus adding a lifth mendoer of the genus to the varied fauna of this great Province. 1. Sitomys megacephalus sp. iiov. Type, ad. 9. ^"- ■^•535, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sd., I'hiia. Wdudville, Alabama; Sprinj;, 1804. Col. by H. E. .Sargont. De-fcriptioii. — Size large; feet small; ears large; tail about length of body without the head. Color above, dark blackish-cinnamon, lined with gray, darkest on back, brownest on sides. Lower sur- faces dirty white, the hairs plumbeous basally. The tail is sparsely haired, and colored above and beneath to match the body. Inside of hams phnnbeous. Hind feet white from heel; forefeet and fore- 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 arm white. The cinuamon of ueck forms a point, downwards, in- vading the throat. Ears dusky and very sparsely haired. Whiskers long and coarse, reaching far behind the recumbent ears. Skull very large; its relative dimensions as in S. americanns with two notable ex- ceptions, viz : 1, the alveolar length of molars is less than that of average aiiicricamts, though the skull of niegacephalus is more than a third larger; 2, the coronoid pi-ocess, always developed in amer lean us (and in all other Sitovit/s I have seen), as a reflexed, claw-like process, whose posterior face is iivirr perpendicular, is reduced in me(///.s- (taken in flesh}. — Type: Total length, 210 mm; tail vertebne, 122; hind foot, 27. Ear from anterior base, 11 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 8 specimens from type locality : Total length, 215; tail vertebrie, 120; hind foot, 27. General characters. — Size large ; tail long and moderately crested 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 on distal half; pelage moderately coarse, but no spines on rump or elsewhere; ears large; tragus higher than broad ; hind foot very large; skull unlike any known species. P. hailexji is a wide departure from the previously known members of the group. Ex- ternally it resembles P. formosus, but its skull is of a different type, resembling that of paradoxus in size, height, solidity, and general form, but having the large audital and mastoid bullte of formosus. Color. — Upper parts drab-brown, abundantly lined with black hairs; under parts white; a pale lateral stripe; tail bicolor, pale dusky above, white beneath. Fig. 1. P. biiileyi. Craninl eharacters. —SknW large, heavy, and high, resembling paradoxus in general form and solidity, but with much larger mastoid and audital buUie, the latter nearly meeting anteriorly below basisphenoid ; interparietal squarely pentagonal, broadest anteriorly, ratio of length to breadth about 64. Total length of skull of type specimen, 29-5; mastoid breadth, 15-5; basal length, 24; basilar length of hensel, 20-5; greatest zygomatic breadth (posteriorly), 15-5; length of nasals, 11-5. Note. — Specimens have been examined from Magdalena, Sonora, and from New River, Mammoth, and a point 75 miles S. W. of Tucson, in Arizona. Perognathus columbianus sp. no v. (Fig. 2). Type from Pasco, Plains of Columbia, Washington (on east side of Columbia river, near mouth of Snake river). No. ^''^^l, S , yg. ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected May 9, 1891, by Clark P. Streator. (Original number 768.) Meaxnrements (taken in flesh). — Type: Total length, 187 mm; tail vertebrre, 96; hind foot, 23. Ear from anterior base, 9 (in dry skinj. Average measurements of 11 specimens from type locality: Total length, 170; tail vertebne, 89-4; hind foot, 22. General characters. — Size large; coloration pale; tail long, taper- ing, rather scant haired; mastoid bulhe much swollen; pelage soft. Color. — Upper parts smoke gray, darkened oji the back by admix- 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. tare of dark tipped hairs and sometimes showing an olivaceous tinge ; under parts and feet white; lateral stripe faint; tail bicolor, white below, dark above, but pale on proximal half. Some specimens have a pale ful- vous band along the side of the tail between the dark upper side and the white under side. Cranial characters. — Skull large, and agreeing in the main with other members of the olivaceus group, but differing in the large size of the mastoid bullte, which are much more swollen than in any of the others. The audital bulhe meet or nearly meet anteriorly below the basisphenoid. The in- terparietal is strongly pentagonal and short trans- versely. Fig. 2. P. colum- bianiis, ^ . Perognathus nevadensis sp. nov. (Fig. 3). Type from Halleck, East Humboldt Valley, Nevada. No. 54,828, $ , ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collec- tion. Collected July 4, 1893, by Vernon Bailey. (Original num- ber 4,070.) Measuremenis (taken in flesh). — Type: Total length, 127 mm; tail vertebne, 72; hind foot, 19. Ear from anterior base 7 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 24 specimens from type locality: Total length, 133; tail vertebra, 72-4; hind foot, 18*7. General characters. — Size small; tail long; pel- age silky; color grayish. Similar to P. longi- iiieinbi'u but with shorter tail, and color grayish instead of buffy ochraceous. Color. — Upper parts buffy gray, everywhere darkened by an abundant admixture of fine black- tipped hairs; a dull buffy-ochraceous lateral stripe which spreads out over the belly, leaving only the throat and pectoral region white; tail indistinctly bicolor, dark above (darkest near tip), buffy ochraceous below. Cranial and dental characters. — Skull small, mastoid bullte large; interparietal pentagonal. Skull siniilar to that of P. longimembris but lower premolar decidedly larger than last molar, and m i larger than m y- Fig. ;i I", dcnsii^ lirvil- 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 Perognathus longimembris panamintinus siibsp. nov. (Fig. 4). Type from Perognathus Flat, Panamint Mts., Califoraia. No. ■!9.HM' ^' yS- ^^-f ^- ^- ^^f- Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected April 16, 1891, by Vernon Bailey. (Original number 2,675.) Measi()rmenfs(ta.ken'm^es\\).— Tiipe: Total length, 152 mm; tail vertebrtt, 83 ; hind foot, 20. Ear from anterior base 7 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 29 specimens from type locality: Total length, 143; tail vertebra-, 78; hind foot, 19-8. General characters. — Size small ; pelage silky ; tail long, de- cidedly longer than head and body; skull long and slender, particu- larly the rostrum. Compared with lonc/iwembrls the ground color of the upper parts is paler (pale buffy ochraceous instead of pale fulvous), but the upper parts as a whole are darker from the more liberal admixture of black- tipped hairs; the ears are smaller, the hind feet longer, the tail much longer and better haired; the pelage longer and more silky. Color. — Ground color of upper parts pale ochra- ceous-buff, everywhere (except on lower sides) ob- scured by black tipped hairs; under parts and feet white; tail incompletely bicolor : dull ochraceous below, dark above. Sometimes the proximal half is concolored all around, the distal half only being dark above. Oranial characters. — Skull similar to that of longimembris in general characters, but much longer and more slender, particu- larly the rosti'al part. Tiie pentagonal interparietal is broader transversely than in longimembris, and the audital bullse meet anteriorly in a symphysis. Perognathus flavus mexicanus snbsp. uov. (Fig 5). Type from Tlalpam, Valley of Mexico (Federal District.) No. 50,714, yg. ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected December 4, 1892, by E. W. Nelson. (Original number 3,978.) Measareiiumts (taken in Hesh). — Type: Total length, 118 mm; tail vertebrae, 55; hind foot, 17-5. Ear from anterior base 6 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 12 specimens from type locality: Total length, 116; tail vertebrte, 53-7, hind foot, 17-4. . 4. r. iiaua- inintinns. 266 General large [1894. ; color Fig. 5. P. moxi ciuns. PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF characters. — Size small; raastoifl bulla? fuliginous in winter pelage. Color. — Winter pelage : Upper parts fuliginous or dusky ; under parts and feet white ; a rather large patch behind each ear, and a broad lateral stripe (reaching from side of face to hind legs) ochraceous; tail indistinctly bicolor, pale dusky above, whitish be- neath. Summer pelage: Upper parts ochraceous, ob- scured by the profuse admixture of black-tij)ped hairs. Cranial characters. — Skull as in P. jiavm, but audital bulla? separated anteriorly by breadth of basisphenoid. Perognathus (Cheetodipus) nelsoni sp. uuv. (Fi^. . I 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 Perognathus (Chaetodipus ) strphensi sp. iiov. (Fig. 7). Type from N. W. Arm of Death Valley (Mesquite Valley), California. No. §^3, S , ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected April 6, 1891, by Frank Stephens. (Original number 258.) Measurements (taken in flesh). — Type: Total length, 177 mm; tail vertebne, 96; hind foot, 21. Ear from anterior base, 7'5 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 2 specimens from type locality : Total length, 177; tail vertebra, 95; hind foot, 21. General characters.— S\ze small; tail vertebrjB slightly longer than head and body; tail scantily crested; ears medium; tragus higher than broad ; pelage rather soft ; no spines on rump or elsewhere. This species is evidently a dwarf of the penicillatus group, though the area it inhabits is completely isolated from the range of the penicillatus type. Color. — Upper parts butty-drab varying to pale drab-brown; a rather large pale ring around eye; under parts, feet, and fore legs white; no lateral line; tail bicolor, slightly darker than back above and terminally, white beneath. Cranial characters. — Skull similar to that of in- Fig. 7. P. ste- termedius, but much smaller and flatter, with inter- pheiisi. parietal broadly and flatly pentagonal instead of strap shaped, and audital bullte more slender. In size and general form the skull agrees most closely with arenarius from the middle region of the Peninsula of Lower California. It ditters from aren- arius in having the rostrum and nasals much broader and the audital bulla? much less swollen. Perognathus (Chaetodipus) intermedius canescens subsp. nov. Type from Jaral, Coahuila, Mexico. No. 51,016, S , yg. ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Col- lected January 14, 1893, by Clark P. Streator. (Original num- ber 2,557.) Measurements (taken in flesh). — Ti/pe : Total length, 1 93 mm ; tail vertebra, 117 ; hind foot, 22. Ear from anterior base, 8 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 2 specimens from type locality : Total length, 189; tail vertebme, 111; hind foot, 22. General characters. — Similar to interinedins, but slightly larger and much grayer. 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Color. — Upper parts drab-gray, plentifully lined with dusky on median ])art of back and over rump; under parts and feet white; lateral line obsolete ; tail bicolor, brownish above, becoming dusky distally ; white beneath. Cranial characters. — Skull similar to C. intermedium obscvriis, but narrower anteriorly (across maxillary arms of zygomata); inter- parietal broader antero- posteriorly ; ascending branches of pre- maxillie reaching posteriorly behind nasals; frontals considerably narrower between orbits. ILLUSTRATIONS. (Skulls all enlarged li.) Fig. 1. Perognathus baileyi, 9 , No. 24,775. Type. Magdalena, Sonora, Mexico. Fig. 2. P. columhianus, $ ,'^o.2,d,Ab^. Type. Pasco, Washington. Fig. 3. P. nevadensis, $ , No. 54,565. Halleck, Nevada (type locality). Fig. 4. P. longimembris paiiamintimts, S ,1^0. W,H6Q. Type. Pana- mint Mts. , Calif Fig. 5. P. fiavus mexicanus, 9, No. 50,713. Tlalpam, Valley of Mexico (type locality). Fig. 6. P. (Clurtodipus) nelsoni, 9 , No. 50,214. Type. Hacienda La Parada, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Fig. 7. 1\ (Ch(etodipus) stepheusi, 9 , No. 39,874. N. W. Arm Death Valley, Calif, (type locality). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 Septembkr 4. Mr. Charles Morris in the chaix-. Twenty-three persons present. September 11. Mr. Charles P. Perot in the chair. Nineteen persons present. The death of H. T. Cresson, September 6, 1894, was announced. September 18. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Twenty- five persons present. September 25. Mr. Charles P. Perot in the chair. Twenty-nine persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publica- tion : — "Descriptions of a New Subgenus and New Species of Arvicoline Rodents from British Columbia and Washington," by Samuel N. Rhoads. "Recent Mound Exploration in Ohio," by Clarence B. Moore. "List of the Diptera of Jamaica, with Descriptions of New Species," by Charles W. Johnson. Observations on Blarina brevieauda. — Dr. Harrison Allen drew attention to several structural features in this animal. The lower jaw articulates with the skull, not only by the tem])oro- mandil)u]ar joint, but by a sphenoido-maudibular. The one last named was described as being much the larger and apparently more important of the two. The mandibular surface is placed on the inner side of the ascending ramus, and the sphenoidal surface is situated at 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. the base of the pterygoid process. It forms a deep recess, the mouth of which is directed outward, the bases of the pterygoid processes are convex and opposed to one another on either side of the mesoptery- goid fossa. The occipital condyles are without division : the appear- ance is quite the same as in the Cetacea, and suggests a similar mechanism of the atlanto-occipital joint, namely, a cranium which is deviated scarcely at all from a horizontal plane. The anterior annular ligament of the ankle-joint is ossified, and constitutes part of the tibia. The astragalus is nearly flat on proximal surface, and the patellar trochlea is low and wide. These two characters probably co-ordinate, and establish Blarina as an animal whose posterior extremity is of low specialization, and one which sup- ports the trunk imperfectly. The absence of the pubic symphysis probablv is associated with the above conditions. The biceps femoris and gracilis constitute one muscle, and the two enclose the slender semitendinosus in a manner suggestive of the tenuissimus of Lepus. The following were ordered to be printed: — 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 LIST OF THE DIPTERA OF JAMAICA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY CHAKl.KS W. .JOHNSON, This list is based on a collection made by INIr. AVm. J. Fox and myself, during April and the early part of May, 1891. In addi- tion to those collected and identified, I have added all the species previously recorded from the Island. The latter are designated by an asterisk (-). To Mr. D. W. Coquillett, Mr. C. H. Tyler Town- send, and Mr. Samuel Heushavv I wish to express my sincere thanks for kind assistance. CECIDOMYID^. One specimen resembling the genus Catocha. Port Antonio. BIBIONIDiE. *Plecia rufithorax Walker, List, etc., I, llti. CULICIDtE. Culex fasciatus Fabricius, Sy.st. Antl., 36, 13. Cidex mosquito R. Desv., C'ulicide.s, etc., 3!)0. Troublesome in the woods near Hope Bay. Culex sp. Fort Antonio. TIPULID^. 'Geranomyia intennedia Walker. Liniiiobia intermedia Walker, List, etc., I, 47. Four imperfect specimens of a species belonging to this family were collected at Kingston. STRATIOMYID^. Hermetia illucens Linne. For synonymy, see Osten-Sacken, Catl. 46. Four specimens. Port x\ntouio. *Oxycera Liburna Walker, List, etc., Ill, 528. Macrosargus alchidas Walker. Sargus ateliidas Walker, List, etc.. Ill, 517. Five $ and four 9 . Port Antonio. The male agrees with 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894* Walker's description. As both sexes were taken the same day and at the same spot, alonu- a path in the hills back of the town, I have no doubt but that they are the same species, though the female differs considerably from the male. The following is a de- scription of the female, which has not been described: — Length oe\v, Centur., VII, (58. One specimen, Kingston. Volucella pallens Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., II, 204. WiluccIIa scApunc/ala Loew, Wieu. Ent. Monatsclir., V, 39. One specimen, Port Antonio. Volucella obesa Fabricius. Syrphus obesus Fabr., Syst. Ent., 763, 5. Ornidia obesa St. Fargeau and Serville, Eucycl. Meth., X, 786. ? Volucella azurea Phillipi, Verb, zool.-bot. Gesell., 1865, 734, pi, xxvi, f. 35. Common, Port Antonio. Volucella (Temnocera) purpurascens Loew. Teuiiwcera pin pnrascc/is L,ocw, Centur., VIIl, 52. Two specimens, Kingston. Eristalis vinetorum Fabricius. Syi-phi/«o«« Fabriciiis, Syst. Antl., 233. 0: Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., II, lfl3, 01. .Ifi/rsia aiiia Walker, List, etc., Ill, 304. Common, Port Antonio. Ceria Daphnaeus Walker. List, etc.. Ill, 537. Three specimens, Kingston ; Port Antonio. CESTRID^. *Gastrophilus pecorum Fabricius. "Europe, and according to Walker, Jamaica" (Osten-Sacken). PHASIID^. *Tricliopoda pennipes Fabricius, Towusend, Entoni, News, IV, 70. Miisca pemiipes Fabr., Ent. Syst., IV, 348, 149. Dictya pennipes Wiert.. Auss. Zw., II, 274, 9. OCYPTERID^. Ocyptera Dotadas Walker, List, etc., IV, 094. Two specimens. Port Antonio. TACHINIDJE. Pseudohystricia exilis Townsend, Eutoni. Xews, III, 146. Cinchona ( Cockerell), Batli (Mrs. Swainson). Jurinia amethystina Macqnart, Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 42, 9: Tab. TIT. t. 7. Common, Port Antonio. * Jurinia basilis Walker, I.,ist, etc., IV, 713. *Jurinia epileuca Walker. List, etc., IV, 710. Blepharipeza nigrisquamis Towusend, Entom. News, III, 80. Three specimens, Port Antonio (Portland). Bath. (Mrs. Swain- son.) 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. *Blepharipeza breviventris Wiedemann. 'J'achiiia breviventris Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 297; Walker, List, etc., IV, 712. *Blepharipeza sp. Townsend. Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 314. *Belvosia bicincta Rob. Desv., Myod., 103. Senometopia bicincta Macquart, Hist. Nat. Dipt., II, 112. Belvosia bifasciata Fabr., Osten-Sacken, Cat!., 153. Willistonia bicincta Brauer and Bergenstamm, Muse. Scliiz., II, 99. Kingston (T. D. A. Cockerell;. *Echinomyia basifulva Walker, List, etc., IV, 725. Elachipalpus macrocera Wiedemann. Ta china macrocera Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 290. Cuphocera macrocera Scliiner, Novara, 330. Port Antonio (Portland). Gonia pallens Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., II, 346. Gonia angusta Macq., Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 56, pi. 5, f. 5. Gonia lineata Macq., Dipt. Exot., Suppl., IV, 178. Gonia chilensis ^lacq., (variety), Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 50, pi. 5, f. 4. Common, Port Antonio. *Tachina hirta Drury. ]\Iusca liirta Drury, Ins., 109, Tab. XLV, f. 4. *Exorista lagoae Townsend, Ent. News, II, 159; Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 314. " Mandeville. Bred from a red Halesidota" (E. S. Panton). *Exorista (Masicera? ) sp.l Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 315. *Nutopia Xychus Walker. Ophilia Xycliiis Walker, List, etc., IV, 770. Anisia Vanderwulpi Townsend, Eutom. News, III. SI. One specimen, Port Antonio (Portland), April. *Masicera protoparcis Townsend, .Tourn. Inst. Jamaica, I, 70. Bred from larva of Protoparce jamaiceiisis. Kingston (Cockerell). *Masicera sp.'? Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 315. Kingston, Jnly 19. DEXIDjE. *Dexia Thomae Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., II, 379; Jamaica (Walker, List, IV, 840). *Sarcodexia sternodontis Townsend. Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 105. Bred from a longicorn beetle. Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 221. Bred from a scorpion (Cockerell). SARCOPHAGID^. Sarcoplxaga incerta Walker, Dipt. Saund., 324. Common, Port Antonio. Sarcophaga plinthopyga Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., II, 366. Common, I'ort Antonio. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 279 Sarcophaga sp., Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 315. Kiugston. Sarcophagula sp., Towusend, Jonrn. Inst. .Tamaic-a, I. 31G. Kiogstou, July 10. Sarcophilodes sp., Townsend, .Icmiu. I ii.st. Jamaica, I, 316; ^Sloneague. Phrissopoda sp., Townsend, Jouiii. Inst. .Jamaica, I, 315; Bath. Bath ; bred from a snail. MUSCID^. Musca basilaris Macquart. Dipt. Exot., II, 3. 153. 8 ; Walker, List, etc., IV, 901. Coniniou, Kiugston. Lucilia sp. Coninioni, Port Antonio. Compsomyia macellaria Fabricius. Musca macellaria Fabr., Syst. Ent., 776; Ent. Syst.. IT, 319. Lucilia macellaria Macquart, Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 147. pi. 17, f. 9. Lucilia hominivorax Coquerel. Ann. Soc. Ent., 1858, 173, Tab. IV, f. 2. For svnonvmv see Williston, Albatross Explor., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, 203. Common, Kiugston. According to Lynch- Arribalzaga and Dr. Williston, twenty-seven specific names have been applied to this species. *Oriiiia punctata R. Desv., Myod., 428. Ochroinyia punctata Macq.. Hist. Xat. Dipt., II, 250, 3. SCIOMYZID^. Tetanocera spinicornis Loew, Centur.. \T, 86. Three specimens, Port Antonio. *Sepedon macropus Walker, List, etc., IV, 1078; Lw, Monogr. I, 125. MICROPEZIDJE. Calobata lasciva Fabricius. Musca lasciva Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl.. 574, 111. Calobata albiniana Macquart, Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 245: Fab., 33, f. 3. Calobata valida Walker, Dipt, .'-iaund., 390. Calobata ruficcps Guerin, Iconogr.. etc.. III. .553. Tab. 103, fig. 7. Tcenioptera trivittata Macq., Hist. Xat. IMpt.. II. 491, Tab. XX, f. 9. -'Calobata aloa Walker, Ust, etc., IV, 1053. Six specimens, Port Antonio. Calobata fasciata Fabricius. Musca fasciata Fabr., System. Ent., 781, 43. Three specimens, Port Antonio; Kingston. Calobata pleuritica n. sp. Length, 7 mm., $ 9 . Face, front, vertex, and occiput red; 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. about seven prominent setae along the vertical angle ; antennae yel- low, aristae black; ocelli and tip of the proboscis l)lack. Thorax and scutellum shining blue- black; pleurie and a dorsal line, or spot on the front of the thorax, red; scutellum bearing two prominent sette. Abdomen black ; terminal segment and ovipositor shining blue-black. Venter yellow. Legs yellow, with minute black hairs ; outer third of the femora, and the entire tibiae of the front legs, black ; front tarsi white, terminal joints brown. AVings with a uniform brownish tinge. Upwards of thirty specimens. Port Antonio, April. Many of the specimens collected are immature. Micropeza producta Walker? List, etc., IV, 1056. One specimen, Port Antonio. Agrees fairly well with Walker's description, but the specimen is immature. ORTALID^. Euxesta annonae Fabricius. Musca annoncE Fabr., Ent. System., IV, 358, 189. Tephiitis annotue Fabr.. System. Antl., 320, 10. Ortalis annoucv Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 403. Amethvsa anuoncc Scliiner, Novara, 283. Urophora quadrh'ittala Afacq., Hist. Nat. Dipt., II, 450 [I.w.]. Common, Port Antonio. This and the two following species were usually found in the crooked corolla of a large Artstolochia (?). Euxesta costalis Fabricius. 3fiisca cosfalis Fabr., Ent. System., IV, 360, 196. Dacus costalis Fabr., Syst. Autl., 278. Ortalis costalis Wied., Auss. Zw., IT, 464. Dacus aculeatiis Fabr., Syst. Antl., 375 [Loew]. One specimen. Port Antonio. Euxesta sp. Port Antonio. TRYPETIDJE. Trypeta (Aciura) insecta Loew, Mcmogr., I, 72, Tab. ii, f. 8. Common, Port Antonio. Trypeta (Ensina) humilis Loew, Monogr., I, 81, Tab. ii, f. 17. Acinia pice iota Bigot, R. de la Sagr., etc., 824, Tab. xx, f. 10 [Loew]. Common, Port Antonio. Trypeta (Tephritis) fucata Fabricius. Musca fucata Fabr., Ent. System., IV, 359, 194. Tephritis fucata Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 505. Common, Kingston. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 *Trypeta (Urophora) avala Walker, List, etc., IX, 1020. [Doubtful wiiether it belongs to Trypetidte or Ortalidse, Loew.] "It is a small Ortalid." — Osteu-Sackeu. *Trypeta Dinia Walker, List, etc., IV, 1040. [Perhaps allied to Trifpeta (Hexarhceta) eximia Wied. , or, perhaps, a bad description of a variety of this species, Loew]. *Trypeta Ocresia Walker, List, etc., IV, 1010. [Atro/u.va Loew]. — Osteu-Sackcn. SAPROMYZIDjE. Lauxania albovittata Loew, Centur., II. 79. Three specimens, Port Antonio. Physegenua variegata Loew. Lauxania -jaru\i;ahi Loew, Centur., I, 83. Common, Port Antonio. EPHYDRID^. Ochthera exculpta Loew, Moiiogr., I, 160. Four specimens, Kingston; Port Antonio. HIPPOBOSCIDtE. *01fersia propinqua Walker, List, etc., IV, 1141. *Oriiithomyia erythrocephala Leach, Eprob. Ins., 13, 3. Tab. xxvii, f. 4-6. Walker, List, etc., IV, 1143. *Oriiithoinyia fulvifrons Walker, List, etc.. IV, 1145. *Ornithomyia unicolor Walker, 1. c, 1144. *Ornithomyia vicina Walker, 1. c, 1144. NYCTERIBID^. *Strebla vespertilionis Fabricius. Walker, List, IV, 1146. Hippo/'osca c'fspoiilionis Fabr., 8yst. Autl., 339, G. Strebia avium Macq., Dipt. Exot., oe Suppl , 127. 2 (ou pigeons and parrots). Sirebla Wiedemann i Kolenati, Horae Soc. Eut. Koss. II, 96, Tab. xv. C, 36. 282 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1894. DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW SUBGENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF ARVICO- LINE RODENTS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA AND WASHINGTON. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. Tetramerodon' siibgen. nov. Type Arvicola ( Tetrai?ifrodoii) tchamcrtis Rlioads, sp. nov., Victoria, B. C. Sahgeneiic characters. — Dentition as in the subgenus Myuomes Rafinesque'^ as restricted by Dr. Coues-(Mon. N. Ainer. Rodentia, 1877, p. 153), but differing therefrom in the middle upper mohir lacking a [)OStero-internal trianglar loop. This tooth is composed of an anterior loop, a closed antero-extei'ior triangle, a closed median inner triangle, and a postero-exterior triangle. Other characters as in Mynomes. See, below, dentition of A. borealis, Fig. 1. This section of the genus Arvlcola includes a larger number of species than any other, whereas typical Mynomes is restricted to very few. Among those which class under Telramerodon may be men- tioned A. xatdJiogiiathus, chvoiorrhinus, borealis, loiu/icaiidus, altieolas, mogollonensls, mordax, nanus, macropus, pauperrinius, townsendi, tetramerus (1. c. ), edax, pJueus, and operarius. Of Mynomes we have A. pemisylvanicus, terrcenovoi, aztecus, and drummondii f Prof. Baird characterized the subgenus Hemiotomys (= Myonomes of Coues) as having the middle " upper molar with five closed tri- angles, the last two sometimes subconfiuent," taking no notice of the species then known, as edax, town send i, xantJiognathas, and borealis, in which, to a greater or less degree, the posterior triangle shows no indication of the subdivision seen in ^4. pennsylvanicus. The four-triangled species greatly outnumber those which possess five, and it is fully in accord with the system that they should be either separated subgenerically from Alynomes or that this subgenus be re- characterized. 1 From Teframe^-es -^ {ouv-piivtt'd, iiud Odoiis = toi)th. ''■ Dr. Coues' reasons for changing Ratiuesqiie's original spelling to Myoiio)nes are insufficient. If retained at all, it must remain Mynomes. 1894.] NATHRAL SCIENCES OF PHII>ADELPHIA. 283 If the latter course be adopted, we still have an inexact diagnosis to accommodate the three or four exceptional species which develop the fifth triangle, and the name 3Iijiwme.% based by Rafinesque on a five-triaugled species, becomes inapplicable. On this account, it seems to me quite consistent with the exact subdivision of the other members of the genus Arvkola, as well as necessary, that the sub- genus Tefnonerodon be adopted. Arvicola (Tetrainerodon) tetramerus sp. nov. Type Xo. 3-27, ad., ^ , Coll. of S. X. Ehoads, Beacon Hill Park, Victoria, British Columbia, Mav 19, 1892. Coll. by S. X. R. Desen'ption. — Size medium, about the same as A. pe)insi/lvcmicus. Tail rather long. Color above, grizzled blackish-brown, beneath clear ash. Feet grayish-brown. Tail bicolor, matching corre- sponding surfaces of body, well-haired and penicillate. Dentition as in Mi/novie.^, but lacking the posterior fifth section of middle upj^er molar, typical of that subgenus. Measurements (of type). — Total length, 170 mm; tail vertebrae, 50; hind foot, 23. Average of five adults — Total, 175; tail, 48; foot, 22. Skull — Total length, 26-5; basilar length, 24; zygomatic breadth, 15; length of nasals, 7-5; incisors to post- palatal notch, 14-2; interorbital constriction, 3-4; length of mandible, 16; width of mandible, 8-5. Ten specimens of this species were taken in the suburbs of Vic- toria, in the dry, grassy woods of Beacon Hill Park, overlooking the Strait of Fuca. They most nearly resemble townsendi from Puget Sound in essen- tial characters. Compared with toivnseiidi the Victoria voles may be readily distinguished by their much smaller size, blacker colora- tion above, the greater relative width of the interorbital region, the supraorbital ridges never meeting medially as in old towii.-tendl, and the posterior margins of the frontals being rounded and but slightly encroaching upon the parietals. This species differs essentially from A. occidentalis and A. californicus as defined by Baird in its lack of red or yellow tints. From A. montaiius Peale (fide Baird) tetramerus differs in the greater relative length between the upper molars and incisors, also in the posterior upper molar having four outer, salient angles instead of three. Prof. Baird states there is a great similarity between the colors of montanns and edax and that the former is grayer than townsendi. In tetramerus the colors are much darker. 284 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Evotomys pygmseus sp. nov. Type Xo. 247, ad. 9, (Wl, of S. N. Rhoads, montli of Xisqually Eiver, Pierce Co., Wasliington. Col. by S. N. R. Description. — Size smallest of any described species of the genus. Color above a rusty gray, lighter than c/cqjperi, dai'kei^t along the top of head and back ; sides and belly muddy ash-gray. Margins of ears and upper third of tail sooty. Feet light gray. Skull short and wide, with relatively wide and flaring zygoma and brain case and broad interorbital region. The audital bulUie are very much in- flated, spheroidal, separated medially by less than 1 mm. , their greatest transverse diameter being only 1 mm. less than the longitudinal. The dentition is intermediate between that of E. orcideiitalis and JE. californium, with the anterior lower molar of califomicus and the posterior upper molar of occidentalls. In the latter case, however, the two anterior lateral triangles are completely closed in jyygmmiis, the second not connecting with the third as figured by Dr. Merriam^ for occidentalis. The nasals do not i*each the posterior points of the premaxillai'ies by li mm. MeasnremenU. — Total length, 120 mm; tail vertebrse, 34; hind foot, 16. Skull — Total length, 21 ; l)asilar length, 18'4; zygomatic width, 12; length of nasals, 6; incisors to post-palatal notch, 9; interorbital constriction, 4-1 ; length of mandible, 12. The single specimen on which I have based the above diagnosis is the only one of the genus secured by me in the Pacific coast district of the northwest. It was captured under a log in the dense spruce forest which covers the blufi' overlooking Puget Sound, at the mouth of the Nisqually River. It is fully adult, with well-worn teeth. This species may be known externally from its nearest geo- graphic congeners by its small size. In color it is much lighter than occidentalis, and (from the description) even paler than californicus. Evotomys gapperi saturatus sulwp. nov. Type No. 483, ad. 9. foil, of S. N. Rhoads, Nelson, British C'oluinbia, Aug. 17, 1892. Col. by S. N. R. Description. — Size and proportions of E. gapperi, but much darker, the " red" of back being dark chestnut, the sides and belly dark grayish- plumbeous without ochraceous tints of gapperi. The upper half of tail sooty black, strongly defined against gray of lower half. Compared with that of gapperi, the skull is relatively narrower, the nasals longer, the nasal premaxillary processes reach- ' N. Amer. Fau., No. 4, Plate II, Figs. 1 and 2. 1894.] NATURAI^ SCIENCES OF PHILADEI^PHIA. 285 ing considerably behind base of nasals; the audital bullae are also narrower, elonuate, and depressed. The dentition does not ditter from that of gapperi, but the other characters of the skull of type, as above defined, show such con- siderable differences from gapperi of eastern Canada that the ques- tion of its specific value is yet an open one. Measurements. — Total length, 141 mm; tail vertebrre, 41; hind foot, 19. Skull— Total length, 23-o; zygomatic width, 12-1; length of nasals, 6*5; incisors to post-palatal notch, 10; interorbital con- striction, 4-2; length of mandible, 18-2; width of mandible, (r2. One female (the type) was trapped on the banks of a small stream flowing into Kootenai Lake, in the town limits of Nelson, in the Selkirk Mountains. Two others were taken in the Rocky jNIouu- tains, at Field, on the banks of the Kicking Horse River. Evotomys [^gapperil daicsoiii Merriam, the west Arctic representa- tive, differs from saturatus in the opposite light phase of coloration, a parallel case to that exhibited by the Hudsonian Chickadees, Paras hudsonicKS, P. h. stoneyi, and P. h. columbianus. Notes on Boreal Arvicolas of Uncertain Status. Arvicola borealis Richardson. Rich., Zool. .Tour., No. 12, is^s, .517 ; Faun. Bor. Anu-r., I, 1839. 127. And. and Bach., Quad, N. Amer., 1854, 134. Since the publication of the Monograph of North American Ro- dentia, this species has been classed, on the authority of Dr. Coues, as a subspecies of Arvicola j3ennsylvanicus. Several specimens from the material examined by Dr. Coues in the preparation of his monograph of the Arvicoliiue were subsequently presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences. Among them I find two skins with skulls and one specimen in alcohol enumerated in Dr. Coues' tabu- lated lists of Arctic Arvicolas, which, after a careful study of Richardson's two descriptions of A. borealis, I am convinced should be referred to that species. The characters exhibited by these speci- mens are those of an animal quite distinct from pennsylvanicus and justify restoring borealis to the full specific rank originally given it. Audubon and Bachman (sup. cit.) have clearly restated the ex- ternal characters of this vole from a personal examination of Rich- ardson's types. Its cranial characters remain undefined, and may be described as follow : — 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Arvicola borealis. Toimtype, No. 1,908, ad. 9, Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. (No. S,4(»8, Sm. Inst. : vid. Cones, N. A. Eod., p. 206, t. li). Fort Anderson, North of Great Bear Lake (no date), E. McFarlane, Collector. Skidl. — Remarkably angular, shallow and flattened, its anterior jugal breadth exceeding the squa- mosal, much as in Synaptomys. Posterior ends of frontals pro- duced in ii long, slender, strap- shaped process, beginning just be- hind the interorbital constriction, between the projecting anterior corners of the squamosal bones and terminating in a dove-tailed Fig. I. Skull and molar teeth of process between the acutely point- Aiz'icola dorca/is Rk'h. ■, i , i i , • ^ TT«„„,. r.^^fi 1^ e ■ 4 / T +■+ ed and extended anterior corners a. Upper pronle ot cranium.* />. Lett mandibular series. c. Left maxillary of the parietals. Interorbital ^^"*?*^- constriction narrow, acutely com- pressed, its single median ridge depressed below the frontal plane. Audital bulhe subtriangular, depressed, long and narrow. Denti- tion as given (1. c.) for the subgenus Tetramerodon, of which, with A. xanthogiiafhus and A. chrotorrhinus, it forms a typical represen- tative in the lack of any attempt at a posterior inner fold, or angle, in the middle upper molar. The anterior trefoil of the first lower molar is less deeply indented than in any Arvicola I have examined. The mandibles present no peculiar characters. An incipient groove can be detected, almost evenly dividing the face of each upper in- cisor. Arvicola drummoudi Aud. and Bach. Five specimens of meadow mice, three taken on the shores of Lac La Hache, B. C, and two from the valley of the Kicking Horse River, at Field, B. C, I had {n-eviously described in manuscript as new, under the name Arvicola {Mynomes) microcephalus. The description of A. driimmondi (Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Anier., 1854, 166) I have since found to correspond so closely in every particular with the characters of these specimens, it seems far preferable to make tiiem the basis of a full restoration of driim- About one and one-half times natural size. 1894.] NATt^RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 mondi to a place in nomeuclature. It may lie stated that Richard- sou's A. novebonicen^ls (Raf. ), the name under which that author described the type of flntmmondi was said by him to have come from the dry uphmds of tlie Rocky Mountains inhabited by A. .noithog- nathus. This woukl indicate a locality far north of that from which ray specimens came, also a less aquatic environment, and a somewhat ditierent faunal region. Audubon and Bachman give, * ' Valleys of the Rocky Mountains," as the habitat of dnonmondi. More com- plete collections from the whole length of the intermediate country may show that the Lac La Hache animal is separable from the northern one ; in such an event the name microcephahis may still be applicable to it. Arvicola (Mynomes) drummondi. Topotype Xo. 418, arl. ^. Coll. of S. X. Elioads; Lac La llacbe, B. Columbia, Juuc 30th, 1892. Vol. })y S. N. E. Description. — Size considerably less than that of A. pennsijlvan- icus; ears moderate ; tail short and scantily haired ; skull small, highly arched, compressed and elongate, the orbits much narrowed liy the compression of the zygoma ; eyes very small, as in Pitymys ; feet as originally described by Richardson. Teeth of typical Mynomes, the postero-internal section of middle upper molars as large as its opposing outer triangle. Color above grizzled black-brown, beneath a clear hoary plumbeous, lacking the muddy wash mentioned by Aud. and Bach. Tail sooty above, grayer beneath. Measurements. — Total length, 155 mm; tail vertebrae, 40; hind foot, 20 (average of four adults — Total, 153 ; tail, 39; foot, 19). ►Skull — Total length, 24-2 ; Jia-silar length, 22 ; zygomatic width, 13-5; length of nasals, 6-6; incisor to post-palatal notch, 12-2; inter- orbiial constriction, 4 ; length of mandible, 14-8; width of mandible, 8-2. This species resembles A. nanus,^ but its possession of a five triangled middle upper molar distinguishes it from that species, which, as Dr. Merriam expressly states, has but four triangles. The two specimens from Field show no differences from the one above described. Incidental to this rather cursory study of the principal group of North American Arvicolince it is worthy of mention that the large vole captured by Mr. Drummond " at the foot of the Rocky Moun- ' Merriam, N. Amer. Fau., No. 5, 1891, 63. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. tains," and described minutely by Richardson (Fan. Bor. Amer. , 1829, 120), under caption of "Arvicola riparins (Ord?)," is almost certainly a member of the genus Aidaeomijs.^ A comparison of the description of this animal given by Richardson and that given by Audul)on and Bachman,' when they renamed it A. richirdsoni, with my type of Aviacomys arvicoloides, leaves very little room for doubt that the two are generically the same. Their specific differences con- sist in the much longer tail of arvlcololde><, its tail also being black above and nearly unicolor, its feet black, and the mouth and chops grayish-brown, like the surrounding parts. An examination of Richardson's introductory notice of Mr. Drummond's travels, coupled with the statement that the specimen was taken in summer, fix the type locality of A. richardtionl within, say, fifty milffe of Athabasca Pass in the Rocky Mountains, among the foothills traversed by the Columbia Portage trail connecting the head waters of the Athabasca, Saskatchewan, and Columbia Rivers, in latitude 53°. ^4. arvicoloides was taken somewhat east of the dividing ridge of the Cascade Mountains in latitude 47°. Should the correctness of this interpretation be proved, Drummond's speci- men should stand as Axdacomys richardsonl (Dekay).** « Ehoads, Amer. Nat., Feb. 1894, 182. ' Quad. N. Amer., Ill, 1853, 163. s N. Y. Zool., I, 1842. 91. 1S94. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 October 2. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Fifty-four persons present. A paper entitled "A proposed Classification of the Fossorial Hymenoptera of North America," by William J. Fox, was pre- sented for publication. October 9. Mr. Useljia C. Smith in the Chair. Thirty- two persons present. The deaths of Joseph Hyrtl and Oliver Wendell Holmes, M.D., correspondents, were announced. A paper entitled ' ' A Study of the Systematic and Geographical Distribution of the Decapod Family Atyidoc Kingsley," by Dr. A. Ortmann, was presented for publicatiou. October 16. Mr. Charles P. Perot in the Chair. Sixty-six persons present. A paper entitled " New Species of Fungi from various Localities," by J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart, was presented for publication. Dlaoluea Tliomasll Rex. — Du. Geo. A. Rex presented specimens of Diachcea Thomasii, a species of Jtlyxomycetes recently described by him, and commented upon the variations of the species and its rela- tions to the adjoining genera. The specimen's differed in some respects from the original speci- mens from which the diagnostic description had been drawn, making it advisable to supplement that description. The new specimens were a part of some recent gatherings made by ^Ir. Lancaster Thomas at the original locality for the species at Cranberry, N. C, in July and August of this j^ear. The sporangia of the type specimens were frequently grouped in clusters, but with rare exceptions they grew upon separate stipes. 20 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. In the receut gatherings, however, the sporangia show a reniarkalile tendency to aggregation into clumps of from twelve to twenty, the stipes growing together to form a thick compound stipe surmounted by the densely clustered sporangia. In some cases these are dis- torted by crowding, having their adjoining walls grown together, constituting stipitate iethalia. The clustered sporangia have usually a purplish metallic lustre rather than the silver or bronze lustre of the single forms. The capillitium differs from the type only in the presence of au extraordinary number of snudl dark-violet colored bulbous thicken- iugs occurring upon the threads in their course, similar to those found in the capillitium of certain species of DUhpnimii and Ghoiidrio- deriiia. These thickenings are ellipsoidal, turbinate or conical in shape and occur more frequently near the ends of the threads. The speaker thought that these peculiar tliickenings were of special interest on account of their bearing upon the relative position of the genus DiacJuen in the systematic classification of the JNIyxo- mycetes. As they are almost exclusively found in certain species of the Didymiaceie and the single species of the genus Sjniinafla, this species at least, of the genus Diaclura would seem to be connected with the CalcareiL' by good structural characters other than the mere existence of granules of lime in the stipes and columellas of the sporangia. The bulbous thickenings were also found in the capillitium of the type specimens but not conspicuously, or to a greater extent tlian they are sometimes found in the other species of Dlarhaa. The speaker concluded that the genus DiacJicca was properly as- sociated with the Order Didymiaceie (including the genus *S)j/(»(orm) notwithstanding its points of resemblance to the genus Lamproderma suggesting its possibly closer relationship to the Order Stemonitacea'. The differences between the present gatherings and the former ones were probably due to climatic causes, the excessive rainfall and great atmospheric humidity prevailing in the North Carolina mountains during July and tiie early part of August of the present year, caus- ing an exuberant development of plasmodium wliich resulted in a growtli of unusually" aggregated and icthalioid forms October 28. Dr. 0. N. Tkirck in the Chair. Twenty-five persons present. A paper entitled "Notes on the Mammals of Monroe and Pike Counties, Pennsylvania," by Samuel N. Rhoads, was presented for {)ublication. The death of F. Oden Horstmann, a member, was announced. 1894.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 291 October 30. Mk. Charles P. Perot in the Chair. Thiit\'-three persons present. The- death of William Ik. Lejee, a men)l)er, was announced, A paper entitled "On a Collection of Batrachia and Reptilia from the Island of Hawaii," by Edw. I). Cope, was presented for publi- cation. Mr. Horace Binder was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed: — 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. A PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA OF NORTH AMERICA. BY ^VILLIAM J. FOX. The arrangement of our Fossores contained in the following pages, I trust will be of some service to students of these insects. It has been evident for some time that the existing arrangement, that con- tained in Cresson's Synopsis,^ is of little value, as it is too superficial. Entirely too many families, without characters to substantiate them, were recognized : the Sphegidie, for instance, which were divided into no less than nine families. Accepting these nine families would, it seems to me, necessitate tlie erection of families for such genera as Neolarra, BotJujnostdltus, Trypoxylon and others, which stand more or less isolated and yet possess characters which connect them in one wa}'^ or another with the formerly existing families and would form more distinct families, were they so recognized, than, say, the Mel- linidas Ampulicid:e, Nyssonid;e or Bembicidie. How these nine supposed families have been disposed of, the following pages will show. Saussure's recent classification'- is not satisfactory, inasmuch as it is incomplete, and, moreover, his conclusions, particularly regarding the Pompilidte, are not well founded. He makes two tribes of this family, the Pompiliens and Pepsiens, separating them on a very trivial character — the position of insertion of the first recurrent nervure in the second submarginal cell, a character which, in my ex- perience, has always proved variable. Under the first mentioned tribe he includes Cerojiales, which he seems to consider as not worthy of more than generic rank, while he forms a tribe for the reception of Pepsis, which should be placed with the Pompiliens, if anywhere. The Mutillidre and Sapygidoc are considered as subfamilies of the Scoliidse; these are ranked as families in this paper. The old families Pemphredonida and Crabronidtc and Oxijhelus, he considers as tribes of equal value to the Nyssonidse, Bembicidie and Larridte, 1 Mr. Cresson states that this was simply compiled from the works of other authors. ^ Grandidier's Hist. Madagascar, XX. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 all of which are ranked as tribes of the Sphegidae. The two families mentioned and Oxijbelus are treated as subfamilies in this paper as they are more distinct than are the numerous tribes of the Bembi- cime and Sphegiuiie. It is hoped that the paper may at least call forth improvements on the classification suo-gested. 5i5^ MUTILLID^. I regard this as a well-defined famil}^ disagreeing with some authors who place it as a subfamily of the Scoliidte. The wingless females are, in my ojnnion, sufficient to separate these insects from the Scoliidiv. In the latter family the intermediate cox?e are widely separated, while in the Mutillidaj they are not separated by a dis- tance equalling their width. In the generic table below, Plwtopsis Elake is considered as synonymous with Sphairophtlialma Blake, as a comparison of the two genera fails to show any differential charac- ters. The family can be separated into two tribes as follows: — Females (as far as known) .without ocelli; marginal cell of ( J ) wings more or less short, not reaching by any means the apex of Aving ; some of the nervures generally obsolete, particularly those forming the third discoidal cell MUTILLINI. Females with ocelli; marginal cell of (4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACAnEJIY OF [1894. 4 — Abdomen at most subpetiolate; thorax of 9 divided into more than two parts (bodj^ at least the thorax, coarsely seulptnred). 2 Sl'T13:K01MI'rHALMA* Bl. Abdomen connected by a long, slender petiole; thorax (9) di- vided into two distinct parts only; ^ unknown. 4. ('IIVI'IIOTES BI. Tril)e II.— MYRMOSINI. Proposed for the genera Mijrutom and Mefliocn, and is character- ized chiefly by the females jiossessing distinct ocelli. Ihit few species have been described from America. Apex of abdo7Ben (J^ "I, unarmed: wings with three snbmargiual cells; '' cubital nervure of hind w iiigs received by the submedian cell at apex; thorax (J) coin posed apparently of two parts; body rugose ( 9 ) Myrmosa Latr. A])ex of abdomen ( ///«). Tri))e III.— MYZININI. This tril)e is identical with Saussure's "Section des Plesiites. " Plesta seems to be synonymous with Mijzlne Latr. The latter has priority, being described two years in advance of Plesia. But one genus, Mi/zine, is found in America, which may be distinguished by the tribal characters given above. SAPYGID^. Intermediate coxi3e contiguous ; legs, except tibial spurs, unarmed ; no pygidiul area ; apex of ( Spin. Anterior wings with two submarginal cells; abdomen long, clavate Trypoxyi.on Latr. Subfamily OXYBELINiE. In my opinion the peculiar armature of the metathorax and postscutellum, toji^ether with the form of the eyes and neiiration, justifies the retention of the genus 0.ri/hcli(s in a subfamily. Saus- sure forms a trilie of it. 1894.] NATUKAT, SSCIENCES OF PHILADEIjPHIA. 307 Subfamily CRABRONIlSr^. Eyes hairy: niaudibles eniargiuate exteriorly. Entomogxathus Dhlh. Eyes not hairy: mandible not emarginate externally. Second discoidal cell long, narrow, obtusely pointed at apex, longer than the first discoidal cell: form short, robust: abdomen beneath tiat, or suLx'oncave ANAcVtABKt) Pack. Second disi-oidal cell broadest at a})ex, shorter than the iirst discoidal; form elongate; abdomen convex beneath. Ckabko Fiihr. ( = Bhopn/ Km). 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. RECENT MOUND EXPLORATION IN OHIO. BY GERARD FOWKE AND \V. K. MOOREHEAD. During the psmt summer (1894) a number of mounds have been explored in Ohio in l)ehalf of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The reports of Mi-. Gerard Fowlce relating to the Van Meter mound and of Mr. Warren K. ISIoorehead as to the Metzger mound are appended. Clarence B. Moore. "Mounds in Pike County, Ohio. — Three miles south of Piketon, half a mile from the point where Beaver Creek discharges into the Scioto river, on the farm of J. M. Van Meter,' is a^ 'double mound ' on the highest terrace. The larger part, measuring, after being plowed over for a number of years, 75 feet in diameter and 10 feet high, has its west base just at the brink of the terrace at a point where the bluff is 50 feet high, quite steep, with the creek at its foot. The smaller, south of east from the first, is six and one-half feet above the surrounding level and 56 feet in diameter. At the junction of the two, the top is three and one-half feet above the general level. "A trench 10 feet wide was started in the east sid§ of the smaller mound, gradually widening until it was 25 feet at the center, and then drawing in until it was 20 feet Avide at 15 feet west of the center. Beneath the middle part was a core 20 feet across and 8 feet high of soil placed and packed, or much tramped, while wet; it was somewhat darker than the loam composing the remainder of the mound, quite hard, and broke off in clods. "On the original surface of the ground, beginning about five feet east of the center, was a burned place a little over 20 feet across at the widest part, and reaching 20 feet west of the center, or nearly to the lowest point between the mounds. A fire had been burned over this area for a short time only and with a small amount of wood, as the burned earth was nowhere more than an inch thick, most of it much less, while the charcoal and ashes varied from a mere streak ^ See Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of the Rocky Mountains, by- Cyrus Themas, page 182. C. B. M. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. :i09 to a little more than an inch except in one place where a short log six inches in diameter was converted into charcoal. "Except an arrow and a spear, found loose in the dirt, there was not a relic of any description, nor the smallest fragment of a human bone. A few pieces of much burned bones of small animals or large birds were in the charcoal at the center, and many small pieces of burned stone were scattered all through the mound. The eastern Section of deep grave, 20 feet south from center of larger mound on Van Meter farm. 1. Body of mound, 6 feet. 2. Soil, 1 foot. 3. Subsoil, 3 feet. 4. Gravel, (to bed of river). 4a. Gravel thrown from excavation. XXXXX. Position of human bones. Scale. .18 of au inch equals 1 foot. half contained a large amount of ashes and much eliarcoal, thrown in with the dirt to help fill up. "In the larger mound a circle forty feet in diameter was laid oft with the apex as the center. This brought the circumference about four feet below the top. "In the cap, 12 feet east of center were decayed human bones with a few rough beads and fragments of pottery; at the same dis- tance southwest of center were others with a spear or knife by one femur aud a flint chisel, polished at the sharp end, near the skull. None of the bones were entire, and being so close to the surface were •^10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. as soft as ashes. Six feet southeast of center a fiint knife lay near fragments of a skull; and at the place where the chest bones would have been were fragments of a pot that seemed to have been etitiie when deposited. Less than a foot from the apex were fragmentary human bones. "A knife and a l)oat-shaped slate ornament with a crease around the middle were loose in the dirt. Nothing further was found in the upper i)ortiou. A well wrought flint spear, 8i inches long, and a hematite hemisphere were found on the top of this mound some years ago — perhaps plowed out. All the loose earth, was now scraped away and concentric circles, five feet apart, laid off on the level sur- face of the top. In the outer ring, on the northern and western sides, within a foot or less of the top were traces of six skeletons, intrusive burials ; nothing was found with any of them. "A little west of south from center, with its inner nuirgin 17 feet from that point, was an elliptical grave, dug before the mound was begun. It measured a little more than nine feet long anil a little more than five feet wide, with the longer axis very nearly east and west. At about 18 inches below the original surface, along the center line of the grave, a body had been placed. Only fragments of the teeth and skull remained, except that a few small pieces of the pelvis and finger bones were preserved by the action of five small rectangular coppei- plates- that had evidently been fastened around the wrist. These plates were in a little mass of very loose, dark earth, probably remains of some sort of fur or fabric, stained in a few places with red ochre. Nothing else was found in the grave until at the bottom, more than a foot below the upper level of the gray sand, which here lies foui- feet under the proper surface. At this level lay a few decayed pieces of bones of a medium sized person extended on the back, head east, exactly under the upper skeleton. The body had been covered with baik or wood which extended to the margin of the grave on every side and gave a reddish- brown tinge to the lower two inches of filled- in earth. This earth was from a swamp or low bottom, being black and sticky and evidently packed in wet, causing the entire de(;ay of the skeleton which would otherwise have been well preserved l)y the dry sand in which it lay. The grave wall was cut down straight for - See note. ('. B. M. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OK PH I l-ADELPHJA. 311 two feet; below this the ends drew in somewhat, while the sides were slij^htly overhanging, pvoliahl\^ from caving in <^»f the gravel while it was being dug. The work was done from the south side, as most of the earth was thrown to that side, the remainder being })iled at the two ends. "At 15 feet north of the center began a streak of burned earth, charcoal, and ashes, which gradually thickened toward the center. It proved to be nearly circular in outline and 20 feet across. For three or four feet around the margin the ashes seem to have been swept toward the center, as the natural earth of the mound had been deposited directly on that burned, without any ashes or charcoal in- tervening. At eight feet north of center the mass thickened to a foot and held this thickness for six feet farther, and for nearly eight feet east and west. The material forming the charcoal varied from sedge grass to small trees, the largest piece being a pine log a foot in diameter and six feet long. The inner portion of this was in its natural t-ondition, the charred outside having preserved the i)art to which the tire had not reached. Much of the charcoal was fr(jm wood burned while green and was bright as polished metal where it had been kept tolerably dry. There were a few fragments of animal bone here and there, and enough small pieces of human bone to show that a body or skeleton had been ci-emated, some of them being like cinder, others scarcely charred. The thinness of the ashes and the amount of the charcoal showed that the fire had been smothered while much of the fuel remained on it. I-^ying on the to]) of the charcoal where it was thickest was a considerable quantity of char- red cloth, showing at least four distinct methods of weaving ; there was also much of what seemed tb be fur or some such material ; the latter was soft as soot, while some of the cloth was fairly well pre- served, a very little of it showing scarcely any mark of burning. "Except as noted above, no relics of any description were found anywhere in the lower part of the mound. Gerard Fowkk." The five rectangular sheets of copper found with human remains by Mr. Gerard Fowke, beneath the base of the larger Van Meter mound, near Piketon, Pike Co., Ohio, consisted of sheet copper oxi- dized and carbonated to a certain extent, though a large percentage of metal was uuati'ected. These sheets, though not exactly similar as to 312 PROOEEDTNGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. Yegeta})le fabric, with sections. Larger Van Meter .Mound. cDcuilile size.) 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 length and breadth, do not vary materially, so that the measurement of one, namely 2-5 inches by 3"2 inches, may be considered to apply approximately to all. That they had been portions of a sheet or sheets of larger size was evidenced by at least one closely ground edge on each specimen, contrasting markedly with the rough line of separation of the other margins. No ornamentation like the beaded margin and the repousse work of Florida and Tennessee was apparent, though the marks of numerous blows from a convex blunt cutting- edge were visible on all the specimens. Exfoliation was noticeable near the edges. The sheets were of irregular thickness averaging about 1 mm. Notwithstanding these indices of aboriginal origin, so solid was the appearance of the copper that, though no believer in a post- Columbian origin for mounds as a rule, I admit having experienced a feeling of doubt as to the origin of this copper, a doubt which a thorough and careful analysis, made by Ledoux and Company, of New York, speedily dispelled. The result is given in detail: — "Copper 99-9130 Silver 0-0198 Arsenic 0-0026 Antimony Trace Iron . ." 0-0233 Nickel and cobalt .... 0-0080 "Note: — The above analy.sis was made after removing the super- imposed film of oxides and carbonate from the sample. Special ex- amination fur lead, bismuth, and zinc shows that none of these is present. ' ' It is quite evident that here we have to do with native copiper of a purity greater than is ordinarily produced at the present time by any smelting process^ and consequently of a still higher degree of purity than would be the product of early processes of smelting the arsenical sulphide ores of Europe*. ^.loreover, the introduction of lead in refining, though not an invariable custom, was extensively practised iu Europe, especially in copper intended for sheet or wire, and its ^ All smelted copper contains from three to ten lunulredths of one per cent, of combined oxygen. • * For full details as to aboriginal copper the reader is referred to "Certain Sand Mounds of the St. John's Eiver, Florida, Part II," Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci . Vol. X. 314 PROC'KEDJNGS OF THE ACADEMY OK [1894. absence, in connection with freedom from consideral)le quantities of arsenic, or antimony, or botli, may always he rejL^^anied as a'ood es'ideace against an early European origin. Clakkxck Ji. ^looKE. "Thic MjcrzGER ]V[ouKD. — This structure, the property of Mr. (Jliarles Metzger, is located on Deer Creek, about two miles from Yellow Bud (southwest). Situated upon a hill one hundred and fifty or one hundred and sixty feet in altitude, the mound commands a fine view of the surrounding country. The plains stretch away towai'ds the Scioto three miles distant and continue two miles east of the river, where they terminate in high hills. The mound is very nearly round, and is thirty-four feet in height by two hundred feet in diameter at the base. Alongside of it is a horse-shoe or crescent- shaped embankment and two small mounds. "On August 20, 1894, work was begun upon the structure. The mound had been originally opened by some farmers. When they began work the structure stood forty feet in height. They sank a circular shaft eight feet in diameter from the apex downwards. "Our men first reduced the height of the mound about ten feet. This gave a platfoi-m fifty feet in diameter and twenty-four feet above the surroiuiding surface. The ground in the center of the structui'e (where the previous excavation had been sunk), we found to be very damp and heavy, and as we proceeded downward, we be- came convinced that the log pen found by the original excavators in the center of the structure would be in a bad condition, and that we must depend on other pens were we to take out any logs entire. "The structure was composed of ordinary hill clay. At the top it was not stratified, and as it varied but slightly in color, it was extremely diflficult to distinguish any of the ' dumps.' ' On August 22nd a very fragmentary skeleton was found about twelve feet below the top and four feet southwest of the central excavation. The body had been originally buried in bark which percolation of water from above had utterly decomposed. With the bones was a spool-shaped button of copper, about an inch in diameter, heavily coated with copper oxide. "The 25th two teams were put upon the mound, and they, together with the shovels, reduced it rapidly. When within four feet of the ^ A " dump " represents the load deposited by one man. — C. B. M. 1894.] NATU1{A[> SCIKNCIOS OF PHI r-ADKLPHIA. 315 top of the log pens we (li?ipens')rni of clods 320 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. and large ctiunks rather than fine soil. It appeared that a circle of saplings had been placed about the log. " The log must have been cut at a distance and carried to the mound. There is no cedar within ten miles of the structure at the present day, and none was seen by the early settlers. However, it may be that cedar grew upon this hill in pre-Columbian times. Tlie trench extending to the northwest and uncovering the log was 35 feet in width and somethina: over 100 feet in lens^th. "On Tuesday, September 4th, the excavation reached the bottom of the log, and measurements gave its length as 18'5 feet with a cir- cumference of 5*4 feet. Immediately below the log was a skeleton. The saplings or small logs constructing the pen had been planted in the earth around this skeleton, somewhat after the form of a tepee. The skeleton itself lay upon the original shale in an excavation two feet below the surface of the ground. It was 20 feet from the slope of the mound directly above or 36 feet below the level of the sum- mit. The skeleton lay with head to the north, arms at the sides, and legs extended. Around each wrist were two copper bracelets. At the neck and upon the chest were several hundred shell beads. There were also the tusks of some large animal. The dry ashes with which the remains were covered, and the great depth from the surface aided in the presei'vatiou of such substances as usually decay. Traces of hair were aljout the skull, the brain,*' dried and shrivelled, was found within it, and cloth, buckskin and rude matting and bark covered the remains. All of these were carefully removed and boxed. " A rough count made on the spot gave the number of beads as 480. "After removing the skeleton the log was sawed into two sections and carried out and shipped. The outline of the pen was photo- graphed and drawn, and the whole base of the trench down to the original shale carefully dug over. The loose and partly arched earth on either side of the trench was carefully taken out. The possible presence of other pens in the mound was settled in the negative. The sides were undermined at considerable risk and the walls were allowed to fall. Another inspection showed the absence of other burials in the structure. ^ This remarkable preservation of the brain is as yet unexplained, though a number of authorities have been consulted. A paper will be devoted to it. — C. B. M. 1894.] NATURAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 " Subsequently work of filling up began, and when completed the mound stood about 15 feet in height, flat on top and about 250 feet base. " The crescent and the small mounds near it were carefully opened but nothing of importance was discovered. Three holes were dug in the crescent, one at each end and one in the center. The crescent averaged three feet in height, was 118 feet across from end to end, 10 feet in width and 250 feet around. There is no evidence of a considerable village site near either of the mounds or the crescent. Warren K. Moorehead." 22 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI FEOM VARIOUS LOCALITIES. BY J. B. ELLIS AND B. M. EVERHART. * HYMENOMYCETES. Crepidotus albidus E. & E. On bark of {Tiliay. Ann Arbor, Mich., May, 1894 (A. J. Pieters). Pileus resupinate-sessile, nearly white, glabrous, i-l cm. across, margin incurved when dry. Lamelke not crowded, thin, broad for the size of the plant, pallid, becoming yellowish-brown, radiating from a lateral point, spores yellowish-brown, subinequilaterally elliptical, about 5 x 3i'^. Polyporus pachycheiles E. & E. On the side of a rotten maple {Acer rubrum) stump, Newfield, N. J., Nov. 1893. Imbricated, small, lj-2 cm. wide, 1 cm. long, milk-white at first, margin soon turning yellow, mostly narrowed behind, the pilei connected by a resupinate layer, surface apparently velutiuous but not tomentose, hardly depressed behind. Pores minute, 2-3 mm. long, 120-150//. wide, round or by the splitting of the walls, here and there subsinuate, margins even, not lacerate-toothed. Flesh of pileus thin, not over 1 mm. thick and like the pores and the whole plant tough-cartilaginous. Surface of pileus faintly zonate toward the margin, more distinctly so in drying. The pores are nearly as long in front as behind, thus thickening the margin of the pileus, hence the specific name. Poria inermis E. & E. ^ On dead shrubs and limbs of various deciduous trees, Newfield, N. J. Received also from Michigan, Canada, Nebraska and Louisiana. Issued in N. A. F., No. 313, as Polyporus obliqmis, from which it is quite distinct. Resupinate, adnate, seriate, extending along the limb for six inches or more and about one inch wide, yellowish- brown, 2-4 ram. thick in the middle, margin thin, narrow, light-yellow (when fresh) and closely adnate. Pores small, round, extending down to the underlying wood. Spores ferruginous, sub-globose, 4-5/'. diara. 1894.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADEJ.PHIA. 323 Mucronoporus fulvidus E. & E. Ou dead limbs of Alnus, Berkeley, Gala., Jan., 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 181). Resupinate, adnate, tawny-yellow, extending along the limb for 6-8 or more centimeters and 3-4 cm, wide, margin velvety tomen- tose, narrow, sterile, adnate. Pores short (1 mm. or less), round, extending down to the matrix without any distinct subiculum. Spores hyaline, sub-globose, about 2// diam. Spines tolerably abundant, 25-35 x 3-4//, rather pale. Has the aspect of Poria inermis E. & E., but surface of pores more uneven, and spiny within. Hydnum Washingtonianuin E. & E. On the ground in deep coniferous woods, Tracyton, Kitsap Co., Wash., Dec, 1893 (Adella M. Parker, No. 214). About 4 cm. high, pale orange, carnose, subviscose. Stipe cen- tral, 3 mm. thick, subatteuuated below. Pileus about 4 cm. across, slightly depressed in the center, thin, glabrous, wrinkled when dry. Aculei subulate, cylindrical, 3-5 mm. long, pale yellow, nearly white when fresh, decurrent half way down the stem. Spores angular- globose, (white)?, 6-7,a diam., borne on clavate-cylindrical basidia 20-22 X 6;/, with 4 erect, slender sporophores about 6;/ long. From H. repandum, to which it is closely allied, it differs in its decurrent aculei and tougher substance. Tremellodon piisillum E. & E. On rotten wood, among coniferous trees, Tracyton, Wash., Dec, 1893 (Adella M. Parker, No. 212). Small, stipitate, gelatinous, white and nearly transparent. Pileus subreniform, membranaceous, 1-1 2 cm. across, smoky-brown above and sparingly clothed with weak, pale hairs. Teeth not crowded, white, subcompressed, about 2 mm. long, narrowed gradually from the base, with a few obtuse, short, lateral, tuberculiform branches or processes. Spores ovate-globose, 5-6 x 35-4//, consisting of a thin, transparent sack containing a single, large globose nucleus. Stipe lateral, cylindrical, slender, equal, hirto-pubescent, 1 cm. long, 2 mm. thick, smoky-brown. T. hirneoloides B. & C. is a much coarser, stouter plant, with stipe 18 mm. long, 8 mm. thick at the base. 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Coniophora capnoides E. & E. On bark of dead maple, London, Canada, Sept., 1892 (Dearness, No. 2,004). Very thin, purplish, margin of the same color, much resembling outwardly, Corticium fumigatum, Thuni., only not at all cracked and of a darker color. Spores brownish, smooth, globose, 3-3i'>. diam., or short elliptical, 32-5 x 3-3 j//, borne singly on the apices of short, brown basidia or rather emitted successively from these basidia, in which several spores already formed may be distinctly seen. The subhymenial hyphie are very scanty, and the bark has the appear- ance of having been for some time exposed to smoke. Peniopliora Atkinson! E. & E. On bark of some deciduous tree, Syracuse, N. Y. (Prof Geo. F. Atkinson). Closely adnate, thin, smoky-lilac, or smoky- drab color, surface uneven, 1-3 cm. across. Cystidia subulate-cylindrical, slightly roughened above, 30-40 x 5-7//, projecting above the hyraenium 12-20//. Spores hyaline, compressed, elliptical when viewed in front, 4-5x2-3//, suballantoid when seen edgewise, 4-5xli-li'/. Corticium alboflavescens E. & E. On dead, standing trunk of Kalmia latifolia, Nuttallburg, W. Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 365). At first orbicular, subpezizoid, 1-2 mm. diam., becoming more irregular in shape and 1 cm. or more diam., lower stratum milk- white, consisting of loosely interwoven, branching threads, and ex- tending out beyond the pale-olivaceous or yellowish, membranaceous hymenium so as to form a thin subfimbriate, white margin. Spores abundant, globose, with a single large nucleus, 4-6//. diam., slightly colored. The hymenium has only a slight tinge of olive and is perhaps better described as light- drab color. Dacryomyces flabella E. & E. On a decaying stump, Mercer Island, near Seattle, Wash., Nov., 1893 (Adella M. Parker). Fan-shaped, deep orange color, gelatinous, l2-2 cm. broad and high, with a short, lateral stipe, suberect with the opposite margins incurved so as to bear some resemblance to Peziza onotica Pers., subtuberculiform, or otherwise irregular in shape when young. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 Spores oblong-cylindrical, with an oblique apiculus below, obtuse and rounded above, yellowish, about 7-septate, 15-18 x Qp., about the same as in D. stillatus, from which its fan-shaped form and lateral stipe will readily distinguish it. * * PYRENOMYCETES. Capnodium caespitosum E. & E. On living leaves of PJiotinia Japonica, Pasadena, Cala., July, 1894 (Prof A. J. McClatchie, No. 748). Perithecia subulate-cylindrical, simple or branched, 300-400 x 60-70//., collected into compact, convex-hemispherical clusters 1-3 mm. diam., scattered over the upper surface of the leaf and bristling with the projecting points of the perithecia. There is no mycelium spreading over the surface of the leaf, only a few erect, moniliform threads mingled with the perithecia. Sporidia (sporules)? ovate, 3-septate and sub- hyaline at first, finally submuriform and dark- brown, 12-20 X 7-10//.. We have not been able to make out the asci with any certainty. Nectria pallida E. & E. On dead bark of Carya alba, Missouri, Oct., 1891 (C. H. Deme- trio, No. 276 partly). Stroma mucedinous, white, forming small (j-l mm.) white tufts, or subeffused. Perithecia 6-20 on a stroma, globose or slightly ovate-globose, minutely pulverulent, about 150//. diam., pale- yellow, with the ostiolum obscure. Asci clavate-cylindrical, sub-sessile, 40 X 6-7//., paraphysate?. Sporidia biseriate or obliquely#uniseriate, oblong- fusoid, 3-4-nucleate, hyaline, apparently becoming unisep- tate but not constricted, 6-8 x 2-2?//. Sometimes the perithecia stand singly or 2-3 together on scattered shreds of the white, mucedinous stroma. Venturia vaccinii E. & E. On dead leaves of Vaccinium ovatum, Seattle, Wash., Dec, 1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 225). Perithecia hypophyllous, scattered, astomous, globose, 80-100/ji diam. , rather sparingly clothed with stout, straight, black spines 30- 60//. long. Asci lanceolate, 25-35 x 6-7//, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, fusoid, hyaline, subinequilateral, faintly uniseptate, 10-12 X 2-24//. 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Chaetomium pallidum E. & E. On au old yeast-culture, made on a piece of carrot, Loudou, Cauada, March, 1893 (J. Dearness, No. 2,245). Perithecia superficial, thin membranaceous, pale, ovate, 150-200// diam., with a conic- papilliform ostiolum. Asci not distinctly made out, but judging from the arrangement of the sporadia, obloug-cla- vate 30-35 x 10-12//. Sporidia biconical, brown, becoming nearly opake, 14-18x10-12//, narrowed and obtusely apiculate at the ends. Differs from the usual type of Chaetomium in its pallid perithecia sparingly clothed with spreading white hairs, but by exposure and age the color of the perithecia becomes darker. Lasiosphaeria hystrix E. & E. On decaying limb of Sallx, Ohio (Morgan, No. 1,021). Perithecia gregarious, depressed- hemispherical, *-•> mm. diam., clothed all over except the broad, tuberculo- papilliform ostiolum, with straight, spreading, stout, snuff-brown hairs 100-250/jt long and 6— T/J! thick at the base. The matrix is also overrun with a subicu- lum of finer, interwoven, branching hairs. Asci clavate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 120-160 x 20/-. Sporidia lying parallel in the asci, fusoid-cylindrical, hyaline, multinucleate, becoming 7-15-septate, nearly straight, ends obtuse, 45-65 x 8-1 0/y Comes nearest L. caesariata C. & P., but that is black and shining and beset with 'scattered, black hairs; it also has smaller 5-7 -septate sporidia. Rosellinia limoniispora E. & E. On dead leaves of Fraxinus, Rockport, Kansas, Aug., 1894 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,545). Perithecia gregarious, superficial, ovate, about I mm. diam., often flattened or depressed above, clothed except the black, mammiform ostiolum, with a thin, pruinose-tomentose coat which soon disappears, leaving the surface minutely granular-roughened. Asci (p. sp.) 70-75 X 9/'., with a short stipe, 8-spored, paraphysate. Sporidia obliquely uniseriate, limoniform, (i.e., acutely elliptical), the ends submucronate, 12-15x7—8//, dark-brown. The absence of any subiculum, and the smaller differently shaped sporidia separate this from B. medullaris and R. mastoidea. 1894.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 Boseliinia caespitosa E. & E. Ou (lead limbs of Celtis occldentalk, Rockport, Ks., Nov., 1893 (Bartholomew, No. 1,252). Perithecia densely gregarious or cespitose, minute (175-200/x diara.) ovate-globose, rough, with conical or couic-papilliform ostio- luiu. Asci cylindrical, 60-79 x 8// when the sporidia lie obliquely,. 75-90,". long when they lie end to end, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia uuiseriate, rather acutely elliptical, brown, continuous, 9- 13x6-7//. Distinguished by its small, rough, clustered perithecia. Rosellinia bicolor E. & E. Ou rotten wood, Louisiana (Langlois). Perithecia gregarious, hemispherical, black-brown, 2 mm. diam. , thin and fragile, seated on a white subiculum of interwoven, branch- ing hyphae. Asci cylindrical, 125-140 x 8//, 8-spored, paraphy- sate. Sporidia uuiseriate, broad- fusoid, subinequilaterai, 3-4 nucleate, hyaline becoming brown, 20-23 x 6-7//. Perithecia only about half as large as in R. morthien Fckl. , and not flattened at the apex. Ostiolum minute, papilliform. Eosellinia ostiolata E. & E. * On bark of Ulmus Americana, Rockport, Kansas, Apr.. 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,429). Perithecia scattered or subgregarious, superficial, ovate- globose, 4 mm. diam., black, minutely granular-roughened, slightly narrowed at the base, with a stout, obtuse, short- cylindrical, or conic-cylindri- cal ostiolum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 150x25//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia rhomboid- elliptical, longitudinally rugose, brown, continuous, 25-38x20-22//. Some of them smaller and suliglobose, but this may be a deformity. Rosellinia pinicola E. & E. On a weather-beaten pine board, Rockport, Ks. , Feb., 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,379). Perithecia loosely gregarious, erumpent-superficial, ovate-globose, grayish- black, ] mm. diam. Ostiolum minute, papilliform, some- times slightly compressed. Asci cylindrical, 60-65x45//, p. sp. 40-45//. long, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia uuiseriate, elliptical, 5-8 X 3-4//, the shorter ones sub-globose, brown, 2-3-nucleate. Differs from R. ovalis, Ell. in its smaller perithecia and sporidia. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Melanomma asterostomum E. & E. On bark of beech roots, Grauton, Ontario, Canada, Jan., 1894 (J. Dearness, No. 2,238). Perithecia gregarious, ovate-conical, rough, black, 4-3 mm. diam., with a conic-papilliform, often distinctly radiate- sulcata 4-5 cleft ostiolum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 8-spored, paraphysate, p, sp. 45- 50 X 8-10//. Sporidia crowded-biseriate, oblong-fusoid, 3-septate, often constricted at the septa and one of the inner cells smaller, pale olivaceous-brown (nearly hyaline at first), 12-15 x 3-4//. Differs from M. fuscidulum Sacc. , in the shape of the perithecia and very different ostiolum. Melanomma moricolum E. & E. Perithecia gregarious, scattered, semi-erumpent, sub-globose, 1 mm. diam., with a minute papilliform ostiolum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, short stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, p. sp. 40-45 x 7//. Sporidia biseriate, oblong-fusoid, slightly curved, sub-obtuse, yellowish- brown, 12-15 X 3-4//, mostly not constricted, but when mature, some of them distinctly so. Differs from M. Mori H. Fabre, in its much shorter asci and rather smaller biseriate sporidia. On dead small limbs of Morns, Rockport, Kansas (Bartholomew, No. 1,447 partly). Melanomma alpestre E. & E. On dead twigs of Ardostaphylos Nevadensis, Mt. Paddo, Wash., July, 1886, Alt. 6,000-7,000 ft. (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 268). Perithecia scattered, hemispherical, 1-11 mm. diam., carbonace- ous, black, glabrous, superficial, flattened, with a minute papilliform ostiolum. Asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 110-150 x 10-12//. Sporidia overlapping-uniseriate, or (in the longer asci) lying end to end, oblong-cylindrical, obtuse, slightly curved, 3-sep- tate, brown, 18-22x5-6//.. One perithecium contained two distinct ascigerous nuclei, seeming to indicate that the outer, black shell described above as a perithecium, is in reality a stroma, but the material was too scanty to enable us to settle this point definitely and we havQ, therefore, referred the specc. to Melanomma. Melanomma dealbatum E. & E. On old decorticated, bleached and weather-beaten cottonwood logs, Rockport, Kansas, Feb., 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,369). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADEJ^PHIA. 329 Perithecia scattered, erumpeut-superficial, black, glabrous, ovate- globose, 200-225,". diam., at length more or less collapsing above. Ostiolura papilliforni, minute. Asci oblong-cylindrical, short-stipi- tate, paraphysate, 75-110x10-12;/. Sporidia overlapping uniseri- ate, or more or less perfectly biseriate, obovate, hyaline, becoming pale- brown, 3- septate, 12-15x6-7//. Some of the perithecia are sub-elliptical. Differs from M. obliterans B. & Br. in its habitat (on wood of deciduous tree), and its constricted sporidia; from 31. CaUllus Sacc. in the character of the sporidia and smaller perithecia, nor does it seem referable to any other species with 3-septate sporidia. Trematosphseria vitigena E. & E. On old, decaying wood of Vitis rupestris, Nuttallburg, West Va,, Apr., 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 454). Perithecia gregarious, sunk in the wood all except the obtuse, con- vex apex, 5--I mm. diam., depressed- globose, the buried part rather thin- walled, the erumpent, convex apex thick, solid, like the stro- matic shield of Clypeosphcer'vj. Ostiolum papilliforni, soon per- forated. Asci clavate-cyliudrical, paraphysate, 8-spored, 86-100 x 10-12//. Sporidia sub-biseriate, fusoid- oblong, 3-septate, and con- stricted, sub- acute, pale- brown, 20-25x6-7//. Trematosphssria Fraxini E. & E. On dead limbs of Fraxinus viridis that had lain for some time in water, Rockport, Kansas, Feb., 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,373), Perithecia scattered, semi-erumpent, small, elliptical (on a horizontal section), 300-500 x 250-300//, the base sunk nearly to the wood, the erumpent apex closely embraced by the epidermis. Ostiolum papilliforra, soon deciduous and then, perithecium per- forated. Asci clavate, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 70-80x12-15//, 8-spored. Sporidia overlapping below, biseriate above, fusoid-oblong, brown, 3-septate and constricted at all the septa, often with one cell swollen, slightly curved, 20-27 x 6-8//. The specc. of Sphceria vielina B. & Br. in Rab. F. E. , 1835, have perithecia ovate-conical, h—\ mm. diam. and sporidia uniseriate, 4-6-nucleate, not constricted, straight, 22-30x12-15// and are cer- tainly different from this. Teichospora (Teichosporella) Ohiensis E. &E. On hard wood, Ohio (Morgan, No. 1,012), 330 I'KOCKEDINGS OF THE ACADPJMY OF [1894. Pei'ithecia densely gregarioas, superficial, grayish-black, rough, ovate-globose, 300-400;/. diani, with a broad papilliform, soon per- forated ostiolum. Asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, 55-62 x 7-8//., 8-spored (paraphysate)? Sporidia uniseriate, short-elliptical, yellow- ish-hyaline, obscurely 1— 3-septate and uiuriform, 10-12 x 6-8//. Has the general aspect of Roselliiiia pulveraeea (Ehr. ). Teichospora tuberculata E. & E. On vvoud of LIriodendron, Ohio (Morgan, No. 1,004). Perithecia gregarious, superficial, minute, about 300//. high and 200/'. broad, ovate-conical, sessile on the flattened base, coarsely tubercular-roughened, black. Ostiohun obtuse, perforated and often 4-sulcate-cleffc. Asci ciavate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, 110 x 20//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia irregidarly biseriate, oblong-ellip- tical, multiseptate and muriforni, hyaline at first, tardily becoming brown, slightly constricted in the middle, 19-22 x 11-13//., ends ob- tuse. Distinguished from the other species by the ovate-conical, tubercu- lar- roughened perithecia. Teichospora araygdaloides E. & E. On bark of Salix amygdaloldes, Rockport, Ks. , July, 1894 (Bar- tholomew, No. 1,507> Perithecia scattered or sub-gregarious, erumpent-superficial, sub- globose, 250-350/' diam. , soon flattened above and at length more or less collapsed. Ostiolum papilliform. Asci subventricose, sub- sessile, paraphysate, 8-spored, 75-85 x 18-21//. Sporidia mostly crowded- biseriate, obovate, about 5- septate and constricted in the middle, with a longitudinal septum running through 2 or more cells, hyaline and uniseptate at first, finally yellow-brown, 20-22x10— 13//.. Differs from T. obdueen.^ (Pers. ) in its scattered gi'owth, sub-col- lapsing and mostly rather smaller perithecia, and shorter asci with crowded sporidia. Teichospora clavispora E. & E. On bark of Ner/ioido aceroides, Rockport, Kansas, July, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,509). Perithecia scattered, erumpent-superficial, ovate-globose, rough, 250-300// diam., with a pa[)illiform ostiolum. Asci ciavate-cylindri- cal, 100-120 X 14-15/', paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia obliquely 1894.] NATURAL SCIKNCES OF PHILADKLIMII A. 331 uniseriate, clavate or narrow obovate, 8-10-septate and muriform, brown, 30-35 x 10-12//,, narrowed almost to a point below. Teichospora rliypodes E. & E On decorticated Bhus, Ann Arbor, Mich., Apr., 1893 (L. N. Johnson, No. 1,545). Perithecia gregarious, enimpeut-superficial, conic- hemispheiical, ^ mm. diatn., with a papilliform or conic-papilliform ostiolum. Asci cylindrical, 100-110x12//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia uni- seriate, obloug-elliptical, yellow- brown, 6-7-septate, with a more or less perfect longitudinal septum running through several of the cells, 15-18 X 7-8//-, slightly constricted in the middle, ends obtusely pointed. Accompanied by pycnidial perithecia {Macrophovia rhoina E, & E.), smaller and depressed, with fusoid-oblong, hyaline sporules 18-22x6-7//. The ascigerous perithecia are more or less covered below with the remains of the decomposing fibers of the wood and have a dirty look. Teichospora crossota E. & E. On the weathered inner surface of elm bark, Rockport, Kansas, Apr., 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,437). Perithecia gregarious, erumpent-superficial, ovate-globose, rough, black, 150-200//, diam., fringed around the base with short, creep- ing, brown hyphse, not collapsing. Ostiolum papilliform. Asci cylin- drical or clavate-cylindrical, about 75 x 10-12//, abruptly contracted below into a short, crooked stipe, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia sub-biseriate, obovate-elliptical, yellow-brown, 3-septate and more or less constricted in the middle, 12-15 x 8-9//, ends obtuse. Allied to T. pygmcea E. & E., but perithecia gregarious and fringed, and sporidia longer and acute below. Teichospora piriospora E. & E. On outer bark of living Fraxinus viridis, Rockport, Ks. , March, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,233). Perithecia erumpent-superficial, subglobose, I mm. diam., with a papilliform ostiolum. Asci cylindrical, 100-110 x 15-18//, sub-sessile, paraphysate, 8-spore4. Sporidia overlapping- uniseriate, piriform, 6-11-septate and muriform, yellow'-brown, 35-45 x 12-15//, the terminal cells a little paler. 332 PROCICEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Teichospora nubilosa E. & E. ^ On outer bark of Celtis occidentalis, Rockport, Kansas, Nov. 1898 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,249). Perithecia scattered, superficial, ovate, minute, 250x220,", rough, black, with a papilliform ostioluni, at length collapsing above. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 70-75x10-12'/., 8-spored, with filiform para- physes. Sporidia uniseriate, elliptical or ovate, 3-septate and sub- muriform, constricted at the middle septum, hyaline at first, but soon becoming brown. The perithecia are mostly seated on a thin, black crust which over- spreads the surface of the bark, giving it a clouded appearance. Pleosphaeria cortioola E. & E. On outer bark of Pinus rigida, Nuttallburg, West Va. , June, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Perithecia scattered, superficial, ovate, 300-400//. diam. , carbo- naceo-membranaceous, pilose-strigose, hairs 100-200 x 5-6;/, soon opake, very faintly and sparingly septate, here and there collected into closely compacted fascicles resembling stout bristles. Ostiolum papilliform, obtuse. Asci oblong-cylindrical, abruptly short-stipitate, 80-100 x 20-25,". Paraphysate? Sporidia crowded, acutely ellip- tical, nearly hyaline at first, becoming olive-brown and 5-7-septate and muriform, but not constricted. Comes near P. strlgosa Sacc, but perithecia rather smaller, not depressed, and hairs fasciculate. Lophiostoma (Lophiosphsera)? asperum E. & E. On outer bark of Ulmus Ainericana, Rockport, Kansas, June, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,487). Perithecia scattered, superficial, ovate, tubercular-roughened, ex- cept around the prominent, narrow, compressed ostiolum, 400-450// high, 300-350," broad, slightly narrowed around the base. Asci clavate-cyhndrical, short-stipitate, 90-100 x 12,"., paraphysate, 8- spored. Sporidia uniseriate, mostly overlapping or oblique, yellow- ish-hyaline, uuiseptate and constricted, 18-21 x 7-8,", ends subacute, or when free obuse and rounded. Lophiostoma speciosum E. & E. On bark of Fraxiiuis viridis, Rockport, Kansas, March, 1894 (Bartholomew, 1,406). Perithecia scattered, erumpent-superficial, globose, grayish- black, 1894.] NATURAJ. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 i ram. diam., with a narrow, compressed, deciduous ostiolum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 150-200 x 22-25/., p. sp. 112-130;/ long, jnira- physate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, oblong-elliptical, with the ends subacute, olive-brown, 10-11-septate. not constricted, 40-55 x 13- 16,a. Lophidium pachystomum E. & E. On outer bark of Popalus monilifera, Kansas (Bartholomew). Perithecia gregarious, erumpent-superficial, depressed-globose, 4^-1 mm. diam., base slightly sunk in the bark, rounded above at first and without any visible ostiolum, but finally with a stout, short- cylindrical, obtuse, scarcelv compressed ostiolum \-h mm. Ion?. Sometimes two or three perithecia are confluent. Asci clavate- cylindrical, 110-120x18-22// (p. sp. 100-110//.), paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, clavate-oblong or obovate-clavate, 27- 50x12-15//, 6-12-septate and muriform, becoming dark- brown, sometimes shriveled and deformed. Distinguished by its turret-like ostiolum. Lophidium nitidum E. & E. On dead shoots of cultivated grapevines, Nuttallburg, West Va. , Jan. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 295). Perithecia scattered, semierumpent, small (200-250//. diam.), black and shining, subhemispherical, the flattened base immersed in the bark. Ostiolum compressed, thin, narrow, sometimes obsolete. Asci cylindrical, short- (8-10//) stipitate, about 100x10-12//, para- physate, 8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, yellow- brown, 5-7-septate with a longitudinal septum running through two or more cells, 19-22 x 8-10//, ends mostly rounded and obtuse, not at all or only slightly constricted in the middle. Lophidium purpurascens E. & E. On old paper lying by the roadside, Ann Arbor, Mich., March, 1894 (L. N. Johnson, No. 1,564, partly). Perithecia gregarious, on purplish spots, ovate, 400-450// diam., the apex emergent and crowned with the obtuse, compressed ostio- lum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 100-150x15-20//., p. sp. 80-100/i long, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate above, oblong or fusoid-oblong, attenuated towards each end, 7-10-septate, slightly curved, not at all or only slightly constricted, 2 or more of the cells divided by a longitudinal septum, olive-brown, 22-25 x8-10//. 334 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Often in >some of the asci the sporidia appear shriveled and are nearly opake. Lophidium confertum E. & E. On decorticated, decaying limbs of Fraxinus viridis, Trego Co., Kansas, Apr. 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,457). Perithecia crowded, superficial, with the base broadly adnate, conical, somewhat shining above, 300-400// diam. Ostiolum ob- tusely conical, mostly more or less compressed, with the opening elongated subhysteriform. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 100-110x12- 15.", with a short, crooked stipe and abundant paraphyses. Sporidia uniseriate, short-elliptical, pale yellow-brown, 3-septate, obtuse, more or less constricted at the middle septum, coarsely niuriform, 12-15 X 10-12//. Sometimes the sporidia are smaller and darker with a shriveled look. On account of the slightly compressed ostiola this approaches TeicJtospora. Cucurbitaria borealis E. & E. On bark of dead limbs of Salix sp., Alcove, N. York (C. L. Shear, No. 216). Perithecia cespitose, 6-12 together in compact groups, 2-3 mm. diam., seated on the surface of the inner bark and loosely surrounded by the ruptured and upturned epidermis, 3-2 mm. diam. , black, rough, subglobose, with a prominent ostiolum soon perforated. . Asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 90-110 x 15—16//. Sporidia uniseriate or subbiseriate above, elongated ovate- elliptical, about 7-septate and niuriform, somewhat constricted in the middle, yellow-brown, obtuse, 20-27 x 12-14//. Differs from C. salicina Fckl. in its cespitose perithecia and larger, 7-septate sporidia. Sphaerella hypsicola E. & E. Perithecia scattered or subgregarious, ovate- globose, 80-90/'. diam., subcuticular or superficial by the falling away of the epidermis, pierced above with a small round opening. Asci oblong, sessile, fasciculate, 25-35 x 7-8/', 8-spored. Sporidia crowded-biseriate, oblong or clavate-oblong, scarcely constricted, hyaline, 9-11 x2i- 3/'. On dead stems of Trollins lax us, Cameron Pass, N. W. Colo., July, 1894, alt. 10,200 ft. (Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 4). Sphasrella coerulea E. & E. On dead stems of Aquilegia ccerulea, Junction of Big South and 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 Cache la Poudre Rivers, Colo., July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 11), alt. 9,000 ft. Perithecia evenly scattered, subcuticular but promiuent, de})ressed- hemispherical, 100-120// diam., pierced above. Asci fasciculate, aparaphysate, oblong, mostly broader near the base, sessile, 8-spored. Sporidia 2-3-seriate, crowded, clavate-oblong, obtuse, uniseptate and slightly constricted at the septum, 15-20 x 32-4^'/. Difters from S. Aquilegice E. & G. in its depressed perithecia and narrower sporidia. Didymella Myricae E. & E. On dead twigs of Myriea cerijera, Kiamensie, Del., July, 1894 (Commons, No. 2,503). Perithecia scattered, adnate-superficial, depressed-hemispherical, 100-120;/. diam., with a papilliform ostiolum. Asci obovate, subin- equilateral, sessile, aparaphysate, 40 x 20/'. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, hyaline, uniseptate and strongly constricted at the septum, ends obtuse, each cell 2-uucleate, 20 x 6-8//. The cells easily separate. Didymella Physocarpi E. & E. On dead Wmhs o^ Physocarpus optdifolius, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 488). Perithecia gregarious, covered by the pustuliform epidermis, about i mm. diam., white inside, depressed-globose, the papilliform ostio- lum barely penetrating the epidermis. Asci clavate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, 85-90 x 10-12//, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, fusoid, 4-nucleate, uniseptate, constricted at the septum, hyaline, 19-22x4-5//, mostly a little curved. Didymosphaeria populifolia E. & E. On fallen leaves of Populus angidata, Shore of Lake Huron, Ontario, Canada, May, 1894 (Dearness, No. 2,263). Perithecia gregarious, in suborbicular, hypophyllous groups, about 1 cm. across, not on any definite spots, 80-100// diam., innate, only the subcouoid, minute ostiolum projecting. Asci cylindrical, short- stipitate, 65-75x8-10//, 8-spored (paraphysate)? Sporidia uniseri- ate, oblong, pale brown, uniseptate, slightly constricted, upper cell a little broader, 12-14 x 3A-41//. Pleospora Richtophensis E. & E. Perithecia tliickly scattered, subcuticular, globose or elliptical, 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 300-400/i diam., finally more or less collapsing, the papillilbrm ostiolura barely piercing the epidermis. Asci clavate-oblong, short- stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 85-110x20-22;/. Sporidia biseri- ate, oblong-elliptical, 5-septate and muriform, mostly constricted in the middle, yellow-brown, end cells paler and subacute, 25-35 x 12- 14/i. On dead stems of Helianthus, Mt. Richtophen, N. W. Colo., July, 1894 (C. F. Baker, No. 238). Pleospora alpestris E. & E. On decaying stems of TroUins laxus, Cameron Pass, N. W. Colo,, July, 1894 (Prof C. S. Crandall, No. 4, partly). Perithecia scattered, innate-erumpent, ovate-globose, 250;/ diam., with a papilliform ostiolum. Asci thin, evanescent, 150x25-30, 2- spored (in the specc. examined). Sporidia oblong- elliptical, or ovate-oblong, 50-65 x 16-24;/, mostly a little constricted in the middle, multi-(9-12-) septate and muriform, deep yellow-brown. The perithecia have a scanty fringe of coarse, brown, mycelial threads around the base. This differs from PL polyphragmia Sacc. in its smaller glabrous perithecia not collapsing, and its larger sporidia with fewer septa. Pyrenophora Canadensis E. & E. On sheaths of Phleum pratense, London, Canada, July, 1894 (J. Dearness). Perithecia scattered, buried with the apex erumpent, ovate, 250- 300;/. diam., the apex, around the scarcely prominent ostiolum loosely clothed with spreading, brown, continuous hairs 50-80 x 5-6;/. Asci cylindrical, 150-190 x 28-32;/ (p. sp. 110-120;/). Paraphyses not seen. Sporidia 4-8, oblong-elliptical or ovate- elliptical, nearly hyaline, obtuse, 3-septate, scarcely constricted, when mature one or two of the cells divided by a longitudinal septum, 40-55 x 15-20;/. Leptosphgeria sambucina E. & E. On dead Sambucus melanoearpa, Cameron Pass, Colo., alt. 10,000 ft., July, 1894 (C. F. Baker). Perithecia buried, ovate-globose, 350-400;/. diam., i-aising the epidermis into pustules which are whitish at first with the minute, black, papilliform ostiolum visible in the center. Asci clavate- cylin- drical, 100-120x12;/, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia fusoid- cylindrical, slightly curved, uniseptate and constricted at first, finally 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337 6-8eptate and constricted at the septa, generally with one cell near the middle, swollen, 22-27 x 6-7/^1, golden-yellow. Differs from L. agnita Desm. in its broader, golden-yellow Bporidia. L. Samhaci in Roum. F. Gall. 5960, has 3-septate sporidia. Leptosphaeria papyricola E. & E. On old pasteboard lying by the roadside, Newfield, N. J,, Aug. 1894. Perithecia gregarious, buried, with the acutely conical ostiolum erurapent, llO-loO," diam. , ovate-globose. Asci (p. sp.) 60-70 x 5a, with a siender stipe 30-40// long, paraphyses obscure. Sporidia biseriate, fusoid, dull yellow, slightly curved, 3-septate, often con- stricted at the middle septum with the next cell above swollen, 14- 20 (mostly about 15) x 21-3//. Differs from au}'^ form of L. eustoma (Fr. ) in its conical ostiolum and constantly narrower sporidia. An Ophiobolus with asci 110-120 x 5//, spoi'idia filiform 80-110 X lo,", also occurs on the same matrix. Ophiobolus fragilisporus E. & E. Perithecia scattered, erumpent-superficial, ovate-conical, brownish- black, 350-450// high, 300-350// thick, ^ narrowed above into the prominent- papilliform or short- cylindricaj, black ostiolum. Asci linear, gradually narrowed below, 150-200 x 5-5*//. Paraphyses filiform, evanescent. Sporidia nearly as long as the asci, yellowish- brown, 1-1]// thick, readily separating into joints 8-12// long. Allied to 0. rudis (Riess.), but sporidia only half as thick and perithecia ovate-conical. On dead herbaceous stems, on overflowed land, Walton Creek, Colorado, July, 1894, alt. 6,500 ft. (Prof C. S. Crandall, No. 40). Linospora Brunellae E. & E. On living leaves of Brunella vulgaris, Columbia River, W. Klikitat Co., Wash., Apr. 1886 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 267). Perithecia thickly scattered, amphigenous, l^uried in the substance of the leaf, but raising the epidermis into little black tubercles about i mm. diam. , and pierced above by the papilliform or short-cylindri- cal ostiolum. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 80-90x12-15//, 8-spored, (paraphysate)? Sporidia fasciculate, lying parallel, clavate-cylindri- cal, yellowish-hyaline, 3-septate, not constricted, 55-65 x 3//. 23 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Hypospila Brunellae E. & E. On leaves of Brunella vulgaris, Seattle, Wash., Sept. 1892 (C. V. Piper). Perithecia buried in the substance of the leaf, h mm. diaro., the base hemispherical- prominent below, the conic-papilliform ostiolum erumpeut through the slightly tubercular-elevated epidermis above. Asci clavate-cyliudrical, 90-110 x 12/', 8-8pored, with tiliform para- physes. Sporidia cylindrical, crowded, nearly straight, faintly 1-3- septate, obtuse, 55-62 x 3^-4//. Anthootomella hypsophila E. & E. Perithecia gregarious, buried in the bark, globose, black, ^—2 mm. diam., raising the surface of the bark into distinct pustules which are barely pierced by the papilliform ostiolum. Asci cylindri- cal, 90-110x12,'/, paraphysate, 8-spored, stipitate. Sporidia uni- seriate, narrow-elliptical, deep brown and finally opake, 15-18 x 8- 10//.. On dead stems of Loaicera involacrafa, Cameron Pass, N. W. Colo., alt. 10,000 ft. (C. F. Baker). Anthostomella suberumpens E. & E. On inner surface of loosened elm bark, Rockport, Kansas, Nov. 1893 (Bartholomew, No. 1,244). Perithecia gregarious, sunk in the bark, with the stout, conical ostiolum and often the apex of the perithecium erumpent, 250-320;/ diam., with tolerably thick walls. Asci cylindrical, short- stipitate, 90-110 X 7-8//, 8-spored, with filiform paraphyses. Sporidia uniseri- ate, elliptical, brown, becoming nearly opake, 12x6-8//. Distinguished from other species by its stout, conical ostiolum and suberumpent perithecia, approaching RoseUinia. Diaporthe (Chorost.) stereostoma E. & E. On dead branches of Si/mpJwricarpon occidentalis, Rockport, Kan- sas, June, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,482). Stromata scattered or subcoufiuent, enclosed in a thin, black, sub- carbonaceous crust, conical or subpulvinate, 1-3 mm. diam., seated on the wood and covered by the thin bark which is raised into pus- tules and pierced by the fascicle of stout, black, conic-cylindrical ostiola which are 2-I mm. long. Perithecia 3-12 in a stroma, sub- globose, about i mm. diam. , slightly sunk in the surface of the wood which is marked by a cluster of shallow cup-shaped cavities 1894,] NATURAI. SCIENCES OF PHIIjADELPHIA. 339 when the perithecia are removed. Asci (p. sp.) 45-50 x 7-8//, clavate-cylindrical, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, ob- long, 3-4-nucleate, slightly constricted in the middle, obtuse, hyaline, 10-12 X 8i-4/.'.. Very distinct from D. Ryckholtii, which is also found on SympJiori- carpos. Diaporthe (Chorostate) tetraptera E. & E. On dead limbs of Halesia tetraptera, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Stroma cortical, 1^-2 mm. diam., surrounded by a black line which does not penetrate the wood. Perithecia 4-12, circinate, 5 mm. diam., sunk to the wood and leaving their impress on its sur- face but not penetrating it. Ostiola obtusely rounded and perforated, erumpent in a compact fascicle and closely surrounded by the ruptured epidermis. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 75-80 x 12;/. Sporidia biseriate, obloug-fusoid, slightly curved, subobtuse, hyaline, unisep- tate and constricted at the septum, each cell with a large nucleus, 19-22 X 5-7;/. Differs from D. Haleske E. & E. in its smaller perithecia, not sunk in the wood and its much larger sporidia. Diaporthe (Chorostate) Halesiae E. & E. On dead limbs of Halesia tetraptera, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Perithecia 4-8, loosely circinate, f mm. horn-color inside, becom- ing nearly black, sunk in the wood, necks converging with their obtuse, smooth, hemisphei'ical ostiola erumpent in a close fascicle, closely surrounded by the ruptured epidermis. Asci slender, 55-60 x 6-7//, short-stipitate. Sporidia subbiseriate, fusoid- oblong, hyaline, 2-4- nucleate, becoming uniseptate and slightly constricted, straight, 12— 15 X 2i-3//. There is no distinct circumscribing line around the stroma, but the inner surface of the bark is uniformly blackened. Diaporthe Araliae E. & E. On dead limbs of Aralia spinosa, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 312). Stroma buried in the wood and circumscribed by a penetrating, black line, elliptical, about 5x4 ram. Perithecia buried in the stroma, few (6-10) globose, A-J mm. diam., their short-cylindrical, 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. ostiola projecting from a black, tubercular disk seated on the sur- face of the wood and perforating the pustuliform-elevated epidermis, but scarcely rising above it. Asci clavate- cylindrical, 40-45 x 5- 6,'i, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, 4- nucleate, becoming uniseptate and slightly constricted, hyaline, obtuse, 12- 13x2i-3//. Allied to and resembling D. ocularia C. & E. Valsa ribicola E. & E. On dead Ribes aureitm, Rockport, Kansas, Aug. 1894 (E. Bar- tholomew, No. 1,530). Perithecia eircinate, 10-12 buried in the unchanged substance of the inner bark, not penetrating to the wood or circumscribed by any black line, 230-250," diam., ovate-globose, with slender necks con- verging, with their rounded, black, finally subumbilicate ostiola eruinpent around the margin of a dirty white disk. Asci clavate- cyliudrical, about 60 x 8;/. Sporidia biseriate above, allantoid, hyaline, obtuse, moderately curved, 12-15 x 3-4a. The white disk is only the top of a grayish-white central column around the base of which lie the perithecia, in a circle 1^-2 mm. diam. This cannot easily be mistaken for V. ribesia Karst., which has sporidia only about half as large and differs also in other respects. Valsa Chionantlii E. & E. On dead limbs of Chionanthus Virginica, Nuttallburg, West Va., March, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 228). Perithecia 4-10, globose, ]—h mm. diam., buried in the unchanged substance of the bark, with convergent necks, terminating in short- cylindrical, obtuse, perforated ostiola erumpent in a close fascicle perforating and slightly raising the bark. Asci clavate, p. sp. 40- 45 X 8-10,'/, 8-sp()red, paraphysate? Sporidia allantoid, hyaline, 12- 15x3^-4i.", biseriate above. Spermogonia ( Cytispora Chioncmthi E. & E, ) buried in the bark, flask-shaped, o--!," diam., nuiltilocular, the cells soon confluent, the apex erumpent and perforated by a single pore. Sporules allantoid, 4—6x1-1},'/, borne on basidia branched above, the branches erect, straight, nucleate, 7-10// long. Valsa Diospyri E. & E. On dead limbs of D'wspxjros Virr/iniaiia, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 253). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 Stroma consisting of the slightly blackened substance of the bark, convex, about 2 mm. diam., not circumscribed. Perithecia 4—1 0 in a stroma, subglobose, \-i mm. diam., necks converging and united above in a small, black disk which perforates the pustuliform- elevated epidermis, but does not rise above it. Ostiola short, conic-cylindri- cal, with a smooth, round opening, crowded and finally obliterating the disk. Asci clavate- lanceolate, p. sp. 25 x 5,'j., 8-spored, para- physate. Sporidia allantoid, hyaline, 8-10x1^-2//. Spermogonia (Cytispora) in the young stroma, multilocular gray inside, opening by a single, central pore. Spermatia allantoid, hyaline, moderately curved, 4-5 x li,a. Valsa etherialis E. & E. On dead limbs of Acer rubrum, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 373). Stromata cortical, thickly scattered, convex, 1-1 •> mm. diam. Perithecia 6-12 together, circiuate, buried in the unaltered substance of the bark, small, 150-250,'a diam., their short necks terminating in an erumpeut, compact fascicle of obtuse, black, slighly unbilicate ostiola closely embraced by the epidermis and scarcely rising above it. Asci (p. sp. ) fusoid, 15-22x4-42//, stipitate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, allantoid, hyaline, curved, slender, 5-6 x about 1/j.. When well developed, the epidermis is raised into subdiscoid pustules in which the slight protuberances indicate the position of the subjacent perithecia. V. delicatitla C. & E. has fewer, larger perithecia and broader sporidia. V. mierospora Cke. & Plowr. bas also larger perithecia and yellow'ish sporidia, and the ostiola are more or less distinctly sulcate, indicating its close relationship to Eutijpella. In F. etherialis the sporidia both in and out of the asci are perfectly hyaline. Eutypella densissima E. «fe E. On dead limbs of Aralia spinosa, Nuttallburg, W. Va. , Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 363). Stromata scattered, cortical, depressed-conical, 2-3 mm. diam., not circumscribed, but staining the bark olive-gray. Perithecia numerous, often 50-70 in a stroma, 100-120// diam., closely packed, their slender necks terminating in obtusely conical, 4-cleft, black, densely crowded ostiola erumpent in a brown disk surrounded by the ruptured epidermis. The disk is soon obliterated, so that only the crowded, black, subshining ostiola are seen. Asci clavate-fusoid, p. 342 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. sp. 25-30x4;/.. Sporidia biseriate, allautoid, hyaline, moderately curved, 8-10x1^-2//. Eutypella carpinicola E. &. E. On dead limbs of Carpimis Americana, Alcove, N. Y., Oct. 1893 (C. L. Shear, No. 190). Stromata cortical, flat, subconfluent, 11-2 mm. diam. , formed from the scarcely altered, superficial layer of the inner bark, below which the substance of the bark and surface of the wood i.s uniformly blackened. Perithecia subcircinate, 3-6 together, ^-f mm. diam., with thick, coriaceous walls, their short necks erumpent in a small, flattened, tubercular, black disk, which pierces the papilliform- elevated epidermis, and appears like a small black speck on its surface. Ostiola erumpent through the disk, broad, flat, soon stellately cleft. Asci slender- clavate, p. sp. 40-50x5//, or including the slender stipe, 80-100/'. long, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, allantoid, yellowish, slightly curved, obtuse, 8-10x2//. The perithecia lie in the superficial layer of the inner bark, and when the epidermis is pulled off", this layer and the imbedded peri- thecia adhere to and come off" with it. The perithecia are then seen to be surrounded by a thin white layer apparently formed from the substance of the bark. Calosphaeria cornioola E. & E. On dead limbs of Cornus asperifolia, Rock port, Kansas, May, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,470). Perithecia scattered or loosely collected in subvalsiform groups of 3-5, minute, 200-250// diam., buried in the unchanged substance of the inner bark, covered by the epidermis which is raised into little pustules and pierced by the papilliform ostiola. Asci clavate, 27-32x6-62//, rounded above and gradually narro^ved to the base. Paraphyses linear, nucleate, much longer than the asci. Sporidia biseriate, cylindrical, hyaline, curved, obtuse, 10-12x2/7.. Differs from C. minima Tul. (also on Cornus) in its sporidia twice as long and rather broader. The scattered mode of growth is like that of C. microtheca C. & E. Endoxyla aoericola E. & E. On rotten maple wood, Granton, Ontario, Canada, Jan. 1894 (Dearness, No. 2,235). Perithecia scattered or subvalsiforra-aggregated, globose, black. 1894.] naturaIj sciences of Philadelphia. 343 300-o50,'x diam., entirely buried iu the unchanged substance of the wood, their short-cylindrical or conic- cylindrical ostiola exserted either singly or in loose fascicles. Asci cylindrical, 130-140 x 12//. (p. sp. 90-1 10,'/.), paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate, ob- long-cylindrical, 3-septate and constricted at the septa, obtuse, not curved, brown, apparently roughish, 18-22 x 8— 10«. Pseudovalsa viticola E. & E. On dead shoots of Vitii riparla, Roekport, Kansas, April, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,454). Perithecia buried in the unchanged substance of the inner bark, either singly or 2-4 together, globose, soft, i-f mm. diam., raising the epidermis into distinct pustules, which are pierced by the papil- liform or tubercular-papilliform ostiolum. x\sci cylindrical, short- stipitate, 8-spored, paraphysate, 100-120x10-12;/. Sporidia unise- riate, oblong-cylindrical, straight or very slightly curved, obtuse, 3-septate and slightly constricted, 15-20x8-9,', light yellow- brown. Valsaria allantospora E. & E. On dead Xegundo aceroides, Roekport, Kansas, April. 1894 (Bar- tholomew, No. 1,450). Stroma cortical, elliptical (in a horizontal section), 4-7x3 mm., or subseriate-elougated for 1-2 cm., formed from the substance of the bark which becomes of a lighter color than the surrounding parts, and is limited by a black line which penetrates the wood to the depth of about 1 mm. Perithecia 6-12 in a stroma, globose, black, thick walled, not sunk in the wood, f-1 mm. diam. Ostiola erumpent, slightly projecting, conical, black, not sulcate, not crowded, con- nected by a thin, black crust. Asci clavate, short-stipitate, p. sp. 55-62x8-10// (paraphysate)? Sporidia biseriate, cylindrical, slightly curved, yellowish and 2-nucleate at first, becoming brown and uniseptate, but not constricted, 12-15x8-32//. Diatrype celastrina E. & E. On dead stems of Celastrus scandens, Roekport, Kansas, May, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,472). Stromata scattered, cortical, light wood-color within, depressed-coni- cal, 2-3 mm. diam., raising the epidermis into distinct pustules, rup- tured above with a small, elliptical opening by the dark-gray disk. Perithecia 4-12 iu a stroma, subcircinate, ovate, about ixf mm. diam. Ostiola scattered or erumpent around the margin of the disk, ^44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. flat, with au irregularly shaped openiug. Asci clavate- cylindrical, 60-70x7-8,". (p. sp. 30-35,v, long;, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, cylindrical, smoky yellow-brovvn, slightly curved, obtuse, 10-12x2-3//. Stroma circumscribed by a black line, which does not penetrate the wood. This can hardly be the Sphceria dolom Fr., said by Schw. to occur on Celadrm. It is certainly different from the spec, so labeled in Sydow's Mycotheca Marchica. Anthostoma formosum E & E. On bark of dead Geltis occidentalis, Rockport, Kansas, June, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,492). Stromata scattered, cortical, thick-convex, 2-4 mm. diam., orbicu- lar or elliptical, formed from the scarcely altered substance of the bark. Perithecia 12-20 buried in the stroma but not penetrating to the wood, ovate-globose, with thick, cartilagino-membranaceous walls, black and shining inside, about 1 mm. diam., their slender necks converging, their stout, conic- cylindrical ostiola with smooth rounded tips, erumpent in a close fascicle and projecting, when fully developed for 1 mm. or more, or quite as often, merely raising and rupturing the epidermis, but scarcely rising above it. Asci cylin- drical, stipitate, paraphysate, p. sp. 60-70x4-5//. Sporidia unise- riate, oblong, dark brown (subhyaline and nucleate at first), straight, obtuse, 7-10x3-4//. Anthostoma micrcecium E. & E. On dead limbs of Asimina triloba, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Stroma cortical, faintly circumscribed, 1-1 2 mm. diam., orbicular, convex. Perithecia 4-8 in a stroma, globose, minute (200-250/'), circinate, necks slender, short, converging, with the minute, papilli- form ostiola erumpent in a small, black, hemispherical disk, which barely pierces the pustuliform-elevated epidermis, and is closely em- braced by it. Asci cylindrical, 80-110 x 8-10/*, paraphysate 8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate, elliptical, brown, continuous, 2-nucleate, 12-14 X 6-7//. Distinguished by its very small stroma and perithecia. Diatrypella prunicolaE& E. On dead limbs of Primus Pennsylvaniea, Alcove, N. Y., Feb. 1894 (C. L. Shear, No. 298, partly). Stroma seated on the inner bark, convex- hemispherical, 3-4 mm. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 diara., tobacco-color inside, not circumscribed, crowded above with the dense, flat- topped orbicular or elliptical fascicle of hemispheri- cal, smooth, soon broadly and irregularly perforated ostiola, which raise and pierce the epidermis with an orbicular opening or oftener protrude through transverse cracks. Perithecia irregularly poly- stichous, small (110-150//.), black and shining inside, numerous, subglobose. Asci clavate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, 65-70x8-10;/, polysporous, paraphysate. Sporidia irregular crowded, yellowish in the mass, allantoid, 5-6x1//. Phyllachora asterigena E & E. On living leaves of Aster oblongifolws, Rockport, Kansas, Aug. 1893 (Bartholomew, No. 1,040). (Stylospores. ) Forming orbicular or elongated, black patches, 2—6 mm. in extent, on the under side of the leaves. Stroma thin, gray inside, surface roughened by the prominent, conic-hemispherical, perforated ostiola. Ascigerous cells numerous, subglobose, about 100// diam. Sporules oblong or cj'lindrical, hyaline, uniseptate, slightly constricted at the septum, obtuse, 15— 25 x 4-4 1//.. This does not seem to be Dothidea Haydeni, B. & C. , which is represented as growing on the stems and having "sporidia linear, attenuated at each end." Dothidea Solidaginis Schw. has a different habit, stromata numer- ous, scattered, tuberculiform and mostly less than 1 mm. diam. Hypoxylon occidentale E. & E. On dead limbs and trunks. Pasadena, Cal. (Prof. A. J. McClat- chie). Stroma hemispheric-tuberculiform, superficial, sessile, 2-10 cm. diam., surface roughened by the large, hemispherical ostiola, and clothed with a thin coat of short, olivaceous hyphse, bearing globose, ovate, or oblong-cylindrical conidia, nearly hyaline and continuous at first, finally pale brown and 1-3 septate, 4-15x4-5/'. Perithecia peripheral, l-lixl-l mm. Asci cylindrical, 120-150 (p. sp. about 100) x6-7/', paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate, ob- long-elliptical, subinequilateral, olive-brown, 14-16x6-7/'. Has the aspect of Daldinia concentrka, but not zonate withi)% the inner substance consisting of a compact mass of radiating, sooty black fibers with a silky luster. The species is allied to H. malleolus B. & R. , from which it is distinguished by its more prominent ostiola 346 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. not surrounded by any distinct annular depression, and by its broader sporidia and the presence of a conidial layer. Hypoxylon Nuttallii E. & E. On bark of dead Magnolia Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 477). Stromata gregarious, subconfluent, depressed-hemispherical or strongly convex, 3-6 mm. diam., purplish-black, mammillose. Peri- thecia small (about \ mm.), scattered irregularly through the stroma, which is rather soft and brownish withiu. Ostiola crowning the mammillose projections on the surface of the stroma, papilliform, soon deciduous, leaving a round perforation. The asci in the specc. examined had disappeared. Sporidia brown, oblong-elliptical, subin- equilateral, 7-8x3-4/'. (exceptionally '9x5,'/). Hypoxylon atroviride E. & E. On bark of dead tree (Betiila or Querciis), Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 275). Stroma pulvinate, 1-1 ^ cm. across, and about 4 mm. thick, or- bicular, covered above with a thin (i mm.) carbonaceous crust, which is soon covered by a dark green layer of the ejected spores, laterally and internally dirty umber color. Perithecia (which con- stitute the entire inner substance of the stroma) ovate compressed, and including the long, stout neck, about 3 mm. long and 1 mm. broad below. Ostiola papilliform, soon covered and obscured by the ejected sporidia. Asci cylindrical 100x32-4 " (p. sp. 40-45 long), paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, pale brown, under the microscope 2-uucleate, 4^-52 x 2,7. This is a well- marked species. The substance of the stroma, ex- cept the superficial, carbonaceous layer, is friable, and in this respect as well as the color resembles H. Petersii B. & C. , from which, how- ever, in other respects it is very distinct. Hysterium cedrinum E. & E. On weather-beaten wood of a white cedar post, Rockport, Ks., March, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,422). Scattered, erumpent, narrow-elliptical, minute (1-i mm.), black, subrugulose, not polished, lips thin, loosely closed, when fresh open exposing the dark-colored disk. Asci oblong, obtuse above, ab- ruptly contracted below into a short stipe, 46-55x16-3 7,'/, paraphy- sate, 8-spored. Sporidia biseriate, ovate-elliptical, 3-septate, scarcely 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 or only very slightly constricted, obtuse at the ends, subinequilateral, 18-21x7-8", the cells uniformly brown, and each with a large nucleus. Conies near H. vuhjare De Not. and H. ellipticum Fr., but both of these have oblong sporidia, and the former has shining perithecia, besides their different habitat. Hypoderma tunicatum E. & E. On dead branches of Ardostaphylos Nevadensu Gray, Mt. Paddo, Wash., July, 1886 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 268). Perithecia oblong or lanceolate, prominent, 1-3 x f-l mm., brown- ish-black, ends subacute, entirely closed at first, finally opening by an irregularly torn, longitudinal fissure along the top, exposing the pale disk. Asci clavate, 150-200x18-20//, 8-spored, with filiform, branching paraphyses. Sporidia biseriate, hyaline, oblong- elliptical, slightly curved, 3-septate, and including the broad, hyaline envelope, 22x8-10;/, the septate body of the spore being about 20x3 2-4;'. On the tips of the branches was found Melanomma alpestre E. & E. Hypoderma Cassandrae E. & E. On dead stems and branches of Cassandra calyculata, Ann Arbor, Mich., April, 1893 (L. N. Johnson). Perithecia scattered or gregarious, erumpent, elliptical or oblong, 1— Ijxi-f mm., membranaceo-coriaceous, black, bordered by the ruptured and upturned epidermis, lips thin, incurved and closed when dry so as to hide the grayish-black disk, finally deciduous. Asci clavate, narrowed gradually below into a stipe-like base, 45-60 x 10-12;/ above, rounded at the apex, paraphysate. Sporidia biseriate, oblong or oblong-elliptical, hyaline, mostly a little curved, obtuse, continuous, 10-16x4—6;/. Not to be confounded with Lophoderynhim ( Cenanghmi) Cassandrae, (Pk. ), which has much longer, linear or filiform sporidia. * * * DISCOMYCETES. Barlaea lacunosa E. & E. On bark, Notre Dame Bay, Newfoundland, May, 1894 (Rev. A. C. Waghorne). Sessile 2-I2 cm. broad, orange-color, hymenium deeply lacunose, yellowish-white outside and minutely tomentose, margin undulate and narrowly incurved. Asci cylindrical, p. sp. 70-90;/, 8-spored. 348 PROCPJEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Paraphyses gradually thickened upwards, hyaline, 3-3^,". thick at the apex. Sporidia uniseriate, perfectly globose, hyaline, 8-10// diam. Comes near B. epichrysea Beck, but asci and sporidia smaller and hyraenium lacunose. Ciboria juncigena E. & E. On dead stems of Juncus, Falcon Valley, Wash., May, 1883 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 371). Stipitate, shallow cup-shaped, thin, 4—5 mm. diam., glaucous-prui- nose outside, disk wine-colored, subumbilicate. Stipe about 1 cm. long, 1 mm. diam. below, black and longitudinally wrinkled for about t the way up, flesh-color above, base flattened and attached to the culm but not penetrating it. Asci clavate-cylindrical, about 60 X 4-5//., paraphysate, 8-sj>ored. Sporidia subbiseriate, allantoid, slightly curved, hyaline, continuous, 7-8 x 1 i//., Ciboria Johnsoni E. & E. N. A. F. No. 3,131. Growing from decaying "thorn apples" (fraits of Cratmgus), more or less buried in the ground, Ann Arbor, Mich., May, 1893 (L. N. Johnson, No. 626). Stipe slender, 10-25 mm. long, subundulate, slightly enlarged above into the strongly concave, 3-8 mm. diam., light dirty brown ascoma. Asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spoi-ed. Sporidia uniseriate, mostly overlapping and oblique, sometimes sub- biseriate, ovate-elliptical, subacute, hyaline, continuous, 8-10x4-5//. The disk in drying becomes grayish- white. Lachnella rhizopMla E. & E. On decaying roots of Rhus diversiloba, Columbia River, W. KlikitatCo., Wash., Jan. 1894 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 306). Gregarious, subsessile, dirty white, cup-shaped and 2-I mm. diam. when fresh, contracted and closed when dry, at flrst subglobose and nearly closed, outside clothed and margin fringed with straight, rough, pale brown (under the microscope), sparingly septate hairs 100-150 X 4//. Asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, 8-spored. Para- physes filiform, scarcely thickened above, about as long as the asci. Sporidia overlapping-uuiseriate, or biseriate, fusoid, hyaline, 2-3- nucleate, 10-12 x 3//. The ascomata remain cup-shaped, with the margin erect. Disk pale, without any distinct shade of vellow. 1894.] NATUBAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 Lachnella Virginica E & E. On decaying wood of Magnolia Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 380). Gregarious, sessile, 4-1^ nim. diam. Disk pallid, concave, nearly closed when dry, margin fringed with brown, septate hairs, 100-125 X 3,'/, outside clothed with shorter, reddish- brown hairs. Asci about 50 x 5,', clavate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored. Sporidia subbiseriate, oblong, 6-8x1^-25//. Pseudohelotium laricinum E. & E. On decaying needles of Larix, in a "Tamarack Swamp," North- field, Mich., June, 1893 (L. N. Johnson, No. 657). Ascomata sessile, thin, almost membranaceous, carnose, orange colored, flat-discoid, 3-5 mm. diam., darker outside and minutely pubescent, margin incurved when dry, beset with short, compound, conical processes formed by the prolongation of the cellular structure of the ascoma. Asci cylindrical, about 75-8//, with filiform para- physes, not thickened above, 8-spored. Sporidia uniseriate, oblong- elliptical, obtuse, hyaline, continuous, 8-10x4-5// (mostly about 4//). [n old, partly weathered specc. the color becomes a lighter orange. Cyathicula alpina E. & E. On dead stems of Pedieularis, and culms of Elymus condensatus, N. W. Colo., July, 1894, alt. 9,500 ft. Minute, about f mm. high, stipitate, ascomata, shalloAv cup-shaped when fresh, closed when dry, about =} mm. diam., disk and margin pallid, structure fibrous, the extremities of the fibers prolonged and subfasciculate so as to make the margin of the ascoma obscurely den- tate. Stipe about } mm. high, whitish. Asci clavate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, with filiform paraphyses scarcely thickened at the apex. Sporidia oblong-cylindrical, hyaline, continuous, 8-10 x 1^- 2'. The outside of the cups is more or less farinose and becomes quite dark. This is very near Helotium nigrescens Cke., which lacks the den- tate margin, and has larger asci and sporidia, besides being much darker. Mollisia Gaultheriae E. & E. On living leaves of Gaultheria Shallon, Seattle, Wash., Dec. 1893 (Adella M. Parker, No. 185, in part). 350 PKOCEEDINGS (JF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Spots large (l-'2 era.), orbicular, dirty brown, paler and purple margined above, sometimes ii'regular in shape and occupying the greater part of the leaf. Ascomata araphigenous, but more numer- ous below, superficial on paler parts of the spots, small (2 mm. diara. ), dark liver-color (nearly black when dry), margin nodulose- dentate or subentire, glabrous, concave. Asci clavate-oblong, 45- 55 X 10-12,'/, with a short, nodular stipe and filiform, branched paraphyses. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, hyaline, continuous, 10-12 X 3-82//., ends obtuse. Allied to M. priiticola E. & E., but differs in several respects. Tapesia Coloradsnsis E. & E. On bark of Sambucus melanocarpa, Cameron Pass, Colorado, July, 1894, alt. 10,000 ft. (C. F. Baker, 236, partly). Ascomata scattered or subgregarious, sessile, seated on the epider- n)is or on the surface of the inner bark, 1-2 mm. diam., glabrous, nearly black outside, disk glaucous-white, or livid-white at first, becoming nearly black when dry, margin paler, thin and subundu- late. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 45-55 x 8-10//, narrowed below into a short, thick stipe, 8-spored, with stout but evanescent paraphyses. Sporidia biseriate, oblong-cylindrical, smoky-hyaline, often slightly curved, continuous, obtuse, 8-11 x 22-32//. The ascomata are surrounded by a thin, brown subiculum (more or less distinct), composed of slender pale brown, sparingly septate, interwoven hyphae. Allied to T. fusca (Pers. ). When dry the opposite sides of the ascomata roll together in a hysteriform manner. Helotiella pygmsea E. & E. On old cornstalks, Ohio (Morgan, No. 993). Gregai-ious, minute, pallid, yellowish outside, sparingly clothed and margin fringed with pale slender hairs. When moist convex- discoid, \—i mm. diam., pallid; when dry urceolate and yellowish, attached to the matrix by a central point and by light colored hairs. Asci (p. sp. ) about 30 x 6//. (paraphysate?), 8-spored. Sporidia bi- seriate, fusoid-obloug, hyaline, 4-nucleate, becoming uniseptate, and sometimes slightly constricted, 10-14 x 3-32//. Differs from H. carnosnla Rehm in its smaller size and absence of any clavate paraphyses. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIIjADEJ.PHIA. 351 Helotiella papyricola E. & E. On old paper lying by the roadside, Ann Arbor, Mich., March, 1893 (L. N. Johnson, No. 1,564, partly). Found also at Newfield, N.J. Ascomata gregarious, sessile or contracted below into a very short stipe, pale orange, of a .soft waxy consistency, discoid when fresh, and 200-300 " diam., subspherical and nearly closed when dry, out- side, sparingly furfuraceous, margin fringed with short, spreading hairs. Asci oblong, very short-stipitate, obscurely paraphysate, 8-spored, 25-30 x 12//, or elongated, 50-60 x 8/'. Sporidia biseri- ate, cylindric-fusoid, hyaline, slightly curved, siibobtuse, 2-4-nucle- ate, becoming uniseptate, but not constricted, 12-15 x 3;/. The paper is stained orange-red around the groups of ascomata. Helotiella major E. & E. On rotten wood, Ann Arbor, Mich., June, 1893 (F. E. Langdon, Comm. L. N. Johnson, No. 12). Ascomata gregarious, often subconfluent, sessile, 1-2 mm. diam., dirty orange inside, dirty white outside and sparingly clothed (the whitish margin more densely so) with short, pale, glandular hairs, expanded when mature and fresh, margin incurved when dry, at- tached to the matrix by spreading, white filaments, which also form a thin subiculum when the ascomata are crowded. Asci oblonsf- cylindrical, sessile, paraphysate, 8-spored, 65-70 x 7-8". Sporidia mostly biseriate, oblong-cylindrical, slightly curved, hyaline, unisep- tate, not constricted, 12-16 x 2i-3,'/. H. cornida (Ell.) is much smaller and has the sporidia apiculate. H. Niittallii E. & E. , to which this is closely allied, is also smaller, with the ascomata of fibrous structure, and clothed with longer and much more abundant hairs. Occasionally a spore is 3-septate, but the texture of the ascomata is caruose, not waxy or coriaceous as in Dermatelht. Helotiella Nuttallii E. & E. On rotten wood, Nuttallburg, West Va., March, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, 397). Ascomata gregarious, sessile, flat-hemispherical, l-l mm. diam., cup-shaped when fresh, contracted and subspherical when dry with only a small round apical opening, orange color tljroughout, disk watery orange, outside and fringed margin paler. Substance fibrous, 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. the fibres prolonged above so as to make a marginal fringe of pale yellow, roughish, straight hairs. Asci clavate-cylindrical, sessile, curved 50-60 x 5-6//. Paraphyses filiform, hardly thickened above, with a series of orange-colored, globose nuclei. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, hyaline, obtuse, uniseptate but not constricted, 8-10 x 25-3//. The outside of the ascomata is slightly hairy so that the specc. might be referred to Solenopeziza, if that is really worthy of generic dis- tinction. Dermatella viticola E. & E. On dead shoots of Vitis (cult.), Nuttallburg, West Va., Jan. 1894, (L. W. Nuttall, No. 295, partly). Sessile, convex-discoid and pale when moist, concave and flesh- color when dry, and then scarcely projecting above the surface of the bark, j-f mm. diam. Asci clavate-cylindrical, about 70 x 12//., with filiform paraphyses, 8-spored, subsessile. Sporidia subbiseriate, oblong- elliptical, hyaline, 1-3-septate (3-4-nucleate at first), 15-18 X 6-6 i/'. Belonium arabicolum E. & E. On dead stems of Arabls furcata, Mt. Paddo, Wash., alt. 6-7,000 ft., July, 1886 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 347). Ascomata erumpent-superficial, sessile, orbicular, black, 300-400//. diam., subdiscoid, marginate, Asci clavate, 80-100 x 9-10//, with filiform paraphyses broadly curved at the tips. Sporidia filiform, nucleate (becoming septate)? 40-60 x 11//. Resembles outwardly Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.). Tympanis Oxydendri E. & E. On dead limbs of Oxydendrum arboreum, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 258). Cespitose, 3-5 together, erumpent, at length deciduous, black, j-if mm. diam., contracted below into a short, thick stipe, margin subundulate. Asci cylindrical, 110-130 x 15-18//, including the short stipe. Paraphyses slender, abundant. Sporidia numerous, minute, oblong, hyaline or yellowish, 22-3 x 1//.. Allied to T. fasciculata Schw., but asci larger and sporidia smaller. Stictis Vaccinii E. & E. On dead leaves of Vacclnium ovatum, Tracyton, Kitsap Co., Wash., Dec. 1893 (Adella M. Parker, No. 217). Hypophyllous, gregarious, erumpent, generally on an indefinite. 1894.] NATUKAJ> SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 pale spot which is often visible also on the upper side of the leaf, but often without any spot, orbicular or somewhat irregular in outline f-1 mm. diam., with a prominent, light colored, 3-4-cleft margin, Hymenium glaucous white, plane. Asci clavate-cylindrical, sessile, 70-75 X 6,'/. Paraphyses filiform, branched at the tips and bearing minute, subglobose, hyaline conidia. Sporidia filiform, multinucle- ate, hyaline, 50-55x1^-2/7.. This is a more robust species than S. quercifolia Cke., which also has longer asci and narrower sporidia, but the two are closely allied. Stictis chrysopsis E. & E. On dead stems of Ceanothus integerrimus, Columbia River, W. Klikitat Co., Wash., Jan. 1894 (W.N. Suksdorf, No. 309). Ascomata scattered, immersed, exposed above and at first covered with a thin, white membrane, soon open, urceolate, exposing the deep orange-colored disk, 1-1 o mm. diam. Asci cylindrical, 200-225 x 8-10/^. Paraphyses filiform, about as long as the asci, simple, scarcely thickened above, about 1," thick. Sporidia filiform, multinucleate, nearly as long as the asci, li— 2// thick, hyaline, interwoven. Schizoxylon compositum E. & E. On dead twigs of Quercus coccinea, Newfield, N. J., and on dead twigs of Symphoricarpos occidentalis, Rockport, Kansas (Bartholo- mew). Ascomata erumpent-superficial, discoid, white pruinose, f-lj mm. diam. Disk, when the white pruinose layer disappears, distinctly olivaceous. Asci fusoid-cylindrical or lanceolate, 150-200 x 8-10//, 8-spored, short-stipitate. Sporidia linear, 100-150 x 3-4//. Sepa- rating into elliptical or oblong joints 5-8 x 3-4//. This differs from all the other species in the excipulum, containing often 2-6 distinct ascigerous nuclei, resembling on a horizontal sec- tion, so many imbedded perithecia. The paraphyses are filiform and more or less recurved and branched above. Sphaeropeziza Coloradensis E. & E. On decorticated stems of PotentUla frxiticosa. North Park, Colo. , July, 1894 (Prof C. S. Crandall, No. 30). Ascomata scattered, erumpent-superficial, about f mm. diam., subglobose and closed at first, then depressed and dehiscent above, with the fimbriate-lacerate margin incurved. Asci clavate, 45-50 X 5-6//, sessile and closely surrounded and overtopped by the con- 24 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. glutinate paraphyses. Sporidia biseriate, oblong-cylindrical, hyaline, 2-5- (mostly 3-) septate, not constricted, ends rounded, 10-14 x 3-3 J//. Patinella macrospora E. & E. On dead stems of Geum Rossii, mountains above Cameron Pass, N. W. Colo., alt. 12,000 ft., July, 1894 (Prof C. S. Crandall, No. 24). Ascomata gregarious, discoid, superficial, attached by a central point, olive-black, glabrous, about f mm. diam., disk flat, with a thin, narrow, entire, erect margin. Asci clavate-cylindrical, 100- 110 X 15-20,'/. 8-spored. Paraphyses stout, simple, olivaceous above, and enlarged into an obovate, olivaceous head, 6—7 x 5—6//.. Sporidia uniseriate below, sul)biseriate above, elliptical, hyaline, smooth, 2-nucleate, about 20 x 10,", apparently not fully matured. Differs from P. hyalophcea Sacc. principally in its much larger sporidia. Scleroderris orientalis E. & E. On dead limbs of Cedrus Libani (cult.), Newfield, N. J., April, 1894. Ascomata erumpent, cespitose, obconical, dirty white, small, 300- 400,'. diam., pulverulent, closely crowded together, or more rarely single, with much the same habit as S. pallldala Cke., and Dermatea carnea C. & E. Disk plane or convex, immarginate. Asci clavate- oblong, stipitate, p. sp. 55-60 x 12-14'/, i)araphysate. Sporidia biseriate, oblong, obtuse, straight or slightly curved, 3-septate, not constricted, hyaline, 18-23 x 8-10,". .* * * * SPH^ROPSIDEiE. Phyllosticta lindericola E. & E. On leaves of Lindera Benzoin, Nuttallburg, West Va., Sept. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 593). Spots various, punctiform and minute without any definite border or irregular in shape, 1 mm.-l or li cm. diam., or marginal, form- ing a narrow strip along the edge of the leaf for half its length, pale brown, nearly the color of weather-beaten wood, with a dark (almost black) border. Perithecia epiphyllous, hemispherical, 100-120//. diain., covered by the blackened epidermis which is raised into pustules barely pierced at the apex. Sporules oblong-elliptical, hyaline, 4- 7 X 2-3//.. This differs in almost every respect from Ph. Liiuleni' E. & E. 1894.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 Phyllosticta Brunellse E. & E. On leaves of Brunella vulgaHs, Seattle, Wash., Sept. 1892 (Prof. C. V. Piper). Spots rusty brown, of irregular shape, subaugular, 3-4 mm. diam., or often much larger, occupying half or more of the leaf, definitely limited but without any distinct border. Perithecia buried in the substance of the leaf, minute, dark colored, scarcely visible. Sporules cylindrical, 3-3^ x s-f/^, straight, obtuse, slightly swollen at each end, much like those of Ph. osteospora Sacc, which, however, has sporules 6-7 x 1//. Phyllosticta ferax E. & E. On fading leaves of Lupinus albifrons, Pasadena, Cal., Apr. 1894 (Prof A. J. McClatchie, 682). Spots subindefinite, epiphyllous, dark, dirty brown, more or less confluent, blackening and killing the leaves. Perithecia epiphyllous, abundant, scattered over the spots and over the green parts of the leaf, semiemergent, globose, of rather coarse cellular structure, 110-150;'- diam., perforated above. Sporules abundant, hyaline, continuous, 3-4 x 1-1 i//. Phyllosticta macrospora E. & E. On leaves of Liriodendron Tulipifera, Nuttallburg, West Va. , Aug. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Spots few, suborbicular, ferruginous-gray, 3-5 mm. diam., with a narrow, raised, darker border. Sporules oblong-elliptical, hyaline, nucleate, 15-30 (mostly 20-25 x 6-7//.). Phyllosticta allantospora E. & E. On leaves of Cakile Americana, Sandy Hook, N. J., June, 1892 (F. L. Stevens). Spots suborbicular, wood-color brown, 3-4 mm. diam., margin broad, greenish, subindefinite. Perithecia epiphyllous, subdiscoid, perforated, 100-110;i diam. Sporules oblong or short-cylindrical, hyaline, obtuse, mostly a little curved, 3-5 x H//. Phyllosticta Araliae E. & E. On leaves of Aralia spinosa, Nuttallburg, West Va., Sept. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 588). Spots suborbicular, light brown, with the margin a little darker, j-1 cm. diam. Perithecia epiphyllous, somewhat flattened, 100- 150//. diam. Sporules oblong-elliptical, hyaline, 2-nucleate, 10- 15x5-6//. 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Phyllosticta Aplectri E. & E. On leaves of Apledrum hyemale, Naaman's Creek, Del., Apr. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,408). Spots of irregular shape, whitish, with a shaded purple border, 1 cm. diam. Perithecia crowded in the spots, erumpeut, depressed- globose, 75-90//., with a distinct papilliform ostiolum, of a coarse cellular, dark olivaceous texture. Sporules elliptical, hyaline, 6-9 x 5;', filled with small nuclei. Accompanied by Fusicladium Aplectri E. & E. on the same spots. Phyllosticta rhoicola E. & E. On leaves of Rhns Toxicode)idron,^utta\\huYg, West Va. , Aug. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 567, partly). Spots 4-6 mm. diam., deciduous, grayish-white, with a narrow black border. Perithecia epiphyllous, scattered, 100-110," diam., convex-prominent above, visible also below. Sporules narrow-ellip- tical, hyaline, 2-nucleate, 5-6 x 2-3;/. Differs from P. toxirui. E. & M. in its larger deciduous spots with a narrow border, and its narrow-elliptical sporules. Phyllosticta Anemonis E. & E. On leaves of Anemone Pennsylvanica, Ann Arbor, Mich., Oct. 1893 (Harriet L. Merrow). Perithecia gregarious, hypophyllous, depressed-globose, erumpent- superficial, 90-110// diam., subastomous, on light brown, dead look- ing areas of the leaf, more or less distinctly bounded by the veinlets. Sporules short-cylindrical, slightly curved, obtuse, 5-7 x li//. This is different from Phyllachora Anemonis (Fr.), which is found both on the petioles and leaves, and has the characteristic stromata of the Dothideaceie, the single stromata being about twice as large as the perithecia of our Phyllosticta. and each containing (sec. spec, in F. G. 192) 3-6 ascigerous cells. Phyllosticta Quercus-Prini E. & E. On leaves of Quercus Prinus, Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 542). Spots orbicular, rusty brown, definite, with a very narrow border, 2-3 mm. diam. Perithecia epiphyllous, scattered, erumpent, 90- 110// diam. Sporules ovate or oblong, hyaline, mostly a little curved, 5-6^ x 2-2i'/. This comes verv near Ph. Lndoviciana E. & E. (J. M. II, p. 1894.] NATURAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 130), but in that species the spots are larger, perithecia more prominent below, and sporules rather larger. Ph. marginalis E. & E. also has similar sporules but the perithecia are hypophyllous. Phyllosticta Castaneae E. & E. On leaves of Castanea vesca, near Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 570). Spots orbicular, rust coloi*, with narrow, dark-shaded margin. Perithecia epiphyllous, scattered on the spots, dark, semierumpent, 100" diam., often collapsing. Sporules oblong, hyaline, 5-7x2- Phoma negundinioola Thum., var. ramicola E. & E. On dead limbs of Negundo aceroides, Nuttallburg, West Va., Apr. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 466), Delaware (Commons). Perithecia evenly, but not thickly scattered, globose, small, J-J mm. diam., covered by the slightly ruptured epidermis, but dis- tinctly prominent. Sporules oblong-elliptical, or ovate, hyaline, with a single large nucleus, 10-13 x 4-52/'. Differs from the typical form on the dead peduncles, in its broader (2J-3,'/) sporules. Phoma Pennsylvauica E. & E. On dead limbs of Acer Pennsylvanicum, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (Nuttall, No. 318). Perithecia numerous, evenly scattered, subepidermal, i-| mm. diam., whitish inside, raising the epidermis into minute pustules, but 8carceh' rupturing it. Sporules subglobose, 6-71//. diam., nearly hvaliue. Phoma pedunculi E. & E. Ou old peduncles of MarpioUa Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va., Jan. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 297). Perithecia scattered, flattish pustuliform, i-| mm. diam., with a prominent, papilliform ostiolum. Sporules fusoid-oblong, hyaline, 2- 3-nucleate, 7-11 x 2-2^//, ends acute. Differs from Stagonospora peduncAili E. & E. in its larger, flatter perithecia and fusoid-oblong (not* cylindrical), rather shorter sporules. Phoma ohscurans E. & E. Ou leaves of Fragaria (cult.), Nuttallburg, West Va., and New- field, N. J. Spots 5-8 mm. diam. , with a ferruginous center and broad purple 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. border, paler below. Perithecia few, scattered, convex-promiiieut. Sporules oblong - elliptical, hyaline, 2-nucIeate, 4i-5i x 12-2/;. Basidia simple, lanceolate- fusoid, 8-12 x H;/. Phyllosticta fragaricola Desm. has similar sporules, but (sec. specc. in the various exsiccati), the spots are much smaller, with a white center. The basidia also indicate Phoma and not Phyllosticta. Aposphaeria alpigena E. & E. On dead stems of Sambucus nielanocarpa, Cameron Pass, Colo., July, 1894 (C. F. Baker). Perithecia scattered, superficial, globose or elliptical, 150-250/jt diam., mostly depressed, obscurely papillate. Sporules elliptical, hyaline, enucleate, S-Si x I^/j- Differs from A. fuscidula Sacc. in growing on the bark (not on decorticated limbs), and in its smaller sporules. Aposphaeria pezizoides E. & E. On decorticated wood of Platanus, Liqvidambar, Fraxinus, Acer, Salix nigra, and S. falcata, Nuttallburg, West Va., April. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Perithecia erum pent- superficial, seriate-aggregate, hemispherical, about 4 mm. diam., with a distinct papilliform ostiolum, at length collapsing and pezizoid or discoid. Sporules elliptical or ovoid, 4- 6 X 2^//, ends obtuse. This seems to grow exclusively on abrasions, below high- water mark, made by driftwood on small trees. Spliaeroiiema Physocarpi E. & E. On dead stems of Phy so carpus op rdifolitis, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 484). Perithecia gregarious, erumpent-superficial, hemispherical, 150^ diam., with a straight, stout beak 90-115// long. Sporules narrow- elliptical, hyaline, 2-3-nucleate, 7-9 x 2hij.. Sirococcus Halesiae E. & E. On dead limbs of Halesia tetraptera, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 376). Perithecia scattered or 2-3-conuate, erumpent, subglobose, about J mm. diam., black, with a minute papilliform ostiolum. Sporules subglobose, about 3// diam., greenish-hyaline, 3-6-concatenate, the terminal sporule oblong and paler. Chains simple, or sparingly branched, arising directly from the proligerous layer without any distinct basidia, collected in stellate clusters. 1894.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ''^59 Pyrenochsete papyricola E. & E. On old pasteboard lyiug by the roadside, Newlield, N. J., July, 1894. Perithecia scattered, subglobcse, 1 00-11 0/i diam., clothed with black, bristle-like hairs. Sporules subglobose or subelliptical, hyaline, 3-3^,". in the longer diameter. Piacosphaeria Arctostaphyli E. & E. On dead twigs of Arctostaphylos Nevadensin, Mt. Paddo, Wash., alt. 6,000-7,000 ft., July, 1886 (Suksdorf). Stromata erunijient-superficial, pulvinate, l-t mm. diam., flattened and mostly depressed iu the center, dotted with piinctiform ostiola, closely embraced by the epidermis, multilocular. Sporules oblong- cylindrical, hyaline, continuous, 5-6 x 2-22//. Has the stroma of Dothidea producing only stylospores. Fusicoccum Tilise E. & E. On dead limbs of Tilia Americayia, Naaman's Creek, Del., Aug. 1894 (A. Commons, No. 2,517). Stromata scattered, buried, conic-ovate, 250-350," diam., one- celled, gray inside, raising the epidermis into acute pustules per- forated with a round opening. Sporules oblong-fusoid, hyaline, 2-nucleate, 7-10-2^ x 3//. Fusicoccum ilicinum E. & E. On dead limbs of Ilex opaea, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 496). Stromata cortical, convex, about 1 or li mm. diam., multilocular, whitish inside, the tuberculiform apex pierced with a single pore, rupturing the epidermis and slightly raising it. Sporules fusoid, hyaline, nucleate, 15-22 x 2 i -3//. Cytisporella pinicola E. & E. On bark of limbs of Abies Enxjelniaiini, N. W. Colo., July, 1894 (I'rof C. S. Craudall, No. 6). Stromata erurapent-superficial, verruciform, 1-1 i mm. diam., easily deciduous. Perithecia peripherical. Sporules minute, elliptical, hyaline, 3 x lA/', borne on much branched basidia 15-20 x 2//. The habit is that of Dothiorella, but the minute sporules are those of Cytisporella. Cytispora caryigena E. & E. On dead limbs of Carya alba, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 513). 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Stroma cortical, convex, l2-2 ram. diam. , slaty black, 4-6-celled, cells yellowish-white, subglobose, small. Sporules allantoid, hyaliue 3^-4 2 x l-l//. (Spermogania of Valsa caryigena, B. & C. )? Cytispora exasperans E & E. Oil dead limbs of Acer rubrnm, Newfield, N. J., and on Acer Pennsylvanieam, Nuttallburg, West Va. (Nuttall). Stroma buried in the bark, orbicular, about 1 ram, diam., 4-6- celled (at length one-celled), prolonged above into a stout, conical beak opening by a single round pore at the apex. Sporules oblong or allantoid, hyaline, 5-7 xli,". Cytispora Celtidis E. & E. On dead limbs of Celtis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 314). Stroma valsoid, flat, thin, li-2 mm. diam., only peuetrating the surface of the bark, multilocular, gray inside, raising the bark into small pustules and finally rupturing it, cells resembling perithecia. Sporules allantoid, 6-7 x 1-1 2//.. Cytispora plilyctsenoides E. & E. On dead limbs of Corylus Avellana, Newfield, N. J., June, 1894. Stroraata cortical, conic-convex, 1-1 J mm. diam., indistinctly multilocular, pale inside, with the enclosing layer darker, raising the epidermis into numerous small pustules which are soon ruptured, opening mostly through a single pore. Sporules fusoid, hyaline, 2-nucleate, 6-9x2-24/', straight. Basidia simple, attenuated and curved above, about 20 x Ij;/, resembling the sporules of Phlyctcena. Cytispora Negundinis E. & E. On dead limbs of Negundo aceroides, Rockport, Kansas, April, 1894 (Bartholomew, No! 1,449). Stroma cortical, conic-convex, 1-H mm. diam., slaty black, mul- tilocular, the cells ovate-globose, numerous (15-20 or more), all opening through a single pore in a central column which pierces the epidermis and raises it into little pustules. Sporules allantoid, hya- line, slightly curved, 52-7 x 1 i-l 2//. On branched basidia 20/' long. This is different from C. macilenta Rob. and Desm. , as shown by a comparison of the specc. From C. Pseiidoplatani Sacc. , it differs in its longer sporules and branching liasidia. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 Cytispora Halesiae E, & E. On dead limbs of Halesia tefraptera, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Stromata convex-conical, sunk in the bark, orbicular, about 1 mm. diam. , white inside, unilocular, the inner surface of the cavity lined with simple, straight basidia about 15//. long, bearing the oblong- fusoid, hyaline, 2-uucleate, straight, 5-7x1-1?// sporules, which are expelled through a single orifice perforating the raised epidermis. This probably is the sperraogouial stage of Diaporthe Salesice or D. tetraptera, both of which are found in company with it. Sphaeropsis Coryli E. & E. On dead limbs of Corylus Avellana, Newfield, N. J., June, 1894. Perithecia thickly scattered, globose, subcuticular, about 2 mm. diam., raising the epidermis into small pustules which are finally ruptured at the apex with a round or elongated opening. Sporules oblong-elliptical, or the longer ones slightly curved and subcylin- drical, 15-20x8-10/-.. Sphaeropsis Asimiuse E. & E. On dead limbs of Asimina triloba, Nuttallburg, W. Va. , Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 370). Perithecia scattered or subseriate, buried in the bark which is raised into little pustules over them and soon ruptured. Perithecia small (4- mm.), thick-walled, with an obscurely papilliform ostiolura. Sporules oblong-elliptical, brown, obtuse, 18-22x8-10/'. Sphasropsis Neilliae E. & E. On Physoearpus opulifoUus, London, Canada, May, 1893 (J. Dearness). Perithecia scattered or sometimes 2-3 confluent, small (200/'), covered by the blackened epidermis, semierumj)ent, with a black, shining papilliform ostiolum. Sporules small, acutely elliptical, or ovate-elliptical, pale brown, 12-16x4-5//. Sphaeropsis Physocarpi E. & E. On dead Plnjsocarpus opulifoUus, Nuttallburg, West Va;, May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, Nos. 482 and 486). Perithecia scattered, * nini. diam., buried in the inner bark, with their apices and papilliform ostiola erurapent, white inside (at first), sometimes, as in the pi'eceding species 2-3 confluent. Sporules vary- ing from short-elliptical 12-15x10/-, to oblong- or obovate-elliptical 15-20x10". 362 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Differs from the preceding in its huried perithecia and much larger spornles. Sph3eropgis Ipomcea E. & E. Ou dead peduncles of Ipomcea pandurata, Nuttallbiirg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 249). Perithecia scattered, ovate-globose, 250-300/x diam., the upper part prominent and closely covered by the shining black epidermis. Sporules elliptical, brown, 18-23x10-13", on pedicels of about the same length as the sporules. Coniothyrium infuseans E. & E. On dead stems of Valerimuf, edulit<, Eastern slope of Rabbit Ear Range, Colorado, July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Craudall, No. 10). Perithecia densely gregarious, blackening the stems, ovate- globose,, membranaceous, black, erumpent-superticial, 170-200//. diam. Sporules globose- elliptical, brown, 6-8," in the longer diam. Haplosporella alpiaa E. & E. Cameron Pass, Colorado, July, 1894, 10,000 ft. alt. (C. F. Baker, No. 236). On dead stems of Sambucus vielanocarpa. Stroma convex- hemi- spherical, erumpent- superficial, black, 300-400,'. diam. Perithecia (cells) buried in the stroma, 100-150,7 diam., their papilliform ostiola visible on the surface of the stroma. Sporules globose, 5,", or elliptical, 6-7x5//, brown. Apparently the pycnidial stage of some dothideaceous fungus (Anerswaldia)'^ Haplosporella Araliae E. & E. On dead limbs of Ar(dla spiiiosa, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (Nuttall, No. 375). Stromata seriate-connate, erumpent through longitudinal cracks in the bark, and extending from 4-5 mm. to 2 or more centimetres. Perithecia ovate-globose, buried in the black, subcarbonaceou& stroma, 3-6 in each single stroma, about ;' mm. diam. Sporules elliptical, brown, 20-25x10-12//. This may be the pycnidia of BotryospJueri<( fuliginosa (M. & N.). Haplosporella Celtidis E. & E. On dead lind)s of Celtis. West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 315). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIJ.AOEI.PHIA 863 Perithecia mostly in valsoid clusters of 3-10, small (200//), white inside, slightly sunk in the inner bark, their papilliform ostiola rupturing'' the epidermis. Sporules elliptical, brown, continuous, 18-22x10-12,', on basidia of about the same length as the sporules. Diplodia Kansensis E. & E. On weather-beaten, bleached bark of Juniperus Vhgbnava, Rockport, Ks., Dec. 1893 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,292). Perithecia scattered, subglobose, erumpent-superficial, i-l mm. diam. Sporules ovate-elliptical, uniseptate, constricted, the septum below the middle, brown, becoming nearly opake, 20-27 x 12-15//. Differs from D. Juniper! West, and D. Virginiana Cke., in its larger ovate sporules. Diplodia caryigena E. & E. On dead limbs of Can/a alba, Canada (Dearness) and West Va. (Nuttall). Perithecia subseriate, sunk in the inner bark, covered by the epi- dermis which is raised into pustules and ruptured, about i mm. diam., black. Sporules elliptical, brown, uniseptate, scarcely con- stricted, 15-20 X 8-10/'. (Pycnidia of Valsa caryigena B. & C.)? Diplodia infuscans E. & E. On bark of dead limbs of Fraxinus Americana, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 459). Perithecia ovate-globose, small, 110-150/-. diam. , thickly scattered, blackening both the outer and inner surface of the bark. Ostiolum not conspicuous, obscurely papilliform. Sporules oblong-elliptical, 12-15 X 8-10//, scarcely constricted. In D. inquinans West, the sporules and perithecia are larger, and the bark is not blackened within. Diplodia Cercidis E. & E. On dead limbs of Cercis Canadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Apr. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall No. 449). Perithecia subseriate, globose, J-? mm. diam., slightly sunk in the inner bark and splitting the epidermis with short, longitudinal clefts. Sporules elliptical, 20-23 x 10-15/', on stout basidia, uniseptate. Botryodiplodia acerina E. & E. On dead limbs of Acer Pennsylvanicii.m, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (Nuttall, No. 319). 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Perithecia erumpent in botryoidal clusters often seriately confluent for 1 or more cm., about 2 mm. diam., white inside, flattish above, with a broad papilliform ostiolura. Sporules elliptical, brown, uni- septate, 20-25 x 12-15,", on basidia of about the same length. Ascoohyta veratrina E. & E. On dead leaves and petioles of Veratrum Galifornicum, Pullman, Wash., Nov. 1893 (Prof C. V. Piper, No. 145). Perithecia scattered, sunk in the substance of the leaf with the apex and conic-papilliform ostiolum erumpent, about I mm. diam. Sporules cylindrical, obtuse, 3-4- nucleate, becoming iiniseptate, hyaline, about 12x25-3//.. Differs from A. Veratri Cavarra (Fungi Langobardise, No. 98) in its larger, ostiolate perithecia, not on any spots and in its smaller, straight sporules. Ascocliyta achlyicola E. & E. On leaves of Achhjs triphylla, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1892 (Prof C. V. Piper, No. 114). Spots suborbicular or irregular, 3-15 ram. diam., with a dirty white center and a broad, shaded purple margin. The white center is more or less deciduous. Perithecia epiphyllous, innate-prominent, small (75;/), few on a spot. Sporules elliptical, 2-nucleate, hyaline, 5-8 x 25-3//., soon becoming uniseptate. Ascocliyta Asclepiadis E. & E. On leaves of Asdepias Cormdi, Pleasant Hill, Del., May, 1894 (Commons, No. 2,420). Spots amphigenous, suborbicular, ^-1 mm. diam., grayish, with darker zones and a shaded, dark- brown border. Sporules oblong- (or ovate-) elli[mcal, hyaline, 6-8 x 3/', becoming faintly uniseptate. Perithecia epiphyllous, innate, black, pierced above, 100-110// diam. Heudersonia stygia E. & E. On decorticated, bleached wood of a Cottonwood log, Rockport, Ks., Dec. 1893 (E. Bartholomew). Perithecia erumpent-superficial, scattered, ovate-globose, 2 mm, diam., or hysteriiform, 1 ram. or raore long, at first with a prorainent papilliforra ostiolum, l)ut soon broadly open above, the upper part finally disappearing, leaving the cup-shaped base filled with abundant sporules and then raore resembling acervuli than perithecia. Sporules 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. -^65 ovate-elliptical, subinequilateral, abruptly narrowed at the euds, 3-5-septate, but not constricted, the inner cells nearly opake, the small, terminal cells subhyaline, 12-15 x 6-8//.. The species is anomalous in the imperfectly developed perithecia, the upper part soon falling away and leaving the cup- shaped base. Hendersonia falcata E. & E. On bark of fir trees, Exploits, Newfoundland, Dec. 1893 (Rev. A. C. Waghorne, No. 10). Perithecia cespitose-erumpent, 6-10 together, united below in a thin stroma, broadly perforated and subcollapsed above. Stromata small (1 mm.), subconfluent and subseriately arranged. Sporules falcate, more abruptly curved or bent above, yellowish-hyaline, granular, becoming 1-3-septate, subattenuated below, on pedicels shorter than the sporules, 20-22 x 5-7/'. Differs from Hendersonia rostrata S. & E. in its stroraatic growth and broader, shorter sporules. Stagonospora petiolorum E. & E. On dead petioles of Aralia spinosa, Nuttallburg, West Va. , Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 357). Perithecia scattered, innate, small, slightly prominent and covered by the shining, blackened epidermis, 150-250,"- diam., mostly-sub- elliptical. Sporules oblong, hyaline, nucleate, becoming 1-or more- septate, 12-20x3-5,'/. Stagonospora Physocarpi E. & E. On dead stems and limbs of Physocarpas opnlifolius, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 485). Perithecia scattered, depressed- hemispherical, 200-250,'/. diam., sunk in the bark, with the upper part prominent but covered by the epidermis which is pierced by the papilliform ostiolum, white inside. Sporules linear, multiseptate, hyaline, 25-35 x 3-4,'/. Stagonospora Liriodendri E. & E. On decorticated wood of Liriodendron Talipifera, Alcove, N. Y., June, 1893 (C. L. Spear, No., 304). Perithecia superficial, evenly scattered or 2-4 subconfluent, ob- tusely conic-globose, about i mm. diam. Sporules cylindrical, hyaline, 8-10 x 2-22,-/, nucleate but not visibly septate, though a central nucleus causes them to appear uniseptate. Basidia slender 25-35,'/. long, profusely and subverticillately branched. o6B PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Camarosporium Celtidis E. & E. On dead limbs of Geltis oceidentalis, Rockport, Ks. , March, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,400). Perithecia scattered or cespitose, ovate, A nim. diam. , ofteu seriate, covered b}^ the epidermis at first, with the short-cylindrical, obtuse, ostiola erumpeut. Sporules oblong, or oblong-elliptical or even cylindrical, brown, mostly o-septate, 12-15 x 4-5,"., but some of them 5-6-septate, with one or two cells divided by a longitudinal septum, 15-20 X 5-7//.. There is also a Teichospora accompanying, tjut too scanty to admit of accurate description. Septoria Echinocystis E. & E. On leaves of Echinocystis marah, Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Cala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 220). Spots subangular, limited at first by the veinlets and greenish, becoming light brown with the margin darker, 3-5 mm. diam. Perithecia innate, globose, about 80,a diam., thin, imperfectly de- veloped, brown. Sporules linear, hyaline, nearly straight or sub- undulate, becoming faintly 1-2-septate, 25-50 x 25-3,". Septoria solanicola E. & E. On leaves of Solanum lunheUifermn, Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Cala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 241). Spots scattered or confluent, orbicular, 2-3 mm. diam., pale brown with darker border. Perithecia epiphyllous, numerous, pale brown, collapsing, 100-110," diam. Sporules bacillary, hyaline, faintly nucleate, 20-30x11-2],".. Diflers from the other species on Solanacece in its shorter, continu- ous sporules. Roumeguere in F. Gallici 722 has a Septoria labeled S. Solani, Roura., on Solanum nigrum, but the spec, is entirely sterile. Septoria alnifoiia E. & E. On leaves of Alnus rubra, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1893 (Prof C. V. Piper, No. 82). Spots red-rusty brown, orbicular or irregular, mostly with a nar- row, dark, raised bordering line, 2-5 mm. diam., more obscure be- low. Perithecia epiphyllous, innate-prominent, black, minute (80- 100,".), not abundant. Sporules linear, hyaline, with a row of nuclei, mostly curved to a semicircle. 35-55 x 3,". Of the three described species on Almis, S. Alni Sacc. has bacil- 1894]. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 lary sporules, S. alnicola Cke. has oblong sporules, and S. alnigena Sacc. has no spots. Septoria solitaris E. & E. On leaves of Rhododendron occidentale, Mill Valley, Cala. , July, 1893 (W. C. Blasdale, 172). Spots amphigenous, i-oun(i^»fhite with a purple boi'der, numerous, about 2 mm. diam. Perithecia mostly one in the center of each spot, globose, 120-150// diam., visible on both sides of the leaf. S[)orules abundant, bacillary, hyaline, continuous, straight or sub- undulate or bent, obtuse, about 20 x 2//. Septoria Rhododendrl Cke. has the perithecia aggregated or circi- uate and sporules 40;/. long. Septoria (Enanthis E. & E. On leaves of (Enanthe sarmentosa, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1892 (Prof C. V. Piper, No. 50). Spots scattered, small (1-3 mm.), white, subangular, definite. Perithecia few on a spot (3-6), small (75//.), black (yellow-brown under the microscope), subastomous. Sporules fusoid- cylindrical, hyaline, nucleate, 20-35 x l2-2", ends subacute, slightly curved. Septoria saccharina E. & E., var. occidentalis. On dead leaves of Acer glahrum, Fairhaven, Wash., Aug. 1892 (Prof C. V. Piper, No. 57). Differs from the type in having the small, white spots, on which the perithecia are seated, not so evenly distributed over the leaf, but collected on rusty brown, yellow-margined, subindefiuite spots 3-4 mm. diam. Septoria circinata E. & E. On leaves of Acer circinatuni, Everson, Wash., Aug. 1892 (C. V. Piper). Spots orl)icular, scattered, 2-3 mm. diam., pale yellowish-white, definite but without any distinct border. Perithecia amphigenous, few (4-10), subcircinately arranged around the whitish center of the spots, small, 75// diam. Sporules abundant, filiform, variously curved and bent, 30-60x1]//., nucleate, but not septate. Seems quite distinct from the other species on maple. Septoria Tecomae E. & E. On leaves of Tecoma radicans, Nuttallburg, West Va., Aug. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 580). 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Spots light browu (wood color), irregular in shape, small, I2-2 mm. , inconspicuous and indistinctly margined. Perithecia immersed, small (65-70;/), barely visible with a lens. Sporules 40-50 x 2- 2§//, not strongly curved, nucleate, hyaline. Septoria Ludoviciana E. & E. On leaves of Laduca Ludoviciana, Fort Collins, Colo., June, 1894 (C. F. Baker, No. 257). Spots angular, limited by the veinlets, wood-brown, 2-5 mm. diam., often confluent. Perithecia punctiform, minute, black, epiphyllous, 75-80//. diam., apex erumpent. Sporules cylindrical, more or less curved, obtuse, not septate, 15-25 x 2//. Differs from S. unicolor Winter, in its lighter colored, angular spots, rather larger perithecia and thicker sporules; differs also in several respects from S. Laduca: Pass, and S. laducicola E. & M. Septoria Trautvetterise E. & E. On Trantvetterla palmata, Nuttallburg, West Va. , July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 564). Spots irregular, subangular, partly limited by the veinlets of the leaf, often elongated and acute at one end, brownish- black, with an irregularly shaped white center which is well defined, angular, 3-5 mm. in the longer diam. Perithecia epiphyllous but also visible be- low, small (65-75,".), scattered, dark. Sporules abundant, nearly straight or slightly curved, continuous, 22-30 x 2//. Differs from S. A)iemonis Desm. in its broad, dark margined, white centered spots and rather longer aud thicker sporules. Septoria Polymniae E. & E. On leaves of Folymnia Uveclalla, Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 543). Spots scattered, angular, limited by the veinlets, 2-4 mm. diam., dirty green. Perithecia epiphyllous, minute, 75//. diam. , scattered, innate, inconspicuous. Sporules filiform, continuous, 35-50 x 1- U/'.. Septoria hyalina E. & E. On Viola lanceolata, Massachusetts (Miss Clarke); on V. primu- lafolia, West Va. (Nuttall), and on V. hlanda, Michigan (Hicks). Spots minute (^-1 mm.), white, with a dark purple-shaded border. Perithecia punctiform, black, epiphyllous, subglobose, 65-75/'. diam., not abundant. Sporules filiform, nearly straight, or slightly curved. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 hyaliue, uucleate, not visibly septate, 20-40 (mostly 25-35) x 1- *S. Violce West, has yellowish-brown perithecia on pale zonate spots with a reddish- brown border. Septoria micropuncta E. & E. On leaves of Osmorrhiza, Washington, D. C. (1891)? (E. A. Southworth). Spots small (I-I2 mm.), subangular, white, with a broad, dark colored border. Sporiiles cylindrical, slightly curved, not septate or visibly nucleate, 18-27 x li-l^a. This is very different from S. Osmorrhizce Pk. which has the spots larger, perithecia also larger, subdiscoid and amber colored, and sporules 35-55 x 2-2J//., uniseptate. Septoria Megarrhizae E. & E. On leaves of Megarrhiza Oregana Benton, Wash., July 14, 1892 (C. V. Piper, No. 112, partly). Spots orbicular, dirty white, with a broad, dark colored border, 3-5 mm. diam. Perithecia epiphyllous, light colored, innate-sub- prominent, subastomous, thin, SO-llO/Jt diam. Sporules filiform, nearly straight, hyaline, faintly nucleolate, 40-60x22-3,'/.. Phleospora Megarrhizae E. & E. Same host and collector as Septoria Megarrhizce. Spots greenish at first, the central portion (1-3 mm. diam. ) be- coming dirty white with a faint, dark purple margin. Perithecia epiphyllous, subdiscoid, thin, perforated above, light colored, becom- ing darker, 150// diam. Sporules oblong, obtuse, 1-3-septate, hyaline, sometimes narrowed in the middle, 13-27 x 6-8//. Distinguished from Septoria Megarrhizoe,, even without microscopi- cal examination by its much smaller subangular white spots. Phlyctaena IpomoBa E. & E. On calyx lobes of Ipomcea pandurata, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 250). Perithecia scattered, subcuticular, 75-80// diam., covered by the blackened, slightly raised epidermis. Sporules linear, hyaline, curved above, 15-20 x 11//. Hysteromyxa corticola E. •& E. On inner surface of old Cottonwood bark, Rockport, Ks., Dec. 1893 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,306). 25 370 PROCEKDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Perithecia erumpent - superficial, gregarious, membranaceous, yellowish-brown and pustuliform when fresh, collapsing to concave, nearly flat when dry, and then darker colored, the disk or center with a faint, flesh-colored tint, 4-3 mra. diam. Sporules globose, 6—8,'j- diam., yellowish, with a tinge of rose color. Difi'ers from H. effugietis S. & E. in its different habitat and the darker color of the perithecia. Dothichiza Cassandrae E. & E. On dead limbs of Cassandra ealyeulata, Ann Arbor, Mich., May, 1894 (L. N. Johnson, No. 1,591)'. Perithecia erumpent, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, ovate- globose and closed at first, i mm. diam., then irregularly ruptured and subcupulate, '. mm. diam. Sporules fusoid, hyaline, continu- ous, straight, acute, 10-14 x2-2i'/. Apparently the spermogonia stage of Cenangium Cassandrce Pk. Gloeosporium tremuloides E. & E. On leaves of Populus tremuloides, Racine, Wis., Sept. 1893 (Dr. J. J. Davis). Spots amphigenous, suborbicular, scattered or subcoufluent, defi- nite, dark brown, 2-4 mm. diam. Acervuli innate, globose or ob- long, 75-85". diam. , dark, erumpent on both sides of the leaf, often C'jvered above by the loosened, silvery epidermis. Conidia elliptical, 10-13x52—6 2;/., continuous. G. Treiniike, G. Sihiricum, and G. Populi-albce, have fusoid or cylindrical conidia ; G. )icevioides Romell & Sacc. Grev. 21, p. 68, has ovate-oblong conidia, 30-85x10-12//, so that this seems sufficiently distinct from all the other species on poplar leaves. Gloeosporium officinale E. & E. On leaves of Sassafras officinale, Smyrna, Del., June, 1894 (Com- mons, No. 2,438). Spots irregular in shape, 5-I cm. diam., dirty whitish in the center, with the border nearly black. Acervuli minute, numerous, innate, erumpent on both sides of the leaf, l)ut more abundant below, the expelled spores forming little subglobose, pale orange colored suhconfluent heaps. Spores oblong or clavate-oblong or ovate, 8-15 X 4-5//. This is quite distinct from Gl. Sassafras (Cke), ( Gl. affiue E. & K.), in its much larger spores and the different character of tlie spots. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHiJiADELPHIA. 371 If, as seems probable, Phyllosticta affinis E. & K. in Am. Nat., Nov. 1883, is the same as Ph. Sassafras Cke. in Grev., Sept. 1883, the specific name "Sassafras" will have precedence, and "affine," already preoccupied by Saccardo, will be dropped, and Gl. affine E. & K. will become Gl. Sassafras (Cke.), the fungus being a Gloeosporium and not a Phyllosticta. Gloeospormm Sanguinariae E. & E. On leaves of Sanguinaria Canadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 555). Spots yellow, oblong or irregular, 3-5 mm. diam., situated near tiie apex of the leaf which is more or less uniformly blackened. Acervuli epiphyllous, numerous, innate, yellow and inconspicuous. Conidia oblong, hyaline, continuous, mostly a little curved, 8-15 x 3}-5i//. Gloeosporium alboferrugineum E. & E. On leaves of Acer saccharinum, Peoria, Ills., July, 1894 (F. E. McDonald). Spots numerous, small, subangular, partly limited by the veinlets. 1-2 mm. diam., deep reddish-brown, whitening out. Acervuli 100- 150// diam., hypophyllous, becoming dark. Conidia oblong, hya- line, continuous, 12-14x3-3j,'/. Differs from G. saccharinum E. & E. in habit and in its conidia twice as long as in that species. GloBOsporium Trillii E. & E. On leaves of Trillium sessile, Berkeley, Cala., April 2, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 212). Spots amphigenous, scattered, small (1-2 mm.), dirty white, leaf becoming yellowish around them, finally subconfluent causing the leaf to wither and die. Acervuli epiphyllous, rather large, yellowish, erumpeut, often only one in the center of the spot. Conidia oblong-cylindrical, slightly curved, 10-15 (mostly 10-12) x 2^-3^//.. Gloeosporium serotinum E. & E. On leaves of Prunus serotina, Smyrna, Del., June, 1894 (A. Com- mons, No. 2,439). Spots suborbicular, 3-10 mm. diam., deep brick-red, definite, soon confluent covering the entire leaf which is then of a deep red- brick color. Acervuli amphigenous, numerous, flesh color. Conidia oblong, straight, obtuse, 12-15x4-5//. 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Differs from G. pruaicolum E. & E. (J. M. III., p. 129) princi- pally in the much larger conidia. Myxosporium seriatum E. «fe E. On maple bark, Nuttallburg, West Va., June, 1894 (L. W. Nut- tall, No. 523). Nuclei pallid, orbicular, about 1 mm. diam., seated on the surface of the inner bark ; surrounded by a thin layer of smoky colored radiating hyphse from the inner extremities of which the botuliforra or oblong, 6-8x2-2i'/., hyaline conidia are produced. The nuclei are seriately arranged, and the pale flesh-colored, flattish cirrhi are erumpent through narrow, longitudinal cracks in the bark. Myxosporium platanicclum E. & E. On dead limbs of Platanus, Nuttallburg, West Va., April, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, 467). Acervuli subcutaneous, vesiculoid, pale, 1 mm. diam., raising the ruptured epidermis into pustules but not erumpent. Sporules oval or oblong-ovate, hyaline, nucleate at first, 10-12 x 5--6,", on stout basidia. CoUetotrichum Ehexice E. & E. On leaves of Rhexia Virginica, Kimensi, Del., Aug. 25, 1894 (Commons, No. 2,534). Spots orbicular, small (1-2 mm.), dirty white with a reddish- purple border. Acervuli mostly epiphyllous, sph^eriteform, erum- pent, 250-350,'/ diam., surrounded or clothed with black bristle-like hairs, 60-70x3-31,".. Sporules oblong, obtuse, binucleate, about 12x4,", and very short basidia. Cylindrosporium Crataegi E. & E. On leaves of CraUegus, Nuttallbui-g, West Va.. July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 571). Leaves more or less mottled with rusty red, at length uniformly of this .same color. Acervuli innate, erumpent on both sides, and whitening the surface of the leaf with abundantly discharged conidia, which are 75-100 x 3-3j,", nearly straight, or more or less undulate and curved, nucleate, and faintly 3-5-septate. Cylindrosporium ulmicolum E. & E. On leaves of Ulmus alata Starkville, Miss., Nov. 1893 (Prof S. M. Tracy). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIJOADELPHIA. 373 Acervuli numerous, small, pale, buried in yellowish, faded areas of the leaf, visible from above, but erumpent below. Conidia cylin- drical, moderately curved, slightly narrowed toward the ends, hya- line, multinucleate, 45-65 x 4//, expelled in small white tufts, on the lower side of the leaf Melanconium stenosporum E. & E. On bark of Carya, Ohio (Morgan, No. 1,002). Stroma subcuticular, sunk in the surface of the inner bark, orbicu- lar, 1^-2 mm. diam., convex, white inside, but covered by a layer of the narrow, brown, oblong, slightly curved, 13-15 x 3-4;/,. Conidia, which are erumpent in black, hemispherical, finally flattened heaps or masses 1-2 mm. diam. Melanconium acerinum E. & E. On dead limbs of Acer maerophyUmn, Pasadena, Gala. (Prof. A. J. McClatchie). Acervuli buried in the bark, convex, orbicular, 1-1 5 mm. diam., raising and rupturing the epidermis. Conidia ovate, nearly opake, 20 X 15//. Marsonia Wyethise E. & E. On leaves of Wyetkia glabra, Santa Rosa, Cala. , May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale). Acervuli amphigenous, but mostly hypophyllous, small (65-75,a), orbicular, erumpent, nearly white at first, becoming flesh color, crowded in small, angular patches, mostly limited by the veinlets of the leaf, which in these places soon becomes brown, the brown color finally spreading over a great part of, or over the entire leaf Coni- dia oblong-ovate, hyaline, uniseptate, scarcely constricted, 18-27 x 10-13//. Marsonia Fraserse E. & E. On leaves of Frasera thyrsiflora Latah Co., Idaho, July, 1892 (C. V. Piper, No. 133). Spots orbicular, yellowish-brown, ^i— 1 cm. or more diam., with a broad, dark colored border. Acervuli scattered irregularly on the spots, erumpent above, 150-200;/ diam., pale. Conidia oblong- cylindrical, hyaline, uniseptate and more or less constricted at the septum, 12-20 x 5-6/', ends obtuse. Marsonia Veratri E. & E. On leaves of Veratrum Californicum, Pullman, Washington, Aug. 1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 158). 374 PROCKKl>TNGS OB^ THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Spots amphigenous, small (2-3 mm.), whitish, with a broad, dull- purple border, which is often elongated in the direction of the veins of the leaf for 2-3 cm., with the ends acute, finally more or less con- fluent, the entire leaf becoming brown and dead. Acervuli small, occupying the centre of the spots, or irregularlj'^ scattered over them. Conidia clavate-cylindrical, curved, upper end subtruncate, lower end attenuated and subacute, uniseptate, hyaline, 18-22 x 3-35,".. This is not to be confounded with Cylindrospormm veratrinnm Sacc. & Winter, or with Ascochyta veratrina E. & E. Pestalozzia zonata E. & E. On decaying fruit of Cydonia, Newfield, N. J. , Sept. 1890. Acervuli subepidermal, punctiform, black, raising the cuticle into small pustules, scattered on concentrically zoned, decaying spots on the fruit. Conidia fusoid, 4-septate, slightly constricted at the septa, the two end cells conical and hyaline, the apical one crowned with a spreading crest of three hyaline bristles 15-25// long, the two cells next below quite dark, so as to obscure the septum between them, the cell next below these nearly hyaline. Pedicels very short. Pestalozzia Polygoni E. & E. On living leaves of Polygonum Virginianum Stanton, Del., Aug. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,560). Spots dull brick-red, very irregular in shape and size, mostly elongated 2-10 x 1-4 mm., definite, but without any colored border. Acervuli punctiform, black, suberumpent, epiphyllous, scattered. Conidia cylindrical or fusoid-cylindrical, pale, 3-4-septate and more or less constricted at the septa (which are often indistinct, 18-22 x 4//, end cells rounded, lower one with a short, slender pedicel, upper one bearing a crest of three, spreading bristles 10-15//. long. Pestalozzia toxica E. & E. On leaves of Rhus Toxicodendron, Nuttallburg, West Va., Aug. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 567, partly). Spots and perithecia as in Phyllosfida rhoicola E. & E. Sporules clavate-oblong, 4-septate, 12-15 x 4-5//, 3 intermediate cells pale brown, end cells short, conical, hyaline, the upper cell with a crest of 3, short, spreading hyaline bristles 6-7/' long. Distance between the two extreme cells 12//. Pedicels shorter than the spores. Coryneum oupulatum E. & E. On dead limbs of Tsuga Canadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 272). 1894.] NAI'lHAI, SCIKNCES OK PH I LADEI.PHIA. '^75 Eriimpent superficial. Acervuli tuberculiform, black, 1-1 2 mm. diam., hollowed out so as to be cup-shaped above. Conidia clavate, sessile, 6-9- septate, brown, 60-80 x 12-15//. Coryneum abietinum E. & E. On bark of fir trees. Exploits, Newfoundland, May, 1894 (Rev. A. C. Waghorn, No. 35). Acervuli erumpent, flat, ])ro\vnish-black, IJ-S mm. across, sur- rounded by the upturned epidermis. Conidia pale brown, fusoid- obloug, 3-4-septate, about 20 x 10//, on pedicels of about the same length. * * * * * HYPHOMYCETES. Bctrytis torta E. & E. On dead leaves of Carex Fraseri, Nuttallbiirg, West Va. , Dec. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 257). Hyphse simple, sparingly branched, twisted above as in B. strepto- thrlx or in Streptothrix atra B. & C, brown, 80-100 x 3-4//, forming numerous small brownish-black tufts, efl^used or gregarious, on both sides of the leaf. Conidia elliptical, brown, 5-6J x 3-32/^.. Differs from B. streptothrix (C. & E.) in its much smaller conidia and more dwarfish growth. Ovularia Vancouverise E. & E. On leaves of Vancouveria hexandr a, Caza-dero, Gala,., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 213). Spots amphigenous, angular, limited by the veinlets, 1-2 mm. diam., dark brown above, paler below. Hyphse hypophyllous, fas- ciculate, simple, 30-35x3//, appearing like a white, pruinose coating. Conidia varying from acutely elliptical, to oblong, and from 10- 20x4-6//.. Not to be confounded with 0. Berheridis, Cke. Ramularia Castilleiae E. & E. On leaves of Castilleia miniata, Mts. of Skamania Co., Wash., Aug. 10, 1886 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 288). On subferruginous, indefinite spots, 2-3 mm. diam. Hyphae hyaline, simple, mostly thickened above, 15-25 x 3-4//, arising from a tubercular base from which they project on all sides, forming light flesh colored, sphperiseform tufts and bearing at their tips the narrow- elliptical, oblong, or cylindrical, hyaline, continuous or uniseptate, 15-25 x 3-4/A conidia. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. The Raniularia occupies the central part of the spots and is sur- rounded by subprominent, black, small, immature perithecia with which it appears to be generically connected. Ramularia Psoraleae E. & E. On leaves of Psoralea macrostaehya, Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Gala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 221). Spots small, round, pale rusty brown, 1-2 mm. diam. Hyphse fasciculate, simple or sparingly branched above, hyaline, becoming brownish, continuous or faintly 1-8-septate, subgeniculate above. Conidia fusoid, hyaline, uniseptate and often slightly constricted, rather abruptly narrowed at the ends, 12-30 x o-oJ//. Ramularia contexta E. & E. On living leaves of Menisperimim Canadense, Ann Arbor, Mich., Aug. 1885 (Prof. V. M. Spalding). Hyph^e slender, hyaline, interwoven, so as to form a thin subsepa- rable, web-like, layer, subangular in outline, 1-2 ram. across, dirty white at first, becoming whiter and thicker. Fertile hyphse erect, 15-25 X 2-2J;/, continuous, mostly simple. Conidia clavate-fusoid, hyaline, continuous at first, becoming 1-septate, 8—15 x 2-3,". Has something the aspect of Erineum. Helicoma monilipes Ell. & Johnson. On oak bark, Ann Arbor, Mich., Oct. 1893 (L. N. Johnson, No. 666). Ciespitose, in minute, punctiforra, brown tufts, about ,\ mm. diam., appearing under the lens like minute flattened perithecia of about the same color as the bark. Creeping hyphre nearly obsolete ; fertile hyphjie cespitose, erect, nearly hyaline, irregularly or subdichotomously branched above, closely septate and constricted at the septa so as to appear submoniliform, 40-50 x 3-4,". Conidia terminal, or becom- ing lateral by the prolongation of the hyphie, pale brown, closely and permanently involute, forming a coil 12-15," diam., the cylinder or thread which forms the coil being 3-4," thick and coiled about IJ times. Chastopsis roseola E. & E. On oak bark, Ann Arbor, Mich., March, 1894 (L. N. Johnson, No. 156). Mycelium inconspicuous or none. Fertile hyphjje simple, erect, straight, septate, subulate, paler and attenuated above, 200—250," 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 long, browa. Brauches issuing from tlie middle portion of the hyphffi, spreading, simple or 2-o-parted, hyaline at first, becoming brown, 15-30 x 22//, faintly septate, bearing at their tips the cylin- drical, hyaline, straight; obtuse, 3-4-nucleate, 8-10 x l2-2;/. conidia. The effused hyph?e appear like a thin, pale rose-colored pubes- cence on the bark. Closely allied to C. stachyobola Sacc, but the color is different, the branches often divided and the hyphse not perceptibly swollen at the base. Stachylidium carioinum E. & E. On dead leaves of Carex Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 335). Hyphse fasciculate, brown, septate, 600-700 x Si/s simple or occasionally forked above, towards the top, with short-cylindrical, hyaline branches opposite or in whorls of thi-ee, beai-ing at their tips the elliptical, hyaline, 4-5 x 12-2// conidia, collected into a globose head 10-12// diam. Coniosporium microsporum E. & E., n. sp. On dead herbaceous stems (Senecio triangularis), Medicine Bow Kange, Colo., July, 1894 (Prof C. S. Crandall, No. 23). Acervuli at first covered by the thin epidermis, soon erurapent, 1- 3 mm. diam., black, consisting of a mass of minute (3//), globose, olive- brown, conidia. Torula (Tracliytora) sporodesmoides E. & E. On bark of dead limbs, Pasadena, Cala. , Jan. 1894 (Prof A. J. McClatchie, No. 622). Pulvinate or subeffused, pulvinuli, hemispherical, sooty black, i- f mm. diam. Creeping mycelium scanty, hyaline at first, sending up short, fertile branches, from which the concatenate conidia are formed by constriction. Conidia elliptical, 8-10 x 5-6/-, nniseptate but not constricted, yellowish-brown at first, becoming nearly opake and distinctly roughened. Often where 2 or more threads lie in con- tact, the cells of the different threads become laterally connate, form- ing irregularly shaped aggregations of conidia resembling Sporodes- miiim. This differs from T. dimidiata Penz. in the nniseptate, rough conidia. 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Fusicladium Staticis E. & E. On living leaves of Sfatice Limonmrn, dwe May, N, J., Sept. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,565). Spots orbicular, 2-5 mm. diam., purplish at first, then rubigiuou& with a purplish border, becoming paler in the center and finally sub- deciduous. Hyphse epiphyllous, fiiseiculate, 40-60x4;/, brown, septate, subgeniculate above. Conidia oblong with the ends obtusely pointed, subolivaceous, 1- (exceptionally 2-) septate, 10-16x3-4//. The tufts of hyphse are crowded in the central part of the spots. Fusicladium Aplectri E. & E. On leaves of Aplectrnm hyemrile, Naaman's Creek, Del., Apr. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,408). Spots irregular, whitish, with a shaded, purple border, 1 (-m. diam. Hyph;e fasciculate, olivaceous, simple, 2-3-septate, 65-75 x 5-6", mostly twisted or abruptly bent at the tips, olive-brown. Conidia terminal, elliptical, greenish, granular, continuous at first, becoming 1-septate, 12-15x6-7//. Cladosporium aterrimum E. & E. On rotten wood, Rockport, Ks., Nov. 1893 (Bartholomew, No. 1,256). At first densely tufted, tufts soon effused, forming an olive-black, velvety stratum 1 or more cm. in extent. Fertile hyph?e slender, sparingly septate, 100-150x22/', nearly straight, simple. Conidia terminal, at first elliptical, 3-5//. long and continuous, then oblong- cylindrical, uniseptate, 5-7x2^//, ends obtuse. Probably the subi- culum of some Pyrenomycete. C. lignatile Schw. is said to have the hyphse very short ( "brevis- simis" ). Cercospora (Cercosporella) albomaculans E. & E. On leaves of Brasslca eampestris, Berkeley, Cala., Feb. 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 201). Spots suborbicular, white with a narrow, darker margin, ^.-1 cm. diam. Hyphre amphigenous, tufted, short, 8-12x2;/, hyaline, con- tinuous. Conidia cylindrical, hyaline, straight or slightly curved, of about equal thickness throughout, 40-65 x2-2i/', becoming faintly 3-septate. The tufts are very minute. Distinguished from the other species on Cruciferce by its large white spots and cylindrical conidia which resemble the sporules of Septoria. 1894.] XAT(n?AI. SCIENCES OK PHILADEJ^PIIIA. 379 Cercospora (Cercosporella) Fraserae E. it E. Ou leaves of Frasera speciosa, mountains west of Bear Valley. Colo., July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Craudall, No. 65). Spots lar^e (A-l cm. ), pale brown with a narrow, black border. Hyphse in scattered tufts, appearing under the lens like minute, pale white granules, continuous, hyaline, 15-20x3//. Conidia gradually attenuated above, hyaline, faintly 1-4-septate, 80-110 x 3-3^,". The general appearance is about the same as that of Marsonia Frasercn E. & E. , but this is quite a diffei'cnt thing. Cercospora Borreriea E. & E. On leaves of Borreria micrcmtha, Biloxi, Miss., July, 1893 (Prof. S. M. Tracy). Hypophyllous. Tufts effused, forming a thin, olivaceous coating. Hypha? slender, undulate or crisped and geniculate, 100-120x3- Sip., brown, nucleate and indistinctly and sparingly septate. Conidia slender lanceolate, hyaline, 3-5-septate, 35—45 x 3—35//. Cercospora ribicola E. & E. Ou leaves of Ribes sanguineum, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 81). Spots numerous, subangular and partly limited by the veinlets, definite but without any distinct border, red- rusty brown, 2-4 mm. diam. Tufts mostly epiphyllous, sphseriseform, not eifused, appearing like small, clustered, superficial perithecia. Hypha? densely fascicu- late, pale brown, continuous, simple 25-35 x 35-4//. Conidia lanceo- late, hyaline, nucleate and 1-3-septate, 35-80 x 3-4//. Quite different from C. marginalis Thum. Well characterized by its red-brown spots and sphseriseform tufls of hyphse. Cercospora Cirsii E. & E. On Cnicus remotifolius , Skamania Co., Wash., Aug. 1886 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 291). Spots dark brown, paler below, suborbicular, 3-5 mm. diam. or by confluence irregular and larger, often marginal, definite. Hyphte epiphyllous, tufted, the small black tufts thickly covering the spots, short, simple, pale brown, nearly entire, 15-30x3^-4-. Conidia slender, hyaline, 4-6-septate, 50-80 x 3i//. Cercospora Baccharidis E. & E. On Baceharis Douglasii, Berkeley, Cala., June, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 254). 380 PROCEEDrNGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Tufts effused, at lii-st ou irregular areas of the green leaf, partly bounded by the veinlets, the part of the leaf occupied soon becoming brown and dead. Hyphoe densely cespitose, simple, hyaline, mostly continuous, 25-40 x 5//. Couidia cylindrical, hyaline, obtuse at the ends, l-3-3eptate, often constricted at the septa. The tufts of hyphse are of a pale rose color, nearly white and are found on both sides of the leaf Cercospora melanochasta E. & E. On leaves of Celastrus scandens, Louisville, Kansas, Oct. 1893 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,210). Spots amphigenous, slaty black, with the center whitish and the margin shading off into rusty brown, suborbicular, ^-1 cm. diam. Hyphne dark brown, septate, subundulate above, 40-60x3^-4//, forming dense sphseriseform, tobacco-brown tufts on the whitish center of the spots on both sides of the leaf. Conidia clavate- cylin- drical, brown, 3-5-8eptate, 40-70 x 4-5//. The dark part of the spots, especially below is covered with numerous, black, sterile perithecia. Cercospora columnare E. & E. On dried up leaves of Phaseolus (cult.), Newfield, N. J., Sept. 1894. Am|)higeuous but mostly hypophyllous. Hyphse erect, fascicu- late, forming a compact bundle or tuft like Isariopsis, 150-230 x 4//, brown, sparingly septate. Conidia oblong-cylindrical, 1-5-septate, not constricted, brownish, mostly a little curved, 40-60 x 5-6//. C. Phaseoloruiii Cke. is said to have the hyphge short (" abbre- viatis " ) which can hardly apply to this. Cercospora (Enotherse E. & E. On leaves of GEnothera hiemm, Nuttallburg, West Va. , Oct. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 599). Spots irregular, mostly elongated, grayish-brown, subangular, 3- 5 x 2-3 mm. , subconfluent. HyphtTe amphigenous, subhyaline, con- tinuous or faintly 1-2-septate, 15-20 x 3/-, in minute scattered tufts, few in a tuft, spreading, subundulate. Conidia linear or only slightly attenuated above, smoky-hyaline, nucleate and faintly 3-5- or more-septate, 25-80 x 2-2J/'., straight or only slightly curved. Cercospora Merrowi E. & E. On Isopynmi hiteniatum, Ann Arbor, Mich., Oct. 1893 (Harriet L. Merrow). 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. '^81 Hypophyllous, on dead blackened parts of the leaves. Hyphte loosely tufted, subeffused, simple, clavate, continuous, 15—30 x 4", yellowish to the naked eye, nearly hyaline under the microscope. Conidia, 1-3- septate, hyaline, 15-60 x 4—6;j. The shorter ones are cylindrical and mostly 1-septate, and resemble the conidia of Ramularia Actaxi', but the longer ones are narrowed above and 3- (or more- ) ? septate. Cercospora Briareus E. & E. On leaves of Acerates viridifiora, near Elkton, Md., Aug. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,537). Spots amphigenous, dull livid-purple, small, subelongated, 1-3 x 1 mm., subindefinite or partly limited by the veinlets. Hyphae am- phigenous, loosely tufted, spreading, subundulate, simple, equal, olive-brown, continuous or 1-3-septate, obtuse, 35-45 x 5-6;/. Conidia slender, 40-80 x 32-4^//., 6-8-septate, nearly straight, slightly brownish. The spots, especially on the under side of the leaf are not per- ceptible; the hyphiB spreading over green areas of the leaf enclosed by the veinlets. Heterosporium eaiilicolum E. & E. On dead stems of Rumex occidentalis, North Park, Colo., July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 72). Tufts effused. Hypha? cespitose, stout, olive-brown (under the microscope), septate, torulose, subgeniculate above, 80-110x4-5//. Conidia elliptical or oblong, pale yellowish- brown, 1-3-septate, 12- 26 (mostly about 15) x 7-1 Ov, minutely echinulate-roughened. Appears like a coarse, black pubescence on the stems. Heterosporium sphseriseforme E. & E. On dead stems of Eriogomm, Fort Collins, Colo. (C. F. Baker, No. 270). Hypha? as in H. caulicolum E. & E. but not as rigid and collected in dense, scattered, olivaceous, sphserioeform, tufts i-l mm. diain., resembling a Fuccinia or Sphceria. Conidia elliptical or oblong, 1_4. f mostly 1-2- ) septate, 12-30 x 8-12//, minutely echinulate- roughened, pale yellow-brown. Heterosporium Eucalypti E. & E. On dead leaves of Eucalyptus, California, Nov. 1893 (A. J. McClatchie, No. 542). 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Hypophyllous, forming small (1—2 mm. ), olive-black, orbicular patches scattered over the lower side of the leaf. Hyphiv? subfascicu- late-etfused, pale yellowish- browu, coutinuous or sparingly septate, 70-80 X 4—5:j., geniculate-subimdulate, slightly swollen at the tips. Conidia oblong-elliptical, 1-2-septate, pale yellowish, echiuulate, 15- 27 X 10-12//. Heterosporium oladosporioides E. & E. On brown paper exposed by the roadside, Ann Arbor, Mich., May, 1894 (L. N. Johnson, No. 1,599). Maculiform. Hypha; erect, subfasciculate, brown, 90-110x4- 5 ', septate, subundulate or subnodulose above. Conidia terminal, hyaline and continuous at first, then pale brown and minutely echiuulate, 1-2-septate, 10-16 x 5-7// not constricted. The hyphaj form small black scattered patches about 2 mm. diam. Heterosporium Triliii E. & E. On leaves (partly dead) of Trillium ovatum, Latah Co., Idaho, July, 1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 128). Spots at first suborbicular, gray with a whitish margin, soon con- fluent, overrunning and killing the leaves, which then become rusty brown. Hyphty fasciculate, short, 30-50 x 5-6//, variously toothed and shouldered above and more or less crooked, sparingly septate. Conidia oblong-cylindrical, 12-30 x 5-8//, 1-3-septate, minutely echiuulate, yellow-brown. Maorosporium hybridum E. & E. On bark of decaying Sambucus glauca, Pullman, Wash., Oct. 1893 (C. V. Pipe.r, No. 151). Forming black, subelongated patches or irregularly scattered. Hyphte cespitose, olive-brown, coarse, 100-110 x 6-7/', geniculate and subtorulose above, finally closely septate. Conidia variable; at first oblong-elliptical and mostly uniseptate, 8-15 x 5-7//, pale yellowish- brown, then oblong, 2-3-septate and constricted, granular, 12-25 X 8-12//. Other conidia are globose, 12—15;/, sarcinuliforra, with two septa crossing each other at right angles, others again broad-clavate, 5— 9-septate and muriforra, 50-70 x 12-15//. The members of this genus are so variable that we have ventured to describe onl}'^ forms with marked and recognizable characters. Maorosporium iridicolum E. & E. On leaves of Iris Missouriensis, Moscow, Idaho, May, 1894 ( Prof L. F. Henderson, No. 2,640). 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHIIiADELPHlA. 388 Hyphaj short, tufted, obovate-obloug, contiauous, 12-15 x 5-6//, pale yellowish. Conidia clavate, 5-10-septate and muriform, 40- 120 X 20-25//, including the stout, cylindrical, persistent stipe. It is possible that what we have taken for hyphge are tufts of young conidia ; if so, the conidia ai"e sessile. This is quite distinct from 3Iarrosporium Iridis C. & E. The tufts are at first scattered and distinct but finally confluent, forfiiiug pulverulent black patches consisting entirely of the free conidia. Macrosporium Pelargonii E. & E. On leaves of Pelargonium (cult), Pasadena, Gala., Feb. 1894 (Prof. A. J. McClatchie). Spots orbicular, 1-3 mm. diam. , greenish at first, then rusty brown, with a narrow, raised margin causing them to appear discoid. HyphiB amphigeuous but more abuudant above, eff'used or sparingly fasciculate, yellow- brown, erect, 2-3-septate, swollen at the tips, 25- 30 X 5-6'/, bearing' the terminal, obovate, or subquadrate, 3-septate, and muriform, 20-30 x 18-22//. conidia, which are mostly constricted at the middle septum and have no pedicel. Macrosporium tabacinum E. & E. On leaves of tobacco, North Carolina, Oct. 1891 (Prof. Gerald McCarthy), INIissouri (Miss Clendinin). Spots amphigenous, numerous, small, irregular or suborbicular, definite, thin, white, with a narrow, raised margin, 1-3 mm. diam. Hyphpe amphigenous, fasciculate, tufts eff"used, septate, geniculate above, ferruginous-brown, 30-50 x 3-4//, crooked and spreading. Conidia obovate-clavate, stipitate, 3-9-septate and muriformly divided, 50-90 x .0-15/'. The smaller conidia are often without any stipe, while the larger ones have a persistent stipe from 8-25// long. This is closely allied to 31. candatum C. & E. It is called by the planters "white speck," and with Phyllosticta tabaci Pass, is very injurious to the plants. Macrosporium olivaceum E. & E. Parasitic on Sphcvro-psis Asimince E. & E., on dead limbs of Admina triloba, Nuttallburg, West Va., March, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 388). Forms a light olive, veliitinous coat over the pustules of the 384 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. [1894. SpJurropsis. Hyphse tufted, yellowish- brown (under the microscope), septate, erect, nearly straight or subundulate, 80-100 x 4-5//. Conidia obovate or obpiriforra, 3-5-septate and muriform, brown, 24—38 X 15-20//, terminal, sessile. Conidia also occur subcubical or subglobose, 15-20// diara. with 2-septa crossing each other at right angles. Sporodesmium fructigenum E. & E. On decaying apples. Las Cruces, New Mexico, Oct. 1893 (E. W. Wooton). Appears like a thin, dark colored, velvety coating, appearing first around the stem end but finally spreading over the greater part of the apple Conidia subglobose or elliptical, stipitate, yellowish and uniseptate at first, finally nearly opake and muriform, 12-26/'. in the longer diameter. The conidia have a berry- like structure like that of S. Rauii E. & H. or S. moriforme Pk. The pedicels, which are 12-15 x S/Jt are deciduous. Sporodesmium subcupulatum E. & E. On dead Sambucus melanocarpa, Cameron Pass, Colorado, July, 1894 (C. F. Baker, No. 236, partly). At first tuberculiform, minute, i—k mm. diam. , erumpent and surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, becoming concave and often oblong 1-2 mm. long, o-| mm. wide, slaty black; conidia olivaceous, muriform, subglobose, 10-15// diam., or subelliptical or clavate- ob- long, 20-30 X 10-12//, sessile or with a short, thick pedicel. In the concave stage the acervuli and conidia are paler. Sporodesmium tuberouliforme E. & E., n. sp. On dead stems of Sambucus racemosa, near Rabbit Ear Pass, N. W. Colo., alt. 10,000 ft., July, 1894 (Prof C. S. Crandall, No. 15). Sporodochia tuberculiform, black, inside and out, about 1 mm. diam., flattened above. Conidia irregular in shape and variable in size, subcubical, subglobose, subelliptical, consisting of 2-20 sub- globose cells variously conglomerated so as to form the conidia 8-20// diam. The tubercular mass consists almost entirely of the compacted conidia which are more perfectly developed in the superficial layer. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 Podosporiella E. & E., n. gen. of Phczostilbece PhragmosporcB . Stroma cellular, soft, not carbonaceous, short-cylindrical. Hyphse short, simple, arising from all parts of the stroma. Conidia terminal, oblong or cylindrical, brown, 2- or more-septate. Differs from Podosporiuvi in its simple, cellular stroma (stipe). Podosporiella humilis E. & E. On leaves of Garrya Veitchii, Echo Mt., Cala., July, 1894 (Prof. A. J. McClatchie, No. 736). Spots orbicular, brown, with a definite, dark margin 2-4 ram. diam. Stroraata hypophyllous, scattered on the spots, black, short- cylindrical, or conic-cylindrical, about 1 mm. high and 2 mm. thick, of membrauaceo- cellular structure. Hyphje spreading on all sides from the stroma, pale brown, simple, continuous, 15-20x4—5/-'., bearing the terminal, solitary, oblong-cylindrical, pale-brown, uni- septate at first, then 2-4- septate, 15-27 x 6-7,a conidia. Illosporium csespitosum E. & E. On rotten wood, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 231). Sporodochia globose, 100-110/'. diam., cespitose, forming tufts about 1 mm. diam. Hyphoe 6-8// thick, branched, the branches curved or tortuous. Conidia globose or ovate 6-12/7. diam. Differs from I. coccinellum Cke. in its color, and larger, cespitose sporodochia. Illosporium album E. & E. On cypress bark, Louisiana (Langlois, No. 284). Sporodochia gregarious, milk-white, ovate, 140-160x100-110/'. Hyphte imperfectly defined, free and mostly curved above, united below into a coarsely cellular, mass. Conidia peripherical, sub- globose, 8-10// diam. Differs from I. palUdxim Cooke, in its smaller sporodochia, imper- fectly defined hyph?e, and milk-white color. Trichaeg'um nodulosum E. & E. On dead leaves of Carex Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va. , Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 333). Erumpent, tufted, becoming subeffused, black, tufts gregarious forming subvelutinous patches 2-4 mm. across, or when standing singly, the hyphje and conidia forming a compact mass, 5-I mm. diam., and resembling somewhat the sorus of a Puecinia. Hyphse simple, sparingly fasciculate, brown, septate, often swollen at the 26 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. septa, about 4;/ thick and 200-300;/ long. Conidia near the base of the hyph?c, at first elliptical, yellowish-hyaline, iiniseptate 8-10x6- 1 II-, soon becoming 4-6-septate, nuirif'orni and opake, 10-25//. diam., subglobose, obovate, or elliptical. Pilacre gracilipes E. & E. On rotten wood, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 274). Scattered, stem slender, white-pruinose, 3 mm. long, \-i mm. thick. Head subhemispherical, olivaceous, about 1 mm. diam. Fertile hyphae hyaline, dichotomously branched, 2-lhiJ. thick, bear- ing the conidia laterally. Conidia globose or subglobose, yellow- brown under the microscope, 4-5j//. diam. Smaller and of a more slender growth than P. Petersli B. & C. Tubercularia hamata E. & E. On dead limbs of Celtis occidentalis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 313). Depressed-hemispherical, umbonate, soon becoming black, 2-14 mm. diam. Conidia oblong, slightly curved, hyaline, 5-8 x 12-2;/, on slender, simple sporophores 30-40;/. long, incurved or involute at the tips. Hymenula cerealis E. & E. On wheat straw, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 495). Sporodochia gelatinous, orbicular, yellowish- amber color, becom- ing darker, at first subpulvinate, becoming depressed or flattened, *-f mm. diam. Basidia slender, 25-30x11;/, simple or oftener branched, the branches erect. Conidia hyaline, oblong, minute, 3- 4x1-11;/.. Microcera erumpens E. & E. On dead limbs of Tsuga Canadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 371). Sporodochia depressed- globose, 2 mm. diam., at first covered by the epidermis, soon exposed and bare, orange-red, at length dis- appearing and leaving cup-shaped cavities in the bark. Conidia falcate, nucleate and finally 3- or more- septate, 75-83 x 3-4;/., hyaline, borne on short (20-35;/) sporophores which are more or less branched above. Differs from M. coccophila Desm. in the shape of the sporodochia and their subcuticular origin. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 NOTES ON THE MAMMALS OF MONROE AND PIKE COUNTIES, PENNSYLVANIA. BY SAMUEL N, RHOADS. We have much to learn respecting the man^mal fauna of the most densely populated and longest settled districts of the United States. To no region is this remark more applicable than the States of Penn- sylvania and New Jersey. In the American Naturalist for January, 1893, Mr. Witmer Stone and myself recorded the capture of two new species belonging to genera hitherto unknown to the fauna of New Jersey, and later Mr. Stone described a Cave Rat, belonging to the genus Neotoma, from South Mountain, Pennsylvania, which is the first notice we have of the present existence of that genus in the State. A recent visit to the wilder portions of northeastern Pennsylvania in the interests of natural history enables me to contribute the fol- lowing notes to our knowledge of the mammals of the region. One week in September was spent at the farm of Mr. Chas. Yaggie, (1,000 ft. alt.), on the west bank of Big Bushkill Creek, in Monroe County, at a point seven miles east of Cresco, where the creek enters the southwestern corner of Pike County. Another week in October was occupied in the vicinity of Dingman's Ferry, Pike County, and for three days I was located at Porter's Lake (1,200 feet alt.), in the same county. Systematic trapping of the smaller mammalia was kept up during my stay at all these localities. On the results of this work and of my inquiries among the woodsmen and older residents of the places visited, the following notes are based. To Dr. Philip Fulmer, of Dingman's Ferry, and Mr. Harvey Eilen- berger, of East Stroudsburg, the latter a veteran deer-hunter, whom I had the pleasure of meeting at Porter's Lake, I am chiefly indebted for outside information. The reliability of the statements of these gentlemen on such subjects is unquestionable. The area covered by my investigations is mainly included in the eastern extension of the Pocono plateau, the average elevation of which, at the points visited, is from 1,000 to 1,500 feet. The greatest 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. elevatiou attained was the summit of High Knob, 2,010 feet above the sea; the lowest was at Dingman's Ferry (350 feet), on the Delaware River. The greater part of Porter and Delaware townships have not only been long denuded of their original forests of oak, pine, and hemlock, but have of late years been frequently swept with fire. This fact, combined with the stony character of the soil, gives the country a desolate appearance, and has, undoubtedly, brought about marked changes in the character of its fauna and flora since the ad- vent of the white mail. At the present time it is diflScult to find, for hundreds of square miles so much as an acre of mature evergreen timber that does not show the ravages of fire and axe. In some places the presence of a watercourse or swamp has retarded these influences and we find a strip of oaks, chestnuts, and pines of com- paratively recent growth to relieve the monotony of vast stretches of scrub oak and bushes. Both fauna and flora combine in an in- teresting manner the features of the Alleghunian, Canadian, and Carolinian life- regions. The following is a list, with annotations, of those species observed by the writer or reported on by the gentlemen above mentioned: — 1. Didelphys marsupialis virginiana (Kerr). Virgiuian Opossum. The rare occurrence of this Carolinian species in the fauna of the Pocono plateau of Pike and Monroe counties, even up to an eleva- tion of 1,500 feet is a fact of interest. Specimens have been taken at Porter's Lake. At Dingman's Ferry they are less rare. 2, Cariacus virginianus (Bodd.). Virginia Deer. A buck was killed at Schauff''s Pond the first week in October. In spite of the immense range and the sparsely populated condition of the country, the deer are becoming very scarce. Mr. Eilenberger attributes this to the continual destruction of deer by the natives throughout the year, and to the forest fires, which often overtake the newly- born fawns, and in many ways so worry the older deer that they leave the county. Last year the county newspaper at Milford published its annual authenticated list of deer killed in Pike County during the game season of 1893. They numbered 140. Mr. Eilenberger thinks a close season of three years and a law to prevent the export of deer for sale would quickly and permanently restock the Pocono wilderness with this noble animal. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 3. Cervus americanus (Erxl.). Wapiti. The " Elk " was probably never as numerous in this region as in the central Alleghany Mountains, those individuals taken in former days being considered by the natives as stragglers from the main body. The last capture in Pike County was probably not later than 1840 or 1845. Remains of the Bison and Caribou found in Hartman's Cave near Stroudsburg, have been described and figured by Dr. Jos. Leidy in the Penua. Geological Report for 1887. It is very improbable that either species co-existed in this part of Pennsylvania, with Man. 4. Sciurus carolinensis pennsylvanicus (Ord). Northern Gray Squirrel. Very few were seen. They are said to be abuudant in certain localities of exceptional food supply. The hunters frequently shoot the melanistic form, which is the original variety on which George Ord based his specific name for the "Small Black Squirrel" of Guthrie's Geography, in 1815. 5. Sciurus hudsonicus (Erxleben). Eed Squirrel, Chickaree. Abundant as the sparsely wooded character of the country will permit. 6. Sciuropterus volans (L.) Jordan^ Flying Squirrel. No specimens of this animal were seen. They are reported as numerous, and more frequently found in nests built among the branches of a pine than in hollow trees. It is very probable that this species on the Pocono mountain is nearer to the typical Virginian form than to sabrimis of the Canadian fauna, as in the case of Tamias striatus and its subspecies T. s. lysteri. 7. Tamias striatus (L.). Chipmunk. In the more mountainous districts the chipmunk is by far the most ubiquitous mammal of its class, the more favorable situations being so thickly tenanted by them as to suggest the Spermophile colonies of the West. They showed no disposition to hibernate up to the last day of my stay (October 14th), though the nights were often frosty. Pocono chipmunks are referable to typical striatus rather than to the Canadian variety, T. s. lysteri, which is found in the northwestern parts of Pennsylvania. 1 See " Manual of the Vertebrates," 1888, p. 324 (foot-note). 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 8. Castor fiber canadensis (Kuhl). American Beaver. The older residents concur in the opinion that the beaver was ex- terminated nearly fifty years ago in northwestern Pennsylvania. Their dams and meadows are still pointed out in numerous places along the Bushkill and Diugman's creeks. 9. Mus rattus L. Black Rat. This least offensive member of the Old World Murid?e remains in undisputed possession of the barns and outhouses of the more remote districts, but along the Delaware valley it has given place to the following: — 10. Mus decumanus Pallas. Norway Eat. As in other places where this pest has foothold, the supply far exceeds the demand. 11. Mus musculus L. House Mouse. Well represented. 12. Neotoma magister Baird. Alleghany Cave Rat. Remains of this animal, both fossilized and those apparently quite recent, were taken, in 1880, from Hartman's Cave in Monroe County, by Mr. T. D. Paret, of Stroudsburg. I have as yet been unable to determine whether this interesting- animal is still living in that county or in Pike county. The evidence from every source is negative, and this after the most dili- gent inquiry. I personally explored several ledges, notably those of High Knob and the cliffs along the Delaware south of Milford, without finding a trace of their existence. It is not impossible, however, that the recent habitat of this species may be traced, by isolated localities along the Blue Ridge from South Mountain to the Hudson River Highlands. Dr. C. H. Merriam, in a recent communication, states that he believes the specimens of Neotoma, taken many years ago on the Hudson near Rockland, New York, to be of this species. 13. Peromyscus amerioanus (Kerr) Thomas.^ White-footed Mouse. Numerous specimens of all ages, taken in three distinctly separated localities, strongly indicate a local variety of this susceptible species, which apparently forms a connecting link between typical Pennsyl- * See Ann. & Mag. N. H., Nov. 1894, p. 364. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 vauia aviericanns aud New England examples of S. a. canadensis. Their longer tails and lack of a distinct dorsal stripe indicate this. The Pocono mice are of a more uniform and much duller brown on the upper parts than soutt Pennsylvania specimens, and in old in- dividuals there is no trace of the dusky dorsal stripe which is so pronounced in specimens from New Jersey and New England. Specimens from Pike County match one in the collection from Lome Park, Ontario, and three from Clinton County, Pennsylvania. 14. Fiber zibethicus L. Muskrat. Not abundant. 15. Arvicola pennsylvanicus (Ord). Common Meadow Mouse. Abundant, and constant to its typical characters in all situations. 16. Arvicola pinetorum (LeConte). Pine Mouse. A specimen taken at Yaggie's farm, and another at Porter's Lake attest the semiboreal range of this southern species. 17. Evotomys gapperi (Vigors). Eed-backed Mouse. A rather rare species. Four captures were made at Yaggie's in the more heavily timbered swamps. This animal does not appear to confine its operations to runways or underground as does the true Arvicola, but forages about like Sitomi/s in more open situations at the surface. I took none at Dingman's Ferry, and am of the opinion they are not found much below an altitude of 1,000 feet in Pike County. 18. Synaptomys cooperi Baird. Cooper's Lemming Mouse. One of these highly interesting rodents was captured in a meadow bordering the Bushkill, on Yaggie's farm. It was taken in a "cyclone trap," set in the runways of Arvicola pennsylvanicus, near the edge of a dry swamp. A specimen of the latter species was subsequently taken in the same spot. This is the first authenticated record for Pennsylvania of Cooper's mouse, though it is not improb- able that the tyge was taken within fifty miles of this place, either on that or the New Jersey side of the Delaware. This, together with recent captures in New England and eastern Canada, may now be considered sufficient to fix the type habitat of Cooper's mouse east of the Alleghany Mountains, rather than west of them as was once considered possible, owing to the total lack of recorded eastern specimens. 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. In a recent paper, Mr. Outram Bangs^ has endeavored to show that Synaptomys stonei described by me from southern New Jersey is a synonym of S. cooperi. A comparison of the three specimens of stonei, taken at May's Landing, with individuals taken in New England by Mr. Bangs at the same season of year, show no cranial differences of value. In stonei, however, there is a decided difference in the darker colors of the pelage as contrasted with the New England skins and with the skin from Pike County. This is manifested in the blackish-brown of the back and upper head, the sooty feet and tail, and the lead- colored lower parts of stonei, contrasted with the gray-brown upper parts, light-brown feet and tail, and hoary under parts of the more northern specimens which, as I had previously inferred, were in all prob- ability taken nearest the type locality of cooperi. In these particulars there is a striking correlation with the color differences pointed out by Mr. Stone for his subspecies of Evotomys gajjperi,* taken in the same bog which furnished the types of S. stonei. On these grounds, taking for granted that S. cooperi is typified by the form found east of the Alleghany Mountains, I would now refer to the southern New Jersey lemming mouse as Sy7iapto7nys cooperi stonei. My original description of stonei was drawn up from a comparison with two specimens from Ohio, and, so far as it went, was apparently a sufficient reason for specific separation. It is not impossible that a full series of western specimens will yet indicate the propriety of further division. 19. Zapus hudsonius (Zlmm.)- Meadow Jumping Mouse. 20. Zapus insignis Miller. Woodlaud Jumping Mouse. I was surprised to neither see nor capture any of these mice during my stay. They had evidently just gone into their winter trance, and the loveliest Indian summer weather failed to rouse them. This is an interesting fact, as only a few days before my stay they had been seen by "mine host," and one of the woodland species (which I was surprised to find he recognized as different from the meadow jumping mouse) was killed by him as it swam across the Bushkill. Mr. Shryock took a specimen of insignis on Pocono Mountain in 1893. 3 Proc. Biol. Soc, Washn.. 1894. * Amer. Naturalist, Jan. 1893. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 393 21. Erethizon dorsatus (L. ). Canada Porcupine. This is another boreal species whose presence on the Pocono plateau has always been rather precarious, and, with the vanishing forest areas, it has become so rare' that it is believed by many hunters to be exterminated. The most active of these gentlemen have not seen any "for several years." 22. Lepus americanus Erxl. Varying Hare. Not uncommon in the higher mountain swamps. 23. Lspus sylvaticus Bachm. Rabbit. Normally abundant in all situations. 24. Fells concolor L. Puma, Panther. A panther, I am assured by Mr. Eilenberger, has not been killed in Pike County for thirty years, all reports to the contrary notw'ith- standing. From conversation with several hunters it appears that the name "catamount" in this region is applied to any animal, not distinctly seen, which is larger than a wild-cat and has a longer tail, but is smaller than a panther ! When a very large or abnormally colored wild-cat is trapped, it also may receive this higher sounding title. The yell of a wild-cat is a fruitful source of "catamount" stories, the horror of such an experience making the use of the com- moner name a totally inadequate expression. 25. Lynx canadensis (Desm.). Canada Lynx. Many residents near Porter's Lake assured me that this species is occasionally trapped in that vicinity. The occurrence of the lynx in these parts is not attested by any reliable records known to me. 26. Lynx rufus fGuld.). Wild-cat. Many pelts of this destructive animal are annually taken in both counties. 27. Canis lupus nubilus (Say). American Gray Wolf. I can get no information as to the date of the disappearance of the timber wolf from this part of the State. Conservative residents set it as nearly forty years ago, but it is probable they existed to a much later date. 28. Vulpes vulpes pensylvanicus (Bodd.). American Eed Fox. An abundant resident. 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 29. Urocyon cinereo-argenteus (Miill.). Gray Fox. Occasionally taken by hunters. 30. TJrsus americanus Pallas. American Black Bear. Rarely killed, but evidences of their existence are frequently seen in the mountains. They hibernate in severe winters. 31. Putorius erminea (L. ). Weasel, Ermine. Specimens of this weasel were examined in the collection of Mr. Justin Nilis, of Edgemere, Pike Co. Two of them were in the white pelage. 32. Lutreola vison Schreber. Mink. Abundant. 33. Mustela americana Turton. Pine Marten. I could hear of no specimens of this former resident having been captured for many years. Of the Pekan, 31. j)ennanti, none of the inhabitants had any knowledge. 34. Lutra hudsonica Lacep. American Otter. This fisherman is sufficiently numerous to be a nuisance to the owners of game preserves along the Bushkill. I found one in a trap on the banks of that stream near Yaggie's farm. They are frequently seen in Porter's Lake, and Mr. Van Vliet of that place states that they sometimes devour mussels in the same manner as the muskrat. 35. Mephitis mepMtica (Sliaw). Common Skunk. Normally abundant. A visit was paid to the farm near Shawnee, in Monroe County, where these animals are being bred for their furs. Unfortunately no one was at home at the time, and I was unable to secure any data respecting the success of this experiment. A neigh- bor stated that the venture was not profitable and on the decline. 36. Procyon lotor (L.). Eiiccoon. Stated to be very abundant. 37. T Sorex forsteri Rich. Forster's Shrew. I refer a small, brown shrew, taken in Arvicola runways, in a meadow near woodland, to this species, with some doubt. In its small size and the character of its coloration it agrees well with 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 Richardson's description. It was taken on the banks of the Bush- kill where it crosses the southwestern corner of Pike County. It is similar to several specimens taken in Maine and central Quebec. * 38. TSorex . Four specimens of a rather large, bluish-gray shrew answering Baird's description of *S'. forsteri, one taken at Yaggie's and three on Dingraan's Creek, are very distinct from the preceding species in size, color, and habits. The S. forsteri of Baird I am convinced is not the same as the S. forsteri of Richardson. It is very probable that the four specimens in question are identical with the animal described by Baird as forsteri What name, among the numerous existing ones, should be given this bluish-gray shrew with light colored feet and chin and brownish neck, forearm, chest, and vent, and bicolored tail, I am at a loss to know. 39. Sorex (Neosorex) albibarbis (Cope). Eastern marsli Shrew. It is with no small satisfaction that I announce the discovery of a member of this subgenus in Pennsylvania. One specimen was taken along the banks of a rocky stream flowing into the Big Bushkill, in Monroe County. It is the most southerly record for the subgenus, the previous record being from Warwick, INIassachusetts. After going over the ground somewhat, it appears proper to endorse the verification of Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., in the Proceedings of the Bos- ton Society of Natural History, in giving this shrew the name ap- plied to New England examples by Prof. Cope in 1863. Specimens from Lac Aux Sables, Quebec, and from Lincoln, Maine, agree better, in the brownish cast of lower parts, with Prof. Cope's diagnosis of albibarbis, as contrasted with the "ash-colored" belly of S. paliistris given by Richardson in the Fauna Boreali Americana. In the Pike County specimen, though identical in dentition and proportionate measurements with my Canadian specimens, the colors are much as in Richardson's diagnosis of paliistris, showing that the brown belly character is inconstant in eastern specimens. It is probable, however, that the exceptions are in immature pelage. For a full discussion of these questions, see paper by Mr. G. S. IVIiller, Jr., in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. XXVL 5 Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., has since identified these shrews to be 5. personatus G. St. Hilaire. 396 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 40. Blarina talpoides (Gapper). Mole Shrew. Excessively abundant in all sorts of situations, from wettest low- lands to barren mountain tops. Owing to its numbers and carnivorous appetite this shrew is a great nuisance to the mouse trapper. 41. Scalops aquaticus (L.). Common Mole. Rare among the mountains. 42. Condylura cristata (L.). Star-Nosed Mole. Mr. Chas. Yaggie caught a specimen on his farm. 43. Adelonycteris fuscus (Beauv.). Carolina Bat. 44. Atalapha borealis (Miill.). Red Bat. 45. Vespertilio gryphus Fr. Cuvier. Little Brown Bat. Several bats were observed, most, if not all, of which, are probably referable to these species. I could find no one acquainted with a large bat which would be referable to the Hoary Bat, Atalapha cinerea. 1894,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIliADELPHIA. 397 A STUDY OF THE SYSTEMATIC AND GEOGEAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE DECAPOD FAMILY ATYID^ Kingsley. BY ARNOLD E. ORTMANN. In the following paper I propose to give a revision of the family Atyidce with especial reference to its geographical distribution. For a true representation of the geographical range of a group of animals it is necessary to examine the details of the distribution of all the known species, as well as to define the systematic limits of each. Every error in determining a species may be followed by great confusion difficult to solve by subsequent investigation. In revising the known genera and species it is necessary to state the relations and affinities to each other in order to get an idea of the peculiarities of the geographical distribution and to find out their cause. The family Atyidce, although a small one, comprises a consider- able number of ill-defined species and genera, since most authors in creating such did not investigate their relations to those already known. In the typical genus Atya there are farther difficulties due to the change of characters undergone by one species in the different stages of life, which were wholly neglected by the majority of authors. I have, notwithstanding, succeeded in revising the family, pointing out the identity of certain species and genera, defining some more correctly, and stating the affinities so as to leave but a few species doubtful. I have determined a peculiar geo- graphical distribution of the family agreeing well with its habits and morphological characters. The family Atyidce is a very characteristic one among the Decapod group of Eucyphidea. It shows on the one hand a number of primitive characters, on the other a very peculiar shape of the fingers of the chelae. As I have stated in a former paper, ^ the Atyidce are closely connected with the family AecintJiephyridce, which live at great depths in the sea and contain, without doubt, the most primitive Eucyphidea. The morphological differences between the two families are the following: 1. The mandible in the Acantliephyridce is furnished with a palpus (synaphipod), in the Atyidce it is wanting. Decapoden u. Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition, 1893, p. 42. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 2. The fingers of the chelte in the Acanthephyridce are normal in shape, in the Atyidte they are provided with a peculiar pencil of hairs. I may add that the habits of the two families are wholly different, the Acanthephyridce being true marine animals, especially abyssal, the Afyidce being true fresh- water forms. Among the Atyidce Kingsley distinguished two subfamilies, Aty- ince and Ephyrime. Since, however, there are but a few genera in this family, a subdivision is needless. The genera form a continu- ous series, the transition being so gradual that it is difficult to define the limits of the two subfamilies. In the following synopsis of the genera the first three named, Xiphocaris, Troglocaris, and Atyaephyra may be regarded as belonging to the subfamily Ephxjrince as created by Kingsley, the others as belonging to the Atyince. Because the genus Ephyra, from which is derived the name Ephyrince, is a synonym, this subfamily must be renamed, and I propose to name it, if at all, Xiphocarmce. The presence of exopodites on the pereiopoda of the Xiphocarhur, the shape of the carpal and propodal joints of the first two pairs of pereiopoda, and the shape of the rostrum constitute a very close re- semblance to the Acanthephyridie. Atyaephyra makes a transition to the Atyinw, bearing exopodites only on the first two pairs of pereio- poda, and having the carpal joints of these legs excavated at the distal extremity. This excavation is very characteristic in the true Atyince, but in Caridina the carpal joint only of the first pair of legs shows this peculiarity, that of the second pair being normal. Atyoida is intermediate between Caridina and Aiya in the shape of the propo- dal joints of these legs. Within the limits of Caridina occurs a reduction of the form of the rostrum (being in the Xiphocarinm long and serrated), which in most species of Caridina is longer or shorter and serrated, in a few very short and not serrated. In Atyoida and Atija the rostrum is usually short, but now and then it bears a few teeth on the inferior margin. Thus the series formed by Xiphocaris, Atyaephyra, Caridina, Atyoida, and Atya is a continuous one, whilst the genus Troglocaris is closely allied to Xiphocaris differing only by the rudimentary condition of the eyes, due to its subterranean habits in cave-waters. The genus Atya is the most extreme of the family. The adult males of the species of this genus attain a considerable size, and the third pereiopoda undergo with increase of age a change in shape. 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 the surface of the body and legs bearing a peculiar sculpture. The most extreme species, Atija erassa, may be separated from the others according to the sculpture of the body and placed in a separate sub- genus, Evatya. Fossil Atyidw are not known, although A. Milne-Edwards^ de- scribes a Caridina nitida from the "raarnes d'Aix- en-Provence" (upper eocene or lower oligocene). None of the arguments given by him prove that this fossil is a Caridina. The presence in a fresh- water deposit makes it probable that it belongs to Atyldoi, but for the same reason Homelys minor of Meyer, ^ from the fresh-water de- posits of the upper miocene of Qi^ningen, would belong to the same family. ATYID^ Kingsley, 1879. Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 414. Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 691. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 455. Mandibles stout, crown broad, dilated, slightly divided, without a synaphipod. First four pairs of pereiopoda w'ith epipodites. First two pairs of pereiopoda chelate, nearly equal, carpus of the second not annulated. Tips of fingers with pencils of hairs. Rostrum longer or shorter, serrated or not serrated. «i. Pereiopoda with exopodites [Xiphocarince] . b^. All the i^ereiopoda with exopodites. Carpal joints of the first two pairs of pereiopoda not excavated or but indis- tinctly so. Ci. Eyes well developed Xiphocaris. c^. Eyes rudimentary TRoaLOCARis. &2. Only the first two pairs of pereiopoda w'ith exopodites. Car- pal joints of the first and second pair of pereiopoda distally excavated Atyaephyra. Oj. Pereiopoda without exopodites [^AtyincB]. ftj. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda normal, not excavated. Rostrum mostly compressed and serrated . . . Caridina. b^. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda like that of the first distally excavated. Cj. Movable finger shorter than the immovable part of hand, the latter distinctly divided in a palmar por- tion and an immovable finger Atyoida. Cj Both fingers alike in size, no palma developed . Atya. 2 Bull. Soc. Philomat., Paris (7), II, 1879, p. 77. 3 Palseontographica, X, 3, 1862, p. 172, pi. 19, figs. 3-8. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. XIPHOCAEIS V. Martens, 1872. Ephyra de Haan, Faun. Japon. , Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 185.* ( Nomen prseoccu- patum.) Xiphocaris v. Martens, Archiv f. Naturg.. 38, 1, 1872, p. 139. Miersia Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 416. Xiphocaris Kingsley. Bull. Essex Instit., vol. 14, 1882, p. 127. Paratya Miers, Annal. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), IX, 1882, p. 194. Xiphocai-is Pocock, Annal. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), III, 1889, p. 17. Miersia Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 8. «!. No supraocular spines. Rostrum longer or shorter, with an inter- rupted series of teeth on the upper margin, the basal series containing 9-18, the apical 3-6 teeth Lower margin of rostrum with numerous (16-40) teeth X. elongata. SUBSPECIES (or varieties). 61. Rostrum longer than carapace . . . X. elongata typica (1).^ 62. Rostrum shorter than carapace. Ci. Rostrum longer than the scaphocerite. X. elongata intermedia (1). C2. Rostrum longer than the stalk of antennulse. X. elongata gladiator. C3. Rostrum shorter than the stalk of antennulse. X. elongata brevirostris. a^. Supraocular spines present. Rostrum about as long as the scaphocerites or somewhat longer. An uninterrupted series of 20-24 teeth on the upper, 2-4 teeth on the lower margin. X. compressa (3). 1. Xiphocaris elongata (Gucrin), 1857. Hippolvte elons^ata Guerin, Anim. Artie, in: Eamou de la Sagra, Hist, de I'ile de Cuba, 1857, p. 54, pi. 2, fig. 16. Op/ophorus americ-a7ius iinussni-e, Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneve, t. 14, 2, 1858, p. 472, pi, 4, fig. 31. Xiphocaris elongata (Guer.) v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 38, 1, 1872, p. 140. Oplophorus elongata (Guer.) Kingsley, Bull. Essex Instit., X, 1878, p. 68. Xiphocaris elon'irata (Guer.) Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), III, 1889, p. 17 ff, pi. 2, figs. 5-8. Xiphocaris gladiator, var. inlerniedia, brevirostris Pocock, ibid. Oplopliorus'^ elongatiis (Guer.) Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila- delphia, 1893, p, 121. Geographical distribution: Fresh-waters of the Antilles. — Cuba (Gueriu, v. Martens); Hayti (Saussure); Dominica (Pocock); St, Domingo (Sharp). 2. Xiphocaris compressa (de Haan), 1849. Ephyra compressa de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 186, pi. 46, fig- 7. „ Atyeplivra compressa (d. H.) v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg. , 34, 1, 1868, p. 51 ff, pi. 1, fig. 4. Alyephyra compressa (d. H. ) Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), IX, 1882,.p. 193. * Non Ephyra Eoux, Memoir. Salicoques, 1831, p. 24, which is identical with Acanthcphvrci K. Milne-Edwards, and belongs to the Acanthepliy rides. 5 I put in parentheses following each species, the number of specimens I have examined myself. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 Miersia compressa (d. H.) Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 463. Miersia compressa (d. H.) Ortmann, Jenaisch. Denkschr.. VIII, 1894, p. 8. Geographical distribution: Fresh-water of Australasia. — Japan (deHaan); Yokohama (v. Martens), Tokio (Miers, Ortmann); Island of Adenare, near Flores (v. Martens); Queensland: Burnett (Ort- mann). TROGLOCARIS Dormitzer, 1853. Dormitzer, Lotos, III, 1853, p. 85. Only one species known, distinguished from Xiphocaris by the rudimentary condition of the eyes. Supraocular spines present. 1. Troglocaris sclimidti Dormitzer, 1853.^ Dormitzer, ibid., p. 85 fif, pi. 3. Geographical distributioji: In the waters of the caves of Car- niola. Caves of Kumpole and Gurk (Dormitzer). ATYAEPHYRA Brito-Capello, 1866. Atyatphyra Brito-Capello, Descr. Esp. nov. Crust. Arachn., Portugal, Lisboa, 1866, p. 5. Hemicaridina Ortmann, Zoolog. Jabrb., V, 1890, p. 464. Only one species known. 1. Atyaephyra desmarestii (Millet) 1832 (16). Hippolyte desmarestii Millet, Annal. Sci. Nat., t. 25, 1832, p. 461, pi. 10 B. Hippolyte desmarestii Millet, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p. 376. Caridina desmarestii (Mill.) Joly, Annal. Sci. Nat. (2), Zool., t. 19, 1843, p. 34 ff, pi. 3. Caridina desmarestii (Mill.) Heller, Crust, siidl. Europ., 1863, p. 238, pi. 8, fig. 3. Atyaeplivra rosiana Brito-Capello, Descr. esp. nov. Crust. Arachn., Portugal, Lisboa, 1866, p. 6, pi. 1, fig. 1. Hemicaridina desmarestii (Mill.) Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 464. Geographical distribution: Fresh- water of southern Europe. — Portugal : Coimbra (Brito-Capello) ; southern and western France (Millet, Joly); Corsica, Sicily, Dalmatia (Heller). CARIDINA Milne-Edwards, 1837. Caridina Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p, 362. Caradina Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 415. «,. Rostrum longer or shorter, serrated. Anterior margin of carapace w'ith an antennal-spine. 6,. Upper margin of rostrum not serrated. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda but slightly longer than broad . . . . C. typus (2). C. americana.'' * There is no doubt that the Palirmon anophthalmtis Kollar, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss., Wien, I, 1848, p. 137, from the caves of Kompoljska and Portis- kavez in Carniola is the same species as Troglocaris schmidti. As there is no published description by Kollar, the name anophthahnus cannot be employed. " C. americana is a somewhat doubtful species, but certainly it is closely allied to C. typus. 27 402' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. ^2- Upper margin of rostrum serrated. Cj. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda shorter than the hand, carpal joint of the first pereiopoda short. Rostrum about as long as the auteunal scale C. brevicarpalis (1). Cj. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda longer than the hand, dj. Rostrum horizontally projecting or slightly deflexed, shorter than the antennal scale, gj. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda short, not more than IJ as long as broad, /j. Lower margin of rostrum serrated. ffi- Upper margin of rostrum with about 13-20 teeth, rostrum mostly longer than the first joint of the antennulye. A,. Eggs small and numerous. Fingers of the second pereiopoda twice as long as the palm, ^l. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda distinctly longer than broad C. weberi. %. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda nearly as broad as it is long C. japonica. /ij. Eggs greater and not numerous. E'iugers of the second pereiopoda but slightly longer than the palm. C. pareparensis. ffi- Upper margin of rostrum with 3-5 teeth; rostrum as long or a little longer than the first joint of the anten- nulai C. thnorensis. g^. Upper margin of rostrum with 7-12 teeth ; rostrum shorter than the first joint of the autenuulae. C. p>CLTvirostris. /j. Lower margin of rostrum not serrated. . . . C. richtersi. gj. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda longer, at least twice as long as broad. /j. Spine at the base of the autennulye shorter than the first joint. g-^. Dactylus of the fifth pereiopoda nearly half as long as the propodus C. Icevis. g.^. Dactylus of the fifth pereiopoda very short, |-i- of the propodus. Aj. Rostrum shorter than the stalk of the antennulae, upper margin with 20-30 teeth, lower with 5-14. C. mulUdeniata. h^. Rostrum about as long as the stalk of tjhe antennulse. /i. Teeth of the upper niargiu of rostrum 10-15, not continued to the tip of rostrum, on the tip 1-2 teeth, on the lower margin 7-12. C. ofricana (many). i,. Teeth of the upper margin of rostrum 20-25, in a continuous series to the tip C.fossaruni. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 /,. Spine at the base of the antennulse longer than the first joint C. serratirostris. d,. Rostrum slightly bent upward, longer than the antenual scale. Upper margin partially destitute of teeth. e■^. The proximal teeth on the upper margin of rostrum crowded, numerous. /,. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda a little shorter than the hand. g^. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda 2-2J as long as broad C. wycki (many). (/j. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda only \l as long as broad C. nilotica (1). f^. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda very much shorter than the hand C. grandirostris. 63. The i^roximal teeth on the upper margin of rostrum re- mote, not numerous C. gracilirostris. a 2. Rostrum very short, not serrated. Anterior margin of the carapace without an antennal spine. 6,. Fingers of the first pereiopoda about as long as the palm. C. singhalensis (many). 62. Fingers of the first pereiopoda much shorter than the palm. C. brevirostris. 1. Caridina typus Milne-Edwards, 1837.* Caridma typus Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p. 363, pi. 2.5 bis, figs. 4, 5. C. exilirost7-is Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Xat. Sci., PWladelphia, 1860, p. 29. C. siamensis Giebel. Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturw., 21, 1863. p. 329. C. typus M. E., Miers, Philosoph. Trans. London. 168, 1879, p. 492. Eichters, Beitr. Meeresfaun. Maurit. Seychell. Decap., 1880, p. 162, pi. 17, fig. 23. C. typus M. E., de Man, in Weber, Zoolog. Ergebn. Eeis. Niederl. Ost- Indien, II, 1892. p. 367, pi. 21, fig. 22. C. typus M. E., de Man, Not. Leyd. Mus., 15, 1893, p. 300. C. typus M. E., Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1893, p. 111. C. typus M. E., Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., YIII, 1894, p. 8. Geographical distribution: Fresh-water of the Islands of the Indian Ocean and of Indo- Malaysia. — Mauritius (Richters, Sharp); Rodriguez (Miers); Seychelles (Richters); Siam (Giebel); Flores, Timor, Saleyer, Celebes (de Man); Amboina (Ortmann); Loo-Choo (Stimpson). 2, Caridina americana Guerin, 1857. Guerin. Anim. Artie, in Eamon de la Sagra, Hist, de Pile de Cuba, 1857, p. .52. pi. 2, fig. 13. V. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 38, 1, 1872, p. 135. Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), III, 1889, p. 16, pi. 2, fig. 4. Geographical didribution: Cuba (Guerin, v. Martens); Dominica (Pocock). * Caridina typhis Bate, Challenger Macr. 1888, p. 704, pi. 119, fig. 3, from San Jago, Cape Verde Isl. is probably a different species. 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 3. Caridina brevicarpalis de Man, 1892. De Man, in Weber, Zool. Erg., etc., II, 1892, p. 397, pi. 24, fig. 30. Ortmann, Jenaische Denlischr. , VIII, 1894, p. 9. Geographical distribution: Celebes (de Man) ; Amboiua ( Ortmann). 4. Caridina weberi de Man, 1892. De Man, in : Weber, Zool. Erg., etc., II, 1892, p. 371, pi. 22, fig. 23. De Man, Not. Leyden Mas., 14, 1892, pi. 9, fig. 8. Geographical distribution: Sumatra; Java; Saleyer; Celebes; Flores (De Man). 5. Caridina japonica de Man, 1892. De Man, Not. Leyd. Mus., 14, 1892, p. 261, pH 9, fig. 7. Geographical distribution : Japan: Kagar, Hayagana (De Man). 6. Caridina pareparensis de Man, 1892. De Man, in : Weber, Zool. Erg., etc., II, 1892, p. 379, pi. 22, fig. 25. Geographical distribution: Celebes (De Man). 7. Caridina timorensis de Man, 1893. De Man, Not. Leyd. Mus., 15, 1893, p. 300, pi. 8, fig. 6. Geographical distribntion: Timor (De Man). 8. Caridina parvirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in : Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 375, pi. 22, fig. 24. Geographical distribution: Flores (De Man). 9. Caridina richtersi Thallwitz, 1891. C. serrata Eichters, Beitr. Meeresf. Maur. Seych. Decap., 1880, p. 163, pi. 17, figs. 24-27 (nomen prieoccupatum ) . C. richtersi Thallwitz, Abhandl. Mus. Dresden, 3, 1891, p. 27, foot-note. Geographical distribution : Mauritius (Richters). 10. Caridina laevis Heller, 1862. Heller, Sitz. Ber. Acad. Wiss., Wien, 45, 1, 1862, p. 411. De Man, in : Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 376, pi. 23, fig. 27. Geographical distribidion : Java (Heller, De Man). 11. Caridina multidentata Stimpson, 1860. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 29. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 380, pi. 22, fig. 26. Geographical disiribidion : Bonin Isl. (Stimpson); Celebes (De Man). 12. Caridina africana Kingsley, 1882.' Kingsley, Bull. Essex Instit., vol. 14, 1882, p. 127, pi. 1, fig. 3. Geographical distribidion : S. Africa: Zulu Land (Kingsley). 8 Having examined the types of this species in the Museum of the Academy of Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, I can give the following details : — Carpal .joint of the first pereiopoda twice as long as broad on the distal ex- tremity, a little shorter than the hand. Fingers about equal to tlie palm. Car- pal joint of the second pereiopoda four times as long as broad on the distal ex- tremity, a little longer than the hand. Fingers about 1>^ as long as thepalm. Dactylus of the fourth pereiopoda about 1-5 of the propodus, the fifth pereiopoda are in none of the type specimens preserved. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 13. Caridina fossarum Heller, 1862. Heller. Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., Wien, 45, 1, 1862, p. 411. De Man, in : Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 397. Geographical distribution: Persia: Schiraz (Heller). 14. Caridiua serratirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in : Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 382, pi. 23, fig. 28. Geographical distribution: Flores; Saleyer; Celebes (De Man). 15. Caridina wycki (Hickson), 1888. Aiya ziivcki Hickson, Annal. Mag. Nat, Hist. (6), II, 1888, p. 357, pi. 13, 14 Caridina uycki (Hicks.) Thallwitz, Abhandl. Mus. Dresden, 3, 1891, p. 27. Caridina wycki (Hicks.) de Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 386, pi. 24, fig. 29-29k. Caridina zrirX-/ (Hicks.) de :Man. Not. Leyden ]\Ius., 15, 1893, p. 302, pi. 8, fig. 7. Caridina wycki (Hicks.) Ortmann, Jenaisclie Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 9. Geographical distribution: From East- Africa to eastern Australia. — East- Africa: Dar-es-Salaam (Ortmann); Ceylon (Ortmann); Celebes (Hickson, Thallwitz, de Man); Saleyer (de Man); Flores (de Man) ; Timor (de Man); Queensland : Burnett (Ortmann). 16. Caridina nilotica (Eoux), 1833.io Pelias niloticus Eoux, Annal. Sei. Nat., t. 28, 1833, p. 73, pi. 7, fig. 1. Caridina /ow^/roi-Zr/i-- Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. C'ru.st., II, 1837, p. 363. Caridina longirostris Lucas, Explor. Alger. Anini. Artie, 1849, p. 40, pi. 4, fig. 1. Cariditia longirostris Heller, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., Wien, 45, 1, 1862, p. 412. Caridina longirostris de Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 396, pi. 24, fig. 291, 29m, 29mm. Caridina longirostris Sbarp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1893, p. 111. Geographical distribution : Northern Africa. — Nile (Roux); Algiers (Lucas, Sharp) ; River Macta, near Oran (Milne-Edwards). 17. Caridina grandirostris Stimpson, 1860. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860. p. 28. Geographical distribution: Loo-Choo (Stimpson). 18. Caridina gracilirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in Weber. Zoolog. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 399, pi. 25, fig. 31. Geographical distribution: Sumatra, Celebes, Saleyer, Flores (De Man). .19. Caridina singhalensis Ortmann, 1894. Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 9, pi. 1, fig. 2. Geographical distribution: Ceylon (Ortmann), 1" It is doubtful, whether the following quotations belong to this species or to Car. wycki: C. nilotica Hilgendorf, Mon. Ber. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1878, p. 828. — Mozam- bique, Tette. C. lo7igiroslris Eichters, Beitr. Meeresf. Maur. Seych. Decap., 1880, p. 162. — Seychelles. C nilotica Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamburg Wiss. Anstalt. , VI, 1889, p. 35. — Zanzibar. 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. 20. Caridina brevirostris Stimpson, 1860. Stiiupson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 29. Geographical distribution: Loo-Choo (Stimpson). Doubtful Species." Caridina denticulata de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 186, pi. 45, fig. 8. — Japan. Caridina leucosticta Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 28. — Japan, Simoda. Caridina serrata Stimpson, ibid., p. 29. — Hongkong. Caridina acuminata Stimpson, ibid., p. 29. — Bonin Isl. Caridina spathulirostris Eichters, Beitr. Meeresf. Maur. Seych., 1880, p. 163, pi. 17, fig. 28.— Mauritius. Caridina curvirostris Heller, 1862. Heller, Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Qesellsch., Wien, 12, 1862, p. 525. Heller, Crust. Novara, 1868, p. 105. Miers, Catal. Crust. New Zealand, 1876, p. 78. Geographical distribution: Auckland (Heller). This species is provided with an supraorbital and an antennal spine, the spine at the base of the antennulse is longer than the first joint. It may belong to the genus Xiphocaris and may be identical with a species of Xiphocaris from the River Avon, near Christ Church, pre- sent in the Museum of Strassburg. Unfortunately I cannot give a description of these specimens and a comparison with Heller's species. ATYOIDA Randall, 1839. Eandall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, VIII, 1839, p. 140. This genus''^ has, up to the present time, been very doubtful. Examining specimens of Atyoida bisulcata from Oahu, Sandwich, in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (No. 162), I find that the hands of the two anterior pairs of legs are wholly different from the typical Atya, in the same manner as figured by F. Miiller in Atyoida potimirim (1. c. , figs. 3 and 4). In 11 The following three species described by Bate do not belong to Caridina; but to the family Hippolytidce: — Caridina truncifrons Bate, Proceed. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 499, pi. 40, fig. 2, belonging to Latrentes. Caridina cincinnuli Bate, ibid., p. 500, pi. 40, fig. 3, and Caridina tenuiros- tris Bate, ibid., p. 501, pi. 40, fig. 4, both belonging to Virbiits. (All three from Australia, St. Vincents Gulf. •■■^ A/ya serrata Bate, Challenger Macrur, 1888, p. 699, pi. 119, fig. 2, from San Jago, Cape Verd Isl., and some other species described from the West Indies (see below), may belong to this genus. In A. serrata the ro.strum is shorter and dentate below. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 Atyoida the hands are formed like those of Caridina: the dactylus (movable finger) is inserted on the upper margin of the propodus, being shorter than the latter and forming a chela, as usual in the Deeapoda, consisting of a palmar portion and two fingers. In Atya, on the contrary, the dactylus articulates with the propodus on the posterior end of the latter, both joints being exactly alike and form- ing a hand of a very peculiar shape among the Deeapoda, the palmar portion being wholly reduced, and the hand consisting only of two fingers about alike in size, and connected with each other at the posterior ends. The carpal joint of the chelipeds in Atyoida is longer than in Atya, especially on the second pair of legs. a^. Rostrum dentate below. Carpal joint of the first pair of pereio- poda longer than broad A. potimirim. «2. Rostrum not dentate below. Carpal joint of the first pair of pereiopoda not longer than broad A. bisulcata (many). 1. Atyoida potimirim F. Miiller, 1881. F. Miiller, Kosmos (Krause), IX, 1881, p. 117 flf, figs. 1-20. Geographical dlstrihidion : Brazil : Itajahy (F. Miiller). 2. Atyoida bisulcata Eandall, 1839. Atyoida bisulcata Eandall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, VIII, 1839, p. 140, pi. 5, fig. 5. Atyoida bisulcata Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust., 1852, p. 540, pi. 34, fig. 1. Atyoida bis7t/cata Stimjison, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1800. p. 28. Atyoida tahitensis Stimpson, ibid. Atyoida bisulcata and tahitensis A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Sec. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, pp. 151 and 152. Atya bisulcata (Band.), Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 700, pi. 120. Alva bisulcata (Hand.), Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1893, ' p. 111. Geographical distribution: Hawaiian Isl. (Kandall, Stimpson): Oahu (Dana, Sharp) ; Tahiti (Stimpson). ATYA Leach, 1317. Atys Leach, Trans. Linn. See. London, XI, 1815, p. 345 (nomen prEcoccupa- tum). Atya Leach, Zoolog. Miscell., Ill, 1817, p. 29. ctj. Rostrum shorter than the antenuular peduncle, without teeth on the upper margin [Subgenus J ^^a]. 6i. Rostrum without lateral keels and without lateral teeth near the base. Cj. Rostrum longer than the first joint of the antennulse, horizontally projecting or sometimes bent upward. A. moluGcensis (6). Cj. Rostrum as long as or shorter than the first joint of the anteuuuhe, bent downward. A. spinipes^^ (12). " A. spinipes might be regarded as a variety of A. moluccensis. 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1894. b.^. Rostrum with lateral keels ending by angles or short spines on each side of the base of rostrum. Cp Carapace not sculptured with keels, but often punctate. Third pair of legs (in the adult) without a spine on the inferior margin, dp Rostrum very short. Lateral keels ending in front in angles, not in spines. A, brevirostris (3). dj. Rostrum longer. Lateral keels ending in front in spiniform angles. e^. Merus of the first two pairs of pereiopoda hairy. '* /]. Rostrum straight. ?A. margarUacea (3). /.^. Rostrum bent downward. fA. robusta. 62 . Merus of the first two pairs of pereiopoda not hairy (?) A. scabra (3). Cj. Carapace strongly sculptured in front with keels. Third pair of legs on the inferior margin with a spine in adult specimens. ^^ . . . A. gabonensis (1). ttj. Rostrum as long as the antennal scale, upper margin with six to eight spines. Anterior part of carapace with numerous spines and spiny carinations [Subgenus : Evatya Smith] A. {Evatya) crassa. 1. Atya moluccensis de Haan, 1849. A. mohtcce?isis de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 186. A. armada A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, p. 149, pi. 3, fig. 3. A. armata v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 34, 1, 1868, p. 47, pi. 1, fig. 6. A. moluccensis d. H., Miers, Annal. Magaz. Is^at. Hist. (5), V, 1880, p. 382, pi. 15, fig. 3, 4. A. gustavi (dx\m^&mi, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 467, pi. 36, fig. 9. A. dentirostris Thallwitz, Abhandl. Mus., Dresden, 3, 1891, p, 26, fig. 7. A. moluccensis d. H., de Man, in Weber, Zoolog. Ergebn. Eels. Niederl. Ost- Indien, II, 1892, p. 357. pi. 21, fig. 20. A. m.oluccensis d. H., Ortmann, Jenaiscbe Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 10. Geographical distribution : Fresh- water of the Indian Archipelago. — Sumatra (de Man, Ortmann); Java (A. Milne- Edwards,^® Miers, de Man); Batj an (Miers); Bali (Miers); Celebes (Miers, de Man, 1* The differences between the New Caledonian species A. margaritacea and robusta and the West Indian A. scabra are very doubtful, since the anterior pereiopoda of the latter have the merus furnished with a few hairs. I suppose that the locality given by Milne-Edwards for margai-itacea and robusla is not correct, and that there is no difl'erence from A. scabra. (See below.) 15 I think the differences of A. gabonensis and perhaps also of A. crassa are not of specific value, but that they are diflerences of age: A. gabo>iensis would be a very old state of A. scabra, but it may be that A. crassa is a distinct species. 1^ A. Milne-Edwards records his specimens, 1. c, erroneously from the Philip- pine Islands (see de Man, 1. c, p. 357, foot-note). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 Thallwitz); Saleyer (de Man); Ceram (v. Martens); Timor (de Man); Flores (de Man) ; Amboiua (Ortmann); Philippine Islands : Samar (v. Martens). 2. Atya spinipes Newport, 1847. A. spinipes Newport, Annul. Magaz. Nat. Hist., XIX, 1847, p. 159. A. pilipes Newport, ibid., p. 160. A. spinipes and pilipes Newp., A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, pp. 149, 150. A. pilipes Newp., Miers, fatal. Crust., New Zealand, 1876, p. 79. A. spinipes zm^ pilipes Newp., Miers, Annal. Magaz. Nat. Hist. (5), V, 1880, p. 283, pi. 15, figs. 5, 6. A. pilipes Newp., Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 466, pi. 36, fig. 8. Geogy^aphical distribution: This species represents the A. moluc- censis in the fresh-water of the Pacific Islands. — Philippine Islands (Newport); Caroline Isl. (Ortmann); Fiji Isl. (Ortmann); Samoa Islands (Newport, Miers, Ortmann).''' 3. Atya brevirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in: Weber, Zoolog. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 360, pi. 21, fig. 21. Ortmann, Jeuaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 10. Geographical distribution: Flores (De Man); Timor (De Man); Amboina (Ortmann). 14. Atya margaritacea A. Milne-Edwards, 1864. A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, p. 148, pi. 3, fig. 2. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 465, pi. 36, fig. 7. Geographical distribution : New Caledonia (A. Mihie- Edwards). ■? 5. Atya robusta A. Milne-Edwards, 1864. A. Milne-Edwards, ibid., 1864, p. 148, pi. 3, fig. 1. Geographical distribution: New Caledonia (A. Milne-Edwards). 6. Atya scabra Leach, 1815. Alj's scaber Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XI, 1815, p. 345. Atya scabra Leach, Zoolog. Miscell., Ill, 1817, p. 29, pi. 131. Atya scabj-a Desmarest, Consider. Gener. Crust., 1825, p. 217. A. niexicana Wiegmann, Arch. f. Naturg., II, 1, 1836, p. 145. A. scabi'a Lch., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Natur. Crust., II, 1837, p. 942, pi. 24, figs. 15-19, and Atlas, Cuvier's Kegn. anim., pi. 51, fig. 4. A. sulcatipes Newport, Anual. ]Magaz. Nat. Hist., XIX, 1847, p. 159, pi. 8, fig. 1. A. occidentalis Newport, ibid. A. scabt-a Lch., Stimpson, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VI, 1857, p. 498. A. scabra, sulcatipes. a.nA occidentalis A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc, En- tomol., France (4j, IV, 1864. pp. 146, 147. A. nivalis and tenella Smith, 2 and 3 Eep. Peabody Acad. Sci., 1871. p. 94. A. scabra and occidentalis v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 38, 1, 1872, p. 135. A. punctata Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1878, p. 91. A. occidentalis Newp., Kingsley, ibid., p. 92. A. sulcatipes Newp., Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 694, pi. 118, 119, fig. 1. A. occidentalis Newp., Pocock, Annal. Mag. N. H. (6), III, 1889, p. 11, pi. 2, fig. 3. A. scabra Lch., Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1893, p. 111. " The locality, " New Zealand," given by Newport is an error. 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Geographical distribution: Fresh- water of the West Indies aucl the Cape Verde Islands. —Mexico (Wiegmauu, Milne-Edwards, v. Martens, Stimpson, Sharp) ; Nicaragua (Smith) ; Cuba (v. Martens) ; Hayti (Kingsley) ; Jamaica (Newport); Dominica (Pocock); Mar- tinique (Sharp); Tobago (Mus. Strassburg'*). — Cape Verde Islands: San Nicolao (Newport); San Jago (Bate). 7. Atya gabonensis Giebel, 1875. Alj'a i^aboriensis Giebel, Zeitscbr. f. d. gesammt. Naturwiss. (2), XI, 1875, p/53. Euaiva sciilptilis Kolbel, Sitz. Ber. Acad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 90, 1, 1884, p. 317, p'l. 2, fig. 8, pi. 3. Ayta sculptata Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 465. Geographical distribution: Gaboon (Giebel); Orinoco (Kolbel). 8. Atya (Evatya) crassa Smith, 1871. Smith, 2 and 3 Eep. Peabody Acad. Sci., 1871, p. 95. Kolbel, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., Wien, vol. 90,1, 1884, p. 318, foot-note. Geographical distribution : Nicaragua (Smith) ; Mexico : Presidio (Kolbel). Doubtful Species. Atya poeyi Guerin, Crust, in Ramon de la Sagra, Hist, de I'tle de Cuba, 1857, p. 46, pl. 2. fig. 7.— Cuba. Caridina mexicana Saussure, Mem. See. Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneve, 14, 2, 1858, p. 463, pl. 4, fig. 26.— Mexico. Atyoida glabra Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1878, p. 93 — Nicaragua. Atya serrata Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 699, pl. 119. fig. 2.— Cape Verde Isl. : San Jago. These species may be the young of A. scabra or may belong to Atyoida. Considerations concerning the geographical distribution of the Atyid(B. Some species of Attjidce. were formerly considered to be marine animals; there is now no doubt that this family contains only fresh- water forms. This family is probably one of the most primitive groups of Decapoda living in fresh- water, having immigrated at an early geological period. Only two species, Caridina tvycki and gracilirostris, are recorded by Weber^** as found in a few cases in brackish waters of Sumatra 18 This locality is not yet published : there is one adult male fromTobago in the museum at Strassburg. 1^ Die Siisswassercrustaceen der Indischen Archipels. — Zoolog. Ergebn. Eeise Niederl. Ost.-Indien., II, 1892, p. 542. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 aud Celebes.-" I believe, that this occurrence*niay be considered as a re-adaptation of these two species, as they are found also in fresh- water. Since the genus Caridina is not a primitive one, while the genera of the Xiphocarince are so, and live exclusively in fresh- water, it is very probable, that the fresh-water habit of the family must be regarded as the original manner of living. I believe, there- fore, that the Atyidce, even of the Indian Archipelago, are not im- migrants from the sea, as stated by Weber (1. c. , p. 543), but "true localized fresh-water animals, forming an old element of the fresh- water fauna. "^^ The main differences of the Atyidce and their supposed ancestors, the Acanthephyridce, are morphological as well as biological, the Acanthephyridfe being true marine, and essentially abyssal animals. To all appearance the morphological differences are causally connected with the change of habits. The peculiar pencil of hairs at the distal extremities of the fingers is adapted for securing the special food required, as described by F. Miiller in Atyoida potimirim.^^ No doubt the other species of Atyidce feed in the same manner. I cannot say whether the absence of the synaphipod of the mandible is due to the same cause, since the function of the synaphipod is unknown, but it may be in connection with it. On the other hand the habits of the Acanthephyridce are wholly unknown, so that we cannot compare this family with the Atyidce, but it is very probable that the mor- phological differences of the Acanthephyridce correspond to differences in the habits, especially in securing food. We can state, briefly, that the Atyidce are closely allied to the most primitive Eucyphidea, forming a peculiar branch of develop- ment very early separated from the main stem, now represented by the Acanthephyridce. Their several characters are connected with a change of habit, and with the immigration to fresh-waters. The geographical range of the Atyida^ embraces the whole of the circumtropical parts of the world, members of the family being re- corded from all the localities explored within these limits. Only in two localities does the range exceed the true tropics : in Japan, where it extends as far north as Tokio, and in the Mediterranean province, -0 See de Man, ibid., pp. 387, 399, 400. 21 Weber, 1. c, p. 533: "echte regionale imd locale Siisswasserticre, die einen alten Bestand der Siisswasser Fauua bilden." 22 Kosmos, IX, 1881, p. 117 ff. 412 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. where it extends northward to southern France and southern Austria. This nearly exclusive distribution within the tropics, at least in the warmer climates, shows that the family was probably also in former times an inhabitant of the warmer parts of the world, and the possi- bility is granted that the immigration into fresh-water took place at a time when climatic zones were not at all differentiated, a tropical climate prevailing everywhere. If this immigration took place in a later time, the poles having undergone a cooling, one could not understand the presence of the family in all parts of the tropics, as well as the occurrence of some genera {Xiphocaris, Carldina, Atya) on both of the present great continents, the eastern and western. After the cooling of the northern and southern circumpolar regions^^ the range of the family was divided into two parts : an eastern com- prising the tropical Africa, Asia, Australia, and the Pacific islands, and a western comprising tropical America.^* The most primitive genera of the family were restricted in range by the concurrence of the more extremely developed ones, and the latter preserved a more circuratropical distribution. It is very interesting to examine the geographical range of the genera and species from the point of view here given. The most primitive genus, Xiphocaris, shows a distribution the peculiarity of which can only be understood by supposing that the range of this genus was formerly a more extended one, but that in most parts of the world the representatives were exterminated. Only three species survived, one of which lives now in the fresh-waters oi the West Indies, the other in Indo-Malaysia, from Japan to Australia, and the third in New Zealand. From the intermediate countries species of this genus are not recorded. The Indo-Malaysian species, Xiphocaris compressa, repeats, as we know at present, this peculiarity in a reduced manner, being only recorded from Japan, the island of 23 See Ortmanii Jenaische Deukschr., VIII. 1894, p. 74, and Pfeller, Versuch libeT die erdgeschiclitliche Eutwickelung der jetzigen Verbreitungsverhaltnisse uuseres Thierwelt. Hamburg, 1891. -* la case the Atyida^ immigrated from the sea into the fresli-water after this separation, it is very proba))le that the geographical distribution would not be a circumtropical one, but that different groups immigrated into the western and eastern continents. We know another group of Decapoda, in which the latter is the case : the family Telphusidxe, one subfamily of which the Telphus- incB, being restricted to the tropical and subtropical parts'of the eastern continents (Mediterranean, African, Indian, Indo-Malaysian, etc.), two other subfamilies, Trichodactylince and Pseudotelphusince, being restricted to the tropical parts of America. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 Adenare, and from Queensland.^' The closely allied genus Troglo- caris, the only species of which might be regarded as a fourth form of Xiphocaris, lives in the subterranean waters of Carniola, a per- fectly isolated locality in no way connected with the others named. The third primitive genus, Atyacplujra, is found near the locality of Troglocaris on the northern borders of the Mediterranean Sea. It is somewhat less primitive. The scattered localities at which are found the species of these three genera forming the subfamily Xipho- carince are no doubt the remains of a more universal distribution in former times : the species now living show the character of true survivals. In the subfamily Atyince, the genus Atyoida shows a survival character similar to that of the Xiphocarince ; being recorded from the Sand\^^ch Islands, Tahiti, and southern Brazil. But this genus must be the subject of farther study. The genus Caridina appears to be nearly a circumtropical one. Its range is divided into two very unequal parts : the one comprising the West Indies and containing only one species, the other compris- ing a continuous area of the old world and containing at least nine- teen other species. This area extends from South Africa along the east coast to the southern borders of the Mediterranean Sea and to Persia, crossing the islands of the Indian Ocean and Indo- Ma- laysia to Japan and Australia.-^ Species of this genus have not yet been found in West Africa, in southern Asia (except Ceylon and Siam), and in the Pacific islands, but it may be that some species will be discovered later in these countries. This distribution of the genus can only be understood by suppos- ing that it was present before a separation of the eastern and western parts of the tropics took place, and that the extended range of former times is now restricted to the tropical parts of the continents border- ing the Indian Ocean and to its islands, and to the islands of eastern Asia from Japan to Australia. The occurrence of one species in the Nile and in the rivers of Algiers is due, I believe, to a more recent immigration from the central and eastern parts of Africa, not unlike the occurrence of Pakemon nitolicus." 25 It may he that this species will he found on other islands between Asia and Australia, but it is very remarkable that the large collections of fresh- water Crustacea made by M. Weber in the Indian Archipelago, and described by de Man, do not contain this species. ^6 A poorly descrilied species is recorded from the Cape Verde Islands. 2' See Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1891, p. 745. 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. It is very probable that farther investigations will prove that the range of Caridina is a somewhat different one, since fresh-water Crustacea of smaller size are mostly neglected by collectors, and the fauna of the fresh- waters of most tropical countries are very little known. Accordingly, the view given above on the geographical distribution of Caridina may, perhaps, have to be changed later. The distribution of the most extreme genus of the family, Atya, is somewhat similar to that of Caridina. It is found, like the latter, in the West Indies and Indo- Malaysia, but there are some modifica- tions. One species is known from West Africa, which is identical with another described from the Orinoco, and there is recorded one species from the Cape Verde Island, identical with the common West Indian form. The presence of identical fresh- water species, both in the West Indies and in West Africa, is a very remarkable fact, but not an isolated one among the Decapoda. We know another group of fresh-water Crustacea which shows the same peculiarity. Of the genus Pakemon there are three species described from West Africa, two of which. Pal. jamaiceusis {=voUenhoveni) and Pal. olfersi, are likewise present in the West Indies, and one. Pal. macro- brachion, is closely allied to a West Indian species. Pal. acanthurus.'^^ In Atya the identity of species of both continents bordering the Atlantic is due, no doubt, to other reasons than in Pakemon, the latter being a very recent genus, having immigrated to the fresh- waters quite recently, while some species are now immigrating from the sea to brackish and fresh- water. On the contrary, the immigra- tion to fresh- water of the ancestors of Atya took place a long time ago, and, I think, this fact indicates a former connection of Africa and America. The other range of the genus Atya extends over the islands of the Pacific from Sumatra to the Saraoan islands. None is recorded from southern Asia, from the islands of the Indian Ocean, or from East Africa." The two species described by A. Milne- Edwards from New Cale- donia, A. margaritacea and robusta, are very doubtful, as I have stated above. I do not know another example of a fresh-water ^* See Ortmann, ibid., p. 747. — Palcrmoii voUcnhovcni is certainly the same as Pal. jamaiceusis; in the paper quoted I supposed them to be nearly allied, but distinct species. 2* Only Hilgendorf (v. d. Decken's Eeisen, III, 1, 1869, p. 101) records a very doubtful species from the Seychelles, belonging, perhaps, to Atyoida. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 Decapod i-estricted to New Caledonia. Our present knowledge of the fresh-water fauna of the Pacific islands leaves it very improbable that New Caledonia has an isolated fauna, differing from that of the other islands. It is probable, on the contrary, that species found in New Caledonia will be found also in other islands, but since A. Milue- Edwards, in 1864, described these two species, they have never been recorded from any place in t-he Pacific. It may be added that the differences of these species from the West Indian, A. sccibra, given by A. Milne-Edwards, are scarcely at all present. I am, therefore, induced to suppose that both are erroneously recorded from New Caledonia, the true locality being the West Indies, and that they are identical with .4. scabra. If these considerations are correct, the genus Atya can be divided into two groups: the one containing the species bearing on each side of the rostrum at the base a spiniform angle, the other containing the species without a spiniform angle. To the first belong the species A. scabra, gabonensis, and crassa, their range extending over tropical America and West Africa; to the second belong A. moluceensis, spinipes, and brevirostris, the range of which comprises the Indo- Malaysian and Pacific islands. The last named species, brevirostris, forms a transition from the second group to the first. Then the range of the genus Atya would be divided into two parts, each con- taining a separate group of the genus, and this peculiarity could be explained by supposing that these two groups may be developed separately from each other after the separation of the former con- necting range of the genus. This conjecture agrees with the fact, that Atya is the most extreme genus of Atyidce, and with its supposed recent age. We know that some fresh-water animals are rapidly distributed over great distances, either in the adult or in the larval state, but in the Atyidce we know nothing of the means of distribution. Comparing the other Crustacean Decapoda we may say, that the Atyidce have not been transported to great distances. Nor is it probable that the eggs can endure a long time without water, or that the larvse or the adult animals can leave the water for any length of time. Transportation of the species of At%jida^, in either the active or passive state, from one fresh-water system to another over the land or through the air, cannot be supposed, at least over great distances. Neither can the Atyidce live in the sea, so that the 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. most important topographical barriers to distribution would be widely extending oceans and large tracts of land without fresh- water. The Pacific Ocean forms a barrier of the first kind, while the second may be partly connected with the climatic conditions of the warmer parts of the world. Smaller areas of sea and land, however, may be crossed by some forms, as is shown especially in the distribution of some species of Caridina and Atya^^. The means of distribution are certainly very limited, and therefore a great number of species are confined to very narrow districts. Lastly, the ancient character of the family induces me to suppose that there are also bionomic barriers, the Atyidce not being able to immigrate to localities occupied by other fresh-water animals better equipped for the struggle for existance. I regret very much that exact observations on the habits of the species of Atyidce, on the biology and bionomy, are wholly absent. It is very probable that the different genera and species on farther examination will show some differences, especially that the best de- veloped are more resistant to external influences. The conditions of geographical distribution of the Atyidce are as follows : — 1. The >4. 2 2 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 Geological Survey of Ala- bama, 1 United States Fish Commis- ^iou, 1 Ujiited States Civil Service Commissiou, 1 Department of Mines, Nova Scotia, 1 Upsal Observatory, i S. R. Roberts, 1 Dr. Henry Skinner, .... 1 Dr. M. V. Ball, 1 Directors of City Trusts, Philadelphia, 1 Australian Museum, .... l They were distributed to the follows: — Iowa Geological Survey, . . Mrs. H. Carvill Lewis, . . Angelo Heilprin, East Indian Government, . Venezuelan Government, . Norwegian Meteorological Institute, Illinois State Board of Agri- culture, Dr. H. C. Wood, American Humanitarian League, Comit6 M6t6orologique In- ternational, John L. Peyton several departments of the library as Journals, 3,910 Geology 234 Botany, 133 Conch ology, 113 General Natural History, . 58 Anthropology, 54 Entomology, 48 Mammalogy, 28 Anatomy and Physiology, . 27 Mineralogy, 22 Voyages and Travels, ... 19 Ornithology, 18 Agriculture, 15 Physical Science, 14 Encyclopedias, 11 Herpetology, 10 Ichthyology, . . Chemistry, . . . Helminthology, Bibliography, . Geography, . . 9 8 7 5 1 In addition to these, 127 works having no relation to science have been received and catalogued for future disposition by the Library Committee. The increase in the number of accessions is due to replies received to 258 applications for deficiencies and 62 propositions for exchange of publications. The latter included letters written to all the scientific societies and journals not yet on the Academy's exchange list, the names of which could be ascertained. The results of the correspondence have been encouraging. The binding has been confined almost entirely to the department of journals and periodicals, 403 volumes having been bound during the year, while 86 volumes are now in the hands of the workmen. Much still remains to be accomplished, although the good results of the last two years' comparatively liberal appropriations for binding are 31 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. evident. The volumes are always carefully collated in the Academy before being sent out of the building. The work was interrupted during the summer in consequence of the Librarian's absence in Europe. He took occasion to visit such libraries of scientific societies as could be reached in the cities visited, and is glad to be able to state that no library devoted purely to natural history seen by him was superior either in extent or in convenience of arrangement to that of the Academy. Perhaps the most important bibliographical aid to the scientific student is the Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers. The ten volumes now issued embrace an alphabetical arrangement of authors with the titles of their contributions from 1800 to 1883. It has long been felt that a catalogue of these papers arranged according to sub- ject was a most important desideratum, but one which must necessarily be the work of co-operation among the scientific societies and biblio- graphers of the world. Attention was called to the desirability of such a compilation in the report of the Librarian of the Academy for 1889, and it is, therefore, now a cause of congratulation that the subject is under consideration by the Royal Society of London. A circular having been received from the Society asking for co- operation and suggestion, a committee was appointed consisting of Messrs. Philip P. Calvert, Henry Pilsbry, Stewardson Brown, Ben- jamin Sharp and Theodore D. Rand, with the Librarian as Chair- man, to which the document was referred. A report was adopted by the Academy to the effect: — 1. That a catalogue of scientific papers as proposed by the Royal Society is desirable and that international co-operation should be en- gaged in its preparation. 2. That in order to secure uniformity in all parts of such a catalogue, a central bureau, as suggested by the Committee of the Royal Society, appears to be necessary, rather than that separate portions of the catalogue should be prepared by various institutions, such central bureau to be under the direction of the Royal Society, from which the proposition emanates; all publications of societies and monographs to be sent to such central bureau ; the expenses to be met by returns from the sale of copies of the catalogue. 3. That such a catalogue should be classified and should be issued at least once a year, each volume to be provided with an alphabetical index. 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELrPHIA. 467 4. That the scope of such a classified catalogue should embrace the various yearlv bibliographies of special sciences now issued. 5. That whenever translations or summaries are believed to be desirable, English should be made the basis of the catalogue. The Academy is indebted to George Vaux, Mary M. Vaux, George Vaux, Jr., and Wm. S. Vaux, Jr., for a fine portrait in oil of the late Wm. S. Vaux, whose long connection with the Academy as Curator, Vice-President, and member of various executive com- mittees for over forty years, together with his permanent association with the mineralogical and archaeological departments of the Museum, of Avhich the Wm. S. Vaux Collections form an important part, renders this memorial of unusual interest. Special acknowledgment is due to Mr. Wm. J. Fox for his efficient and faithful discharge of the duties of the office during the Librarian's absence. Means were again provided by friends of the Academy for the employment during the summer months of Signor Emauuele Fronani, much of whose time was devoted to the correspon- dence regarding deficiencies and exchanges. All of which is respectfully submitted. Edward J. Nolan, Lihrarion. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The Curators report that the museum, so far as regards the preser- vation of the specimens, is in the satisfactory condition described in their last annual report, while important progress has been made during the year in the rearrangement, marking, and cataloguing of the collections. It is also a satisfaction to report the completion of the new museum building and the transference of some of the collections to the new galleries. It was deemed most desirable to devote the first floor of the new museum to the departments of Archaeology and Mineralogy, and in accordance with this plan the entire Vaux collection, numbering 33 cases, has been transferred under the direction of the Curators and Mr. W. W. Jefferis, the special curator of this collection. Mr. JeflTeris has given many valuable minerals to this great collection during the year ; and thanks to his untiring energy the entire cabinet 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. is now in systematic order. The arrangement of the specimens in the Vaux archaeological collection will also soon be completed. Mr. Clarence B. ]Moore generously presented six handsome ex- hibition cases made under the direction of the Curators for the Moore collection of Indian pottery and mound relics from Florida, which have been placed in the new building next to the Vaux collection. Mr. Moore has personally superintended the transference and arrangement of his specimens, which now constitute probably the most valuable archaeological series from this region in existence. The Academy has also purchased four additional cases like those in which the Moore collection is placed, and in these have been arranged the celebrated Poinsett collection of Mexican antiquities deposited by the American Philosophical Society, and the Haldeman Indian collection. In addition to these the eases of Eskimo imple- ments and clothing have been removed to the new building, and numerous spears, shields, kyaks, and canoes have been placed in position on the walls and pillars. In a short time the remainder of the archaeological material will be removed to the new building. This floor will then be ready for exhibition. The archi^ological department of the museum, as finally arranged, will form one of the finest exhibits in the country, being only surpassed in value by those at Cambridge and Washington. Con- taining as it does many unique specimens, this department, which for lack of space has been so long neglected, will now be placed in good condition. The Academy's cabinet of minerals will be trans- ferred as soon as suitable cases can be secured. It will be arranged contiguous to the Vaux collection of minerals. In addition to the transference of these collections to the new building an important rearrangement has been effected in the old museum. Nine cases have been removed to the room over the Lecture Hall, which has been set apart to illustrate the natural history of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. The mammals of these States have been selected from the general collection and many new specimens have been especially prepared for it, while the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club's collection of birds, with nests and eggs mounted to show their life history, has been removed from the orni- thological gallery and arranged here to much better advantage. A local collection of reptiles and mollusks has been presented by Messrs. Brown and Stone, while a series of the local lepidoptera is 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 being prepared for presentation by Dr. Henry Skinner, so that there will soon be an exhibit of the natural history of Pennsylvania and New Jersey much more complete than has heretofore been displayed, and which will constitute a representative State Museum. Among other work accomplished dui-ing the year may be men- tioned the rearrangement of the mammalian osteological collection, many of the disarticulated skeletons being placed in drawers where they are more available for- study. The large amount of unclassified palreontoJogical material stored in drawers on the main floor has also been re-examined, roughly classified and labeled, thus greatly facilitating the final disposition of the material. In cataloguing the museum, important progress has been made, especially in the department of birds, where 5,907 specimens have been carefully examined, identified and catalogued, the types and duplicates unnecessary for display being removed from the stands and placed in cabinets, those desirable for exhibition being remounted. In this work the Curators have followed the practice adopted in all other large museums, and endorsed by letters from the leading ornithologists of the world. A more detailed account of the work of the ornithological department will be found in the report of the Section. The collection of reptiles and batrachians, numbering 3,939 jars, has also been carefully examined during the year, the jars numbered and a rough catalogue prepared. The entries, however, have not yet been copied into the regular catalogue pending a revision of the identifications. In the mineralogical department, through the valuable assistance of Mr. J. E. Richardson, the entire collection of over 8,000 speci- mens has been permanently numbered with painted figures and a considerable portion catalogued. The importance of this work can- not lie overestimated, as it will, when completed, preclude all possi- bility of loss of data by the misplacing of specimens. The department of invertebrate palaeontology has profited by the liberality of the Rev. Dr. L. T. Chamberlain, who has provided a handsome mahogany case for the display of the Isaac Lea collection, and has sent an expedition to the fossil-bearing beds of the Southern States. A rich collection, numbering over 500 species, has been secured, and is now being unpacked and classified. Dr. Chamber- 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. lain has also generously provided cases for the valuable slabs of fossil foot prints presented by Isaac Lea. During the year Dr. Chamberlain was appointed special conservator of the eocene fossils. The remainder of the Pennsylvania State Geological Survey col- lection is also being unpacked and arranged so that all the material will soon be available for study. During the latter part of last year Dr. Benj. Sharp, in conjunction with Prof Wm. Libby, Jr., conducted an important expedition to the Hawaiian Islands. As he returned too late to prepare his col- lections for presentation in time for the last annual report, no men- tion of them was made at that time. During the past year these collections have been arranged in the museum where they form a valuable addition, comprising many archiBological specimens of in- terest, as well as a fine series of volcanic rocks and lavas, and a series of dried plants. The Academy's taxidermist, Mr. D. N. McCaddeu, besides spend- ing much time during the year in remounting the birds, has prepared a large number of new specimens, mainly received in the flesh from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia. These have been mounted for the museum or converted into skins or skeletons as the circumstances warranted. The accessions during the year have been of great importance. Besides the gifts already mentioned, the Martindale collection of lepidoptera, comprising appoximately 16,000 specimens, was pur- chased by the Academy with the assistance of a number of generous contributors, and this, together with the Peale and other collections already in its possession, places the Academy in the front rank in this department. Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continually added to his collection of Indian mound relics, and has had collectors at work in Ohio and Florida during the year. The Zoological Society of Philadelphia presented numerous valuable specimens of mammals and birds, while the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has added numerous groups to the special collection of local birds and nests. An important collection of post pliocene fossils has been obtained by Dr. S. G. Dixon and Mr. H. C. Mercer from a fissure in the limestone rocks at Port Kennedy, Pa., where they have made exca- vations and collected a large amount of valuable data. So far spe- cimens of Megalonyx, Mastodon, Tapir, Peccary, Deer, etc., have 1894.] NATURAL, SCIKNCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 been obtained, full accounts of which will be published in the near future. The museum during the year has furnished aid to many specialists who have been offered every facility within the power of the Curators, while the interest of the general public in the exhibits would appear to be greatly stimulated. This is largely due to the custom inaugu- rated during the past year, of placing new and attractive specimens in a prominent place on the main floor of the museum for some days before putting them in their final positions, as well as to many popu- lar articles which have appeared in our daily papers. Specimens have been loaned during the year to Mr. T. Wayland Vaughan, Dr. AVm. H. Dall, Austin C. Apgar, B. W. Evermanu, Prof Jas. Hall, Messrs. F. W. True, F. M. Chapman, C. W. Rich- mond, and Dr. Geo. Bauer. The departments of botany and entomology have been under the care of the special conservators, Mr. John H. Redfield and Dr. Henry Skinner respectively, to whom the Curators are indebted for their valuable aid. Acknowledgment is also due to Mr. W. W. Jefferis, Curator of the Vaux Collections, and Messrs. Shultz, Boyer, and Woolmau who have done valuable work in classifying and labeling the collection of diatoms. The unusual progress thus recorded is largely owing to the earnest- ness and fidelity manifested by the assistants, Messrs. Witmer Stone and Samuel N. Rhoads, Mr. D. N. McCaddeu, taxidermist, and the Jessup Fund students, Messrs. J. E. Richardson, Howard Y. Pen- nell and Henry W. Fowler. Samuel G. Dixon, Curator-in-charge. REPORT OF BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. During the year nine regular meetings of the Section have been held, at which communications were made and microscopic slides exhibited. Among the communications of special interest were those of Dr. B. Sharp, on his expedition to Hawaii and on the fertilization of 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. plants ; those of Dr. Geo. A. Rex, on bacteria in the Myxomycetes ; of Mr. Amos P. Brown, on hairs on Mentzelia, and Mr. Boyer's description of a new form of diatom, named by him Rhahdonema Woolmanii. At the joint meetings with the Academy the Section has always been represented by its members, and important communications have been made as follows : John A, Ryder, preparation of nervous tissue, formation of brain convolutions; Geo. A. Rex, M. D. , Plas- modium of Myxomycetes, Diachcea Thomasii ; Benjamin Sharj), PhD., curious growth on a tree- root from San Salvador, fertiliza- tion of plants in Hawaii; C. S. Boyer, on cyclosis ; Lewis Woolman, remarks on diatoms; S. G. Dixon, M. D. , protection from tubercu- losis; D. S. Holman, remarks on Myxomycetes; S. Trenner, exhibi- tion of centrifugal machine; M. V. Ball, M. D. , remarks on tetanus and the antitoxin, crystals formed by bacteria, skulls of criminals. The donations to the collection have been few : One slide of barking sand, by Dr. Rex, and ten slides of histologic subjects by Mr. Leedora Sharp. Five new names have been added to the list of members and con- tributors. One death has been announced, and two members have resigned, leaving the number of members and contributors sixty- four. The average attendance at the regular meetings was eight. The Treasurer's report shows a balance of $239.39 in the treasury. Dr. Geo. A. Rex, the Conservator of the Section, reports as fol- lows:— The property of the Section is in good condition. The microscopes and accessory apparatus are in working order and have been freely and frequently used at the stated meeting of the Section. No addition has been made to the apparatus during the year. The slide collection is also in good order, but it is to be regretted that but few additions have been made since the last report. Some inconvenience results from the crowded condition of our cabinet, especially in the space devoted to the large binoculars and the Leidy stands, but it is hoped that this will be remedied when space in the new building is available. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 The following gentlemen were elected to fill the various offices for the ensuing year: — Director, ..... Benjamin Sharp, M. D. Vice- Director, .... John C. Wilson. Treasurer, ..... Chas. P. Perot. Corresponding Secretary, . . John G. Rothermel. Conservator, .... Geo. A. Rex, M. D. Recorder, M. V. Ball, M.D. Respectfully submitted. M. V. Ball, Recorder. REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. During the year 1894 specimens of mollusca have been re- ceived from 45 persons, and a large number of species new to the collection have been added to the museum, as well as a few new to science. As usual, a great many specimens illustrating geographic distribution and variation have increased the study series; and as the growth of this series, which is arranged in drawers under the ex- hibition cases, exceeds the growth of the exhibition series, we are again in urgent need of space for its proper disposal. The principal accessions during the year have been several send- ings from Dr. J. C. Cox of shells from Australia and Tasmania, a large series of marine shells of Japan which we have been allowed to select from the collection of Mr. Frederick Stearns, a series of Japanese land mollusks in alcohol, and a very valuable collection of shells from the Liukiu Is. , also due to the liberality of Mr. Stearns. A considerable number of South Australian land shells and chitons we owe to Mr. W. T. Bednall. Finally, the Conservator, with the co-operation of Mr. C. W. Johnson, was enabled to collect very ex- tensive series of the mollusks of the middle St. Johns River, Florida. Many thousand specimens were collected from numerous localities and the material amassed will prove of great importance in the study of the variable and ill-defined species of Floridian Unionidse. An especial object of the journey was to procure certain peculiar local races of Vivipara ; and a number of varieties new to science were found, including one of the most divergent forms of the genus yet 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. discovered in any country, which adds an entirely new phase to the series of variations known in the family Viviparidse. The success of these researches is attributable to the excellent facilities placed at our disposal by Mr. Clarence B. Moore. Accessions to our series of American shells have been received from Messrs. A. G. Wetherby, E. G. Vanatta, Morris Schiek, H. F. Stupakoif, H. E. Sargent, C. W. Johnson, O. A. Ny lander, S. N. Rhoads, W. J. Raymond, and numerous others, whose names appear in the list of accessions to the museum. A collection of New Jersey shells has been made and presented by Messrs. Witmer Stone, S. and F. H, Brown. It is now arranged in the Pennsyl- vania and New Jersey department of the museum. From Prof. H. W. Gwatkin, of Cambridge, England, we have received a large number of mounted radulae of mollusks, in ex- change for material for mounting. Mr. H. Suter and Prof F. W. Hutton, of New Zealand, and Mr. C. Hedley, of Sydney, New South Wales, have continued dur- ing the year to send us new and rare forms of antipodal mollusks.' A series of Sandwich Island forms, collected by Dr. B. Sharp, has added sevei-^l rare or new species. Except in the proper placing of new material in the cases, and the determination of new and old material, but little work has been done in the museum during the year; this has been owing partly to the pressure of other work, but mainly to the fact that little can be done advantageously until more space is allotted to the Conchological department. It is believed that this will be accomplished during the coming year. Respectfully submitted, H. A. PiLSBRY, Conservator. REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. The regular monthly meetings have been held during the year, except in July and August. The average attendance of members at meetings has been ten persous. Interesting verbal communications on entomological subjects have been made by nearly all the mem- bers and associates. The publication known as the Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, has been continued, and 1894.] NATURAL SCIKNCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 volume five completed, with three hundred and forty pages and ten plates. One new memher has been elected and one associate. At a meeting held Dec. 10, 1894, the following were elected to serve as officers for the coming year: — Director, Vice-Director, Recorder, Treasurer, Conservator, Pu hi. Committee , Geo. H. Horn, M.D. Chas. S. Welles. Henry Skinner, M.D. Ezra T. Cresson. Henry Skinner, M.D. j James H. Ridings, ( Chas. W. Johnson. Henry Skinner, Recorder. REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION. The Botanical Section respectfully reports that it is in a prosper- ous condition, has held regular monthly meetings at which valuable communications have been presented and discussed, and that it is wholly free from debt. The herbarium, owing to the assiduous labors of the Conservator, Mr. John H. Redfield, is in a highly prosperous condition, contain- ing about 33,000 species of flowering plants and ferns, of which 452 new to the herbarium were added last year. The herbarium is hampered by want of room, all of which is set forth in detail in the Conservator's annual statement, which is ap- pended as part of this report. The officers elected for the ensuing year are : — Director, ..... Thomas Meehan. Vice- Director, Recorder, Cor. Sec'y and Treasurer, Conservator, Charles E. Smith. Charles Schiiffer M.D. Stewardson Brown J. H. Redfield. Respectfully submitted, Thomas Meehan, Vice- Director. The Conservator of the Botanical Section reports as follows: — This is the nineteenth year since a change of the By-Laws of the 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Academy placed the care of its herbarium with the Conservator chosen by the newly formed Botanical Section, instead of with a committee chosen by the Academy as formerly. Certainly the con- tinued and rapid gi-owth of the collection and the improvement of its condition during that period have not been excelled in any por- tion of the Academy's earlier history. Those who remember the narrow, dark, and cramped accommodations afforded the botanical collections in the old Broad Street building, and the unwieldly port- folios in which they were arranged, under the old Linnjean system, can now congratulate the working botanists upon the improvement in the accessibility and usefulness of the herbarium which resulted from the change of quarters and from more modern methods of ar- rangement. At the time of that removal, the estimates of the ex- tent of the collection were vague and exaggerated. The careful and conservative enumeration which has since been made of the flower- ing plants and ferns, places the number of species at the present time at over 33,000. If we add to these the cryptogamic collections, which have not been so carefully enumerated, the total would probably approach 40,000 species. Nearly one-half of these have been received since we have been in the present quarters. But the number of new species received gives a very inadequate idea of the growth, a large part of which consists of additions of species pre- viously represented, but now in fuller suites from new and wider localities, and in better condition. The collections removed from the old building were all in loose sheets or species-covers, and had consequently suffered much in handling, from the brittleness of age ; and many of the subsequent additions were necessarily placed in the same way. But soon after the removal it was determined that it was all-important that the whole should be properly and permanently affixed to sheets with collector's tickets securely preserved. The task was a great one, with the little help at command, but it has been steadily pursued during the time not required for the care of new accessions. The separate North American collection is all thus mounted, and about one-fourth of the larger general herbarium. The number of plants received during the past year reaches 2,119 species, of which 204 belong to the lower cryptogams and 1,915 are phanerogams and ferns. Of the latter 489 are N. American species, 311 Tropical American, 191 European, 684 Asiatic, 150 African, 1894.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADEIjPHIA. 477 and 90 Australian and Polynesian. 452 of these are new to our collection, and 30 of thera represent new genera. It is hoped that the additional space soon to be at command of the- Academy will enable the Curators to provide some means for the expansion of the botanical collections. When we took possession of the present cases, large room was left for growth, but nineteen years have crowded the shelves to the point of injury to the contents. If the present shelf room were doubled there would still be very moderate space for that future increase of the herbarium which may be reasonably expected. The present cases, though so much in advance of previous accom- modation do not afford adequate protection from dust, and should be fitted with dust-tight doors, and all new cases should be of the best dust-proof construction. Respectfully submitted, John H. Redfield, Conservator. REPORT OF THE MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION. Meetings of the Section have been held regularly during the year except during the summer months. The attendance has not been large, but this has been due, in great part, to illness and absence from the city of several active members. There has been no lack of interest. The additions to the museum have been satisfactory. It is hoped that in the new building space and cases may be pro- vided for a display of the minerals and rocks of the vicinity of our city, for it is believed that the present small and poor local collec- tion could easily be increased so as to be a most valuable and in- teresting feature of the museum. The following officers have been elected for the ensuing year: — Director, ..... Theodore D. Rand. Vice- Director, Conservator, Treasurer, Correspondhui Secretary, Recorder, W. W. Jefferis. W. W. Jefferis. John Ford. Chas. Schiiffer, M.D. Chas. Schiiffer, M.D. Respectfully submitted, TiiEO. D. Rand, Director. 478 PJKOCEEUINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. REPORT OF THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. The Section is pleased to report that the Ornithological Department of the Museum is in excellent condition as regards the preservation of the specimens, and to note important progress in the work of reno- vating the collection on the plans outlined in a previous report. The question having arisen as to the policy of remounting the type specimens and duplicates unnecessary for display, as has been the custom during the past two years, the Conservator consulted several of the leading ornithologists of the world and obtained their unqualified endorsement of the plans for the renovation of the collec- tion recommended by the Section and adopted by the Curators. In view of the endorsement of R. Bowdler Sharpe, Robert Ridg- way, and other high authorities we feel fully justified in the course we have pursued and are convinced that the proper preservation of our collection of birds is absolutely dependent upon the continuance of the treatment that we have already outlined. Owing to the miscellaneous duties of the Conservator in his posi- tion as Assistant to the Board of Curators, his work on the ornitho- logical collection was mainly resti'icted to the summer months. At this time, also, the Academy's taxidermist, Mr. David N. McCad- den, was enabled to devote his entire time to this department, and with the further valuable assistance of Messrs. Howard Y. Pennell and Henry W. Fowler, it was possible to make greater progress with the work of renovation than in any previous year. In all 5,907 mounted specimens were examined, catalogued, and labelled, and then remounted or reduced to skins as the circum- stances warranted. These included the Cicouiidte, Gruidse, Limicolse, Gallinie, Colurabse, Dendrocolaptidoe, Formicariidse, Paridee, Buce- rotidte, and part of the Fringillidse. In addition specimens of the Corvidse, Paradisteidse, Icteridie, and Tanagridie which had pre- viously been catalogued were remounted for exhibition. Several temporary lists were also copied into the regular catalogue dui-ing the year aggregating 7,029 entries, while all the accessions have been labelled and placed in the proper places. The entire study series of American birds has been carefully examined and found to be in excellent condition. The principal accessions during the year have been small collec- tions from Lower California, California, and Florida, received in 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 exchange or by purchase, and also numerous specimens from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia, among which may be mentioned specimens of Struthio molyhdophanes and Dromius irroratus. The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has added many attractive groups to the collection of Pennsylvania and New Jersey birds which is rapidly approaching completion. At the annual meeting of the Section held December 17, 1894, the following officers were elected: — Director, . . ' . Vice- Director, Recorder, Secretary, Treasurer and Coiiservator, Dr. Spencer Trotter. Geo. S. Morris. Stewardson Brown. Chas. E. Ridenour. Witmer Stone. Respectfully submitted, Wither Stone, Conservator. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. The Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology respectfully reports that, as heretofore, he has delivered his regular spring courses of lectures, twenty-five in number, the attendance at w'hich has been larger than in any previous year. These lectures, embracing in great part the physiographic features of the region about Philadelphia, were supplemented by weekly field parties, and by two special sum- mer class excursions: one to the region of the Shawangunk and Delaware Mountains, the other to the Bermuda Islands. On the first of these excursions the methods of topographical surveying were practically demonstrated in addition to the regular work in geology and paleontology. Two new fossil-bearing localities in the Trias were discovered in the course of the spring excursions. The collections in the department of Invertebrate Paleontology have not been materially augmented during the year, nor has their condition been very greatly changed. Much has been done to- ward determining and redetermining unidentified or doubtful forms, and from many specimens hitherto unofficially labelled — i.e., not 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. named hv the author of the species in question — the labels have been removed. In a few cases, too, the authors' labels were found to be incorrect, or at least so doubtful as to necessitate the affixing ot an interrogation mark to the identification. The general changes that had been made on the floor of the museum broke into the con- tinuity of the arrangement that formerly existed, and necessitated a considerable reversal in the disposition of the series. An almost full readjustment has been made for the time being, but it cannot be said to meet the actual requirements of the collection. Very nearly double the case-room that the collection now occupies is needed for a proper display of, and to meet additions to, the American fossils alone, and the European collection, which is very disadvantageously stored away in drawers, would occupy about as much space as the American collection occupies at the present time. It is hoped that with the occupation of the Academy's new building the proper relief will be afforded this department. The additions to the collection during the year are included in the list of accessions to the museum. Respectfully submitted, Angelo Heilprin, Prof, of Invertebrate Paleontology. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF ETHNOLOGY AND ARCHEOLOGY. I have to report that in the early months of the year I delivered a course of lectures on general archaeology. They were six in num- ber and were free to the public. The attendance was unusually large, and a general interest was manifested in the subject. The collections in this department have been increased by valuable accessions, which will be specified in the reports of the Curators. The whole collection is now in process of rearrangement in a favor- able location in the new building. D. G. Brinton, M.D., Professor of Ethnology and Arch(Bology. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF LOWER INVER- TEBRATA. The Professor of Lower Invertebrata, respectfully reports that during the past year he has delivered lectures on the results of the Hawaiian Expedition. The additions to the museum during the year have been neither numerous nor important. Work has been carried on in the carcinological department in re- labelling and rearranging specimens. AVith the help of Dr. A. Ortmann, the Porcellanidse have been correctly determined and re- labelled. A course of lectures, ten in number, is planned to be delivered wmetime during the spring on general zoology. Respectfully submitted, Benj. Sharp, Professor of Loiver Invertebrata. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF HISTOLOGY AND MICROSCOPIC TECHNOLOGY. The Professor of Histology and Microscopic Technology respect- fully reports that he has conducted less than the usual work in the bacteriological laboratory than in past years, owing to the fact that the greater part of his time has been devoted to his duties as Execu- tive Curator. Some satisfactory work, however, has been accom- plished in bacteriological examinations of drinking waters in the State of Pennsylvania, and in continued investigations upon the various lines heretofore suggested for the prevention and cure of tuberculosis and other germ diseases. Original investigations made during the winter on the relation- ship between Tuberculosis and Nitrogenous Metabolism have been communicated to the Academy and published in the Therapeutic Gazette for December 15, 1894. Microscopic examinations have been made of the viscera of animals which have died at the Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. The bacteriological laboratory has been freely used by members of the Academy who desired the privilege, while the society has not 32 482 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. been called upon directly or indirectly to defray the expenses incurred for equipment or maintenance. Instruction has been given in the use of the microscope, but no work has been done in histology. Samuel G. Dixon, Proj. of Histology and Microscopic Technology. REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE WM. S. VAUX COLLECTIONS. The Curator of the Wm. S. Vaux Collections respectfully reports that the cabinets have been in good condition during the past year. They have, however, been inspected by but few persons, owing to the unfavorable situation of the rooms in which they were arranged. No additions have been made in the archceological section since the donor's death. At the present time it is being i-emoved into the new building where it will attract attention in connection with the collection of Mr. Clarence B. Moore and others belonging to the Academy. Since the last report 158 specimens have been added to the collec- tion of minerals, several being new species. Their removal into the new building has been completed without loss or injury to any of the specimens. The cabinet has been placed in good order. It has been arranged on the first floor of the new building where, in consequence of the abundance of light, it can be exhibited to advantage. Respectfully submitted, Wm. W. Jefferis, Curator. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 The election of Officers, Councillors, and Members of the Finance Committee to serve during 1895, was held with the following re- sult:^ President, Vice-Presidents, Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, Librarian, Curators, Councillors to serve three years. Finance Committee, General Isaac J. Wistar. Thomas Meehau. Rev. Henry C. McCook, D.D. Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Benjamin Sharp, M.D. George Vaux, Jr. Edward J. Nolan, M.D. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. Henry C. Chapman, M.D. Samuel G. Dixon, M. D. Arthur Erwin Brown. Charles P. Perot. Dr. C. Newlin Peirc'e. Theodore D. Rand. George H. Horn, M.D. Charles Morris. Charles E. Smith. Uselma C. Smith. William Sellers. Charles P. Perot. ELECTIONS DURING 1894. MEMBERS. January 30. — William S. Vaux, Jr., Edward K. Tryon, Jr., Dr. Gustavo Niederlein, Milton J. Greenman, M.D., Frank J. Keely, J. Lewis Crew. February 27. — Ruth Clement, M.D., W. Graham Tyler. March ^7.— Theodore N. Ely. April 2 J/.. — A. B. Van der Wielen, Rev. Leander Trowbridge Chamberlain, D.D., Charles G. Macey, J. W. Parker. May 29. — Theodore Presser, William J. Fox, Andrew J. Downs, M.D., George E. Kirkpatrick, Henry P. Dixon. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. June 26. — Harris A. Slocum, M.D., Thomas S. Parvin, John N. Hussey. October SO. — Horace Binder. November 27. — J. Carroll McCaffrey, William L. Whitaker. CORRESPONDENT. June 26. — Anstruther Davidson, of Los Angeles, Cal. I 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM. 1894. Archeology, Ethnology, etc. Rev. L. T. Chamberlain, Stone idol, Mexico. Dr. S. G. Dixon. Casts of Mexican vase and idol. Mrs. M. N. Frederick. Mortar and pestle, Argentine Republic. Clarence B. Moore. Two aboriginal American crania. New York. Dr. Geo. A. Rex, Stone axe, Philadelphia. S. N. Rhoads. Aboriginal knee ornament, Colorado. Dr. Benj. Sharp. A collection of Hawaiian implements, fifty-five specimens and two trays. Mammals. A. E. Brown. Skin of Ursus cinnamomeus. Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. Teeth and jaw of Physeter fnacrocephaius. Dr. H. C. Chapman. Disarticulated skeleton of Sus scrqfa L. Cast of brain of Cynocephalus sp. Prof. E. D. Cope. Perognathus copei (type), Texas. Skull of Bison bison. Adelonycteris fuseiis, Missouri. Dr. S- G. Dixon. Skeleton of Eskimo dog {Canisfamiliaris). F. L. Garrison, Mounted Caribou head. Wm. Justice. Three skins Evotomys, Adirondacks. D. N. McCadden. One disarticulated skeleton Tatusia novemcineta. Peary Relief Expedition. Twenty mammal skulls. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted specimens of Felis tigris, Bison bison (juv.), Maeacus ochreatus, Capreolus eapreoius, Ere- thizon dorsatus,Tcqnrus sp., Dasyproca acouchy, Felis eyra. Skins of Sciurus sp. (Java), Nandinia binotata, Felis caracal, Cerco- pithecus albogularis, Felis eyra, F. yagouaroundi, Oalago garnettii, Midas rufimanus. Skeletons of Ursus cinnamomeus, Canis familiar is, Felis leo, Camelus dromedarius, Cervus porcinus, Felis tigris, F. eyra, F. yagou- aroundi, F. caracal, Erethizon dorsatus, and two others. Skulls of Sciurus sp., Nandinia binotata, Felis eyra, and two others. Alcoholic specimens of Lemur varius (viscera), Felis concolor (juv.), Maeacus &^. (fcetus), Oalago garnettii. H. A. Pilsbry. Two skulls and three alcoholic specimens, Florida. S. N. Rhoads. Four specimens Condylura cristata. Me. Two speci- mens Blarina talpoides, Haddonfield, N. J. One jar Adelonycteris 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. fusGus, Tarpon Springs, Fla. Twelve skins and skulls and two alcoholic specimens, Waynesburg, Greene Co., Pa. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger. One skull of Cants familiaris. H. E. Sargent. Ten jars mammals. J. Shulze. One skull Lutrahudsonica, Monroe Co., Pa. One skeleton of Lutra hudsonica, Monroe Co., Pa. Wagner Institute, in exchange. Skins of Bassariscus, Neotoma, and Aplodo7itia, Oregon. Dr. W. L. Zuill. Skeleton of Equus hurchelli. Purchased. Mounted specimens Putorms erininea, Bergen Co., N. J. Erethizon dorsatus and Lutra hudsonica, Potter Co., Pa. One hundred and twenty-two skios, California (collected by U. B. Herron). Birds. Geo. B. Benners. Dendroica chi'ysoparia, Comal Co., Texas. Ceryle torquata, Laredo Co., Tex. Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. Skull of Struthio camelus. C. S. Hebard. Anas cyanoptera, Florida. Mrs. A. D. Hockley. Egg of Struthio camelus. J. S. and W. H. Jenks, and Mrs. R, W. Randolph. Halioetus leuco- cephalus, Grus mexicanus. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted specimens of Gracula intermedia, Casuarius australis, Dromaius irroratus, Struthio molybdop hanes . Skins of Lorius domicella, Cygnus nigricollis, Plectolophus nasica, Chi'ysolophus amherstice, Ortalida albiventris (3), Colinus cristatus, Fhasianus iorquatus, Conurus acuticaudatus, Eulabeia indica, Am.blyrhamphus holosericeus, Tadorna tadorna, Clophaga magella- nica, and two others. Skulls and sterna of Anhinga anhinga, Milvus ictinus, and five others. One skeleton. Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Fifteen mounted specimens. S. N. Rhoads. Dryobates borcalis (juv.), Florida. Polioptila ccerulea, Waynesburg, Pa. Podylimbus podiceps, Pike Co., Pa. B. H. Vandecker, Jr. Forty-five skins from Guatemala. Purchased. Aythya americana, Flamingo. Seventy-eight California skins collected by R. B. Herron. By purchase and exchange. Fortj^-five skins from California, Florida, and Connecticut. Reptiles and Batrachians. A. P., S., and F. PI. Brown and W. Stone. Thirty-three jars reptiles and batrachians from Pennsylvania and New Jersey. E. D. Cope. Thirty-seven jars from Oklahoma, Texas, and Indiana. H. C. Chapman, M.D. Three skulls. 1894.] NATUKAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 Dr. S. G. Dixon. Eumeces pentalineatus, Md. Seven jars reptiles, Maine. J. Fannin. Gerrhonotus garnettii, Victoria, B. C. Dr. \V E. Hughes. Three jars, Canada. Howard Y. Peuuell. One jar, Pa. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Hyla maxima, Iguana tubercu- lata; Tesfudo tabulata, skin of Megalobatrachas '>naximus, and thirty-six jars, including a number of types. S. N. Rhoads. Chrysemys picta, N. J. Fifty-four jars, Penua. H. E. Sargent. One jar. Harold Sharp. Anotis pj-incipalis. Graham Spencer. Skin of Crotalus adamanteus. F. Stearns. Three mounted turtles, Liu Kiu Isl. Purchased. Daboia I'ussellii, Naja haje, casts of Megalobatrachus maximus, Iguana tuberculata. Fishes. J. R. Moore. Salmo blakistoni, Yezzo, Japan. D. N. JNIcCadden. Cottus viscosus, Port Kennedy, Pa. L. Woolman. One jar, Mustelus canis. C. D. Clark. Remora, Bay Head, N. J. Crustacea. Mrs. I. C. Martiudale. Two Limulus polyphemus. S. N. Rhoads. One jar Cambarus, Greene Co., Pa. Echini, Worms, Corals, etc. F. Stearns. Gorgonia, Liu Kiu Isl. Recent Mollusca, Edwin A. Barber. One tray Littorina irrorata from Longport, X. J. W. T. Bednall. Forty-one trays of South Australian mollusks, in- cluding types of several Chitons. F. C. Blanes. Four trays and five bottles of mollusks from Cuba. S. and F. H. Brown and Witmer Stone. Ninety-six trays mollusks from Cape May, Pt. Pleasant, Atlantic City, etc., etc., in N. J. F. Burns. One tray Anodonta fluviatilis from Washington, D. C. Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. One tray of Unio nicklinianus Lea from Candalaria Lake, Mexico. G. H. Clapp. One tray of Polygyra hirsuta from Edge worth, Pa., and one of Eulota fasciola from China. W. B. Clark. One tray Latirm subrostrata from Columbia. M. Cossmaun, in exch. One tray Planorbis Rollandi from Algeria. 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Conchological Sectiou. CoUrmbariiua pagoda, Ischnochiton tigrinus and types of I. Elizabethensis. (Purchased.) Dr. J. C. Cox. Seventy-two trays and six bottles of mollusca from Australia. W. W. Dall. Eight trays of luollusks from Bahamas. W. H. DeCamp. One tray of Polygyra plagioglossa from Mexico. Mrs. H. E. Dwight. Eight trays of West Indian molhisks. Dr. L. F. Flick. Pearl from Ostrcea virginiea. John Ford, Fourteen trays of mollusks. Jas. Green. Eight trays of molhisks from V^icksburg, Miss. Chas. Hedley . One tray of GuncUacMa petterdi from S. Australia. HeUpriu Expedition. Bulla occidentalis from Mexico. J. B. Henderson. One tray and eighteen bottles of land mollusks from Jamaica. Mrs. A. Hockley. One Tridacna gigas. Geo. C. Hubbard. Pupa holzitigeri from St. Cloud, Minn. Dr. W. E. Hughes. Polygyra dentifera from Lac aux Sables, Prov. Q., Canada. Prof. F. W. Hutton. Helcloniscus flavus, Patella kermadeoensis, and Chiton canaliculatas from New Zealand. J. E. Ives. Littorina litorea and Purpura lapillus from Gloucester, Mass. W. W. Jefferis. One tray Unio complanatus from Hudson River, N. Y. C. W. Johnson. One tray Actceon punctostriatus from Micco, Indian River, Fla. Bulla adansoni from Corsico, W. Africa. H. Lemon. Ajilysia cast up at Cape May, N. J. Geo. Lichteuthaler coll. Two trays of marine mollusks. W. L. Lockington. One tray Trachydermon raymondi. Geo. T. Marston. Valvata sineera from Madison, Wis. J. R. Mead. Anodonta bealei and Unio parvus from Panther Creek, Kingman Co., Kas. Miss K. Mussou. One tray Polygyra thyroides, Ashbourne Heights, Pa. C. J. Newcombe. Eleven trays of mollusks from Victoria, B. C. H. A. Pilsbry. Helix fultoni from Khasi Hills, India. Chiton dis- color from New Caledonia. Ancylus 2^cc'>^ci,i^6lus from Lebanon Springs, N. Y., and Polygyra multilineata from Iowa City, Iowa. Unio trajjezoides from Ark. H. A. Pilsbry and J. E. Ives Four trays of mollusca from Pa., lud., andW. Va. Purchased. Argonauta argo, Palm Beach, south of Lake Worth, Florida. W.J. Raymond. Three trays Trachydermon raymondi from Cali- fornia. Types. S. N. Rhoads. Twentj'-eight trays and nine bottles of mollusca from Greene Co., Pa. Vitroea arborea from Sea Girt N. J. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 Johu Ritchie, Jr. Specimens of Gibbula richardi, Monodonta lugu- bris, aud Philomycus carolinensis. E. W. Roper. Tj-pes of Bulla roperiana and tray of B. sfriala from the Balearic Isles. Type of Patella kermadecensis from Kerma- dec Isls. H. E. Sargent. Seventeen trays of mollusks from Alabama. M. Schick, One tray and one bottle of Helix alauda from Cuba. Ida M. Shepard. Collection of Californian shells in exchange. Dr. H. Skinner. LiUorina ii-rorata ; one tray from Anglesea, N. J. Dr. H. A. Slocum. Collection of mollusks from raised beach in Sweden. Fr. Stearns. Thirty-five trays of mollusks from Japan ; one bottle of Bulla goiddiana from Coronado, Cal. L. H. Strang. Nassa exilis from Panama ; Goniobasis alabamensis from Ala. S. Stupakoff. Six trar^'s mollusks from Pa. and 111. H. Suter. One tray Gundlachia woodsi from. River Avon, and one bottle of Plaxiphora terminalis from N. Zealand ; nine trays land shells from N. Zealand. E. G. Vanatta. Twenty-two traj's of mollusks. H. A. Van Nostrand. Five trays of mollusks from Japan, presented through S. R. Roberts. Geo. W. Webster. Strobilops hubbardi from Lake Helen, Fla. A. G. Wetherbj'. Numerous shells from North Carolina, Kentucky and Tennessee, including one of the original lot of Polygyra icetherbyi Bid. Louis Woolman. One traj' Unio complanatus from Harrisonville, N. J; Chyrsodomus stimpsoni from Nantucket. G. W. Wright. Odosfomia lactea from Auckland, New Zealand. Vertebrate Fossils. E. D. Cope. Eleven species fossil vertebrata (7 types), Kansas, Okla- homa, and Dakota, Cope Expedition, 1893. H. C. Mercer. Earth and fossil bones from Hartman's Cave, Pa. Invertebrate Fossils. H. C. Borden. Fossils from Leuola, N. J. Dr. H. C.^ McCook. Three ammonites. Dr. H. A.' Slocum. Three trays Orthoceras, Sweden. Lewis Woolman. Cretaceous fossils from Lenola, N. J. Plants. Prof. Benjamin Sharp. Sixty-nine species of Hawaiian plants; also five photographic views of the same. 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Dr. J. Bernard Brinton. Sixty species of plants, collected on Merritt's Island, Florida, by A. A. Baldwin, in 1893. Alexander McElwee. Zinnia grandiflora and Piniis edulis, from New Mexico. Cassia tora and Sesbania macrocarpa, introduced near Lansdowne, Phila., and brought to notice by Prof. Macfarlane. Prof. Jos6 N. Rovirosa. Thirty-six species of ferns from Chiapas, Mexico. I. C. Hatch. Cupressus maerocarpa, from Monterey, Cala. (Monte- rey Cypress), Araucai'ia exoelsa, and Quercus suber (Cork Oak), cultivated at Santa Cruz, Cal., also section of a young tree of the latter. Mrs. Boss Lewers. Pyrola rotundifolia var. bracteata, Pyrola apliylla, Heuchera niicrantha, Woodsia Oregana, and Pelkea Bridgesii, from Reno Co., Nevada. Dr. Charles Schseffer. Hough's Sections of N. American woods. Parts IV and V. William Trimble (through Dr. Schteffer). Specimens of double wal- nuts, from Concordville, Pa. Joseph Walton. Chimonanthus fragnins, both in flower and in leaf: a native of Japan, cultivated near Philadelphia. Prof. F. L. Scribner. Hieracium Scribneri and Car ex Austro-Caro- linensis, from Tennessee. Prof. C. S. Sargent. Photographic copy of a likeness of Stephen Elliott, botanist. Baron Ferdinand vou Midler (through Thos. Meehan). Twenty-two species of Australian plants. Herbarium of Harvard University. Six hundred and forty-nine species of plants collected by the Schlagenweit brothers in Thibet, and in the Himalayas, in 1856. Fifty-one species collected in Nyassa- land, Africa, by J. Buchanan, in 1891. Fifteen species collected in Dominica, W. 1., by Ramage, and thirty-six species collected by Beardsleeand Koford, mostly in North Carolina. Mrs. Susanna M. Gaskell. Double flowers of Anemone Hepatica, from Swarthmore, Pa. J. B, Ellis. Thirty-first and thirty-second Centuries of North American Fungi, named and arranged by Ellis and Everhart. Frederick Stearns. Polyporus (species), from Loo Choo Islands. J. Dolores Salaverria (through Prof. Sharp). Curious abnormal growth of wood, from El Progres, San Salvador, Central America. Roberts Le Boutillier. Alpinia nutans and eight species 6f troi)ical orchids cultivated by him. F. V. Coville, of U. S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Botany. One hundred and thirty-seven species of plants collected by the Death Valley Expedition in 1891. J. A. Crabtree. Viola rotundifolia, from Wissahickon, Phila. Andrew Steiuemann. Curious fastigiate and spiral stem of Aspara- gus officinalis. 1 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 Mrs. Katharine Braudegee. Series of Californiau Ceanothl, illustra- tive of her "Studies iu Ceanothus," consisting of thirteen species and twenty -four varieties or forms, iu all eighty-seven sheets. Mrs. Fanny E. Briggs. Seven species plants from State of Washing- ton. Dr. Lawrence Turnbull. Branch of oak with remarkable glomerate clusters of galls. Benjamin H. Smith. Forty-seven species of plants collected by him iu Colorado, New Mexico, and California. W. W. JefTeris. Fifteen species of plants collected by him near Fort Edward, N. Y., also seed vessel of Nelumhium luteum, cultivated at Saratoga Springs. W. Tell, Austin, Texas (through Thos. Meehau). Ipomcea pandu- rata and Acalypha radians, from Austin, Texas. B. G. Ouderdonk, Texas (through Thos. Meehan). Antigonon cor- datuin, native of Mexico, cultivated in Texas. Knut Bachlund. One hundred and ninety' species of Scandinavian plants, collected by himself and others. Geo. E. Osterhout (through Thos. Meehan). Abnormal form (with- out spurs) of Aquilegia cwriUea, from Colorado. T. Chalkley Palmer. Isoetes saccharata, from Elk River, Maryland. Prof. Thos. C. Porter. Seventeen species of plants from eastern Pennsylvania. Thomas Meehan. Ninety-eight species of South African plants, collected by Schlechter. Thirty-three species of exotic plants, mostly from cultivation. Thirty -six species of North American plaiats. John H. Redfield. Two hundred and fifty species of plants collected by C. G. Pringle, in Jalisco, Mexico, in 1893. One hundred and nineteen species of North American plants from J. H. Sand berg's Botanical Exchange, Miuneapolis. Edward L. Rand and John H. Redfield. Thirty-seven species of plants from Mount Desert, Maine, and neighboring islands, con- tinuing a series representing the Flora of that region. Minerals and Rocks. C. C. Bartlett. Staurolite and Garnet, N. H. Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. Two hundred and ninety-four trays minerals. E. D. Cope. Calcite, Fort Supply, Oklahoma. Copper Queen Mining Co. Malachite, Azurite, Cuprite and Copper, Arizona. E. A. Groth. Dolomite, Pa. Orthoelase, Beryl, Phila. T. J. Lewis. Two specimens. Thos. Nelson. One specimen. Jas. W. Pearce. Orthoelase, Pa. 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Mrs. J. W. Queen. Basaltic column, Ireland. T. D. Rand. Sixteen specimens. J. E. Richardson. Enstatite, Bamle, Norway. Dr. B. Sharp. Sixteen trays lava, one tray Chrysolite, Hawaii. S. Tyson. Two trays. Purchased for Vaux collection. Two hundred and eighteen trays. Miscellaneous. J. Beaumont. Nests and alcoholic specimens of termites. Dr. Wm. Camac. Nests of termites. Rev. H. C. McCook. Wood bored by carpenter ants. W. W. Jefferis. Hornet's nest. Miss M. E. Lyndall. Malformed egg of common fowl. J. M. Whelen. Barometer. Women's Silk Culture Association. Six jars silk and cocoons. INDEX TO GENERA, ETC. 1894. Abies 359 Acanthephyridai . . 397, 398, 411 Acanthochites .... 70, 74-84 Acanthochitidse 74 Acer 322, 341, 357, 358, 360, 363, 367. 371, 373 Aeerates 381 Achlys 364 Acrotoxa 420 Adelonvcteris . . . 157,218,396 ^cacta"^ 419 ^gopiua 15 ^Egopsis 13 ^nolimnas 131 ^sculus 166 Agenia 297 Alces 218 Alecthelia 132, 134 Alnus 323, 366 Alsophis 431, 441 Alyson 303 Amaurornis 131 Amblyteles 185 Amethysa 280 Ametrida 181 Amiva 199, 431, 436 Aramophila 299, 300 Ammoplanus 301 Amnicola 12, 25 Amnicolidse 25 Amphiardis 425 Ainphiesma 425 Ampulioini 299, 300 Auacrabro 307 Anclstromina 306 Anculosa 12, 26 Ancylinse 24 Ancylus 24 Anemone 356 Anisia 278 Anodonta 30 Anolis . 429,431,432,433,438-441 Anomalodon 427, 428 Anomphala 15 Anous 115-118 Anthostoma 344 Anthostomella 338 Anthrax 274, 275 Autirrhinum 58 Aphanolimnas .... 133, 149 Aphilauthops 303 Apleetrum 356, 378 Aplomerus 190 Aplostoma 15 Aporus 298 Aposphferia 358 Aquilegia 334 Arabis 352 Aralia . . . 339, 341, 355, 362, ;.65 Aramidopsls 133, 134 Arctomys 218 Arctostaphylos . . . 328, 347, 359 Argyramceba 274 Aristelliger 440, 441 Arvicola 218, 226, 282, 283, 285-288, 391 Arvicolinse ... 227 Asclepias 364 Ascochyta 364 Asllidc« 273 Asimiua 344, 361 Asinea 201 Astatini 302, 305 Astatus 305 Aster 345 Atalapha 156, 396 Atya . . 397, 399, 407-410, 414-416 Atyaephyra . . 398,399,401,413 Atyidaj. . . 397,399,411,414-416 AtyiniB 413 Atyoida398, 399, 406, 410, 411, 413 Auerswaldia 362 Aulacomys 288 Baccha 276 Baceharis 379 Baiomys 257 Banchus 189 Barljea 347 Bascanium 426 Bassus 190 Bathynomus 191 Bdellodrilus 450, 454 Belonium 352 Belvosia 278 494 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Benibecinus 304 Bembex 801, 304 Bembicina? 298, 301 Bembicini 302, 304 Bembidula 304 Betula 165, 166, 346 Bibiouidaj 271 Bieusis . 132, 134 Blfidaria 23 Bison 98, 218 Blarina. ...... 218, 269, 396 Blepharipeza 277 Boinbus 56 Bombylidaj 274 Bombylius . 275 Borreria 379 Bos 68 Bothrodytes 426 Bothrops 427 Botiyodiplodia 363 Botryosphaeria 362 Botrytis 375 Bothy nostethini . . . .302, 305 Bothynostethus . . 292, 301, 305 Brachycistis • . 293 Bradypus 182 Branchiobdella 454 Bruuella 337, 338, 355 Bryophyllum 164 Bufo 437 Bythinella 26 Cabalus 133, 139 Cacocalyx 427 Cakile 59, 355 Calicurgus 297 Callistochiton 70, 73 Callochiton 70, 71 Calobata 279, 419 Calosphseria 342 Calotes 428 Camarosporium ...... 366 Cambarus 453 Campeloma 25 Campoplex 188 Canirallus 131, 132, 140 Cauis 218, 393 Capuodium 325 Carex 375, 377 Cariacus 218, 388 Caridina 398, 399, 401-406, 410-416 Carpinus 342 Carya 325,359,363,373 Cassandra 347, 370 Castanea 169, 357 Castanolimuas 133, 142 Castor 218, 390 Castoroides 218, 219 Catocha 271 Causus 428 Ceanothus .• 353 Cecidomyidse 271,419 Cedrus 354 Celastrus 343, 380 Celestus 200 Celtis . . 327, 332, 344, 360,366, 386 Ceratophallus 426 Cerceris 302 Cercis 363 Cercospora 378-381 Cercosporella 378, 379 Ceria 277 Ceropales 292, 296 Ceropaliui 296 Cerotainia 274 Cerviis 218, 389 ChtetodJpuS 266 Chaitomium 326 Chajtopleura 70 Chsetopsis 376 Chelonia 36 Chirouomidse 419 Chiton .... 69, 70, 75, 76, 85, 87 ChitonidiB 85 Chlorion 299 Choerouycteris 181 Cholopus 182 Choudrioderma 290 Choriplax 70 Chorostate 339 Chrysopila 273 Chrysops , 272 Chrysotoxum 276 Chyphotes 293, 294 Ciboria 348 Cladosporium 378 Clitellaria 272 Clypeospha3ria 329 Cneiiiidophorus 198-200 Cuicus 379 Coelodus 65 Coleocentrus 190 Colletotrichum 372 Coloptera 300 Comj^somyia 279 Condylura 396 Couiophora 323 Coniosporium 377 Coniothyrinm 362 €onus . . . . ■ 98 Corethrura 131, 132, 134 Corethruropsis 133 Coruus 342 Corticium 323 Corylus 360, 361 Coryneum 374 Corynorhinus 182 1894.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHII^ADELPHIA. 495 Coturuicops . . . 132, 133, Crabro Crabroniiitie 298, Crataegus 348, Crec'opsis 133, Creiuastus Crepldotus Crex 131, 132, Crossanthera Ciyptoplacidiv Cr.vptoplax 70, 75 Cryptus Crystal Ins Cteniscus Cuculloea Cucurbitaria Culex Culieida? Cuphocera Cyathicula Cyclophis Cyclopidius Cydouia Cyliudrosporium .... 372, Cyuopithecus Cyphomyia. . Cyrenidaj Cyrtocentrus Cytinpora 359, Cytisporella Dacryomyees Daldiuia Dasypus Dendrophidiuni Dermatea Dermatella Dexia Dexidse Diachoea Diaphanella Diaporthe 338, Diatrype Diatrvpella Dicotyles 218, Dictya Didelphys Didineis Didymella Didyniium Didymosphiieria . < Dieiis Dinetiui Dinetus Dinoba.stis Diodontus Diplodia Diplophallus ....... Diploplectrini 302, 145 307 307 372 145 188 322 142 203 85 ,85 187 15 190 65 334 271 271 278 349 427 182 374 374 182 419 29 188 360 359 324 345 114 203 354 278 278 289 15 .339 343 344 219 277 388 303 335 290 335 295 305 305 68 301 363 426 305 Diploplectron 305 l)i!)losis 419 Dipsas 427 IMpus 182 Discodrilidie 449 JJiseulia 295 Discoinycetes 347 Dolichopodidie 275 DothJchiza 370 Dothidea 345, 359 Dothioreila 359 Dracocephaluiu 58 Dromic'us 428 Drvmobius 202, 426, 427 Drvolimuas 131, 133, 140 Dveotvles . . ' 98 Et'hinocystis ........ 366 Echiuomvia 278 Echthru.s"' 190 Eclvtus 189 Ediisa 13 Elachipalpus 278 Elachistodon 205 Elasniosaurus 64 Elephas 68, 181, 182 Elis 295 Elymus 349 Eiiibaphlas 64 Empidte . 275 Emys 36 EndodoLitidit 17 Eudoxyla 342 EutechluLis 427 Eutomognathus 307 Euulins 205, 206 Ephydridaj 281 EphVra 398, 400 Ephvrinaj 398 Epipompilus 296, 297 Epomidiopteron 295 Equus 67, 218 Erax 274 Erethizon 218, 393 Erigonum 381 Erineum 376 Eristalis 276 Erromemis 190 Euatva 410 EucalyptiLS 881 Eucyphidea 397, 411 Ell derma 182 Eiihvalina 15 Eulabeornis 131, 132, 135 Eupleura 223, 224 Euryzoiia .... 131, 132, 140, 141 EiKsapyga 296 Eutajiiia 425 Eutypella 341 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Euxesta 280 Evatya 399 Evotomys 284, 391 Exetastes 189 Exogyra 64, 65 Exolytus 186 Exoprosopa 274 Exorista 278 Exystoii 190 Felis 393 Fiber 218, 391 Fragaria 357 Frasera 378, 379 Fraximis. 326, 329, 331, 334, 358, 3(53 Fusicladium 378 Fusieoceum 359 Gadidfe 47 Galeocerdo . 63 Galliuula 141 Garrya 385 Gastrudonta 16 Gastrophilua 277 Gaultheria 349 Geomys 159, 160 Geranomyia 271 Geron 275 Geum 354 Gillia 25 Gloesporium 370, 371 Glyphyalinia 15 Gonia 278 Goniobasis 27, 29 Gorytes 301, 303 Gryphoea 64, 65 Gymuocrex 131, 133, 134 Habroptila 133, 134 Haldea 425 Halesia 339, 358, 361 Hanleya 75, 84 Haploplax 71 Haplosporella 362 Harpactopus . . 299 HelarctoB 182 Helianthus 336 Helicella 13, 15 HelicldEe 18 Helicodes 13 Helicoma 376 Helicops 428 Helix 21, 98 Helotiella 350, 351 Helotium 349 Hemicaridina 401 Hemiotomys 282 Hemiteles 188 Hendersonia 364, 365 Hermetia 271 Heteropelma • 188 Heterosporiuni 381, 382 Heterozoua 71 Himautornis 131 Hippoboscidte 281, 420 Hippobosca 281 Hippolyte 400 Hodomys .... 226-230, 232, 234 Holarehus 423 Homelys 399 Homo 218 Hoplisnienus 185 Hyalina 15 Hyalinia 15 Hydatina 15 Hydnum 323 Hvla 195, 423 Hvlella 196 Hylodes 438 Hymeuomycetes 322 Hymen Ilia" 386 Hyospila 338 Hyperalonia 274 Hyphomycetes 375 Hypoderraa 347 Hyponyssou 304 Hypotsenidia . . . .131, 132, 136 Hypoxylou 345, 346 Hysterium . 346 Hysteromyxa 369 Ichneumon 185 Ilex 167, 359 Illosporium 385 Impatiens 54, 57 Ipomoea 362, 369 Iris 382 Isariopsis 380 Ischnoradsia 71 l8chnochiton 70-73 Ischuochitonidse 71 Isodontia 299 Isopyrum 380 Juncus 348 Jiiniperus 363 Juriuia 277 Kalraia 323 Kauaiite 105 Kittlizia 133 Labra 306 Lacertilia 198 Laehnella 348, 349 Lactuca 368 Lamium 57 Lamna 65 Lamproderma 290 Laphria 274 Larra 301 Larriui 302,305 Larix 349 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 Lasiosphseria 326 LathjTus 58 Lauxania 281 Lemur 182 Lephritis 280 Lepidopleurus 70 Leptictidffi 446 Leptidse 1^73 Leptocalamus 205 Leptochelia 93 Leptochiton 70 Leptodactylus 196 Leptogaster 273 Leptognathiis 424 Leptophis 203 Leptosphajria 336, 3:^7 Lepus 218, 270, 393 Leucochila 23 Levirana 197 Lewinia 132, 134 Limnsea 23 Limnteinae 23 Linineria 188 Lininobaenus .... 131, 133, 146 Limnobia. . 271,419 Llmnocorax .... 131, 132, 147 Liudera 354 Liuospora 337 Liocephalus .... 433, 436, 441 Llodytes 425, 428 Lioheterodou 427 Liolophura 70, 87 Liopeltis 427 Liophallus 427 Llquidambar 358 Liriodeudron .... 330, 355, 365 Lithodytes 196, 438 Loboplax 76 Lonicera 169, 171, 33S Lophidiuiu 333 Lophiosphffiria 332 Lophiostoma 332 Lophyrus 70 Lorica 70, 86 Loricella 86 Lucilia 279 Lucilla 15 Lupiuus . 355 Lutra 155, 394 Lutreola 394 Lynx 218, 393 Lvroda 305 Lyrodiui 302, 305 Macacus 182 Madura 166 MacrepistiuB 65 Macroprotodon 427 Macrosargus 271 oo Macrosporiuni 382 Magnolia 346, 349, 357 Margaritana 30, 98 Marsouia 373 Masicera 278 Mastodon 181, 182 Mediterranea 15 Megacrex 133, 134 JNIegarrhiza 369 IMegastizus 304 Megatherium 182 Melauconium -373 Melauomma 328 ISIellinini 302, 303 Mellinus 303 Melursus 182 Meniscus 190 Menispermum 376 Mephitis ' . . 218, 394 Mesoehorus 188 Mesogramma 276 ]Mesograpta 276 Mesoleius 189 Mesoleptus 189 Mesomphix 13, 14 INIesostenus 187 Methoca 294 Metopia 278 Meturoplax 77 Microbembex 304 IVIicrocera 386 Micropeza 280 Micropezidse 279, 419 Microplax 69. 70 Miersia 400 Mimesa 300 Miscophini 302, 305 Miscophus 305 Mollisia 349 JNIonedula 301, 304 ]\Iopaliid8e 74 Moreletia 14 Morus 328 Mucronoporus 323 Muletia 113 Mulio 276 Murex 223 Mus 159, 218 221, 390 Musca 277, 279, 280, 419 MuBcidEB 279, 419 Mustela 394 Mutilla 293 MutillidiB 293 Mutilhni 293 Mynomes 282 Myosorex 446 Myriea 335 Myrmecophaga 182 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Myrmosa 294 Myrmosiui 293, 294 Myzine 295 Myzini 295 Myziuini 295 Myxosporium 372 Natrix 425 Nectomys 233 Neetria 325 Negundo .... 330, 343, 357, 360 Neithea 65 Nemotelus 272 Neohelix 18 Neolarra 292, 301 Neolarrini 302, 304 Neotoma . . 213-221, 225, 233, 239, 242-250, 390 Neotominie »•• • ■ 228 Neozonitiiife 13 Niteliopsis 305 Notocyphini 296 Notocyphus 296 Notogouia 306 Nycteribidte 281 Nyeticebu8 182 Nycticejus 157 Nyctinomus 157 Nysson 301, 303 Nyssonini 302, 303 Ochthera 281 Ocydroinus 131, 139 Oeyptera 277 Ocvpteridaj 277 CEdipus 194 CEuanthe 367 (Enothera 380 CRstridse 277 Olfersia 281 Omphalioa 13, 17 Ouithochiton 70, 88 Oaychomys • 256 Ophibolus 428 Ophilia 278 Ophiobolus 337 Oplophorus 400 Orrnia 279 Oniidia 276 Ornithomyia 281 Ortalidye 280 Ortalis 280 Orthocentrus 190 Ortygometra 132, 133 Oryzomys 160 Osceola 428 Osmorrhiza 369 Ostrea 65 Otodus 63 Ovularia 375 Oxybelinse 298, 306 Oxybelus 292, 306 Oxycera 271 Oxyc'heila 15 Oxychilus 15 Oxydendrum 352 Paehygaster ... .... 419 Pakemon 401, 413, 414 Palinodes 299 Paranyssou 304 Parapompilus 296, 297 Paratya 400 Pareas 424 Passaloecus 301 Patella 208-212 Patinella 354 Patulopsis 14 PedicLilaris 349 Pelargonium 383 Pemphredon 301 Pemphredoninte .... 298. 300 PemphredoDini 300 Peuiophora 323 Peimula 131, 133, 147 Pepsis 292,296,297 Peroguathus ....... 262-268 Peromyscus 390 Pestalozzia 374 I^eziza 324 Phalaridion 132, 133 Phaseolus 380 Phasiidte 277 Pheueus 273 Philanthini 302 Philauthus 303 Philomycidse 22 Philomycus 22 Philothainnus 203 Phleospora 369 Phleuni 3.36 Phlyctfena 369 Phoeogenes 186 Phoma 357 Phora 420 Phoridffi 420 Photiuia 325 Photopsls 293 Phris.sopoda 279 Phygadeuou 186, 187 PhVllachora 345 Phyilosticta .... 354-358,371 Physa 24 Physegeuua 281 Physidae 24 Phvsocarpus . . 335, 358, 361, 365 Pilacre 386 Pinus 332 Pison 306 1 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 499 Pisouopsis 306 Placosphairia 359 Planiceps 298 Planorbiuae 24 Plauorbis 12, 24 Platanus 358, 372 Platylabus 185, 186 Platypalpus 275 Plaxiphora 70, 74 Plecia 271 Pleuoculus 305 Pleospbteria 332 Pleospora 335 Plesia 295 Plesiites 295 Plesiomma 274 Plesiosaurus 65 PJeuroceridiie 26 Plicatula 65 Podium 299 Podosporiella 385 Podosporiuiii 885 Pogonaspis 204 Polemistus 301 Polita 15 Polj'blastus 189 Polygonum 374 Polygyra 18-22 Polymula • .... 368 Polyporus 322 PompilidjB 296 Pompilini 296 Pompilus 296, 297 Populus .... 166, 333, 835, .370 Poria 322, 823 Porizon 188 Porzana . . . .131, 132, 141, 143 Porzauula 131, 133, 147 PoteutlUa 853 Procyon 155,218,394 Propithecus 182 Protohippu8 66 Protosorex 446, 448 Pruuus 844, 371 Psammocrex 133 Psammodynastcs 428 Psammophila 800 Psammophis 428 Psammotherma 293 Psen 800 Psenini 300 Pseudagenia 297 Pseudaspis 427 Pseudohelotium 849 Pseudohyaliua 16 Pseudohystricia 277 Pseudotelphusinse 412 Pseudovalsa 343 Psilocephala 275 Psilopus 275 Psoralea 876 Psychoda 419 Psycbodida? 419 Pterodrilus 449-4,54 Pteroptila 277, 419 Ptyssophorus 225-231 Puccinia 885 Pupa 28, 61 Pupidte 23 Putorius 152,218,394 Pyrachm^on 188 Pyramidula 17 Pyrenochiiete 359 Pyreuomycetes 325 Pyreuopeziza 352 Pyrenopl¥)ra .336 Pyrus 165 Quercus .... i'20, 846, 353, 356 Rallicula 181, 1.33, 148 Rallidai 130 Ralllua 181, 182, 134, 140 Ralliuse 130 Rallites 132, 133 Rallus 181, 1.S2, 135-149 Ramularia 375, 376, 381 Raugifer 98, 218 Ranula 197 Raphauus 59 Reilhrodoutomys 161 Rhadinsea ......... 428 Rhexia 372 Rhododendrou ,367 Rhopalum 807 Rhus 831,348,356,874 Rhyssa 190 Ribes 340, 379 Robinia 58 Rosellinia . . . 326,827,838,339 Rougetius . . . 180, 131, 182, 189 Rumex 381 Salieutia 195 Saliu.s 297 Salix 326, 330, 334, 358 Salmo 60 Sambucus . 336, 350, 358, 862, 882, 383 Sanguinaria 371 Sapromyzidse 281 Sapyga 295 Sapygidse 295 Sarcodexia 278 Sarcophaga 278 Sarcophagidse 278 Sarcophagula 279 Sarcophilodes 279 Sargus 271, 272 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Saiothruia . . .131, 133, 134, 148 Sassafras 370 Saxifraga 163, 164 Scalops 157, 21S, 396 Seeliphron 299, 300 Schizoptila 133, 134 Schizoxylou 353 Schkpuijachia 65 Sciomyzidte 279 Sciuropterus 159, 389 Sciurus 158,218,389 Scleroderris 354 Scolia 295 Scoliidse 294 Scoliiui 294, 295 Scytale 206 Seleriite 109 Selenites » • • 1^ Selenitidpe 12 Seuecio 377 Seuoinetopia 278 Sepedon 279 Septoria 366-369 Sigmodon 160, 226 .Simotes 424 Sirococcus 358 Sitomys . . 159,218,221,253-261 Solanum 366 Solenopeziza 352 Sorex 394,395,447 Soricidse 446 Spazigaster 276 Spelerpes 195 Sphterella 334 Sphteria 329, 344 Sphajrium 29 Sphterodactylus 440 Sphaerouema 358 Spheeropeziza 353 Sphaii-ophthalma .... 293, 294 Sphseropsideai 354 Sphferopsis 361, 362, 383 Sphecius 301,304 SphegidsB 298 Spheginte 298, 299 Sphegiui 299 Sphex 299 Spilomeiia 301 Sporodesmium 384 Spumaria 290 Stachylidium 377 Stagouospora 357, 365 Statice 378 Steatite 455 Steniolia 304 Stenoehitou 71 Sterna 115-118 Stictis 352,353 Stigmus 301 Stilpnus 186 Stizini 302, 304 Stizua 301, 304 Storeria 425 Stratiomyidpe 271,419 Strebla 281 Streptothrix 375 Strobilops 22 Suecinea 23 Succiueidse 23 Symphoricarpos .... 338, 353 Syuaptomys 391 Syrphidaj 276, 419 Syrphus 276 Tabanidse 272 Tabanus 273 Tachina 278 TachluidiB 277 Tachvdromi 275 Taehysphex 306 Tachytes 306 Tamias 218, 389 Tanais 90-93 Tautilla 204 Tapesia 350 Tatusia 111-113, 182 Tecoma 367 Telchospora. . . 329-331, 334, 366 Teichosporella 329 Telphusidit 412 Telphiisinse 412 Teouonia 242 Tetanocera 279 Tetramerodou 282 Thalessa 190 Thaliaua 59 Therevidee 275 Thersilochus 188 Tilia 322, 359 Tiphia 295 Tiphiini 294, 295 Tipulidte 271, 419 Touicia 70 Torula 377 Trachycephalus 429, 441 Trachypus 303 Trachyradsia 71 Trachytora 377 Tragomma 13 Trautvetteria 368 TrematosphfTeria 329 Tremellodou 323 Tretomys 225, 231 Trichfegum 385 Trichobius 420 Trichodactyliufe 412 Tricholimuas 133, 135 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 Trichopoda Trielis Trigouia Trigouopsis Trillium 371, Tiimerodytes 425, Trimetopon Triuodoutomys Triodopsis 20 Triscolia Troglocaris . . . 398, 399, 401, Trollius 334, Tropidoclouium Trypeta 280, Trypetidie 280, Tryphon 188, Trypoxyloii 292, Trvpoxj'loniui 302, iVuga 374, Tul^ercularia Tiuritella Tvnipanis Ulmus 327, 332, Uugualia 431, 432, Uuio 30 Uuiouidte Urauoplosus • . Urocyon 218, Urodella Urophora Ursus 119-128, 218, Vaccioium 325, Valeriana Valsa 340, 341, 360, 277 295 65 300 382 426 201 257 ,21 295 413 336 425 420 420 189 306 306 388 386 65 352 372 436 , 98 30 65 394 194 280 394 352 362 363 Valsaria 343 Valvata 29 Valvatidas 29 Vancouveria 375 Velocia 274 Veutrideus 16 Venturia 325 Veratrum 364, 373 Verticillus 18 Vertigo 23 VertigojjBis 23 Vespa 56 Vespertilio 157, 218, 396 Vesperugo 157 Viola 368 Virginia 425 Vitis 329, 343, 352 Vitrea 15 ViviparidV« 25 Volucella 276 Vulpes 182, 218, 393 Willistonia . . . .> 278 Wyethia 373 Xenomys 226, 234, 237 Xiphoeariua; 398, 411 Xiphocaris 398-400, 413 Xiphoeereus 438 Xylocopa 56 Zapornia ...... 132, 133, 143 Zapus 392, 421, 422 Zonitidie 12, 13 Zonites 13, 14 Zonitoides .......... 16 Zonyaliua 14 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. GENERAL INDEX. 1894. Additions to Museum, 485. Allen, Harrison, M.D. Crania from the mounds of the St. Johns River, Florida, 181. The changes which take place in the skull, coincident with shorten- ing of the face-axis, 181. Hy- perostosis on the inner side of the human lower jaw, 182. Ob- servations on Blarina brevicau- da, 269. Annual Election, 483. Annual Reports, 461. Baker, Frank C. Further notes on the embryonic whorls of the Muricidtc, 222, 223. Ball, M. v., M.D. Report of Microscopical and Biological Section, 471. Binder, George A., announcement of death of, 222. Biological and Microscopical Sec- tion, report of, 471. Botanical Section, report of, 475. Brinton, D. G., M.D. Report of Professor of Ethnology and Ar- chaeology, 480. Brinton, J. Bernard, M.D., an- nouncement of death of, 448. Brown, Arthur Erwin. On the true character and relationship of Ursus cinnamomeus And. & Bach., 110, 119. Chapman, Henry C, M.D. Ho- mologies of the alisphenoid and petromastoid bones in verte- brates, 32. Cockerell, T. D. A. A supplemen- tary note to Mr. Johnson's list of "Jamaican dijjtera, 417, 419. Some new bees of the genus Perdita, 418. Committee on Hayden Memorial Geological Award, report of, 443. Committees, standing, for 1894, 9. Conchological Section, report of, 473. Cope, Edw. D. Observations on the geology of adjacent pans of Oklahoma and Northwest Texas, 61, 63. Third addition to a knowledge of the Batrachia and Reptilia of Costa Rica, 194, 207. On a collection of Batrachia and Reptilia from the Island of Hainan, 291, 423. The Batra- chia and Reptilia of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania West Indian Expedition of 1890 and 1891 (Plates X, XI, XII), 417, 429. Correspondents elected, 484. Corresponding Secretary, report of, 463. Cresson, H. T., announcement of death of, 269. Curators, report of, 467. Davis, G. C. Some notes from a study of the Provaucher Col- lection of Ichneumonidse, 183, 184. Dixon, Samuel G., M.D. Report of Curators, 467. Report of Pro- fessor of Histology and Micro- scopic Technology, 481. Eakins, Thomas. The differential action in animal locomotion of certain muscles joassing more than one joint, 150, 172. Elections of INIembers and Corre- spondents during 1894, 483. Elhs, J. B., and B. M. Everhart. New species of fungi from va- rious localities, 289, 322. Entomological Section, report of, 474. Fischer, Paul, announcement of death of, 10. Fowke, Gerard, and W. K. Moore- I 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 head. Recent mound explora- tion in Ohio, 269, 308. Fox, William J. A proposed classification of the fossorial hymenoptera of- North Amer- ica, 289, 292. Gibson, J. Howard, announce- ment of death of, 110. Goldsmith, E. Some volcanic products from the Hawaiian Islands (Plate VI), 9.5, 105. Hayden Memorial Geological Award, report on, 443. Heilprin, Angelo. Report of Pro- fessor of Invertebrate Paleonto- logy, 479. Holmes, Oliver Wendell,- M.D., announcement of death of, 289. Hvrtl, Joseph, aijuouncement of death of, 289. Index to Genera, 493. Jeanes, Joseph, announcement of death of, 417. Jeanes, Samuel, announcement of death of, 417. Jefferis, W. W. Report of Cura- tor of the Wm. S. V' aux Collec- tions, 482. Johnson, Charles W. List of the Diptera of Jamaica, with de- scriptions of new species, 269, 271. Jordan, David Starr. Descrip- tion of a new subspecies of trout from McCloud River, Cali- fornia, 9, 60. Keating, Wm. V., M. D., an- nouncement of death of, llO. Librarian, report of, 464. Mclntyre, Archibald, announce- ment of death of, 417. McKean, Henry Pratt, announce- ment of death of, 10. Macfarlane, Dr. John. Move- ments of plants under plates of colored glass (no abstract), 417. Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the life histories of plants. No. X : The origin of coreless apples; The relations between insects and the flowers of Im- patiens fulva; Apetalism and seed propulsion in Lamium purpureum; Fruiting of Robi- nia hispida; Vitality of seeds; Apetalism in Sisymbrium thali- ana, 10, -53. Contributions to the life histories of plants, No. XI: Morphology of bractless inflorescence ; Purple - leaved plants; Origin of the apical cell; Fall of the leaf in the Holly; Bees and Honeysuckles, 150, 162. Report of Botanical Sec- tion, 475. jNlembers elected, 483. Mercer, H. C. Re-exploration of Hartmau's Cave in 1893, 62, 96. Merriam, C. Hart. A new Sub- family of Murine rodents — the Neotomiuaj — with description of a new genus and species, and a syncjpsis of the known forms (Plate IX), 222, 225. Descrip- tions of eight new species of pocket mice (genus Perogna- thus), 222, 262. Mineralogical and Geological Section, report of, 477. Moore, Clarence B. Certain Sand Mounds of the St. Johns River, Florida, 181. Moore, H. F. Tanais robustus, a new species of Anisopoda (Plate V), (il, 90. Moore, J. Percy. Pterodrilus, a remarkable Discodrilid (Plate XIII), 418, 449. Museum, additions to, 485. Nolan, Edw. J. Report of Re- cording Secretary, 461. Report of Librarian, 464. Officers, Councillors, and Mem- bers of the Finance Committee for 1895, 483. Ornithological Section, report of, 478. Ortmann, Dr. A. On a new species of the Isopod genus Bathynomus, 181, 191. A study of the systematic and geograph- ical distribution of the Decapod familv Atyidie Kingslev, 289, 397. Peirce, C. Newlin, election to Council, 110. Peterson, Robert E., announce- ment jaf death of, 417. Pilsbry, H. A. Critical list of moliusks collected in the Poto- mac Valley (Plate I), 11. A new Central American Pupa, 61. List of Port Jackson Chi- tons collected by Dr Cox, with a revision of Australian Acan- thochitidse (Plates II, III, IV), 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 61, 69. Patella Kermadecensis (Plates VII, VIII), 207, 208. Report of Conchological Sec- tion, 473. Potts, Joseph D., announcemeDt of death of, 9. Professor of Ethnology and Ar- chaeology, report of, 480. Professor of Histology and Micro- scopic Technology, 481. Professor of Invertebrate Paleon- tology, report of, 479. Professor of Lower Invertebrata, report of, 481. Rand, Theodore D. The Sads- bury Steatite, 443, 455. Report of Miueralogical and Geological Section, 477. Recording Secretary, report of, 461. Redfield, J. H. Report of Bo- tanical Section, 475. Report of Botanical Section, 475. Report of Committee on Hay den Memorial Geological Award, 443. Report of Conchological Section, 473. Report of Corresponding Secre- tary, 463. Report of the Curator of the Wm. S. Vaux Collections, 482. Report of Curators, 467. Report of Entomological Sec- tion, 474. Report of Librarian, 464. Report of Biological and Micro- scopical Section, 471. Report of Miueralogical and Geo- logical Section, 477. Report of Ornithological Section, 478. Report of Professor of Ethnology and Archaeology, 480. Report of Professor of Histology and Microscopic Technology, 481. Report of Professor of Inverte- brate Paleontology, 479. Report of Professor of L^wer In- vertebrata, 481. Report of Recording Secretary, 461. Rex, Geo. A., M.D. Diachoea Thomasii, 289. Rhoads, Samuel N. Description of a new Armadillo with re- marks on the genus Muletia, 95, 111. Contributions to the mammalogy of Florida, 150, 152. A contribution to the life history of the Allegheny Cave Rat, Neotoma magister Baird, 207, 213. Descriptions of four new species and two subspecies of white-footed mice from the United States and British Co- lumbia, 222, 253. Descriptions of a new subgenus ancl new species of Arvicoline rodents from British Columbia and Washington, 269, 282. Notes on the mammals of Monroe and Pike Counties, Pennsylvania, 290, 387. A new jumping mouse from the Pacific Slope, 417, 421. Robb, Richard R., announcement of death of, 9. Scott, W. B. The structure and relationships of Ancodus, 417, 418. The osteology of Hy?eno- don, 417, 443. A new Insecti- vore from the White River Beds, 417, 446. Sharp, Benj., M.D. Report of Corresponding Secretary, 463. Report of Professor of Lower Invertebrata, 481. Skinner, Henry, M.D. Report of Entomological Section, 474. Smedley, Samuel L., announce- ment of death of, 207. Standing Committees for 1894, 9. Stone, Witmer. A revision of the genus Anous, 110, 115. A re- view of the Old World Rallinae, 110, 130. Report of Ornitho- logical Section, 478. Szabo, Joseph, announcement of death of, 150. Van Beneden, P. J., announce- ment of death of, 10. Whelen, Edw. S , announcement of death of, 61. W^illiam S. Vaux Collections, re- port on, 482. I Pi-oc.^ad.Nat. Sci.Plula. 18!)4. Hate I. h.r":r',rdel Geo S Harms 3cSQiia LithPhila PILSBKY, POTOMAC \^AI^LEY MOLLUSCA Proc.Acad.Nat . Sci.Phila . 1894. Plate 1. iiiBcry del Geo.S.Harns&Sone LitltPhiia. PILSBRV.AUSTHAI^IAN CHITONS. Pror. Arwi Not . Sci Philo 1 81H. Flatein Geo.S.Hamei^&OTie Litn ?hi.< PI LSBRV, AUSTRALIAN CHITONS Pron Arad Nat Sci Phila 1894 Plate IV r:istry del. Geo.S.Harris&Sone LitKPhila PILSBRV, AUSTRALIAN CHITONS Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894. Plate V. MOORE: TANAIS ROBUSTUS. Q < -J < X O CO f- U ID Q O oc a. y z < U -J o > X o o Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phlla. 1894. Plate VII lEVYTVPE CO., ENGBAVfcflS ASO PRINTERS, PILSBRY, PATELLA KERMADECENSIS. Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phlla. 1894. Plate VIII. J. Bndeham. Del. PILSBRY. PATELLA KERMADECENSIS. Proc Acad. Nat- Sci. Phlla. 1894. Plate IX MERRIAiW, THE NEOTOMIN^. Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phlla. i8 Plate X. COPE, BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phlla. 1894. Plate XI, COPE, BATRACHIA AND REPTIl.lA. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894. Plate XII. COPE, BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA. Proc^ Acad. Nat Sci, Phila, 1894 Plate XI MOORE ON PTERODRILUS.